Editorial Committee

P.I.Forster (editor)

G.P.Guymer (technical advisor)

D.A.Halford (technical advisor)

Graphic Design

Will Smith

Desktop Publishing

Aniceta Cardoza

Austrobaileya

Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977

Vol. 10, No. 2 was published on 14 November 2018 and is available online at

https: //www. qld. gov. au/Austrobailey a

Back issues 1(1)- 8(4) are available on the JSTOR website

http://plants.jstor.org/

Austrobaileya is published once per year.

Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.

Australian Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price

is (GST included): AUD$48.00 per issue for individuals, AUD$80.00 for institutions, including

postage.

Overseas Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is

AUD Price On Application per issue for individuals, AUD$100.00 for institutions, including

postage.

All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should be

addressed to: The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment

and Science (DES), Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066,

Australia. Email: Paul.Forster@des.qld.gov.au

ISSN 0155-4131

Web site: https://www.qld.gov.au/Austrobaileya

Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and publishes peer-reviewed research

on plants, algae, fungi and lichens (systematics, morphology, geography, anatomy, karyology,

conservation biology and botanical history), with special emphasis on taxa from Queensland.

Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or

view of the Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science.

Austrobaileya 10 ( 3 ): 291-547 ( 2019 )

Contents

Les Pedley (1930-2018)

Mostly about wattles: the publications of Les Pedley

P.I. Forster . 291-296

Notes on Acacia Mill. (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae ), chiefly from

Queensland, 6.

L. Pedley . 297-320

A taxonomic revision of Sapotaceae for mainland Australia

L.W. Jessup . 321-382

Charles James Wild (1853-1923), an ardent collector of Queensland

bryophytes

A. J. Franks . 383-404

A taxonomic revision of Lagenophora Cass. (Asteraceae) in Australia

J. Wang & A.R. Bean .405-442

Brachychiton guymeri J.A.Bever., Fensham & P.I.Forst. (Sterculiaceae), a

new species from north Queensland

R.J. Fensham, J.A. Beveridge & P.I. Forster . 443-457

Three new species of Corchorus L. and Grewia L. (Sparmanniaceae /

Malvaceae subfamily Grewioideae) from northern Australia, an earlier

name in Grewia , and recircumscription of Triumfetta kenneallyi Halford

R.L. Barrett . 458-472

Reinstatement of Ptilotusparviflorus (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Amaranthaceae)

A.R. Bean . 473-479

A re-evaluation of the taxonomic status of the Australian species of Arthraxon

Beauv. and Thelepogon Roth (Poaceae: Panicoideae : Andropogoneae )

E.J. Thompson . 480-505

The botanical collections of William Hann’s Northern Expedition of 1872 to

Cape York Peninsula, Queensland

J.L. Dowe & P.I. Taylor . 506-538

Rediscovery of the previously Extinct Marsdenia araujacea F.Muell.

(Apocynaceae)

P.I. Forster . 539-540

Dendrocnide cor data (Warb. ex H.J.P.Winkl.) Chew (Urticaceae) is not

present in Australia

A.R. Bean . 541-544

Alangium solomonense (Bloemb.) W.J.de Wilde & Duyfjes (Cornaceae), a

new species record for Australia and Queensland

P.I. Forster . 545-547

Les Pedley at Sweers Island, Gulf of Carpentaria, November 2002. Photo: M.B. Thomas

Les Pedley (1930-2018)

Les Pedley passed away on 27 November 2018 at his Indooroopilly home in Queensland. He

was born in Ipswich, Queensland on May 19, 1930 and attended Ipswich Grammar School.

On finishing school in 1948 he became a cadet in the Department of Agriculture and Stock in

Brisbane. After a 5-year cadetship, during which time he gained a Bachelor of Science from the

University of Queensland, he was appointed as Assistant Botanist in 1953 at the then Botany

Branch and Herbarium located in George Street, Brisbane. In the 1960s Les was seconded

to CSIRO to work on two Queensland Land Use surveys: Nogoa - Belyando in 1964 to 1965

and Maranoa - Balonne in 1968 to 1969. In 1968 he carried out a survey of the vegetation of

Cape York Peninsula with Ray Isbell from CSIRO. From these surveys Les developed a love

and appreciation for Queensland’s open country and the plants and birds that inhabited these

landscapes.

Les was the Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at The Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens,

Kew, from 1971 to 1972. He returned to work at Kew in 1992 and while there he wrote accounts

of legumes for the Revised Handbook of the Flora of Ceylon. Most of Les’s working life at

the Queensland Herbarium involved a range of administrative duties as well as his taxonomic

research into Australian legumes: in particular the genus Acacia. Les formally described over

160 plant species new to science, most of these from Queensland.

Les studied Latin and French at high school and in the later part of the 1970s he returned to

the University of Queensland to pursue an Arts degree including further Latin studies. This

he successfully completed in 1980. Les’s Latin skills, plant nomenclature and taxonomic

knowledge were always greatly appreciated by his colleagues and friends at the Queensland

Herbarium. Indeed, this issue of the Queensland Herbarium’s scientific journal Austrobaileya

contains 10 ‘old school’ Latin diagnoses written by Les as part of the formal publication of 10

new species of wattle.

Les was the founding Editor of Austrobaileya in 1977 and performed this role to 1988 when he

officially retired as Assistant Director. He was also a member of the Editorial Committee of the

Flora of Australia from 1980 to 1988. After retirement Les enthusiastically continued to pursue

his taxonomic studies as a Research Associate at the Queensland Herbarium. He worked 5 days

a week, eventually dropping back to 4 days, for the next 30 years and published more scientific

papers in ‘retirement’ than he did while employed. In 2008 Les was awarded an Australia

Day Achievement Award from the Department in recognition of his outstanding contribution to

Queensland botany.

Les was a keen field botanist and conducted extensive field work throughout Queensland. He

collected legume specimens into his 80s with his daughter as the driver. He contributed over

4000 specimens to the Queensland Herbarium collections.

Les was a very kind and generous man, and great colleague. He loved to tell stories of the early

days in his career, his many field experiences and his observations of life and people. We will

miss his friendship and expertise.

This issue of Austrobaileya is dedicated with due respect to the memory of Les.

A full bibliography is appended.

Les is honoured by the legume genus Pedleya H.Ohashi & K.Ohashi and five native plant

species: Acaciapedleyi Tindale & Kodela, Commersoniapedleyi Guymer, Diploglottispedleyi

S.T.Reynolds, Ptilotuspedleyanus Beni and Tephrosiapedleyi R.Butcher.

G.P. Guymer, Queensland Herbarium

Mostly about wattles: the publications of Les Pedley

Paul I. Forster

Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt

Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@des.qld.gov.au

Les Pedley published approximately 90

scientific papers, flora accounts and extension

articles over a 57 year period (1962-2019),

with about half published after he retired

from paid work at the Queensland Herbarium

in 1988. Over half (48 publications) are about

various aspects of wattles (Acacia Mill. s.l.\

variously as Acacia, Racosperma C.Mart.,

Senegalia Raf. or Vachellia Wight & Arn.),

the remainder being on diverse legume groups

(25 publications) or other plant families such

as Agavaceae, Asteraceae, Caryophyllaceae,

Combretaceae, Ericaceae, Myrtaceae,

Pandanaceae, Polygalaceae and Rutaceae.

Whilst the majority pertain to Australian

groups and species, there are publications that

have impacted outside of Australia such as

the paper on the recognition of Racosperma

(Pedley 1986) and accounts of diverse legume

genera in A Revised Handbook to the Flora of

Ceylon and Flora of China.

Early in his career at the Queensland

Herbarium Les was seconded to the CSIRO

on their land survey program and three critical

publications on vegetation resulted from this

that have remained pertinent for decades

afterwards (Gunn et al. 1967; Pedley & Isbell

1971; Galloway et al. 1974). Otherwise his

publications are largely taxonomic accounts

of families, genera and species. There is a

large number ( c. 160) of new taxa (mainly

as species, but with also subgenera, series,

subspecies and varieties) described, starting

in 1964 and continuing to 2019. These were

mainly in Acacia (or as Racosperma ), but

also in a diverse assemblage of genera

from multiple families (Aphyllodium (DC.)

Gagnep., Atylosia Wight & Arn., Caesalpinia

L., Comesperma Labill., Dendrolobium

(Wight & Arn.) Benth., Desmodium

Desv., Leucopogon R.Br., Polycarpaea

Lam., Sigesbeckia L., Terminalia L. and

Tetramolopium Nees). A large number of

new combinations were also made, mainly

pertaining to Acacia or Racosperma , but

also in genera such as Paraderris (Miq.)

R.Geesink.

Les contributed to a number of flora series,

including Flora of Australia, Flora of South¬

eastern Queensland, A Revised Handbook to

the Flora of Ceylon and The Flora of China,

however, did not contribute introductory text

to the large multivolume Flora of Australia

volumes on Acacia s.l. that were published in

2001 during the extended debate on Acacia

and Racosperma. Nevertheless, it is fair to

say that a considerable portion of the overall

framework for groups in those two volumes

owed much to the synthesis on Acacia that

appeared in the 1986 paper, as well as the

landmark account of Queensland Acacias in

1978 and 1979. Despite this, he did contribute

a large number of individual species accounts

to the two volumes on Acacia.

Apart from the formal scientific work

published in journals and book series, Les

also published a small number of articles

that can be categorised as extension (on

name usage, brigalow control, or native plant

cultivation) and others that were more as

commentary on the general debate concerning

Acacia and Racosperma. More whimsical

pieces appeared on what camels eat, and on

abominable epithets coined by some authors

for Queensland species.

Les mainly published as a sole author;

although he did co-publish with other

colleagues at the Queensland Herbarium

(Forster, Reynolds), other co-workers on

Accepted for publication 28 March 2019

292

Acacia s.l. (Maslin) and diverse legumes from

China (Chen, Zhang & Wei), as well as his land

system or agricultural research colleagues

from the then Queensland Department of

Primary Industries and the CSIRO.

With biological taxonomists, the

best appraisal of their work is whether

the classifications and taxa they propose

continue to be recognised into the future. The

overwhelming majority of the taxa proposed

by Les are still currently recognised; in

some cases where they have been reduced

to synonymy this was done by himself. Even

though the proposal to recognise Racosperma ,

for mainly the species of wattle that occur

in Australia, ended up being averted via a

highly disputed process (Smith et al. 2006),

the major groupings of wattles as defined by

him are largely supported by more recent

studies based on molecular data and analyses

(Murphy 2008).

The legumes in particular are an

important group of plants in terms of their

ecological abundance, often with particular

species defining the vegetation communities

that they occur in. In this respect, Les was

pivotal in coming to terms with the diversity

of wattles in a large part of Australia and

elsewhere. Species from the mulga complex

are widespread over much of inland arid to

semi-arid Australia and were of particular

interest. While it is a highly variable species

complex he did much to resolve this variation

into taxonomic entities, naming some

widespread species (e.g. Acacia tephrina

Pedley) considered to possess considerable

potential significance in terms of their timber

(Lake 2019).

References

Galloway, R.W., Gunn, R.H., Pedley, L., Cocks, K.D.

& Kalma, J.D. (1974). Lands of the Balonne-

Maranoa area, Queensland. Land Research

Series. Report No. 34, pp. 242. CSIRO

Australia.

Gunn, R.H., Galloway, R.W., Pedley, L. & Fitzpatrick,

E.A. (1967). Lands of the Nogoa-Belyando area,

Queensland. Land Research Series , Report No.

18, pp. 190. CSIRO Australia.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 291-296 (2019)

Lake, M. (2019). Australian Forest Woods. CSIRO

Publishing: Melbourne.

Murphy, D.J. (2008). A review of the classification

of Acacia (Leguminosae, Mimosoideae).

Muelleria 26: 10-26.

Pedley, L. (1978). A revision of Acacia Mill, in

Queensland. Austrobaileya 1: 75-235.

Pedley, L. (1979). A revision of Acacia Mill, in

Queensland (concluded). Austrobaileya 1:

235-337.

Pedley, L. (1986). Derivation and dispersal of Acacia

(Leguminosae), with particular reference to

Australia, and the recognition of Senegalia and

Racosperma. Botanical Journal of the Linnean

Society 92: 219-254.

Pedley, L. & Isbell, R.F. (1971). Plant communities of

Cape York Peninsula. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Queensland 82: 51-74.

Smith G.F., van Wyk, A.E., Luckow, M. & Schrire

B. (2006). Conserving Acacia Mill, with a

conserved type. What happened in Vienna?

Taxon 55: 223-225.

Chronological list of Les Pedley

Publications

Pedley, L. (1962). The cultivation of Queensland species

of Acacia. Society for Growing Australian

Plants Queensland Newsletter 1(5): 3-7.

Pedley, L. (1963). Control of brigalow suckers.

Australian Weeds Research Newsletter No. 4:

17-19.

Pedley, L. (1964). Notes on Acacia , chiefly from

Queensland, 1. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Queensland 74: 53-60.

Pedley, L. (1964). Notes on Acacia , chiefly from

Queensland, II. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Queensland 75: 29-35.

Downes, R.W., Staples, I.B., Colman, PA. &

Pedley, L. (1967). The effect of daylength and

temperature on the growth and reproduction of

six strains of Townsville lucerne ( Stylosanthes

humilis). Australian Journal of Experimental

Agriculture and Animal Husbandry 7: 351-356.

Gunn, R.H., Galloway, R.W., Pedley, L. & Fitzpatrick,

E.A. (1967). Lands of the Nogoa-Belyando area,

Queensland. Land Research Series , Report No.

18, pp. 190. CSIRO Australia.

Pedley, L. (1969). Notes on Acacia , chiefly from

Queensland, III. Contributions from the

Queensland Herbarium No. 4: 1-7.

293

Forster, Les Pedley publications

Pedley, L. (1969). Intermediates between Eucalyptus

populnea F.Muell. and E. brownii Maid. &

Cambage. Contributions from the Queensland

Herbarium No. 5: 1-6.

Pedley, L. & Isbell, R.F. (1971). Plant communities of

Cape York Peninsula. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Queensland 82: 51-74.

Pedley, L. (1972). A revision of Acacia lycopodiifolia

A.Cunn. ex Hook, and its allies. Contributions

from the Queensland Herbarium No. 11: 1-23.

Pedley, L. (1973). Taxonomy of the Acacia aneura

complex. Tropical Grasslands 7: 3-8.

Pedley, L. (1973). The names of some legumes

cultivated in Queensland. Queensland Journal

of Agricultural and Animal Sciences 30: 195—

197.

Pedley, L. (1974). Notes on Acacia , chiefly from

Queensland, IV. Contributions from the

Queensland Herbarium No. 15: 1-27.

Galloway, R.W., Gunn, R.H., Pedley, L., Cocks, K.D.

& Kalma, J.D. (1974). Lands of the Balonne-

Maranoa area, Queensland. Land Research

Series. Report No. 34, pp. 242. CSIRO

Australia.

Pedley, L. (1975). Revision of the extra-Australian

species of Acacia subg. Heterophyllum.

Contributions from the Queensland Herbarium

No. 18: 1-24.

Pedley, L. (1977). Notes on Leguminosae. I.

Austrobaileya 1: 25-42.

Pedley, L. (1977). Polycarpaea (Caryophyllaceae) in

Australia. Austrobaileya 1: 49-61.

Pedley, L. (1978). C.T.White Memorial Lecture for

1975-1976. A new flora for Queensland.

Queensland Naturalist 22\ 8-12.

Pedley, L. (1978). A revision of Acacia Mill, in

Queensland. Austrobaileya 1: 75-235.

Pedley, L. (1979). A revision of Acacia Mill, in

Queensland (concluded). Austrobaileya 1:

235-337.

Pedley, L. (1981). Classification of acacias. Bulletin

of the International Group for the Study of

Mimosoideae 9: 42-48.

Pedley, L. (1981). Further notes on Acacia in

Queensland. Austrobaileya 1: 339-345.

Pedley, L. (1981). Notes on Leguminosae. II.

Austrobaileya 1: 376-379.

Reynolds, S.T. & Pedley, L. (1981). A revision

of Atylosia (Leguminosae) in Australia.

Austrobaileya 1: 420-428.

Pedley, L. (1982). Abominable epithets - coorangooloo,

wooroonooran, dubium-traceyi and others of

that ilk. Australian Systematic Botany Society

Newsletter No. 32: 14-15.

Maslin B.R. & Pedley L. (1982). The distribution

of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae)

in Australia, Part 1. Species distribution

maps. Western Australian Herbarium Research

Notes No. 6: 1-128.

Maslin B.R. & Pedley L. (1982). The distribution

of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in

Australia. Part 2. Lists of species occurring in 1°

x 5° grid cells. Western Australian Herbarium

Research Notes No. 6: 129-171.

Pedley, L. (1983). Another look at the classification of

Acacia. Bulletin of the International Group for

the Study of Mimosoideae 11: 29.

Hnatiuk, R.J., Maslin, B.R. & Pedley, L. (1983).

The distribution of Acacia. Bulletin of

the International Group for the Study

of Mimosoideae 11: 33-35.

Pedley, L. (1983). Mimosaceae, Caesalpiniaceae,

Tropaeolaceae, Polygalaceae. In T.D.

Stanley & E.M. Ross (eds.). Flora of South¬

eastern Queensland 1: 336-397, 402, 485-

490. Queensland Herbarium, Queensland

Department of Primary Industries: Brisbane.

Pedley, L. (1984). A revision of Comesperma

(Polygalaceae) in Queensland. Austrobaileya

2: 7-14.

Pedley, L. (1985). Book Review. Eucalyptus 1. New

or little known species of the Corymbosae:

D.J. Carr & S.G.M. Carr, Phytoglyph Press,

Canberra, 1985. 116 pp. Australian Systematic

Botany Society Newsletter 44: 12-14.

Pedley, L. & Forster, P.I. (1986). Agavaceae. In A.S.

George (ed.). Flora of Australia 46: 71-88.

Australian Government Publishing Service:

Canberra.

Pedley, L. (1986). Derivation and dispersal of Acacia

(Leguminosae), with particular reference to

Australia, and the recognition of Senegalia and

Racosperma. Botanical Journal of the Linnean

Society 92: 219-254.

Pedley, L. (1986). Acacia maconochieana

(Mimosaceae), a new species from semi-arid

Australia. Austrobaileya 2: 235-237.

Pedley, L. & Forster, P.I. (1986). Acacia eremophiloides

(Mimosaceae) a new species from south-eastern

Queensland. Austrobaileya 2: 277-280.

294

Pedley, L. (1987). Australian Acacias: taxonomy

and phytogeography. In J.W. Turnbull (ed.),

Australian acacias in developing countries:

proceedings of an International workshop held

at the Forestry Training Centre, Gympie, Qld.,

Australia. Australian Centre for International

Agricultural Research, Proceedings 16: 11-16.

Pedley, L. (1987). In defence of Racosperma. Bulletin

of the International Group for the Study of

Mimosoideae 15: 123-129.

Pedley, L. (1987). Generic status of Acacia sensu

lato. Australian Systematic Botany Society

Newsletter 53: 87-91.

Pedley, L. (1987). Racosperma deltoideum (Cunn. ex.

G.Don) Pedley (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae)

and related species in northern Australia.

Austrobaileya 2: 314-320.

Pedley, L. (1987). Notes on Racosperma Martius

(Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), 1. Austrobaileya

2: 321-327.

Pedley, L. (1987). Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae) in Queensland: a checklist.

Austrobaileya 2: 344-357.

Pedley, L. (1987). Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae) in New Zealand: a checklist.

Austrobaileya 2: 358-359.

Pedley, L. (1987). Paramignya Wight (Rutaceae:

Citreae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 2: 416.

Maslin, B.R. & Pedley, L. (1988). Patterns of

distribution of Acacia in Australia. Australian

Journal of Botany 36: 385-393.

Pedley, L. (1988). Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae) in Queensland and New Zealand:

Supplement to the checklists of species.

Austrobaileya 2: 572-571

Pedley, L. (1989). Racosperma again. Australian

Systematic Botany Society Newsletter 59: 1-2.

Harding, W.A.T., Pengelly, B.C., Cameron,

D.G., Pedley, L. & Williams, R.J. (1989).

Classification of a diverse collection of

Rhynchosia and some allied species. Genetic

Resources Communication No. 13: 1-30.

CSIRO Division of Tropical Crops and Pastures:

St Lucia.

Pedley, L. (1989). Pandanaceae. In T.D. Stanley & E.M.

Ross (eds.). Flora of South-eastern Queensland

3: 274-276. Queensland Herbarium,

Queensland Department of Primary Industries:

Brisbane.

Pedley, L. (1990). Combretaceae. In A.S. George

(ed.). Flora of Australia 18: 255-293, 326-327.

Australian Government Publishing Service:

Canberra.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 291-296 (2019)

Pedley, L. (1990). New combinations in Acacia Miller

(Leguminosae: Mimosoideae). Austrobaileya 3:

215-216.

Pedley, L. (1990). Notes on Leucopogon R.Br.

(Epacridaceae) in Queensland. Austrobaileya

3: 265-271.

Pedley, L. (1990). Acacia acrionastes (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae), a new species from south¬

eastern Queensland. Austrobaileya 3: 297-300.

Pedley, L. (1991). Camels: their food preferences in

central Australia. Australian Systematic Botany

Society Newsletter 69: 4.

Pedley, L. (1993). Sigesbeckia fugax and Tetramolopium

vagans, new Asteraceae from Queensland.

Austrobaileya 4: 87-92.

Pedley, L. (1994). Caesalpiniaceae (in part),

Mimosaceae, Polygalaceae, Verbenaceae. In

R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland Vascular

Plants: Names and Distribution. Queensland

Herbarium: Indooroopilly.

Pedley, L. (1996). Fabaceae, Tribe Desmodieae [in

part]. In M.D. Dassanayake (ed.), A Revised

Handbook to the Flora of Ceylon 10: 149-194.

A.A. Balkema: Rotterdam.

Pedley, L„ (1997). Notes on Caesalpinia subg.

Mezoneuron (Leguminosae: Caesalpinioideae)

in Australia. Austrobaileya 5: 97-102.

Pedley, L. (1997). Caesalpiniaceae, Mimosaceae (with

A.E. Holland), Polygalaceae, Verbenaceae.

In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland

Plants Names and Distribution. Queensland

Herbarium, Department of Environment:

Indooroopilly.

Pedley, L. (1999). Desmodium Desv. (Fabaceae) and

related genera in Australia: a taxonomic

revision. Austrobaileya 5: 209-261.

Pedley, L. (1999). Notes on Acacia (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae) chiefly from northern Australia.

Austrobaileya 5: 307-321.

Pedley, L. (2001). Alysicarpus (Leguminosae:

Desmodieae) in Australia: a taxonomic revision.

Austrobaileya 6: 107-116.

Pedley, L. (2001). [individual species accounts given

as LP], In A.E. Orchard & A. J.G. Wilson (eds ).

Flora of Australia 11A Mimosaceae Acacia

part 1. ABRS/CSIRO Publishing: Canberra/

Melbourne.

Pedley, L. (2001). [individual species accounts given

as LP], In A.E. Orchard & A. J.G. Wilson (eds.).

Flora of Australia 11B Mimosaceae Acacia

part 2. ABRS/CSIRO Publishing: Canberra/

Melbourne.

295

Forster, Les Pedley publications

Pedley, L. (2002). Avicenniaceae, Caesalpiniaceae,

Mimosaceae (with A.E. Holland), Polygalaceae,

Verbenaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Names

and Distribution of Queensland Plants,

Algae and Lichens. Queensland Herbarium,

Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.

Pedley, L. (2002). A conspectus of Acacia subg. Acacia

in Australia. Austrobaileya 6: 177-186.

Pedley, L. (2003). A synopsis of Racosperma C.Mart.

(Leguminosae: Mimosoideae). Austrobaileya

6: 445-496.

Pedley, L. (2004). Another view of Racosperma. Acacia

Study Group Newsletter No. 90: 3-5.

Pedley, L. (2004). Reduction of Acacia perangusta to

the synonymy of A.fimbriata. Austrobaileya 6:

983.

Pedley, L. (2004). Supplement to a synopsis of

Racosperma C.Mart. (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae). Austrobaileya 6: 985-986.

Pedley, L. (2006). Notes on Acacia Mill. (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae), chiefly from Queensland, 5.

Austrobaileya 7: 347-356.

Pedley, L. (2006). Nomenclatural notes on Acacia Mill.

(Leguminosae-Mimosaceae), consequential to

the conservation of its name. Austrobaileya 7:

381-382.

Pedley, L. (2007). Avicenniaceae, Caesalpiniaceae,

Fabaceae (with A.E. Holland), Mimosaceae,

Nyctaginaceae (with A. Pollock), Polygalaceae,

Verbenaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E. Holland

(eds.). Census of the Queensland Flora 2007.

Queensland Herbarium, Environmental

Protection Agency: Brisbane.

Pedley, L. (2010). Avicenniaceae, Caesalpiniaceae,

Fabaceae (with A.E. Holland), Mimosaceae

(with G. Turpin), Nyctaginaceae (with A.

Pollock), Polygalaceae, Verbenaceae. In P.D.

Bostock, & A.E. Holland (eds.). Census of

the Queensland Flora 2010. Queensland

Herbarium, Department of Environment &

Resource Management: Brisbane.

Wei, Z„ Chen, D., Zhang, D. & Pedley, L. (2010).

Fabaceae tribe Millettieae. In Z. Wu etal. (eds.).

Flora of China 10: 165-166. Science Press/

Missouri Botanical Garden Press: Beijing/St.

Louis.

Chen, D. & Pedley, L. (2010). Aganope. In Z. Wu et

al. (eds.). Flora of China 10: 172-173. Science

Press/Missouri Botanical Garden Press:

Beijing/St. Louis.

Chen, D. & Pedley, L. (2010). Derris. In Z. Wu et al.

(eds.). Flora of China 10: 166-170. Science

Press/Missouri Botanical Garden Press:

Beijing/St. Louis.

Chen, D. & Pedley, L. (2010). Paraderris. In Z. Wu et

al. (eds.). Flora of China 10: 170-172. Science

Press/Missouri Botanical Garden Press:

Beijing/St. Louis.

Wei, Z. & Pedley, L. (2010). Afgekia. In Z. Wu et al.

(eds.). Flora of China 10: 174-175. Science

Press/Missouri Botanical Garden Press:

Beijing/St. Louis.

Wei, Z. & Pedley, L. (2010). Antheroporum. In Z. Wu et

al. (eds.). Flora of China 10: 173-174. Science

Press/Missouri Botanical Garden Press:

Beijing/St. Louis.

Wei, Z. & Pedley, L. (2010). Callerya. In Z. Wu et al.

(eds.). Flora of China 10: 181-187. Science

Press/Missouri Botanical Garden Press:

Beijing/St. Louis.

Wei, Z. & Pedley, L. (2010). Craspedolobium. In Z.

Wu et al. (eds.). Flora of China 10: 189-190.

Science Press/Missouri Botanical Garden

Press: Beijing/St. Louis.

Wei, Z. & Pedley, L. (2010). Fordia. InZ. Wuetal. (eds.),

Flora of China 10: 175-176. Science Press/

Missouri Botanical Garden Press: Beijing/St.

Louis.

Wei, Z. & Pedley, L. (2010). Millettia. In Z. Wu et al.

(eds.). Flora of China 10: 176-181. Science

Press/Missouri Botanical Garden Press:

Beijing/St. Louis.

Wei, Z. & Pedley, L. (2010). Tephrosia. In Z. Wu et al.

(eds.). Flora of China 10: 190-193. Science

Press/Missouri Botanical Garden Press:

Beijing/St. Louis.

Wei, Z. & Pedley, L. (2010). Wisteria. In Z. Wu et al.

(eds.). Flora of China 10: 188-189. Science

Press/Missouri Botanical Garden Press:

Beijing/St. Louis.

Zhang, D. & Pedley, L. (2010). Pongamia. In Z. Wu et

al. (eds.). Flora of China 10: 187-188. Science

Press/Missouri Botanical Garden Press:

Beijing/St. Louis.

Pedley, L. (2014). Systematics of Tephrosia Pers.

(Fabaceae: Millettiae) in Queensland: 1. A

summary of the classification of the genus, with

the recognition of two new species allied to T.

varians (F.M.Bailey) C.T.White. Austrobaileya

9: 229-243.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 291-296 (2019)

296

Pedley, L. (2014). New combinations for Senegalia

Raf. and Vachellia Wight & Arn. species

(Mimosaceae) that occur in Australia.

Austrobaileya 9: 314-315.

Pedley, L. (2017). Caesalpiniaceae, Mimosaceae,

Verbenaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E. Holland

(eds.). Census of the Queensland Flora

2017. Queensland Department of Science,

Information Technology and Innovation:

Brisbane. https: //data. qld. gov. au/dataset/

census-of-the-queensland-flora-2017, accessed

1 September 2018.

Pedley, L. (2018). Leguminosae (Caesalpiniaceae,

Mimosaceae (with G. Brown), Verbenaceae

(with J. Wolff). In P.D. Bostock & A.E. Holland

(eds.). Census of the Queensland Flora 2018.

Queensland Department of Environment and

Science: Brisbane, accessed 1 September 2018.

Pedley, L. (2019). Notes on Acacia Mill. (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae), chiefly from Queensland, 6.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 297-320.

Notes on Acacia Mill. (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae ), chiefly from Queensland, 6.

Les Pedleyf

Summary

Pedley, L. (2019). Notes on Acacia Mill. (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae ), chiefly from Queensland,

6. Austrobaileya 10(3): 297-320. Acacia ammitia Pedley, A. anadenia Pedley, A. castorum Pedley,

A. dichromotricha Pedley, A. forsteri Pedley, A. hierochoensis Pedley, A. lithgowiae Pedley, A.

parvifoliolata Pedley, A. philoxera Pedley and A. pudica Pedley are described as new species. All ten

species are endemic to Queensland and have restricted distributions. The new species are illustrated

with line drawings or photographs and notes are provided on their distribution, habitat and putative

affinities.

Key Words: Leguminosae; Mimosoideae ; Acacia ; Acacia ammitia ; Acacia anadenia ; Acacia

castorum ; Acacia dichromotricha ; Acacia forsteri ; Acacia hierochoensis ; Acacia lithgowiae ; Acacia

parvifoliolata ; Acacia philoxera; Acacia pudica ; Australia flora; Queensland flora; new species

Les Pedley, c/o Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic

Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia, f Deceased 27 November 2018.

Email for correspondence: paul.forster@des.qld.gov.au

Introduction

Acacia Mill, is the most speciose flowering

plant genus in both Australia and Queensland

with about 950 and 300 species currently

recognised respectively. A significant number

of undescribed species of Acacia from

Queensland remain to be formally studied

and assessed to determine their taxonomic

status (Holland & Pedley 1997; Pedley 2002,

2007,2010,2017). Since the account of Pedley

(1978), a number of new species have been

described (Pedley 2006) and in this the final

paper in the series (Pedley 1964a, 1964b,

1969, 1974, 2006), a further ten species are

proposed. These are from diverse groups

within the genus and for consistency are

referred to the previously recognised sections

(Pedley 1978). A modified version of this

sectional classification was used in the Flora

of Australia account of Acacia.

Materials and methods

The species described in this paper are

based on dried collections at the Queensland

Herbarium (BRI). Descriptions follow

previous format and style (e.g. Pedley 2006).

Common abbreviations in the specimen

Accepted for publication 24 May 2019

citations include Mt (mountain), NP (National

Park) and SF (State Forest).

Editorial notes: This manuscript has been

supplemented with additional descriptive

material and specimen citations. Distribution

and habitat information for Acacia

dichromotricha and A. philoxera were largely

supplied by Jenny Silcock.

Taxonomy

Phyllodes uninerved; heads not in racemes

\Acacia sect. Phyllodineae ].

Acacia castorum Pedley sp. nov. affinis A.

confertae A.Cunn. ex Benth. a qua phyllodiis

latioribus, minus elongatis et plerumque

obtusis, leguminibus angustioribus,

seminibus parvioribus differt. Typus:

Queensland. Leichhardt District: Mt Castor,

Gemini Mountain section of Peak Downs

National Park, 15 January 2001, R. Fairfax &

D. Butler 405 (holo: BRI).

Acacia sp. (D.W.Butler 98); Butler & Fensham

(2008: 524).

Shrub to 3 m tall. Branchlets with moderately

dense crisped hairs; stipules narrowly

triangular, 0.4-0.5 mm long, c. 0.1 mm

wide, persistent. Phyllodes borne on short

projections of stem, irregularly obliquely

298

whorled, narrowly obovate, unequally obtuse,

minutely obliquely apiculate, 5-9 mm long,

1.5-2.4 mm wide, 2.5-5 times longer than

wide, glabrous or with scattered adpressed

hairs ( c . 0.4 mm long) when young, thick,

midrib obscure, nearer the upper margin;

gland small, 1-2 mm from base; pulvinus

0.5-0.6 mm long. Flowers in globose heads

of c. 25 flowers; peduncles single in the

axils, 10-12 mm long, glabrous and slightly

pruinose when young. Flowers 5-merous,

seen only when very young. Pods to c. 30

mm long and 8 mm wide, with up to 8 seeds;

valves coriaceous, pruinose, without obvious

veins. Seeds longitudinal, 4.3-5 x 3-3.3 mm,

shiny black; areole large, central; pleurogram

closed; funicle thickened and folded forming

clavate aril. Fig. 1.

Additional specimen examined: Queensland.

Leichhardt District: Gemini Peaks NP, SW side of

small peak SW of Mt Pollux, Mar 2005, Butler 98 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Acacia castorum

is known only from the twin peaks of Mt

Castor and Mt Pollux in the Gemini Peaks

National Park in the Peak Range, northeast of

Clermont in central Queensland. It is recorded

from cliff-lines and steep slopes on trachyte

within an open woodland of Eucalyptus

crebra F.Muell. and Corymbia trachyphloia

(F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson subsp.

trachyphloia , shrubs such as Bertyapedicellata

F.Muell. and with Triodia mitchellii Benth.

dominant in the understorey.

Notes: Acacia castorum is closely related to

A. conferta but has denser indumentum on

the stems, wider, less elongate, usually obtuse

phyllodes and narrower pods with fewer

smaller seeds. Interestingly, A. conferta is

also present at Mt Castor (viz. Butler 148 &

McGee , BRI), although the two species are

allopatric with A. castorum on the exposed

cliff-lines whereas A. conferta is on scree at

the base.

Etymology: The specific epithet castorum is

the plural genitive of the Latin noun castor

and is a noun in apposition. It is alludes to

being “of the Castor twins” or the mountains

named after them. The half twins Castor and

Pollux of Greek and Roman mythology are

referred to in Latin as the Gemini or Castores.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 297-320 (2019)

Acacia hierochoensis Pedley sp. nov.

affinis A. bendersonii Pedley et A. johnsonii

Pedley; ab A. hendersonii phyllodiis interdum

angustioribus et floribus minoribus et ab A.

johnsonii ramulis glabris, phyllodiis semper

glabris plerumque brevioribus non sigillatim

sulcatis longitudinaliter et ab utrisque

phyllodiis glandibus parvis 3-5 mm e basi

(1 mm intus vel in A. johnsonii plerumque

carenti) pulvino breviore praeditis et ovario

piloso differt. Typus: Queensland. South

Kennedy District: Near ‘Blairgowie’ Station

on road to Aramac, 18 August 1999, A. Marks

325-1 (holo: BRI).

Acacia sp. (Jericho G.R. Beeston 1065C);

Holland & Pedley (1997: 118; 2002: 114);

CHAH (2006); Pedley (2007: 114; 2010: 109;

2017).

Shrub to c. 2 m tall; branchlets pale brown,

prominently ribbed, resinous; young tips dark

brown, resinous; stipules subulate, c. 1 mm

long, persistent. Phyllodes spirally arranged,

somewhat crowded, narrowly oblanceolate,

straight or slightly recurved, (8—)11—18 mm

long, (0.8-)l-1.6 mm wide, (8—)10—13 times

longer than wide, short oblique mucro at the

obtuse tip, thick, glabrous, with a few small

tubercles on lower margin, one prominent

longitudinal nerve, usually with a few

obscure longitudinal folds on each face when

dry; small gland on margin 3-5 mm from

base; pulvinus 0.2-0.3 mm long. Flowers in

globose heads of c. 30 flowers on glabrous

resinous peduncles 6-8 mm long, single in

upper axils, no basal bracts; bracteoles ovate,

c. 2 mm long, thick, rather rough dorsally with

scattered minute adpressed hairs. Flowers

5-merous; sepals glabrous, membranous,

0.7-0.8 mm long, lobes uninerved, united to

within c. 0.2 mm of tip, free part triangular,

thickened; petals glabrous, uninerved, united

to about the middle, 1.5-1.6 mm long; stamens

c. 3 mm long; ovary tomentose. Pods not seen.

Fig. 2.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. South

Kennedy District: 35 km SE of Jericho, Jul 1993,

Thompson JER141 & Figg (BRI). Mitchell District:

Jericho, Jun 1913, Boorman s.n. (BRI [AQ626282], ex

NSW); 15 km NE of Jericho, Jul 1975, Beeston 1065C

(BRI).

Pedley, Notes on Acacia , 6

299

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Flora of Queensland

Acacia conferta A.Cunn. e* Benth.

Coll. R.J. Fairfax 405 16 JAN 2(

Butler, D.;

22d 28m 26s 147d52m 29s IAGD661 DepU

(65,589989,7514447) (845M99144) Alt

Mt Castor, Gemini Peaks section of Peak Range National Patk.

Cliff face. Skeletal soil. Igneous rock. Not seen on scree slope.

Ball shaped flowers.

Det. L.E. Pedley

193 Mimosaceae

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Brisbane Australia

AQ 522143

BRI-AQ0522143

5 1 7 ^ 7 ? Queensland Herbarium (BRI)

Ataaa tai

t Jk pAylted*?-hoSSihUf

Det. /■-tW JeViif£ Date

Fig. 1. Holotype of Acacia castorum (Fairfax 405 & Butler s.n., BRI).

300

Austrobaileya 10(3): 297-320 (2019)

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Flora of Queensland South Kennedy

Acacia johnsonii Pedley

Coll. A Marks

23d 28m 52s 146d 13m 29s

(55,420835,7402986)

Near Blairgowie Station on road to Aramac.

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Brisbane Australia

roonon

Queensland Herbarium (BRI)

'eyochensi-s

C £#8*.

BRI-AQ0492282

I7./V,

■ "* r -r

Fig. 2. Holotype of Acacia hierochoensis (Marks 325-1 , BRI).

301

Pedley, Notes on Acacia, 6

Distribution and habitat : Acacia

hierochoensis is only known from a small area

within 50 km of Jericho, central Queensland.

It has been recorded from woodland

dominated by Eucalyptus cloeziana F.Muell.

and E. crebra on shallow sandy soils derived

from sandstone.

Notes : Acacia hierochoensis is mostly closely

related to A. headersonii, both of which

were included in the concept of A. johnsonii

by Maslin (2001: 458). It differs from both

species in its pilose ovary, its phyllodes with

a shorter pulvinus and a gland 3-5 mm from

the base. It has smaller flowers and usually

shorter phyllodes than A. hendersonii and

differs from A. johnsonii in having glabrous

branchlets and usually shorter glabrous

phyllodes that are not markedly sulcate.

Maiden (1920) briefly discussed the

Boorman specimen cited above when he

described Acacia pilligaensis Maiden.

Etymology : The specific epithet is derived

from hierocho, the Latin name of the biblical

city of Jericho.

Phyllodes iminerved; heads in axillary

racemes \Acacia sect. Phyllodineae ].

Acacia forsteri Pedley sp. nov. affinis A.

penninervi Sieber ex DC. var. penninervi

et distantiore A. decorae Rchb. f. ab hac

phyllodiis minoribus, ab illo phyllodiis

glandulis singulis ornatis, inflorescentiis

glabris, capitulis pallidioribus, ab utrisque

floribus paucioribus in capitulo saepe

aliquantum grandioribus et praecipue

leguminibus plerumque brevioribus et

latioribus seminibus transverse ordinatis

differt. Typus: Queensland. Burnett

District: ‘Bronte’, 9 km WSW of Gayndah,

28 June 2000, PA. Forster PIF25856 (holo:

BRI, iso: A, AD, CANB, DNA, K, MEL, MO,

NSW, PERTH distribuendi ).

Spreading shrub 3 m high; branchlets

glabrous; young tips brownish; stipules c. 0.5

mm long deciduous. Phyllodes grey-green,

straight, 43-50(-54) mm long, 6.5-9(-10)

mm wide, 5-7(-7.8) times longer than wide,

glabrous; one distinct longitudinal nerve

and obscurely irregularly penninerved;

gland 10-16 mm from the base, connected

to the midrib by a fine nerve, margin slightly

indented at gland, tip obtuse or somewhat

acute; pulvinus c. 1 mm long. Flowers in

globose heads of 10-15 flowers in axillary

racemes with up to 15 branches; axis to 4

cm long including peduncle 4-6 mm long;

branches 4-6 mm long subtended by small

bract; all glabrous; bracteole peltate about

as long as calyx, lamina fimbriate. Flowers

pale yellow, 5-merous; calyx cupular, 0.5-0.6

mm long, sinuolately lobed, fimbriate with

fine hairs; corolla 1.4-1.5 mm long, glabrous,

lobed to about the middle, lobes uninerved;

stamens c. 3 mm long; ovary glabrous. Pod

oblong, straight, flat, usually 3.5-6 cm long,

16-24 mm wide; valves coriaceous, glabrous,

pruinous, faintly transversely veined. Seeds

transverse in pod, black, oblong in outline, c.

5.5 x 3.3-4.5 mm; areole oblong; pleurogram

fine, a little depressed, closed; funicle folded

several times, thickened, forming an oblique

terminal yellow-brown aril. Fig. 3.

Distribution and habitat : Acacia forsteri is

known only from the type collection. At the

type locality the species occurs in woodland

on a duricrust jump-up, with the dominant

canopy species being Corymbia citriodora

subsp. variegata (F.Muell.) A.R.Bean &

M.W.McDonald, C. trachyphloia subsp.

trachyphloia. Eucalyptus decorticans

(F.M.Bailey) Maiden and Lysicarpus

angustifolius (Hook.) Druce. It co-occurs with

one other local endemic - the Vulnerable

listed Boronia grimshawii Duretto, as well as

the Endangered Zieria inexpectata Duretto

& PI.Forst.

Notes : Acacia forsteri is closely related to

A. penninervis var. penninervis, but differs

in having smaller phyllodes and, more

significantly, much wider and shorter pods

that are not contracted between the seeds. A

relationship to A. decora is also possible, but

is more distant.

Etymology : The species is named in honour

of Dr Paul I. Forster from the Queensland

Herbarium, colleague and friend, who has

made many valuable collections, often in

remote parts of the state.

302

Austrobaileya 10(3): 297-320 (2019)

Fig. 3. Acacia forsteri. A. habit of twig with phyllodes and inflorescences xl.2. B. pod xl. C. seed in situ with funicle

x4. All from Forster PIF25856 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

303

Pedley, Notes on Acacia , 6

Leaves not phyllodinous; heads in axillary

racemes [Acacia sect. Botrycephalae].

Acacia anadenia Pedley sp. nov. affinis

A. chinchillensi Tindale et A. argentinae

Pedley; ab ilia foliolis grandioribus latioribus

et ab utrisque ramulis pilis crispis obtectis,

foliis sine glandulis in speciminibus vidi

(forsan non semper speciei), pinnarum axibus

ultra foliolis projectis, ovario legumineque

glabro differt. Typus: Queensland. Warrego

District: Mt Mobil House, Chesterton

[Range] National Park, 30 August 1996, C.

Dollery 127 (holo: BRI).

Shrub to c. 1 m tall; branchlets ribbed,

indumentum of long, moderately dense,

crisped hairs; young growing points brownish;

stipules deltoid, c. 1 mm long. Leaves: glands

absent; axis (pulvinus, petiole and rachis

included) 2-4 cm long, ridged adaxially;

petiole (including pulvinus c. 1.5 mm long)

7-11 mm long; 2-4 pairs of pinnae, their

axes 22-40 mm long markedly projecting

beyond the most distal pair of leaflets; 7-11

pairs of leaflets per pinna; leaflets oblong,

obtuse or acutish, rounded at base, (3.5-)6.5-

9 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm wide, 3.5-47 times

longer than wide, moderately dense crisped

hairs beneath, a few scattered hairs above,

midrib prominent beneath; petiolules c. 0.2

mm long. Flowers in globose heads of 18-24

flowers, c. 5 mm diameter, arranged in up to

10-branched axillary racemes; axis usually

2.5-3 cm long (including peduncle 5-10

mm long) with indumentum of branchlets;

branches, 2.5-3 mm long, subtended by acute

bract 0.7-1 mm long. Flowers 5-merous;

calyx obconical, lobed to middle, c. 0.8 mm

long, tube glabrous, lobes fimbriate; corolla

lobed to about level of calyx, c. 1.3 mm long,

midribs of lobes distinct; stamens 2.5-3

mm long; ovary glabrous. Pods (seen when

over-mature, but containing seeds), linear

straight or somewhat curved, to c. 9 cm long

with about 10 seeds, 5.5-6 mm wide; valves

smooth, glabrous, pruinose. Seeds arranged

longitudinally, oblong in outline, c. 7.5 x 3-3.5

mm, with a large oblong areole, pleurogram

open; distinct clavate aril. Fig. 4.

Additional specimen examined : Queensland. Maranoa

District: Chesterton Range NP, Nov 1997, Dollery s.n.

(BRI [AQ659044], NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Acacia anadenia

is known only from the Chesterton Range

National Park some 35 km ENE of Morven

in southwestern Queensland. It has

been collected in Callitris (probably C.

glaucophylla Joy Thomps. & L.A.S.Johnson)

and Eucalyptus woodland on “sandy

undulating slopes”.

Notes: Acacia anadenia is related to both A.

chinchillensis and A. argentina, both of which

have silvery foliage and hairy branchlets and

leaflets. It differs from both in having crisped

hairs on branchlets and leaf axes, the lack

of foliar glands, the pinna axes projecting

conspicuously beyond the most distal pair of

leaflets and glabrous pods and ovary. As in

others of the group, the lack of glands may

not be a constant characteristic of the species.

Acacia anadenia is the second endemic

vascular plant to be described from the

Chesterton Range National Park area; the

other being Bertya calycina Halford &

R. J.F.Hend. The two species are not known to

co-occur.

Etymology: The specific epithet is a Latin

adjective derived from the Greek adena,

adenos, “gland” with the prefix aw-, “without”,

an allusion to the lack of foliar glands on the

specimens examined.

Acacia parvifoliolata Pedley sp. nov. quoad

ramulos rufescentes pruinosos et pinnas

late sejunctos secus rhachidem foliorum

affinis A. pruinosae A.Cunn. ex Benth. et

A. debili Tindale autem ab utrisque glandula

petiolari carenti et floribus minoribus et

praesertim foliolis multo minoribus differt.

Typus: Queensland. Leichhardt District:

Boyd Creek, State Forest 46, c. 70 km W of

Taroom, 10 September 2002, A.R. Bean 19248

(holo: BRI [2 sheets]; iso: K, MEL, NSW,

distribuendi).

Acacia sp. (Boyd Creek A.R.Bean 19248);

CHAH (2006); Pedley (2007: 114; 2010: 109;

2017).

304

Austrobaileya 10(3): 297-320 (2019)

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Brisbane Australia

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Flora of Queensland Warrego

Acacia sp. (Gwambagwine F.Carter 2)

Coll. C.Dollery 127 30 AUG 1996

BRI AQ0588125

26°15'S 147°26'E *\ Alt. m.

Depth m.

Mt Mobil House, Chesterton National Park.

Sandy undulating slopes, cypress woodland.

Shrub to 1m.

Uncommon.

Det.

Dups.

*May be cited as computerised collection number AQ 588125

(Archival Paper)

Queensland Herbarium (BRI)

s f-

DSL

Data i ' : ' 1

Fig. 4. Holotype of Acacia anadenia (Dollery 127, BRI).

305

Pedley, Notes on Acacia , 6

Spindly shrub to c. 4 m tall; bark smooth

throughout and ± pruinose; all parts glabrous,

except for one or two short hyaline hairs on

some calyx lobes; branchlets terete, dark red-

brown (rufescent), ± pruinose when young;

stipules triangular to 0.5 mm long. Leaves:

axis (petiole and rachis included) 6.5-11 cm

long; petiole (including pulvinus c. 4 mm

long) 2.5-3.5(-5) cm long; intrajugal length

15-20 mm; 3-6 pairs of pinnae, their axes

35-45(-55) mm long; (20-)25-35 pairs of

leaflets on each pinna; leaflets oblong, obtuse,

3.5- 5.5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, midrib

obscure beneath. Flowers in globose heads of

c. 25 flowers, c. 7.5 mm diameter, described

as bright yellow, arranged in 5-12-branched

racemes in the upper axils, the axis usually

3.5- 6 cm long, peduncle 5-15 mm long;

branches, subtended by stipule-like bract, 5-7

mm long. Flowers 5-merous; calyx turbinate,

c. 1 mm long, lobes broad, obtuse, slightly

inrolled, c. 0.3 mm long, occasionally with a

hair or two; corolla c. 1.5 mm long, lobed to

about the middle, the lobes faintly uninerved;

stamens c. 3 mm long; ovary glabrous.

Pods (only detached dehisced ones seen and

broadly similar to those of most other species

of Acacia sect. Botrycephalae ) to c. 65 mm

long, 6-6.5 mm wide, straight, raised over

seeds; valves chartaceous, slightly shiny,

some transverse anastomosing veins. Seeds

not seen, probably longitudinal or slightly

oblique in pod. Fig. 5.

Distribution and habitat: Acacia

parvifoliolata is known only from the type

collection west of Taroom in the central

highlands of Queensland. It was noted to

be common but localised along a creek in

a woodland of Eucalyptus chloroclada

(Blakely) LAS Johnson & K.D.Hill, E.

mediocris L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill,

Angophora leiocarpa (L.A.S. Johnson ex

G.J. Leach) K.R. Thiele & Ladiges and

Allocasuarina inophloia (F.Muell. &

F.M.Bailey) L.A.S.Johnson on quartzitic

sandstone.

Notes: Acacia parvifoliolata is related to A.

pruinosa and A. debilis both of which have

similar reddish brown branchlets and leaf

rachises, but it has considerably smaller

leaflets that are more widely separated and the

leaf rachises lack foliar glands.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived

from Latin parvus , “small”, foliola , “leaflet”

and the adjectival suffix - ata , indicating

possession or likeness: an allusion to the

leaflets of the species, which are remarkably

smaller than those of related species.

Phyllodes plurinerved; flowers in heads

\Acacia sect. Plurinerves\.

Acacia philoxera Pedley sp. nov. affinis A.

papyrocarpae Benth. et A. loderi Maiden a

quibus phyllodiis grosse pungentibus nervis

plerumque manifestis prominentibus (in

plantis exsiccatis), floribus majoribus capitulis

in paribus axillaribus, calyce minus profunde

diviso differt. Typus: Queensland. Gregory

South District: Grey Range, 80 km west of

Thargomindah, 15 October 1997, M. Handley

250 (holo: BRI [AQ659041]).

Acacia sp. Boongeena Creek (R. Bennett

AQ378136); CHAH (2006).

Bushy shrub to small tree to 5 m tall; branchlets

obscurely ribbed, dense indumentum of

white minute (< 0.1 mm long) adpressed

hairs, glabrescent or hairs persisting in axils

of phyllodes; stipules not seen. Phyllodes

linear, straight, rigid, terete or slightly

flattened, (5—)7—12 cm long, 1- 1.4 mm wide,

acuminate with a coarsely pungent point,

densely adpressed pubescent when young,

glabrescent, numerous parallel longitudinal

nerves, usually prominent on dried specimens;

pulvinus 1—1.5 mm long; gland small, basal

or up to 2 mm from base. Flowers in globose

heads of 12-20 flowers in pairs in upper axils

a rudimentary axis between them, receptacle

puberulous, bracteole spathulate; peduncles

5-7 mm long, adpressed pubescent, subtended

by basal concave bract c. 1 mm long. Flowers

5-merous; calyx 0.7-0.9 mm long, lobed to

about the middle, the lobes obtuse, sparsely

adpressed pubescent; corolla 1.5-1.6 mm long,

lobed to about the middle, scattered adpressed

hairs towards the base; stamens c. 3 mm long;

ovary scurfy and adpressed pubescent. Pods

linear, ± straight, to 10 cm long, c. 5 mm

wide, valves coriaceous, glabrous, brown,

with longitudinal anastomosing veins. Seeds

306

Austrobaileya 10(3): 297-320 (2019)

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Flora of Queensland Letehhaidt

Acacia sp. (Boyd Creek A.R.Bean 192481

BRI AQ0642688

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Brisbane Australia

AQ 642088

Coll. A.R. Bean 19248 10 SEP 2002

(25d26m 12s 149d 2m 43s) [AGD84] Depth m

55,705682,7185099 (8747-056850) Alt. 530m

Boyd Creek, SF 46, c. 70km W of Taroom.

Woodland of Eucalyptus cbloroclada, Angophora leiocarpa,

E.mediocris, Casuarina inophloia. Quartzite sandstone.

Shrub 4m high. Bark smooth throughout and more or less pruinose.

Rowers bright yellow. Old pods collected underneath plant. Common

at site, but seemingly very localised.

Get. 193 Mimosaceae

Dup. REFSET PUBREF MEL NSW K

* May be cited as computerised collection Number AQ 642688

(Archival Paper)

Fig. 5. Holotype (sheet 1 of 2) of Acacia parvifoliolata (Bean 19248, BRI).

307

Pedley, Notes on Acacia, 6

longitudinal, 6-7 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide,

thin; pleurogram faint, open; funicle with

about five tight folds forming small terminal

aril. Figs. 6-9.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland.

Gregory South District: Near Boongeena Creek, 10

km E of Cooper Creek, Aug 1984, Bennett s.n. (BRI

[AQ378136]); 80 km W of Thargomindah, Grey Range,

Jul 1999, Simmons 3958 & Simmons (BRI); ibid, Nov

2000, Handley 250 & Handley (BRI [AQ497541]).

Distribution and habitat : Acaciaphiloxera is

currently known from four (only two currently

documented with vouchers) localised

populations 80-86 km west of Thargomindah

beside the Bulloo Developmental Road in its

transect of the Grey Range in southwestern

Queensland (J. Silcock, pers. comm. Dec

2018). The population from which Bennett

made the 1984 collection has not been

relocated (J. Silcock, pers. comm. Dec 2018).

Away from the main road, there appears to be

suitable habitat directly to the south on Orient

Station and to the north on Nockatunga and

Norley Stations and searches for the species

should be made on these properties (J. Silcock,

pers. comm. Dec 2018).

At the populations west of Thargomindah,

Acacia philoxera is associated with A.

cambagei R.T.Baker, and to a lesser extent

with A. aneura F.Muell. ex Benth., A. ensifolia

Pedley and A. sibirica S.Moore, generally on

areas of rocky clay on the lower slopes and

drainage lines of low rises (Figs. 7, 8). The

understorey is mainly composed of a sparse

cover of chenopods and grasses (J. Silcock,

pers. comm. Dec 2018). The Boongeena

Creek record was from gibber downs on a

low hillside above a creek. Acacia philoxera

has not been observed to occur on the gentler,

sandier slopes with A. aneura and A. sibirica

- the locally dominant species association in

this area (J. Silcock, pers. comm. Dec 2018).

Notes : The nearest relatives of Acacia

philoxera are putatively A. papyrocarpa and

A. loderi , from which it differs in having

more coarsely pungent phyllodes with more

prominent longitudinal nerves (at least when

dry), larger heads in axillary pairs and a less

deeply divided calyx. It occurs outside the

geographic range of these related species that

are distributed widely in the southern arid part

of Australia and do not occur in Queensland.

Acacia philoxera could be the same

taxon discussed by Cowan & Maslin (2001)

as C A. sp. aff. [A.Jpapyrocarpd based on

some collections from South Australia. If

this proves to be the case, then the widely

scattered populations of the species would be

unusual, but no more so than for A. minyura

Randell, A. laccata Pedley, A. cyperophylla

F.Muell. ex Benth. var. cyperophylla and A.

catenulata C.T.White (excluding the Western

Australian subspecies which is probably

specifically distinct).

It should be noted that the collector of the

type specimen used their collecting number

250 on two different dated occasions. Both

collections probably originate from the same

individual tree; however, the 17 October 1997

dated collection is clearly indicated above as

being the specimen used as the type for this

species.

Etymology : The specific epithet is formed

from a compound of Greek philo -, “loving,

fond of’ and xeros , “dry”. The species habitat

is particularly arid.

Phyllodes plurinerved; flowers in spikes

\Acacia sect. Juliflorae].

Acacia pudica Pedley sp. nov. quoad costas

resinamque ramulorum et magnitudinem

nervationemque phyllodiorum et leguminum

A. wickhamii Benth. subsp. wickhamii

persimilis autem nervis secundariis

phyllodiorum inconspicuis magnis intervallis

et praecipue calyce in lobos angustos diviso

differt. Typus: Queensland. Burke District:

32 km NNW of Kajabbi, 29 May 1994, P.L.

Harris 711 (holo: BRI).

Shrub to 2 m tall and half as wide; bark grey,

longitudinally fibrous but not minniritchi;

branchlets slender, pale brown, with

prominent ribs, crenulated when old; young

tips brown; stipules minute, early deciduous.

Phyllodes thick, ovate, dimidiate, straight or

slightly sigmoid, (16-)20-30 mm long, 4.5-

7.5 mm wide, 3.5-5 times longer than wide,

plurinerved, nerves rather obscure, but two or

three more prominent than the rest, secondary

308

Austrobaileya 10(3): 297-320 (2019)

Fig. 6. Acacia philoxera. A. habit of twig with phyllodes and inflorescences xl.5. B. proximal end of phyllode with

attachment to stem x8. C. apical portion of phyllode x8. D. paired inflorescence x8. E. pod x2. F. seed in situ with

funicle x4. All from Handley 250 (BRI) [AQ659041], Del. W. Smith.

Pedley, Notes on Acacia, 6

309

Fig. 7. Acaciaphiloxera community, 80 km west of Thargomindah (Photo: J. Silcock).

Fig. 8. Habit of Acacia philoxera, 80 km west of Thargomindah (Photo: J. Silcock).

310

Austrobaileya 10 ( 3 ): 297-320 ( 2019 )

Fig. 9. Habit of Acacia philoxera showing bark, 80 km west of Thargomindah (Photo: J. Silcock).

nerves rather widely spaced, few anastomoses,

small, well defined, knob-like mucro; pulvinus

c. 1 mm long, scurfy. Flowers in moderately

dense spikes that are single in upper axils,

20-25 mm long, peduncles 8-10 mm long,

glabrous, subtended by a concave triangular

bract c. 1 mm long, rachis somewhat scurfy

and with scattered adpressed hyaline and red-

glandular hairs; bracteoles obliquely peltate,

stipe c. 0.4 mm long, lamina acute, c. 0.2 mm,

a few red-glandular hairs. Flowers 5-merous;

calyx 0.6-07 mm long, divided almost to the

base into linear lobes, tips slightly thickened

with red-glandular hairs; corolla c. 1 mm

long, glabrous, divided to the middle, lobes

with distinct midribs; stamens c. 2 mm

long; ovary densely white-tomentose. Pods

oblong, narrowed to base, opening elastically

from tip, c. 3 cm long, 6-8 mm wide, valves

woody, margins thickened, obliquely veined

and slightly shiny. Seeds oblique, dark brown

to black, oblong in outline, 4-6 mm long, 1.8-

2.2 mm wide; areole oblong, rather large with

a pale halo; pleurogram open; funicle grey,

folded 3 or 4 times forming a small cupular

aril over the seed. Fig. 10.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Burke

District: 32 km NNW of Kajabbi, Jun 1993, Harris 697

(BRI); ibid , Aug 1993, Harris 701 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Acacia pudica

is known only from the type locality in the

upper catchment of Eureka Creek, NNW of

Kajabbi in north-west Queensland where it

was reported to occur on siltstone in an open

woodland of Eucalyptus leucophloia subsp.

euroa L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill with an

understorey of Plectrachne and Triodia spp.

Notes : Acacia pudica is closely related to A.

wickhamii subsp. wickhamii, differing in the

less conspicuous widely spaced secondary

nerves of its phyllodes and, possibly more

Pedley, Notes on Acacia, 6

311

BRI AQ0628049

Queensland herbarium (bri)

Brisbane Australia

628049

Flora of Queensland

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Acacia

Coll. P.L.Harris

19*48’$ 139"53'E

32km north northwest of Kajabbi.

On siltstone, in Euc. leucophloia

Plectrachne spp.

Shrub 2metres high.

woodland

Leguminosae

•May be cited as computerised collection number AQ 628049

Fig. 10. Holotype of Acacia pudica (Harris 711, BRI).

312

significantly, the deeply divided calyx. The

latter character removes it from A. wickhamii

and related species in the keys to species in

the Flora of Australia (Maslin et al. 2001).

Etymology : The specific epithet is a Latin

word meaning “modest” or “bashful”, an

allusion to the anonymity of the species.

Acacia lithgowiae Pedley, quoad

phyllodiorum apices mucrone leviter obliquo

ornatos, structuram longitudinemque

leguminum seminumque A. johnsonii Pedley

affine autem phyllodiis capitulis floribusque

grandioribus differt. Quoad dimensiones

nervationesque phyllodiorum A. jensenii

Maiden similis autem pedunculis longis,

leguminibus angustis sigillatim differt et

probabiliter tantum remote cognata. Insuper

fortasse affine A. strictae Andrews a qua

ramulis pubescentibus, phyllodiis minus

elongatis crassioribus et itaque nervationibus

secundariis minus distinctis, capitulis

grandioribus atroflavis singulis in axillis,

leguminibus brevioribus differt. Typus:

Queensland. Darling Downs District:

Stretchworth State Forest (SF155), c. 40 km

SW of Dalby, 6 August 2000, D.M. Bennie

154 (holo: BRI, two sheets).

Shrub to 2.5 tall, branching from the base.

Branchlets puberulous, not noticeably

resinous, except for at shoot apices. Stipules

lanceolate, 0.7-0.9 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm

wide, noticeably puberulous on margins, less

so elsewhere. Phyllodes erect, linear, usually

somewhat falcate, more rarely straight,

flat, 15-48 mm long, 1.8-3.5 mm wide,

narrowed at base; excentrically and obliquely

mucronulate to rostellulate; green, sparsely

puberulous on margins, soon glabrescent,

waxy in irregular patches mainly on margins

and midrib; obscurely 3-nerved, midrib

fairly pronounced; gland minute, slightly

(< 1 mm) above base, elliptic, 0.3-0.4 mm

long, c. 0.2 mm wide. Inflorescence simple,

single in upper axils; peduncles 4-5 mm long,

puberulous and usually resinous near apices;

bracteate at base. Flowers in globular heads,

6-7 mm across, 32-40-flowered, golden and

somewhat resinous. Flowers 5-merous; sepals

c. 2/3 united with acute lobes; corolla lobes

lanceolate-ovate, 0.7-1 mm wide, c. 0.5 mm

Austrobaileya 10(3): 297-320 (2019)

long; filaments 2-2.5 mm long; anthers c. 0.1

mm long. Pods firmly chartaceous, 10-55

mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide, with an irregular

marginal suture, reddish-brown and markedly

vernicose, apart from cream reddish-brown

margins. Seeds longitudinally oblong, 3-3.5

mm long, (1—)1.5—2 mm wide, glossy black;

aril oblique, cream. Fig. 11.

Additional specimens examined (all BRI, all from

near the type locality): Jun 2000, Bennie 145\ Aug

2001, Bennie 181 ; Dec 2001, Bennie 193.

Distribution and habitat : Acacia lithgowiae

is known only from the type locality south¬

west of Dalby in southern Queensland where

it occurs in sandy soil overlying clay. It is

associated with Allocasuarina luehmannii

(R.T.Baker) L.A.S. Johnson and, often Acacia

muelleriana Maiden & R.T.Baker.

Notes : The affinities of the species are

obscure. It is probably most closely related to

A. johnsonii , but has much larger phyllodes

with the gland a little distance from the base,

larger flowers and consequently larger flower-

heads. Though the phyllodes are similar, the

pods of A. johnsonii and other species related

to A. dictyophleba F.Muell. are wider with

transverse or oblique seeds. It also resembles

A. stricta, but its phyllodes are thicker in

texture with the secondary nervature not at

all prominent. Its flower-heads are also larger,

deeper in colour and occur in axillary pairs.

Etymology: The species is named in honour

of Ms Grace Lithgow, a keen naturalist

(https://www.qnc.org.au/QNHA/qnha2007_

GraceLithgow.htm), whose booklet (Lithgow

1997) on the wattles of the Murilla and

Chinchilla shires is a fine account of the

region’s rich Acacia flora. The type locality

is a little south of the shires covered by Ms

Lithgow’s booklet.

Pedley, Notes on Acacia , 6

313

Fig. 11. Acacia lithgowiae. A. habit of twig with phyllodes and inflorescences *1.5. B. phyllode x3. C. pod *2. D.

seed in situ with funicle x8. A & B from Bennie 154 (BRI, holotype); C & D from Bennie 193 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

314

Acacia ammitia Pedley sp. nov. affinis A.

leptostachyae Benth. et A. pubirhachi Pedley.

Ab ilia nervis majoribus phyllodiorum

basin neque inter se neque in marginem

coalescentibus, leguminibus latioribus

seminibus praeditis differt. Ab hac spicis

distincte pedunculatis rachidibus minus

dense pubescentibus, floribus aliquantum

minoribus differt. Ab utrisque phyllodiis

plus distincte falcatis mucrone prominenti

juventute instructis et apprime nervis

longitudinalibus late separatis praeditis,

spicis sparsifloris differt. Typus: Queensland.

Cook District: Mt Mulligan, southern end,

Branch Creek Catchment, 8 July 1995, P.I.

Forster PIF17193, S.J. Figg & R. Jago (holo:

BRI, iso: CANB, DNA, K, MEL, MO, NSW).

Acacia sp. (Richards Creek J.R. Clarkson

5249); Holland & Pedley (1997: 118; 2002:

114); CHAH (2006); Pedley (2007: 114; 2010:

109; 2017).

Spreading shrub or tree to 5 m tall; branchlets

ribbed below insertion of phyllodes, red-

brown when mature, adpressed silvery hairs,

on young ones; growing points silvery white;

stipules deltoid, 0.7-1 mm long, sometimes

persisting after phyllodes have fallen.

Phyllodes lanceolate, straight or usually

distinctly falcate, (50-)65-100 mm long, (4-

)5-9 mm wide, 9.5—14(—18) times longer than

wide, 8-13 widely spaced (0.5 mm or more

apart) longitudinal nerves, not anastomosing,

1 or usually 2 more prominent than the rest,

dense adpressed silvery hairs when young,

glabrescent with age, prominent gland with

distinct rim at base, mucronulate with thick

deciduous mucro 1-2 mm long; pulvinus 2-4

mm long, with indumentum of branchlets.

Flowers in interrupted spikes 30-40 mm

long, on adpressed pubescent peduncles 2-5

mm long; spikes single or usually in pairs

in axils, at the base of a rudimentary shoot

which sometimes grows out into a leafy

shoot with spikes single in the axils, or with

up to 5 spikes on an axillary leafless axis up

to 10 mm long; rachis adpressed pubescent;

bracteoles brown, ovate, sessile, prominent

when spikes very young but deciduous.

Flowers 5-merous; calyx cup-shaped, 0.4-0.5

mm long smooth and glabrous except for

Austrobaileya 10(3): 297-320 (2019)

obtuse fimbriate lobes c. 0.1 mm long; corolla

1.2-1.4 mm long, lobed to about the middle,

glabrous, lobes with obscure midrib; stamens

c. 2 mm long; ovary densely pubescent. Pods

(immature), narrowly oblong, to 50 mm long

and 8 mm wide; valves chartaceous, glabrous.

Seeds (immature) obliquely arranged in pod.

Fig. 12.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: Mt Mulligan, Aug 1990, Clarkson 8896 (BRI;

CNS, DNA, K, PERTH «.v.); Mt Mulligan, Apr 1995,

Jago 3411 & Jensen (BRI); Mt Mulligan, c. 2 km S of

the mine site along the pipe line leading to the falls on

Richards Creek, Apr 1984, Clarkson 5249 (BRI; CNS,

DNA, K, MEL, NSW, PERTH n.v.y, Mt Mulligan, c. 40

km NW of Dimbulah, top of mountain, c. 0.5km SE of

dam, Apr 1985, Clarkson 5770 (BRI; CNS, DNA, MEL,

MEL, NSW n.v.y Mt Mulligan, summit on slopes above

Richards Creek downstream from dam, Apr 1985,

Clarkson 5839 (BRI; CNS, K, MEL, NSW, PERTH «.v.);

Mt Mulligan, the Pepper Pot, Apr 1985, Clarkson 5913

(BRI; CNS, DNA, MEL, NSW, PERTH n.v).

Distribution and habitat : Acacia ammitia is

restricted to Ngarrabullgan (Mt Mulligan) - a

mesozoic sandstone massif, some 60 km WNW

of Mareeba in north-east Queensland, where

it occurs in an open woodland dominated by

Corymbia leichhardtii (F.M.Bailey) K.D.Hill

& L.A.S. Johnson, Eucalyptus cullenii

Cambage and E. cloeziana with a Triodia

understorey, invariably on sandstone rock

pavements, steep rocky slopes above cliffs

and scree slopes.

Notes : Duplicates of some collections

of Acacia ammitia have been previously

distributed as A. leptostachya Benth., which

in general appearance it resembles, while its

pods are similar to those of A. hammondii

Maiden. However, it is probably more

closely related to A. pubirhachis. The widely

spaced longitudinal nerves of the phyllodes

distinguish it from all other juliflorous species

with small phyllodes.

Ngarrabullgan (Mt Mulligan) hosts

several vascular plant endemics, namely

Boronia montimulliganensis Duretto,

Hibbertia mulligana S.T.Reynolds, Labichea

muUiganensis A.R.Bean, Plectranthus

minutus RI.Forst. and Prostanthera

muUiganensis B. J.Conn & T.C.Wilson. These

plants are all small shrubs or subshrubs (low

Pedley, Notes on Acacia , 6

315

Fig. 12. Acacia ammitia. A. habit of twig with phyllodes and inflorescences xl.2. B. phyllode *2. C. proximal end of

phyllode showing gland x8. D. pod x2. A-C from Clarkson 5913 (BRI); D from Clarkson 8896 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

316

bushes), whereas Acacia ammitia is currently

the only endemic large shrub or small tree.

Etymology : The specific epithet is derived

from Greek ammites “sandstone”, with suffix

-ia “characteristic of’, a reference to the

habitat of the species.

Acacia dichromotricha Pedley sp. nov.

affinisd. sparsiflorae Maiden et A. pubirhachi

Pedley autem ab ilia rhachide spicae dense

pubescente, lobis calycis plus profunde lobatis,

nervis phyllodii plus crebris et ab hac ramulis

pilis adpressis obsitis non dense villosis,

phyllodiis certe falcatis non plus minusve

rectis carentibus prominentes longitudinales

nervos, spicis sparsifloris rachide pilis aureis

non albis, floribus aliquantum parvioribus

differt. Typus: Queensland. Gregory North

District: ‘Rangelands’, 15 kmN ofWinton, 7

May 1999, B. Wilkinson AZI1581 (holo: BRI).

Acacia sp. (Fermoy Road I.V. Newman 487);

Holland & Pedley (2002: 114); CHAH (2006);

Pedley (2007: 114; 2010: 109; 2017); Silcock &

Fensham (2014); Silcock et al. 2014).

Tree to 15 m tall; bark furrowed. Branchlets

reddish, angular with yellowish ribs on angles,

densely adpressed white hairs, becoming

glabrous. Phyllodes linear to narrowly elliptic

or oblanceolate, strongly falcate, 9—12 cm

long, 4.5-7 mm wide, 10-25 times longer

than wide, densely adpressed pubescent when

young, hairs restricted to base when old,

longitudinally striate with close longitudinal

nerves (14—15 per mm), one or three sometimes

somewhat more prominent than rest, marginal

nerve prominent; tapered into pulvinus 1.5-

2.5 mm long; gland prominent, basal or up

to 2.5 mm from base. Flowers in interrupted

spikes 25-40 mm long on peduncles 1-3

mm long, in pairs in upper axils, concave

brown deciduous bract c. 1.5 mm long at

base of peduncle, occasionally minute axis

bearing spikes growing out into leafy shoot,

peduncles and rachis pubescent with dense

golden-yellow matted and ascending hyaline

hairs c. 0.2 mm long. Flowers 4- or 5-merous;

bracteoles ± sessile, concave, obtuse, c. 0.4

mm long, golden pubescent on back; calyx

saucer-shaped, c. 0.5 mm long, lobed to about

the middle, the lobes wide, obtuse, golden

Austrobaileya 10(3): 297-320 (2019)

pubescent, hairs sometimes absent from

base; corolla 1.3-1.5 mm long, lobed to about

the middle, glabrous except for a few long

ascending hairs on free part; stamens 2-2.2

mm long; ovary with indumentum of dense

short thick hairs. Pods and seeds not seen.

Figs. 13-15.

Additional specimens examined (all BRI):

Queensland. Gregory North District: ‘Rangelands’ c.

20 km from Winton on road to Hughenden, Jun 2000,

Johnstone s.n. [AQ668037]; ‘Rangelands’, Jun 2002,

Milson A211617', Scrammy Gorge, Bladensberg NP,

Jun 2006, Camming 24300. Gregory South District:

Stoneleigh Outstation, northern section of ‘Thylungra’,

Aug 2010, Silcock JLS682\ In vicinity of Stoneleigh

Outstation, ‘Thylungra’, Aug 2011, Silcock JLS994.

Mitchell District: ‘Noonbah’, Jun 1989, Voller s.n.

[AQ457758]; Stonehenge Nature Drive, Stonehenge, Jun

2002, Melzer RM1482\ S of Winton on ‘Fermoy’ road,

Jun 1971, Newman 487 (ex NSW); Yang Yang Range,

e. 3 km S of ‘Yaraka’, May 2010, Silcock JLS637; SE

Corner of ‘Budgerygar’, S of Powell Creek, Jun 2015,

Silcock JLS1685 & McDermott.

Distribution and habitat : Acacia

dichromotricha occurs in central western

Queensland where it is endemic to an area

between c. 20 km north ofWinton to c. 20 km

south-east of ‘Budgerygar’ homestead with

eight populations recorded that are supported

by herbarium vouchers. Silcock & Fensham

(2014) indicated that the species occurred in

25 populations with an estimated 750,000+

individuals.

Plants grow in skeletal reddish soils

characteristic of the lateritic plateaux in this

area, in association with open woodland

dominated variously by Acacia aneura , A.

catenulata C.T.White, or Corymbia blakei

subsp. rasilis K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson,

and numerous shrub species from the genera

Dodonaea and Eremophila.

Notes: Acacia dichromotricha is related

to A. sparsiflora and A. pubirhachis. It is

distinguished from the former in having the

rachises of the spikes densely pubescent, more

deeply lobed calyxes and phyllodes with more

crowded longitudinal nerves, and from the

latter in its branchlets with adpressed hairs,

interrupted spikes with hairs of the rachis

yellow rather than white, and somewhat

smaller flowers.

Pedley, Notes on Acacia , 6

317

Fig. 13. Acacia dichromotricha. A. habit of twig with phyllodes and inflorescences *0.8. B. proximal end of phyllode

x6. All from Cumming 24300 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

318

Austrobaileya 10(3): 297-320 (2019)

Fig. 14. Adult of Acacia dichromotricha (population voucher: SilcockJLS1685 & McDermott , BRI). Photo: J. Silcock.

Pedley, Notes on Acacia , 6

319

Fig. 15. Adult of Acacia dichromotricha (population voucher: Silcock JLS994, BRI). Photo: J. Silcock.

Etymology : The specific epithet is derived

from the Greek, prefix di- “two”, chroma

“colour” and “ tricha ” hair. The hairs of the

young branchlets are white, while those of the

spike-rachises are golden yellow.

Acknowledgements

My thanks to Mr Will Smith for the fine

illustrations, Mr Peter Bostock for checking

the Latin diagnoses and Mrs Lorna Ngugi

for the specimen images. Material of several

species was collected especially for me by Dr

Paul Forster and Dr Jenny Silcock.

References

Butler, D.W. & Fensham, R.J. (2008). Lose the plot:

cost-effective survey of the Peak Range, central

Queensland. Cunninghamia 10: 521-538.

Chah (2006). Australian Plant Census, https://

biodiversity.org.au/nsl/services/APNI,

accessed 22 January 2019.

Cowan, R.S. &Maslin, B.R. (2001). Acaciapapyrocarpa.

In A.E. Orchard & A.J.G. Wilson (eds.). Flora

of Australia 11B, Mimosaceae, Acacia part

2: 108. ABRS/CSIRO Publishing: Canberra/

Melbourne.

Holland, A.E. & Pedley, L. (1997). Mimosaceae.

In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland

plants: names and distribution, pp. 112-120.

Queensland Herbarium, Department of

Environment: Indooroopilly.

-(2002). Mimosaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed).

Names & distribution of Queensland plants,

algae & lichens , pp. 108-115. Queensland

Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency:

Toowong.

Lithgow, M.G. (1997). 60 Wattles of the Chinchilla and

Murilla Shires. M.G. Lithgow: Chinchilla.

Maiden, J.H. (1920). Notes on Acacia, No. IV (with

descriptions of new species). Journal &

Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South

Wales 53: 171-238.

320

Maslin, B.R. (2001). Acacia johnsonii. In A.E. Orchard

& A. J.G. Wilson (eds.), Flora of Australia 11 A,

Mimosaceae, Acacia part 1: 458. ABRS/CSIRO

Publishing: Canberra/Melbourne.

Maslin, B.R., George, A S., Kodela, P.G., Ross, J.H.

& Wilson, A.J.G. (2001). Key to species. In

A.E. Orchard & A.J.G. Wilson (eds.). Flora

of Australia 11 A, Mimosaceae, Acacia part 1:

43-195. ABRS/CSIRO Publishing: Canberra/

Melbourne.

Norton, J. (1900). Presidential address. Proceedings of

the Linnean Society of New South Wales 25:

763-795.

Pedley, L. (1964a). Notes on Acacia , chiefly from

Queensland, 1. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Queensland 74: 53-60.

-(1964b). Notes on Acacia, chiefly from Queensland,

II. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 75: 29-35.

-(1969). Notes on Acacia, chiefly from Queensland,

III. Contributions from the Queensland

Herbarium No. 4: 1-7.

-(1974). Notes on Acacia, chiefly from Queensland,

IV. Contributions from the Queensland

Herbarium No. 15: 1-27.

-(1978). A revision of Acacia Mill. In Queensland

(part 1). Austrobaileya 1: 75-235.

-(2006). Notes on Acacia Mill. (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae), chiefly from Queensland, 5.

Austrobaileya 7: 347-356.

-(2007). Mimosaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E.

Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora

2007, pp. 108-116. Queensland Herbarium,

Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.

-(2010). Mimosaceae. In P.D. Bostock, & A.E.

Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora

2010, pp. 103-107. Queensland Herbarium,

Department of Environment & Resource

Management: Brisbane.

-(2017). Acacia. In P.D. Bostock & A.E. Holland

(eds.). Census of the Queensland Flora

2017. Queensland Department of Science,

Information Technology and Innovation:

Brisbane. https: //data. qld. gov. au/dataset/

census-of-the-queensland-flora-2017, accessed

10 January 2019.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 297-320 (2019)

Silcock, J. & Fensham, R.J. (2014). Specialized and

stranded: habitat and biogeographical history

determine the rarity of plant species in a semi-

arid mountain range. Journal of Biogeography

41: 2332-2343.

Silcock, J., Healy, A.J. & Fensham, R.J. (2014). Lost in

time and space: re-assessment of conservation

status in an arid-zone flora through targeted

field survey. Australian Journal of Botany 62:

674-688.

A taxonomic revision of Sapotaceae for mainland Australia

L.W. Jessup

Summary

Jessup, L.W. (2019). A taxonomic revision of Sapotaceae for mainland Australia. Austrobaileya

10(3): 321-382. A taxonomic account of Sapotaceae for mainland Australia is provided along

with descriptions and keys to the genera and species of native and naturalised taxa of the family.

Australia has ten genera ( Amorphospermum F.Muell., Donella Pierre ex Baillon, Manilkara Adans.,

Mimusops L., Niemeyera, Palaquium Blanco, Planchonella Pierre, Pleioluma (Baill.) Baehni,

Sersalisia R.Br., Van-royena Aubrev.) with 36 native species, including one subspecies and one

variety, and one introduced and naturalised genus ( Chrysophyllum L.) with two species.Three new

species from Queensland are described and illustrated: Pleioluma ferruginea Jessup, P. pilosa

Jessup and Niemeyera discolor Jessup, and two new combinations made, Planchonella myrsinifolia

subsp. howeana (F.Muell.) Jessup and Sersalisia obpyriformis (F.M.Bailey) Jessup. Lectotypes are

chosen for the names Achras brownlessiana F.Muell., A. xerocarpa F.Muell. ex Benth. and Bassia

galactoxyla F.Muell. and a neotype for Lucuma obpyriformis F.M.Bailey.

Key Words: Sapotaceae; Australia flora; Amorphospermum ; Chrysophyllum ; Donella ; Manilkara ;

Mimusops ; Niemeyera', Niemeyera discolor, Palaquium', Planchonella, Planchonella myrsinifolia

subsp. howeana, Pleioluma, Pleioluma ferruginea ; Pleioluma pilosa, Sersalisia, Sersalisia

obpyriformis', Van-royena

Laurence W. Jessup, c/o Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: laurence.

jessup@des.qld.gov.au

Introduction

The taxonomy of the family Sapotaceae at the

level of genus and above has for a long time

been the subject of much disagreement, mainly

due to morphological character variation.

Pennington (1991) summarised the taxonomic

history of the family which included work by

Lam (1925, 1939), Baehni (1942, 1965), van

Royen (1957), Herrmann-Erlee & van Royen

(1957), Vink (1958) and Aubreville (1964).

Pennington (1991) collaborated with others

who examined and reviewed the cytology,

palynology and chemistry of a significant

representative cross section of the family and

presented a classification of the family based

on five tribes and 53 genera. More recent

phylogenetic analyses using molecular data

have shown that morphological homoplasy is

common throughout the family but analyses

using both molecular data and selected

morphological characters (Anderberg &

Swenson 2003; Swenson & Anderberg

2005) have identified three subfamilies, two

Accepted for publication 15 February 2019

of which, the Sapotoideae Eaton and the

Chrysophylloideae Luerss., are represented

by species in Australia. The Sapotoideae

are represented by the genera Mimusops L.

and Manilkara Adans. in the tribe Sapoteae

Rchb. and Palaquium Blanco in the tribe

Isonandreae Hartog. These are distinguished

by the presence of a biseriate calyx (Gautier

et al. 2013). The Chrysophylloideae have

been extensively studied in recent years

(Swenson et al. 2007a, 2007b, 2008a, 2008b,

2013; Triono et al. 2007) with the result that

several genera in Australia and the Western

Pacific (including New Caledonia) have been

reinstated following their previous inclusion

in Pouteria Aubl., a genus of the New World

tropics. The Australian representatives of

this group include the genera Planchonella

Pierre, Pleioluma (Baill.) Baehni, Sersalisia

R.Br. and Van-royena Aubrev. The genus

Donella Pierre ex Baillon was reinstated by

Mackinder et al. (2016) and is recognised here

as distinct from New World Chrysophyllum

L. It was represented as Clade D in Swenson

et al. (2008b) in their Bayesian majority-

rule consensus tree which was based on

322

combined sequence data from the chloroplast

and nuclear genomes and morphological

data. Amorphospermum F.Muell. was

included in Niemeyera by Pennington (1991)

and both genera were earlier placed under

Chrysophyllum by Vink (1958). Based on

molecular data, Amorphospermum is strongly

supported as the sister taxon to Niemeyera

F.Muell. and is here recognised as a distinct

genus, following the work of Swenson et al.

(2013).

This account is restricted to Sapotaceae

that occur on mainland Australia and

associated islands, but excludes those found

only in Australian territories or Oceanic

islands (i.e. Planchonella costata (Endl.)

H.J.Lam and P. nitida (Blume) Dubard),

that have been previously covered in Flora

of Australia accounts by Du Puy (1993) and

Green (1994). One subspecies in Planchonella

(P. myrsinifolia subsp. howeana (F.Muell.)

Jessup) from Lord Howe Island, is however,

dealt with here as part of the account for that

species.

Materials and methods

This account is based on specimens in

herbarium collections in BM, BRI, CANB,

CNS (previously QRS), DNA, E, G, K, L,

MEL, NSW, P, PERTH and US and some field

observations by the author. All specimens

cited have been seen by the author or in a few

cases as high resolution images. Descriptions

of flowers were prepared from material

preserved in FAA or 70% alcohol and glycerol

or reconstituted by briefly boiling in water.

The descriptions of fruit were prepared from

both dried and alcohol preserved material.

The seed length is measured in the same

direction as the fruit length i.e., from the basal

or pedicel end to the stylar end, next the seed

width is measured from the adaxial or ventral

surface to the abaxial or dorsal surface and

this is followed by the width at right angles to

the other two.

Common abbreviations in the specimen

citations are FR (Forest Reserve), LA

(Logging Area), Mt (Mountain), NP (National

Park), SFR/SF (State Forest Reserve/State

Forest), TR (Timber Reserve). Apart from

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

types, only additional specimens from the

Australian occurrence of non-endemic species

are cited. Rainforest typology largely follows

the classification scheme of Webb (1978).

Bibliographic information pertaining to

generic synonyms that have not been applied

to Australian taxa can be sourced in Govaerts

et al. (2001). Vernacular names that are

commonly listed for taxa (e.g. Francis 1951;

Harden et al. 2013) are provided where there

is clear application.

Taxonomy

Sapotaceae A. Juss., Gen. PI. 151 (1789).

Trees or shrubs with latex. Indument of

2-branched hairs, variously prostrate to

erect. Leaves alternate or (not in Australia)

opposite, coriaceous or subcoriaceous,

mostly entire; venation (in Australia) mostly

brochidodromous or eucamptodromous, or

a combination of the two; stipules present

or absent. Flowers solitary or in axillary

cymose fascicles, rarely paniculate, regular,

hypogynous, often bracteolate; sepals

(4-)5(-12), (imbricate) usually quincuncial,

or sometimes in 2 cycles of 2, 3, or 4; corolla

sympetalous, with 4-8 imbricate lobes; stamens

epipetalous, in 1-3 whorls, staminodes present

or absent; anthers with longitudinal slits,

extrorse; gynoecium of 2-14 (-30) carpels,

syncarpous, ovary plurilocular with axile

or axile-basal placentation; style single,

undivided, frequently with small stigmatic

surfaces at the tip or simple without visible

stigmatic areas; ovules 1 per carpel,

anatropous to hemitropous, apotropous. Fruit

a fleshy or sclerenchymatous berry; seeds with

a shiny and usually thick and hard testa and a

small basal or larger lateral scar of attachment

(hilum) which may be narrow and elongate or

broad and extending over much of the seed

surface and extending from less than 80% to

100% of the seed length; embryo large, with

exserted radicle, thin and flat cotyledons,

enclosed in a well-developed, oily, fleshy or

hard endosperm, or with included radicle,

thickened cotyledons and without endosperm

at maturity, x = 7, 9-13.

323

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

The family includes approximately 60 to

80 genera and at least an estimated 1300

described species (Swenson, pers. comm.;

Faria et al. 2017), widespread in tropical and

subtropical parts of both the Old and the New

World. Australia has ten genera with 36 native

species, including one subspecies and one

variety, and one introduced and naturalised

genus (ChrysophyHum) with 2 species. The

genera are arranged by subfamily and tribe in

this account to emphasize the morphological

characters defining these groups. An overall

key to genera based primarily on floral

characters is provided.

Key to Subfamilies of Sapotaceae in Australia

1 Calyx biseriate in 2 whorls of 2-4 sepals; corolla lobes divided.... Subfam. Sapotoideae

1. Calyx a single whorl of 4, 5 or 6 sepals; corolla lobes and stamens

mostly same number as sepals (up to 8 in Amorphospermum );

corolla lobes undivided.Subfam. Chrysophylloideae

Key to genera of Sapotaceae in Australia

1 Calyx biseriate; stipules frequently present.2

1. Calyx uniseriate; stipules absent.4

2 Staminodes present; corolla a single whorl, lobes usually with appendages

or divided into segments.3

2. Staminodes absent; corolla lobes without appendages or distinct segments. . 3. Palaquium

3 Sepals 8 in 2 whorls; corolla lobes 8, each divided into 3 segments;

stamens and staminodes 8 each, pilose; seed scar circular

or elliptic.1. Mimusops

3. Sepals usually 6 in 2 whorls; corolla lobes usually 6 and divided to the

base into 3 segments; stamens and staminodes usually 6 each,

staminodes glabrous; seed scar elongate.2. Manilkara

4 Corolla with spreading, recurved or revolute lobes; stamens exserted;

style without discrete stigmatic areas.5

4. Corolla with more or less erect lobes; stamens included; style with

more or less discrete stigmatic areas.6

5 Venation eucamptodromous; tertiary leaf venation oblique between

secondaries or from a secondary vein running more or less perpendicular

to the midvein; quaternary venation reticulate and mostly visible below;

seed testa papery.4. Niemeyera

5. Venation brochidodromous, tertiary leaf venation descending from

margin, parallel to secondary veins; quaternary venation ± obscured

below by persistent indumentum; seed testa woody or bony ... 5. Amorphospermum

6 Staminodes present, each inserted at the sinus between the corolla lobes.7

6. Staminodes absent. 10

7 Tertiary and higher order venation finely areolate (Fig. 1).8

7. Tertiary venation often parallel to and reticulate between secondary

veins, never areolate (Fig. 2).9

8 Stamens inserted at or below the middle of the corolla tube; cotyledons

foliaceous, endosperm present.7. Pleioluma

8. Stamens inserted in or just below the corolla tube orifice; cotyledons

plano-convex, endosperm absent .9. Sersalisia

324

Austrobcdleya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

9 Stamens inserted near middle of corolla tube. 6. Van-royena

9. Stamens inserted above the middle of the corolla tube and usually just

below the corolla tube orifice.8. Planchonella

10 Leaves glabrescent to glabrous below; stamens inserted in the lower

half of the corolla tube. 10. Donella

10. Leaves densely and permanently rufous-tomentose below; stamens

inserted at the top of the corolla tube. 11. Chrysophyllum

Fig. 1. Areolate tertiary and higher order venation in

Pleioluma queenslandica (no voucher).

Fig. 2. Parallel and reticulate tertiary venation in

Planchonella australis (no voucher).

Subfamily Sapotoideae Eaton, Bot. Did., ed.

4: 35 (1836).

Tribe Sapoteae Rchb., Handb. Nat. Pfl.-Syst.

214 (1837).

Calyx of 2 whorls of 2, 3 or 4 free sepals;

corolla lobes divided; stamens 6, 8 or 12;

staminodes present.

1. MIMUSOPS

Mimusops L., Sp. PI. 349 (1753). Type

species: M. elengi L. (lecto: fide Britton &

Millspaugh 1920: 324).

Trees or shrubs. Leaves spirally arranged;

venation brochidodromous; stipules often

present, caducous. Flowers bisexual, axillary,

solitary or fasciculate. Calyx of 2 whorls of 4

free sepals, the outer whorl valvate. Corolla

tube much shorter than the corolla lobes;

lobes 8, divided to the base into 3 segments;

median segment clasping the stamen,

sometimes indexed against the style; lateral

segments spreading, entire or deeply divided.

Stamens (7-)8, in a single whorl, inserted at

top of corolla tube; filaments free or partially

fused to the staminodes; anthers extrorse.

Staminodes 8, alternating with the stamens,

indexed and often forming an envelope

round the gynoecium. Ovary (7-)8-locular,

style exserted or not. Fruit with 1 to several

seeds, seed scar small, basal, often circular

or elliptic. Cotyledons foliaceous, radicle

exserted, endosperm copious.

The genus consists of about 20 species

in Africa, 15 in Madagascar, four in the

Mascarenes, one in the Seychelles, and one in

Asia, the Pacific Islands and Australia.

Mimusops elengi F., Sp. PI. 349 (1753). Type:

not designated.

Mimusops parvifolia R.Br., Prodr. FI. Nov.

Holland. 531 (1810); M. elengi var. parvifolia

(R.Br.) H.J.Fam, Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg,

ser. 3, 7: 236 (1925). Type: [Queensland.

Cook District]: Carpentaria, Coen River

[Pennefather River], 6 November 1803, R.

Brown [Bennett no. 2826\ (syn: BM); North

Coast, East Coast, s.dat., R. Brown s.n. (syn:

E, K, P).

325

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

Illustrations : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 506);

Hyland etal. (2010).

Shrubs or trees to 25 m. Twigs tomentose.

Leaves with petiole 10-20(-25) mm long,

tomentose; lamina elliptic or oblanceolate,

3-10 cm long, 1.6-6 cm wide, apex acuminate,

obtuse or acute, base shortly attenuate or

acutely cuneate, glabrous above, glabrescent

or persistently hairy below; midvein raised

above leaf blade; secondary veins 10-20 pairs.

Flowers in fasciculate inflorescence; pedicel

7-20 mm long, reddish-brown tomentose.

Sepals lanceolate or narrowly triangular, 7-9

mm long, acute, on outside densely tomentose,

on inside tomentose and glabrous towards

base. Corolla lobes triangular (each lobe

divided to the base into 3 triangular lobes),

5.5- 8 mm long, acute, entire. Stamens 8, 5-7

mm long. Staminodes linear. Ovary pilose;

style terete, 5-6.5 mm long, glabrous. Fruit

broadly ovoid, glabrous or nearly so, fleshy,

1.5- 2.2 cm long, 1.5-1.8 cm wide. Seeds 1-

2(-3), ellipsoid, compressed, 13-14 mm long,

8.5- 9.5 mm wide, 6-7 mm thick; testa brown.

Additional selected specimens examined : Western

Australia. 7 km SW of Martins Well, Dampierland, N of

Broome, Apr 1977, Kenneally 6184 (PERTH); Dampier

Peninsula, Ilan (between Gnamagun Mill and coast),

Jun 1984, Forbes 2452 & Kenneally (BRI, L); Bathurst

Island, Buccaneer Archipelago, W Kimberley coast,

Aug 1982, Kenneally 8507 (CANB, PERTH); Eastern

Walcott Inlet, West Kimberley, May 1983, Milewski

72 (BRI); Cape Leveque, Gnamagan Well, Apr 1988,

Dunlop 7803 (BRI). Northern Territory. Channel

Island, Darwin Harbour, Feb 1972, Byrnes 2371 (BRI,

CANB); Gunn Point, Jan 1985, Wightman 1800 (BRI,

CANB, K); Murgenella area, 3 km NW of Laterite Point,

Oct 1987, Dunlop 7122 (BRI, MEL); Crocodile Creek,

Gove Peninsula, Feb 1988, Russell-Smith 4656 & Lucas

(BRI); Marchinbar Island, Wessel Islands, Dec 1987,

Russell-Smith 4456 & Lucas (BRI, MEL). Queensland.

Cook District: Portland Roads, Jan 1982, Hyland

11547 (BRI); Turrel Hill, Macrossan Range, Silver

Plains, Jun 1998, Forster PIF23086 et al. (BRI); 0.5

km from Lakeland Downs to Cooktown Road, on road

to Helenvale, Mar 1987, Clarkson 6777 & McDonald

(BRI); Wangetti Beach FR, Jan 2009, Costion 1598

(BRI). North Kennedy District: Cape Cleveland NP,

Feb 1992, Forster PIF9662 & Bean (BRI); Bowen golf

links. Mar 1983, Anning A579 (BRI). South Kennedy

District: R60 Ossa, Cape Hillsborough, May 1975,

Hyland 4281RFK (BRI); Lindeman Island, Nov 1985,

Batianoff3324 & Dalliston (BRI); Calder Island, 60 km

NE of Mackay, May 1992, Halford Q1227 & Crombie

(BRI); Turtle Bay, Carlisle Island, 35 km N of Mackay,

Sep 1986, Sharpe 4402 & Batianoff (BRI). Port Curtis

District: W Coast of Shoalwater Bay, near Mooly Creek,

Apr 1945, Blake 15596 (BRI); Shoalwater Bay Training

Area, site SW02, 10 km SE of Sabina Point, Sep 1993,

McDonald 5668 & Melzer (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Mimusops elengi

occurs across coastal, tropical northern

Australia from north of Broome, Western

Australia, to north of Shoalwater Bay,

Queensland (Map 1). It is found in coastal vine

thickets, gallery forests and near mangroves.

It also occurs in Asia, Malesia and on Pacific

islands.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

from October to June, and fruit from May to

October.

2. MANILKARA

Manilkara Adanson {nom. cons), Fam. PI.

(Adanson) 2: 166 (1763). Type: M. kauki (L.)

Dubard.

Shrubs or trees. Leaves spirally arranged;

venation brochidodromous; stipules absent

or present (not in Australia). Flowers mostly

bisexual, axillary. Calyx of two whorls of

(2-)3(-4), free or shortly united sepals.

Corolla lobes 6(-9, not in Australia), usually

divided to near the base into 3 segments;

median segment usually erect, sometimes

clawed, clasping the stamen; two dorso¬

lateral segments erect or spreading, entire or

divided. Stamens 6(—12, not in Australia) in a

single whorl usually inserted at top of corolla

tube; filaments free or partially fused with

the staminodes, anthers extrorse. Staminodes

usually present and alternating with stamens,

usually erect and divided in one way or

another at apex. Disk annular, small or absent.

Ovary 6-8(-14)-locular, style exserted.

Fruit 1-several-seeded; seed scar elongate,

basiventral. Cotyledons foliaceous, radicle

exserted; endosperm copious.

A pantropical genus of 30 species in America,

c. 20 species in Africa and Madagascar and

c. 15 species in Asia and the Pacific, and

two species in Australia. The Asian-Pacific

species of the genus have recently been

revised by Armstrong (2013).

326

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Key to species of Manilkara in Australia

1 Lamina appressed tomentose on underside; sepals 6-7.5 mm long; style

8-9.5 mm long; fruit 2.5-37 cm long, 1.8-3.3 cm wide.1. M. kauki

1. Lamina glabrous; sepals 8.5-12 mm long; style 13-16 mm long;

fruit 5-6 cm long, 4-4.5 cm wide.2. M. kanosiensis

1. Manilkara kauki (L.) Dubard, Ann. Mus.

Colon. Marseille ser.3, 3: 9 (1915); Mimusops

kauki L., Sp. PI. 349 (1753). Type: “Habitat in

Zeylona”, s.dat., P. Hermann s.n. (lecto: BM,

image! ,fide Trimen 1895: 87).

Mimusops kauki var. browniana A.DC.,

Prodr. FI. Nov. Holland. 8: 203 (1844);

Mimusops browniana (A.DC.) Benth., FI.

Austral. 4: 285 (1868). Type: New Holland,

s.dat., R. Brown s.n. (holo: BM).

Illustrations : Lam (1941); Cooper & Cooper

(2004: 505); Hyland et al. (2010).

Shrubs or trees, to 20 m. Twigs tomentose,

glabrescent. Leaves with petiole 5-25 mm

long, tomentose or pubescent, channelled

above; lamina obovate or broadly elliptic, 3-9

cm long, 2-5.5 cm wide, apex rounded, obtuse

or emarginate, base cuneate, glabrescent

above, persistently appressed tomentose

below; margins slightly recurved; secondary

veins 11-20 pairs. Flowers fasciculate;

pedicels 15-20 mm long, sericeous or

tomentose. Sepals ovate or triangular, 6-7.5

mm long, 3-4.5 mm wide, acute, inner whorl

only slightly smaller than outer; appressed

tomentose outside, less densely so inside,

nearly glabrous at base. Corolla tube 1.5-3

mm long, lobes 4.5-7 mm long, narrowly

ovate, oblong or lanceolate. Stamens 6,

filaments 2-3 mm long, anthers 2.5-37 mm

long. Staminodes ovate, acuminate, 3.5-5

mm long, often with dentate margin and

bifid at apex. Ovary conical, pubescent; style

cylindrical, 8-9.5 mm long, glabrous. Fruit

broadly ovoid, ellipsoid or obovoid, 2.5-37

cm long, 1.8-3.3 cm wide, glabrous or nearly

so, fleshy or dry, mostly with 1-3 seeds. Seeds

obovoid, compressed, 16-18 mm long, 12-14

mm wide, 7-10 mm thick, testa light brown.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Dauan [Island] SW side, Apr 2003,

Wannan 4036 (BRI); Deliverance Island, Torres Strait,

May 1999, Waterhouse BMW5362 (BRI); Near boat

ramp, Stephen Island, Torres Strait, Apr 2005, Hucks

LAH281 (BRI); Coconut Island, Aug 1994, Wannan

45 (BRI); Sue Island, Oct 1981, Clarkson 3947 (BRI);

Somerset, May 1948, Brass 18800 (BRI, CANB, K,

L); Evans Bay, 26 km NE of Bamaga, Feb 1994, Fell

DGF3897 et al. (BRI); c. 2 km S of first creek N of Vrilya

Point, Aug 1981, Morton AM1435 & Godwin (BRI); Bolt

Head, Temple Bay, Jun 1996, Forster PIF19330 (BRI);

Temple Bay, S of Bolt Head, Sep 2004, Sankowsky 2523

& Sankowsky (BRI); Beach, 3 km SSE of Kennedy Hill,

‘Bromley’, Jul 1991, Forster PIF8924 (BRI, MEL); c.

1.5 km N of mouth of Pascoe River, Aug 1991, Clarkson

9095 & Neldner (BRI); Restoration Island, 1 km E of

Cape Weymouth, Feb 1980, Clarkson 2953 (BRI); Chili

Beach, Jan 1982, Hyland 11606 (BRI); Bathurst Bay,

c. 2 km ENE of the Muck River, 13 km SSW of Cape

Melville, Jun 1984, Clarkson 5400 (BRI); Bathurst Bay,

Cape Melville NP, N of Cooktown, Jul 1998, Bean 13689

(BRI); Ingram Island, Jul 1973, Stoddart 4056 (BRI);

Two Isles, Sep 1973, Stoddart 4628 (BRI); Conical

Rock, N of Cape Bedford, May 1984, Godwin C2534

(BRI); Cooktown, s.dat.. Pollock 10 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Manilkara kauki

occurs from south-east Asia to New Guinea

and in Australia from Torres Strait to

Cooktown in north Queensland (Map 2). The

species is found in coastal vineforest, and on

coral and sand cays, often near mangroves.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

from January to May, and fruit from May to

December.

Note: A specimen of this species in MEL

(Flecker 9521 ) is labelled as being collected

from Steven Island (NT), but it appears to

be an error and is more likely a specimen

collected on Stephens Island, Torres Strait (I.

Cowie and J. Clarkson pers. comm.).

2. Manilkara kanosiensis H.J.Lam &

B.Meeuse, Blumea 4: 337 (1941). Type: Papua

New Guinea. Central Province: Kanosia,

10 February 1935, C.E. Carr 11237 (holo: L

image!; iso: CANB; BM & K image!).

Illustration : Lam (1941).

327

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

Trees to 25 m. Twigs glabrescent. Leaves:

petiole 8-20(-27) mm long, glabrescent or

glabrous, channelled above; lamina obovate,

5—10(—14) cm long, 3-6 cm wide, apex

abruptly acuminate, rounded or emarginate,

base acutely cuneate, glabrous, margins flat;

secondary veins 12-18 pairs. Flowers 1-3,

axillary; onpedicels 15-27 mmlong, appressed

tomentose. Sepals acutely triangular, 8.5-12

mm long, inner sepals slightly smaller than

outer, appressed tomentose outside, less

densely so inside, nearly glabrous at base.

Corolla tube 2-4 mm long, lobes c. 6.5 mm

long, glabrous, the appendages up to 3.5

mm long with long tapering tip. Stamens 6,

filaments 2-3 mm long, anthers 4-4.5 mm

long. Staminodes ovate with a thickened base,

up to 4 mm long, margin laciniate and dentate.

Ovary conical, pubescent; style cylindrical

13—16 mm long, glabrous. Fruit ovoid, 5-6 cm

long,4-4.5 cm wide, firmly fleshy with two

seeds, glabrous. Seeds ellipsoid or narrowly

ovoid, compressed, 27-35 mm long, 14-18

mm wide, 10-11 mm thick, testa brown.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Near summit of Banks Peak, c. 4.5 km

NNW of St Pauls village, Moa Island, Torres Strait, Nov

2007, Fell DGF9166 & Stanton (BRI); Banks Peak, Moa

Island, Torres Strait, Jul 2008, Fell DGF9721 & Stanton

(BRI); ibid, Jul 2008, Fell DGF9721A & Stanton (BRI);

ibid, Jul 2008, Fell DGF9729 & Stanton (BRI); Moa

Peak, Moa Island, Feb 2010, Cummings AC1 & AC2

(BRI); ibid. Mar 2010, Cummings AC3 & AC4 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Manilkara

kanosiensis occurs in coastal areas of New

Guinea, the Tanimbar Islands and in Australia

only on Moa Island in the Torres Strait, north

Queensland (Map 2). It is found in complex

evergreen notophyll vineforest.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in

February and March, and fruit in July and

December.

Tribe Isonandreae Hartog, J. Bot. 16: 69

(1878).

Calyx usually 2 whorls of 2 or 3 sepals; corolla

lobes undivided; staminodes absent.

3. PALAQUIUM

Palaquium Blanco, FI. Filip. [F.M. Blanco]

403 (1837). Type: P. lanceolatum Blanco

(lecto: fide Merrill 1904: 15, 20).

Bassia L. (1771) (Sapotaceae); non Bassia All.

(1766) Chenopodiaceae.

Galactoxylon Pierre, Not. Bot. Sopot. 6

(1890). Type: G. pierrei Baillon (lecto: fide

Baehni 1965: 149).

Trees. Leaves spirally arranged. Lamina with

eucamptodromous venation, the secondary

veins decreasing to indistinct loops inside

the margin. Stipules usually present. Flowers

usually bisexual in axillary fascicles. Sepals

6 in 2 whorls, free or shortly connate. Corolla

lobes entire, mostly 6, contorted, usually

spreading or reflexed and exceeding the length

of the tube. Stamens exserted, usually 12 in

a single whorl, sometimes (not in Australia)

more or fewer and in 2 or 3 whorls; filaments

mostly free, inserted in the throat; anthers

extrorse. Staminodes absent. Disk usually

absent. Ovary (5-)6(-10)-locular; style usually

long-exserted, tapering gradually to the apex.

Fruit with fleshy pericarp. Seed usually with

a broad adaxial scar, without endosperm,

cotyledons plano-convex, radicle extending

to the surface, or sometimes (not in Australia)

seed laterally compressed with a narrow scar,

endosperm and foliaceous cotyledons.

A genus of 119 species in Asia, Australia,

Malesia and the Pacific (Govaerts et al. 2001),

one species in Australia.

Palaquium galactoxylon (F.Muell.) H.J.Lam

[as galactoxylum , orth. var.], Bull. Jard.

Bot. Buitenzorg ser. 3, 7: 107 (1925); Bassia

galactoxyla F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 27 (1867);

Sersalisia galactoxylon (F.Muell.) F.Muell.

ex Benth., FI. Austral. 4: 279 (1868); Lucuma

galactoxylon (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Syst. Census

Austral. PI. 91 (1883); Galactoxylon pierrei

Baillon, Hist. PI. (Baillon) 11: 300 (1891);

P. galactoxylon var. galactoxylon , PRoyen,

Blumea 10: 592 (1960). Type: Queensland.

Rockingham Bay, s.dat ., J. Dallachy s.n.

(lecto [here selected]: MEL 233070).

328

Palaquium salomonense C.T.White, J. Arnold

Arbor. 31: 107 (1950); P. galactoxylon var.

salomonense (C.T.White) P.Royen, Blumea 10:

592 (1960), syn. nov. Type: Solomon Islands.

New Georgia, 9 October 1945, F.S. Walker &

C.T. White BSIP180 (holo: BRI).

Illustrations : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 508);

Hyland etal. (2010).

Trees to 47 m high. Twigs tomentose,

glabrescent, with leaves conferted at apex.

Leaves with petiole (3—)10—16 mm long;

lamina narrowly obovate, 7-13.5 cm long,

2.5-5 cm wide, apex obtuse or rounded or

emarginate or bluntly acuminate; secondary

veins 8—12(—16) pairs. Flowers in axillary

clusters of 2-4 along up to 3 mm long

brachyblasts; pedicels 6-7 mm long, reddish

brown tomentose. Sepals ovate, 1.8-2.5

mm long, obtuse or rounded, ferruginous

tomentose on outside, glabrous inside.

Corolla lobes narrowly ovate or triangular,

4-4.5 mm long, rounded or obtuse at apex,

fimbriate. Stamens 12, 1.7-2.2 mm long,

equal or slightly unequal in length; filaments

subulate, 1-2 mm long, glabrous; anthers

sagittate, oblong or tapering, mostly with

some reddish-brown hairs. Ovary cylindrical

or broadly conical, c. 1.5 mm long, pilose;

style soon terete and elongating to 11.5-12.2

mm long. Fruit broadly ellipsoid, 3-3.5(-4)

cm long, 1.2-2.5(-3) cm wide, pericarp

whitish, glabrous or nearly so; 1 or 2-seeded.

Seeds ellipsoid, compressed, 20-25 mm long,

12-20 mm wide, 13-17 mm thick; testa brown

or yellowish, shining part covering most of

the seed. Pencil cedar , Daintree maple.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Long Scrub, Bamaga at tip of Cape

York Peninsula, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 6931 (BRI);

Lake Boronto, Newcastle Bay, Cape York Peninsula,

Sep 1974, Tracey 14330 (BRI); Claudie River, Jun 1972,

Irvine 222 (BRI, L); Nesbit River floodplain. Silver

Plains, Jun 1998, Forster PIF23034 et al. (BRI); Mt

Webb - Starke Station, Sep 1974, Tracey 14422 (BRI);

TR 165 Monkhouse, Shipton LA, Apr 1984, Hyland

12945 (BRI, CNS); Foothills near Cape Tribulation, Oct

1971, Webb & Tracey 11441 (BRI); JCU Canopy Crane

plot, Dec 2009, Costion 2154 (BRI); Daintree River, Dec

1929, Kajewski s.n. (BRI [AQ34251]); Kuranda Range

(Lower Lookout), Oct 1973, Hyland 6906 (BRI); SFR

310 Parish of Gadgarra, Goldsborough LA, Dec 1984,

Gray 3778 (BRI); ibid , Dec 1984, Gray 3781 (BRI); SFR

310, Goldsborough LA, Dec 1984, Gray 3781 (BRI);

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

ibid , Jun 1987, Gray 4495 (BRI); Wyvuri Holding,

Apr 1972, Hyland 6023 (BRI, L); Council Reserve off

Cowley Creek Road, E of Cowley Creek, near Silkwood,

Oct 2007, FordAF5152 (BRI). North Kennedy District:

Jarra Creek, c. 15 miles [24 km] due NW of Tully, Nov

1951, Smith & Webb 5005 [distributed as 4905 ] (BRI);

North Brook Island, 30 km NE of Cardwell, Dec 1988,

Fell DF1535 (BRI); Mt Bentley, Palm Island, Apr 1998,

Camming 17168 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Palaquium

galactoxylon occurs in Papua New Guinea,

Solomon Islands and in Australia in north

Queensland from Bamaga to Palm Island

(Map 3). It is found in mesophyll and

notophyll vineforest.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

from April to July, and fruit in November and

December.

Typification : Dallachy originally sent

only fruiting material to Mueller and the

protologue refers only to fruit. It is for this

reason that I have chosen MEL 233070 as

lectotype. However, mounted on the sheet

MEL 233071 on the lower right hand side is

a label dated December 1866 which predates

publication of the protologue and was

most likely sent with the original fruiting

collection. The label on the lower left hand

side of MEL 233071 was written by Dallachy

and refers to his shooting down flowers and

therefore accompanied a later collection that

was not available to Mueller when he wrote

his description. Mounted directly above

this label is a branchlet with a single flower

attached. A packet on the same sheet contains

some fruit which may also belong with the

original collection.

Notes : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 508) describe

the fruit as 30-40 mm long and the seed as

25-35 mm long with the hilum scar covering

half the seed.

The taxon Palaquium galactoxylon

var. salomonense (C.T.White) P.Royen was

distinguished from Australian material based

on petiole length alone, but examination of

a range of material at BRI shows this to be

quite unreliable. Therefore, the use of the

autonym for the Australian material appears

unwarranted.

329

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

Subfamily Chrysophylloideae Luerss. (as

Chrysophylleae ), Handb. Syst. Bot. 2: 946

(1882).

Calyx a single whorl of 4, 5 or 6 sepals; corolla

lobes and stamens mostly of the same number

as the sepals (up to 8 in Amorphospermum)\

corolla lobes entire; staminodes present or

absent.

4. NIEMEYERA

Niemeyera F.Muell. {nom. cons), Fragm. 7:

114 (1870); non Neimeyera F.Muell., Fragm.

6: 96 (1867) (Orchidaceae). Type: N. prunifera

(F.Muell.) F.Muell., {nom. cons).

Trees or shrubs. Stipules absent. Leaves

spirally arranged; venation eucamptodromous

(secondary veins gradually decreasing apically

inside the leaf margin), tertiary venation

horizontal or oblique, or a combination of

the two. Flowers fasciculate, axillary, pedicel

with bracts at base, bisexual, isomerous.

Calyx a single whorl of 5 quincuncial sepals.

Corolla with 5 revolute lobes as long as the

tube or slightly longer, entire, glabrous.

Stamens 5, inserted opposite each corolla

lobe at the tube orifice, glabrous, filaments

well-developed, free, anthers dorsifixed,

shortly calcarate. Staminodes absent. Disk

absent. Ovary 5-locular; placentation axile.

Style terete or slightly tapered, longer than

ovary, without visible stigmatic areas. Fruit a

1 or 2-seeded berry. Seed ellipsoid to globose,

not laterally compressed; seed scar adaxial

for full length, covering 60% or more of the

seed surface width, testa thin, papery, shining

part elliptical or oblong. Embryo with white

plano-convex cotyledons; radicle included;

endosperm absent.

A genus of four species endemic to Australia.

Species previously recorded for New

Caledonia have been transferred to Pycnandra

Benth. (Swenson et al. 2013; Swenson &

Munzinger 2016).

Key to the species of Niemeyera

1 Underside of newly expanded lamina with a dense covering of

appressed hyaline trichomes exhibiting a silvery sheen; pedicels

2-2.5 mm long.3. N. discolor

1. Underside of newly expanded lamina with pale to reddish brown

loosely appressed to erect trichomes; pedicels up to 0.5 mm long.2

2 Lamina on underside with subpersistent erect or suberect trichomes,

glabrescent on older leaves.4. N. whitei

2. Lamina on underside with loosely appressed trichomes, glabrescent on

most leaves.3

3 Young stems and underside of newly expanded lamina with nearly

straight or slightly curved pale reddish-brown or white appressed

trichomes, glabrescent; tertiary veins horizontal or oblique; stamens up

to 3 mm long; fruit subglobose or broadly ovoid and ± tapering to the

style remnant, 20-25 mm long, 17-25 mm wide.1. N. chartacea

3. Young stems and underside of newly expanded lamina with ± tortuous

reddish-brown trichomes, often fading with age, glabrescent; tertiary

veins mostly oblique; stamens 3 mm long or more; fruit globose

with a short abruptly swollen style base, 35-50 mm long, 24-50 mm

wide.2. N. prunifera

330

1. Niemeyera chartacea (F.M.Bailey)

C.T.White, Contr. Arnold Arbor. 4: 87 (1933);

Lucuma chartacea F.M.Bailey, Queensl. FI.

3: 955, t. XXXIX (1900); Sersalisia baileyana

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 508 (1928);

Chrysophyllum chartaceum (F.M.Bailey)

Vink, Blnmea 9: 62 (1958); Amorphospermum

chartaceum (F.M.Bailey) Baehni, Boissiera

11: 103 (1965). Type: Queensland. Moreton

District: Eumundi, October 1900, J.F. Bailey

s.n. (lecto: BRI [AQ22599]; fide Vink 1958:

63).

Illustration : Harden et al. (2013).

Shrubs or trees to 25 m high. Twigs densely

tomentose, glabrescent. Leaves with petiole

2-8(-10) mm long; lamina oblanceolate,

sometimes elliptic or obovate, (2.5)6-12(14)

cm long, (l-)2-4 cm wide, apex acuminate,

base cuneate or attenuate, soon glabrescent;

secondary veins 6-12 pairs; tertiary venation

horizontal. Flowers in axillary or ramal few-

flowered fascicles; pedicels 0-0.2 mm long,

shortly reddish brown tomentose. Calyx lobes

ovate, 1.2-1.5 mm long, obtuse. Corolla lobes

broadly ovate, broadly obovate or oblong,

1.6-2.2 mm long. Stamens 5, 2.5-3 mm long.

Ovary ovoid or subglobose, pilose, style

3.3-3.6 mm long. Fruit subglobose or broadly

ovoid and tapering to the style remnant,

2-2.5 cm long, 1.7-2.5 cm wide, pruinose to

black, glabrescent. Seeds 1 or 2, ovoid, 17-

20 mm long, 9-11 mm wide, shining part of

testa elliptic, 14-16 mm long, 5-8 mm wide.

Smooth-leaved plum.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

South Kennedy District: Massey Creek, Eungella

Range, W of Mackay, Oct 1951, Smith & Webb 4842

(BRI), (as 4742 on ex-BRI specimens). Wide Bay

District: Conondale NP (NP 1100 Kilcoy), Peters Road

near Mt Cabinet, Sep 1986, McDonald 4113 (BRI);

Conondales, Sunday Creek Road, Jan 2002, Forster

PIF28106 & Leiper (BRI); Montville, Blackall Range,

Apr 1918, White s.n. (BRI [AQ34123]); ibid , s.dat.,

Shirley s.n. (BRI [AQ348567]); Mary Cairncross Scenic

Reserve, Blackall Range, 3 km SE of Maleny, Oct 2007,

Forster P1F33090 & Smyrell (BRI). Moreton District:

Eumundi, Mar 1894, Simmonds s.n. (BRI [AQ22597],

K); ibid , May 1896, Simmonds s.n. (BRI [AQ34134]);

ibid , Nov 1900, Bailey s.n. (BRI [AQ34131]); Brolga NP,

W of Woombye, Feb 1990, Bean 1352 (BRI); McDonald

Road, 3 km N of Peachester, Jul 1993, Bean 6255 (BRI);

Mt Glorious, 50 km NW of Brisbane, Jun 1978, Jessup

125 & Reynolds (BRI, L); ibid , Sep 1978, Jessup 145 &

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Reynolds (BRI); Mt Glorious, Taylor Range, Feb 1973,

Webb & Tracey 11452 (BRI); Summit of D’Aguilar

Range near Mt Glorious, Nov 1972, Lebler & Durrington

s.n. (BRI [AQ8931]).

Distribution and habitat: Niemeyera

chartacea is endemic to Queensland from the

Eungella Range near Mackay to the D’Aguilar

Range near Brisbane (Map 4) in notophyll

vineforest.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from

September to June and fruits from February

and March.

Typification: There is only one collection

belonging to the original material, i.e. by J.F.

Bailey in 1900. This comprises three sheets,

two are in BRI that W. Vink saw and which

he selected as the lectotype. The third sheet is

in MEL and is an isolectotype (MEL 725955).

2. Niemeyera prunifera (F.Muell.) F.Muell.,

Fragm. 7: 114 (1870); Chrysophyllum

pruniferum F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 26 (1867);

Lucuma prunifera (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Sel. PI.

Indust. Cult. 142 (1872); Amorphospermum

pruniferum (F.Muell.) Baehni, Boissiera 11:

103 (1965). Type: Queensland. Rockingham

Bay, 2 March 1864, J. Dali achy s.n. (lecto:

MEL 233076; isolecto: GH 75591, F 65037;

fide Vink 1958: 64).

Illustrations: Cooper & Cooper (2004: 507);

Hyland et al. (2010); Harden et al. (2013).

Shrubs or trees to 15 m high. Twigs densely

felted or tomentose. Leaves with petiole 10-

25 mm long; lamina oblanceolate to elliptic,

5—14(—18) cm long, 1.7-5.5(-7) cm wide, apex

acuminate to obtuse, base acutely cuneate or

shortly attenuate, with pale to reddish brown

loosely appressed to suberect trichomes below,

glabrescent; secondary veins 6-12 pairs;

tertiary venation horizontal near midvein,

oblique in the distal part, prominent below.

Flowers in axillary or ramal fascicles of up to

20 flowers; pedicels 0-0.2 mm long, reddish

brown tomentose. Calyx lobes ovate, 1.2-1.5

mm long, obtuse or rounded. Corolla lobes

oblong, 1.5-2 mm long. Stamens 5,2.5-4 mm

long. Ovary subglobose, pilose, style 3.3-3.6

mm long. Fruit globose or depressed globose,

with a short swollen style base, 35-50 mm

long, 24-50 mm wide, pruinose to purple-

331

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

black, glabrescent. Seeds 1 or 2, subglobular,

15-20 mm diameter, shining part of testa 16-

18 mm long, 11-13 mm wide.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Upper Parrot Creek, Annan River, Sep

1948, Brass 20304 (BRI, K, L); Daintree River, Dec

1929, Kajewski 1440 (BRI); ibid , Mar 1932, Brass 2218

(BRI); Mossman River Gorge, Feb 1932, Brass 2143

(BRI); Mossman Gorge, Aug 1959, Thorne 22863 &

Tracey (BRI); 7.4 km from Rex highway along Mt Lewis

Road, Aug 1995, Hind 6647 & Hind (BRI); Head of

Robson Creek, 5.8 km past Hoop Pine Triangle, NE end

of Tinaroo Falls Dam, Mar 1988, Forster PIF3938 (BRI);

SFR933, Little Pine LA, Nov 1978, Gray 1162 (BRI); TR

1230, Boonjie LA, Nov 1976, Hyland 9167 (BRI, K, L);

East Malanda, Atherton Tableland, Sep 1929, Kajewski

1213 (BRI); Garradunga, Sep 1929, White 11729 (BRI,

K, L); Little Beatrice LA, SF 756 Mt Father Clancy,

Nov 1995, Forster PIF18217 & Spokes (BRI). North

Kennedy District: 6 km along Kirrama Range Road,

SF 861, Feb 1996, Forster PIF18366 & Ryan (BRI);

Hinchinbrook Island, c. 2 km NW of Mt Diamantina,

Dec 2000, Kemp TH2570 (BRI); Hinchinbrook Island,

Little Ramsay Bay, Aug 1975, Sharpe 1630 (BRI); 2

km E of Paluma, Jan 1989, Jackes 8901 (BRI). South

Kennedy District: Massey Creek, Eungella Range, W

of Mackay, Oct 1951, Smith & Webb 4772 (BRI) [as 4672

on ex-BRI specimens]. Port Curtis District: Pigeon

Scrub, SF 391 Bulburin, 9 km along Dawes Range road,

Dec 1995, Forster PIF18287 et al. (BRI); Bulburin FR,

Dawes Range Road, Pigeon Scrub, Jan 2004, Forster

PIF29889 & Tucker (BRI); Bulburin NP, Cassilus

Creek, Jan 2009, Forster PIF34942 et al. (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Niemeyera

prunifera is endemic to Australia in eastern

Queensland and occurs from the Annan River,

south of Cooktown to the Dawes Range, near

Gladstone, (Map 5) in lowland and upland

mesophyll and notophyll vineforest.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

from September to May; fruit from June to

November.

Typification : Mueller cited two collections

by Dallachy for this species, the first was

collected on 2 March 1864 from Rockingham

Bay and the second on 11 August 1866

from Mackay River (now Tully River). The

lectotype designated by Vink (1958) was

collected on 2 March 1864 and has flowers.

The fruit that Dallachy refers to on the label

of the 2 March 1864 collection are not with

the rest of the material on MEL 233076 and

can probably no longer be distinguished

from fruit collected in 1866. The label with

the Mackay River collection states that there

were no flowers and only two fruit. Therefore,

all flowering collections from that time must

have been collected on 2 March 1864 and are

therefore isolectotypes.

In making the combination Niemeyera

prunifera , Mueller also cited specimens

collected at Bellinger River by Moore and

Clarence River by Wilcox. These were later

referred to N. whitei and are cited here under

that name.

3. Niemeyera discolor Jessup sp. nov.

differing from the other three Niemeyera

species by the underside of the newly

expanded lamina having a dense covering of

appressed hyaline hairs exhibiting a silvery

sheen and by the longer pedicels (2-2.5 mm

long compared with 0.5 mm long or less).

Typus: Queensland. Cook District: State

Forest Reserve 143, Kanawarra, Carbine

Logging Area, 24 November 1987, B.P.

Hyland 13360 (holo: BRI; iso: CNS).

Chrysophyllum sp. (Mt. Lewis A.K. Irvine

1402); Jessup (1994).

Chrysophyllum sp.; Green (1999).

Niemeyera sp. (Mt. Lewis A.K. Irvine 1402);

Jessup (1997, 2002, 2007, 2010, 2015).

Illustrations : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 508);

Hyland et al. (2010).

Trees to 30 m high. Twigs felted or tomentose,

glabrescent. Leaves with petiole 10-25(-30)

mm long; lamina oblanceolate or elliptic or

obovate, 4-13 cm long, 1.5-5 cm wide, apex

acuminate to obtuse, base cuneate or shortly

attenuate; discolourous with persistent,

appressed pale or hyaline trichomes below

giving a silvery sheen, glabrescent with age;

secondary veins 7-10 pairs; tertiary venation

horizontal near midvein, oblique to laxly

reticulate in the distal part, not prominent

below. Flowers in axillary or closely packed

ramal fascicles; pedicels 2-2.5 mm long,

reddish or pale brown sericeous. Calyx lobes

ovate or oblong, 3-3.2 mm long. Corolla

lobes 5, ovate to oblong, 3-3.5 mm long,

rounded or obtuse. Stamens 5, 37-4.2 mm

long. Ovary ovoid, pilose, style terete, 3.5-4

mm long. Fruit obovoid, broadly ellipsoid or

subglobular, 4-6 cm long, 4-5.5 cm wide,

332

glabrous or nearly so. Seed 1, subglobular or

broadly ellipsoid and tapering to the stylar

end, 30 mm long, 25-30 mm diameter,

shining part of testa c. 18 mm long and 9 mm

wide. Fig. 3A-E.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: Big Tableland, 27 km SE of Cooktown,

Sep 1960, Smith 11179 (BRI); TR 146 Tableland LA, Jul

1975, Hyland 8325 (BRI); Cedar Bay, Jan 1973, Webb &

Tracey 13767 (BRI); Cedar Bay NP, Mt Finnigan summit

area, Horans Creek, Oct 1999, Forster PIF25039 & Booth

(BRI); Daintree NP, upper slope of Mt Sorrow walking

track, W of Cape Tribulation, Nov 2008, Ford 5408 et

cd. (BRI); VCLNoah, Jun 1975, Hyland 3198RFK (BRI);

Devils Thumb, NW of Mossman, Dec 1990, Russell s.n.

(BRI [AQ501366]); Mt Lewis, Carbine Tableland, Dec

2008, Costion 1593 (BRI); SFR 143 North Mary LA,

Dec 1974, Hyland 3144RFK (BRI); ibid, Apr 1975, Irvine

1402 (BRI)4434; ibid, Jul 1975, Irvine 1476 (BRI); ibid,

Sep 1975, Hyland 8375 & 8376 (BRI); ibid, Nov 1981,

Gray 2260 (BRI); ibid, Sep 2000, Ford 2429 (BRI, S);

ibid. Mar 2001, Forster PIF27058 et al (BRI); SFR 143,

South Mary LA, Dec 1981, Hyland 11437 (BRI); SFR

143, Parish of Riflemead, Dec 1984, Gray 3753 (BRI);

Mt Spurgeon, near Schillers Hut, Sep 1972, Tracey s.n.

(BRI [AQ376171]); Mt Isley, W of Edmonton, Dec 1996,

Jago 4215 (BRI); Davies Creek, in 1962, Webb & Tracey

6469A (BRI); SFR 185 Mt Haig, Mar 1968, Hyland

I398RFK (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Niemeyera

discolor is endemic to Australia from the Wet

Tropics bioregion of Queensland where it has

been collected from Big Tableland, south of

Cooktown to Mt Haig, north-east of Atherton

(Map 4), and occurs mostly in notophyll

vineforest on soils derived from granite and

metamorphic rocks from near sea level to

1300 m.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

from December to January and fruits from

September to December.

Note : Placement of this new species in

Niemeyera is strongly supported by molecular

phylogenetic analysis, which places the

specimen Ford 2429 as sister to N. chartacea

and N. prunifera (Swenson et al. 2013).

Etymology : The species epithet refers to the

difference in colour of the upper and lower

lamina surfaces.

4. Niemeyera whitei (Aubrev.)

Jessup, Austrobaileya 6: 161 (2001);

Amorphospermum whitei Aubrev., Adansonia

ser. 2, 5: 23, t.2 (1965). Type: New South

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Wales. Whian Whian State Forest, May 1945,

C.T. White 13043 (holo: BRI; iso: BRI, MEL,

NSW).

Illustration : Harden et al. (2013).

Shrubs or trees to 20 m high. Twigs felted

or tomentose. Leaves with petiole 7-13

mm long; lamina oblanceolate to elliptic,

8—15(—17) cm long, 2.5-6 cm wide, apex

acuminate or acute, base acutely or obtusely

cuneate, with reddish-brown erect or suberect

trichomes below, glabrescent on older leaves;

secondary veins 9-15 pairs; tertiary venation

horizontal near midvein, oblique in the distal

part, prominent below. Flowers in axillary or

ramal fascicles of up to 15 flowers; pedicels

0-0.2 mm long, reddish brown tomentose.

Calyx ovate, 1.5-2 mm long, acute or obtuse.

Corolla lobes 5, 2-2.5 mm long, rounded or

obtuse. Stamens 5, 3.5-4 mm long. Ovary

ovoid, pilose, style 4-5 mm long. Fruit

globose with an indistinct style remnant, 40-

60 mm long, 30-60 mm wide, purple-black,

glabrous or nearly so. Seed 1, globose, 24-35

mm diameter, shining part of testa elliptic, c.

30 mm long and 10 mm wide.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Moreton District: Cougals Track, Jun 1984, Jones s.n.

(BRI [AQ440567]); Below northern cliffs of Mt Cougal,

Upper Tallebudgera Creek Valley, Nov 1986, Monteith

s.n. (BRI [AQ440746]); c. 50 m from the summit of E

peak of Mt Cougal, May 1993, Thomas RFR29 & Gale

(BRI); Upper Tallebudgera Creek, Dec 1917, White

s.n. (BRI [AQ34149], NSW); Upper Tallebudgera, on

property of L & D Cook, Dec 2003, Cook s.n. etal. (BRI

[AQ763291]). New South Wales. Minyon Falls, Sep

1926, Cheels.n. (NSW41816); Whian Whian SF 173, Jan

1949, Webb & White 2147 (BRI); Eastern part of Whian

Whian SF, Oct 1984, Hemsley 7058 (MEL, NSW); The

Punchbowl, near Copmanhurst, Upper Clarence River,

Dec 1969, O’Grady s.n. (NSW); ‘Araucaria’ property

at Blackbutt Road, Broken Head, Nov 2008, Nicholson

NJN3025 (BRI); Clarence River, in 1869, Wilcox s.n.

(MEL 601094); Escarpment below Waihou Trig., 25

km NW of Coffs Harbour, Oct 1978, Streimann 8131

(BRI, L, NSW); 80 m N of Upper Corindi Road, 250

m E of Hutley’s Pass, c. 15 km due NW of Woolgoolga,

Sep 2001, Copeland 3146 (BRI); Woolgoolga Creek,

Nov 1982, Williams s.n. (BRI [AQ338993]); c. 6 km W

of Woolgoolga, Oct 1984, Hemsley 7054 (MEL, NSW);

Coffs Harbour, Apr 1909, Lawrence s.n. (BRI [AQ34148],

NSW); Urunga, Sep 1910, Swain 208 (NSW); Bellinger

River, s.dat., Moore 26 (MEL); ibid, s.dat., Moore s.n.

(NSW17146).

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

333

Fig. 3. A-E. Niemevera discolor. A. habit *0.8. B. flower *1. C. cross section of ovary xl6. D. longitudinal section of fruit

xl. E. seed x2. A-C from Hyland 13360 (BRI); D-E from Hyland 8375 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

334

Distribution and habitat: Niemeyera whitei

is endemic to Australia and occurs from

Tallebudgera Creek, Queensland to the

Bellinger River, New South Wales (Map 4),

mostly in lowland notophyll vineforest.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from

September to January; fruit in November and

December.

Conservation status: Niemeyera whitei is

listed as Vulnerable under the Queensland

Nature Conservation Act 1992.

5. AMORPHOSPERMUM

Amorphospermum F.Muell., Fragm. 7: 112

(1870). Type: A. antilogum F.Muell.

Small or medium trees. Stipules absent.

Leaves spirally arranged; venation

brochidodromous, tertiary venation admedial

ramified (descending from the margin and

parallel to secondary veins). Inflorescence

fasciculate, axillary or ramal, flowers

bisexual, mostly isomerous. Calyx a single

whorl of 5 or 6 imbricate sepals. Corolla

with 5-6(-8) revolute lobes as long as the

tube or slightly longer. Stamens inserted

opposite each corolla lobe, at the tube orifice,

glabrous; filaments well-developed, free,

anthers retrorse. Staminodes absent. Disk

absent. Ovary 5-locular; placentation axile.

Style terete or slightly tapered, longer than

ovary. Fruit a 1-seeded berry. Seed globose,

not laterally compressed; seed scar adaxial,

covering 90% or more of the seed surface,

testa slightly woody or bony, 0.5-1 mm

thick. Embryo with plano-convex cotyledons;

radicle included; endosperm absent.

A monotypic genus from Australia and New

Guinea.

Amorphospermum antilogum F.Muell.,

Fragm. 7: 113 (1870); Lucuma antiloga

(F.Muell.) Benth. & Hook.f. ex F.M.Bailey,

Syn. Queensl. FI. 296 (1883); Sersalisia

antiloga (F.Muell.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot.

89: 508 (1928); Chrysophyllum antilogum

(F.Muell.) Vink, Blumea 9: 65 (1958);

Niemeyera antiloga (F.Muell.) Pennington,

Gen. Sapotac. 235 (1991). Type: Queensland.

[Port Curtis District]: Princhester, 70

miles [112 km] NW of Rockh[ampton], s.dat..

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

[A.] Thozet [315] (lecto: MEL 233068; fide

Vink 1958: 65).

Illustrations: Francis (1951: 346 & 347);

Cooper & Cooper (2004: 506); Hyland et al.

(2010); Harden et al. (2013).

Trees to 18 m high. Twigs densely felted-

sericeous. Leaves with petiole 4-18(-20) mm

long; lamina elliptic, oblanceolate or obovate,

apex acute to rounded, (1.5—)4—12(—16) cm

long, (0.8-)1.5-4.5(-6.5) cm wide, underside

with straight, appressed, reddish or pale

brown trichomes; secondary veins mostly

10-20 pairs; intersecondary and tertiary veins

parallel, obscured below by indumentum.

Pedicel to 0.5 mm long, reddish brown felted

or sericeous. Calyx lobes ovate, 1.8-2.5 mm

long. Corolla tube c. 1.5 mm long, lobes

oblong 2-2.5 mm long, glabrous, apical

margin ciliolate. Stamens 5-6(-8), 3-4.5(-

5.2) mm long. Ovary conical, pilose; tapering

to 3.5-4 mm long style. Fruit globose or

subglobose with a shortly attenuate base,

3.5-6 cm long, 3.5-5 cm wide, purple-black

to purple-brown, fleshy and 1-seeded, nearly

glabrous; style indistinct. Seeds globose, 20-

40 mm diameter, testa pale brown, shining

part reduced to a narrow ellipse c. 12 mm

long, 2-3 mm wide. Brown pearwood.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Olive River, Sep 1974, Hyland 3063RFK

(BRI); Bolt Head, Temple Bay, Jun 1996, Forster

PIF19404 (BRI); Between Massy Creek and Rocky

River, Silver Plains Holding, Dec 1979, Hyland 10148

(BRI); 7 km N of upper crossing of Massey [Massy]

Creek, on Silver Plains Station, Nov 1980, Clarkson

3643 (BRI); 8.5 km SSE of Jeannie River mouth,

Starke Pastoral Holding, Oct 1992, Fell 2650 & Stanton

(BRI); Tributary of Brady Creek, 37 km SSW of Laura

in Conglomerate Hills, Jul 2005, Wannan 4056 & Ray

(BRI). North Kennedy District: Fanning River, Jun

1980, Godwin C991 (BRI); Cape Cleveland, Bowling

Green Bay National Park, S of Townsville, Dec 1992,

Bean 5312 (BRI). South Kennedy District: S of

Collinsville, Nov 2011, Wiley S52 (BRI); Gorge Creek,

Redcliffe Tableland, Jan 1993, Fensham 510 (BRI);

St Pauls Scrub, 13 km SE of St Pauls Homestead, Sep

1991, Thompson 228 & Dillewaard (BRI). Port Curtis

District: Marlborough, Oct 1937, White 12109 (BRI);

Marlborough Creek, 10 km from Marlborough township,

Aug 1991, Batianoff MC9108004 & Robins (BRI);

Marlborough Creek, 25 km SW of Marlborough, Nov

1997, McCabe 28 & Rayner (BRI); Marlborough area.

Gap Creek Road, Spring Creek, Oct 2001, Batianoff

01103GNB et al. (BRI); Mt Slopeaway, 7.5 km W of

Marlborough, Aug 2000, Forster PIF25964 (BRI); SFR

335

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

28, Upper Stony LA, Oct 1976, Hyland 4307RFK (BRI);

Byfield, near Keppel Bay, Sep 1931, White 8034 (BRI);

Struck Oil, Mt Morgan, Ironstone Creek, May 2002,

Braddick 2242 (BRI); SF 67 Bulburin, c. 3 km S of old

Bulburin Forestry Station, Jul 1978, McDonald 2406

& Stanton (BRI). Wide Bay District: Mt Bauple, Dec

1922, Kajewski s.n. (BRI [AQ34095]); ibid , Jan 1928,

Kajewski 76 (BRI). Moreton District: Sapling Pocket,

Pine Mt, 12 km NW of Ipswich, Nov 1990, Bird s.n. (BRI

[AQ501172]). New South Wales. Tweed River, in 1871,

Guilfoyle 13 (MEL 2192413A).

Distribution and habitat: Amorphospermum

antilogum occurs in Australia and New

Guinea. In Australia it occurs from the

Olive River on eastern Cape York Peninsula,

Queensland to the Tweed River, New South

Wales (Map 6) in notophyll vineforest and

vinethicket. At the type locality, it grows in

a relatively restricted community of semi¬

evergreen vinethicket on serpentinite.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded

from June to January; fruit from November

to April.

Typification: Wim Vink, a botanist at the

Leiden herbarium, was sent a piece of the

Thozet material from MEL with a transcribed

label, but the number 315 was not included in

the transcription, hence his citation of Thozet

s.n. as the type. He annotated this material

and returned it to MEL where it was mounted

on (or “returned to”) the sheet MEL 233068.

I propose that it is reasonable to regard the

entire sheet MEL 233068 as the lectotype. In

addition to the omission of the number 315,

the transcription includes a misinterpretation

of the abbreviation “Rockh” as “Rockingham”

rather than “Rockhampton”.

Notes: Some collections of Amorphospermum

from the vicinity of Julatten, north Queensland

have been postulated to represent a distinct

taxon (Cooper & Cooper 2004). I have been

able to observe only minor differences in the

indumentum in flowering material from this

area although the habitat is markedly different

from that of the type locality. Two specimens

in BRI (Womersley NGF3561 and Fryar

NGF4046 ) from Bulolo in Papua New Guinea

are currently placed under A. antilogum

but additional collections, particularly of

fruiting material are required to confirm the

identification.

6. VAN-ROYENA

Van-royena Aubrev., Adansonia ser. 2, 3: 329

(1964) [not 1963], Type: V castanosperma

(C.T.White) Aubrev.

Shrubs or trees, hermaphrodite. Leaves

spirally arranged, entire or very rarely wavy

and somewhat crenate; stipules absent.

Venation brochidodromous with long loops,

giving an eucamptodromous impression;

intersecondary or tertiary veins parallel to

secondary veins and becoming reticulate near

the margin or completely reticulate between

the secondary veins. Inflorescence axillary.

Flowers 5-merous, sepals quincuncial,

pubescent both sides, persistent in fruit.

Corolla tubular, the tube longer than the

lobes, lobes cochlear, erect. Stamens inserted

above the middle of the corolla tube, glabrous,

included; anthers ovate, basifixed. Staminodes

inserted in the corolla sinus, oblong, terete at

base, flattened and with a few cilia at apex,

otherwise glabrous. Ovary 5-locular, ovoid,

tapering to a conical style, the apex with

round stigmatic areas. Fruit ellipsoid or ovoid;

seeds 1 or 2, seed scar elliptical c. 90% of

seed length; testa brown; cotyledons plano¬

convex, radicle included, endosperm absent.

A monotypic genus restricted to northeast

Queensland.

Van-royena castanosperma (C.T.White)

Aubrev., Adansonia ser. 2, 3: 329 (1964)

[not 1963]; Chrysophyllum castanospermum

C.T.White, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland

21: 12, Plate 5 (1919); Lucuma castanosperma

(C.T.White) C.T.White & W.D.Francis,

Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 35: 74 (1924);

Pouteria castanosperma (C.T.White) Baehni,

Candollea 9: 295 (1942). Type: Queensland.

Cook District: Malanda “Upper Johnstone

River”, January 1918, C.T. White s.n. (holo:

BRI [AQ22595]).

Illustrations: White (1919: Plate 5); Cooper

& Cooper (2004: 509); Hyland et al. (2010).

Trees to 15 m high. Twigs glabrous (trichomes

on shoots only). Leaf petiole 3-5 mm long;

lamina oblanceolate, lanceolate or elliptic,

2.5-12 cm long, 0.8-5 cm wide, apex

acuminate, glabrescent; secondary veins

336

7-13 pairs; tertiary veins descending or laxly

reticulate. Pedicels 10-18 mm long, very

sparsely hyaline sericeous or glabrous. Calyx

lobes ovate or broadly obtuse, 5-5.5 mm

long on outside, rounded or obtuse, outside

sericeous or glabrous, inside sericeous.

Corolla 11-12.5 mm long, tube 7.5-8.5 mm

long; lobes 5, depressed ovate or suborbicular,

2-2.5 mm long, obtuse or rounded, margin

ciliate. Stamens 5, 1.5-2 mm long, filaments

0.8-1 mm long, anthers 1.4-1.5 mm long.

Staminodes subulate, inserted just below

the sinus between the corolla lobes. Ovary

4-5 mm long, c. 3 mm diameter, sericeous;

style 8.8-9.3 mm long, pubescent near base.

Fruit ovoid or ellipsoid, 3-6 cm long, 3-4.5

cm wide, often tapering into a persistent style

point, eventually deep blackish blue, glabrous

or nearly so. Seeds 1 or 2, oblong-ellipsoid

when solitary, flattened on one side when a

pair, 25-40 mm long, 21-27 mm wide, 27-32

mm thick; testa brown, shining part covering

most of seed. Milky plum.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Spur SE of Christy’s Pocket between

Bloomfield & McDowall Range, May 1969, Smith 14482

(BRI); Lower eastern Thornton Peak, May 1985, Godwin

C2945 & Storch (BRI); SFR 143, Leichhardt LA, Feb

1982, Hyland 11683 (BRI, CNS); Portion 49V Parish of

Alexandra, Cooper Creek, Dec 1984, Gray 3815 (BRI);

TR 55, Jul 1974, Hyland 7327 (BRI); Daintree River,

Mar 1932, Brass 2236 (BRI); Forest Creek road just N

of Daintree River, May 1992, Russell 25 (BRI); near

Daintree, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 8157 (BRI); Mossman

River mouth, Sep 1948, Smith & Webb 4014 (BRI, K,

L); Rex Range, Mar 1979, Gray 1345 (BRI); SFR 1073,

Parish of Dulanban, Rooty LA, Jan 1988, Gray 4718

(BRI); Kennedy Highway between Smithfield and

Kuranda, Feb 2000, Jago 5566 (BRI); North Bell Peak,

lower western slopes, Malbon Thompson Range, Nov

1995, Forster PIF18005 etal. (BRI); N of Wonga Beach,

Nov 2005, Wannan 4139 & GiUanders (BRI); Lake

Barrine, Nov 1929, Kajewski 1350 (BRI, K); Boonjee,

near Malanda, Aug 1943, Blake 15228 (BRI); Malanda,

Aug 1943, Blake 15174 (BRI); Tarzali, Jan 1991,

Sankowsky 1180 (BRI); Palmerston Highway, Dec 1977,

Gray 837 (BRI); 6 km SSW of Millaa Millaa, end of

Whiting road, Dec 2000, Forster PIF26536 et al. (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Van-royena

castanosperma is endemic to the Wet Tropics

of northeast Queensland from just north of the

McDowall Range to the Cardwell Range south

of Millaa Millaa (Map 7), in lowland and

upland mesophyll and notophyll vineforest,

from near sea level up to 1200 m altitude.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from

January to July; fruits from September to

January.

7. PLEIOLUMA

Pleioluma (Baill.) Baehni, Boissiera 11: 150

(1965); Sersalisia sect. Pleioluma Baill., Hist.

PI. 11: 280 (1891). Type: P. crebrifolia (Baill.)

Swenson & Munzinger.

Beccariella Pierre, Not. Bot. Sapot. 30 (1890),

nom. illeg., non Beccariella Cesati, Atti. Reale

Accad. Sci. Fis. 8: 9 (1879). Type: B. sebertii

(Pancher) Pierre.

Shrubs or trees, hermaphrodite or

gynodioecious. Leaves spirally arranged,

entire; stipules absent. Secondary veins mostly

eucamptodromous but brochidodromous with

weak loops towards the apex; tertiary veins

oblique or horizontal, sometimes obscure and

appearing to join areolate quaternary veins.

Inflorescence axillary, fasciculate; flowers

5-merous. Sepals free, quincuncial, sericeous

or tomentose inside, persistent in fruit.

Corolla tubular, glabrous or the lobe margins

ciliolate, the tube equal to or slightly longer

than the lobes, lobes erect. Stamens attached

near the middle of the tube or below, glabrous,

included. Staminodes inserted in the corolla

sinus, usually oblong and entire, glabrous or

sometimes ciliolate at apex. Ovary 5-locular;

style exserted prior to anthesis then included,

apex with 5 round stigmatic areas. Fruit a

berry, seeds 1-5, laterally compressed, testa

mostly brown, seed scar narrow covering

80%-100% of seed length; cotyledons thin

and foliaceous, radicle exserted below the

cotyledon commissure; endosperm copious.

A genus of around 40 species distributed from

southeast Asia to New Guinea, Melanesia

(especially New Caledonia) and Australia

(Swenson et al. 2018), with nine species in

Australia.

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

337

Key to the Australian species of Pleioluma

1 Mature lamina on underside glabrescent, soon glabrous or nearly so.2

1. Mature lamina with a persistent indumentum below, glabrescent with age.6

2 Fruit 5-6(-8) cm long, 3.5-4.5 cm wide; seeds 30-40 mm long.4. P. macrocarpa

2. Fruit up to 3 cm long, up to 1.5 cm wide; seeds less than 20 mm long.3

3 Fruit subglobose or broadly obovoid, pericarp brittle when dry; style

remnant c. 0.5 mm long, not expanded at the base.3. P. laurifolia

3. Fruit ellipsoid or narrowly obovoid, pericarp not brittle when dry;

style remnant 2-7 mm long, with an expanded base.4

4 Pedicel 15-40 mm long.8. P. singuliflora

4. Pedicel < 15 mm long.5

5 Style base and top of ovary marked by a ring of appressed trichomes.... 9. P. xerocarpa

5. Style base and top of ovary glabrous.7. P. queenslandica

6 Lamina trichomes on underside closely appressed like a pellicle, more or

less covering the epidermis, straight, mostly hyaline, glabrescent;

calyx lobes 6-7 mm long.1. P. brownlessiana

6. Lamina trichomes tortuous and more or less matted or erect and nearly

straight, mostly reddish or dark brown, fading with age; calyx lobes

< 5 mm long.7

7 Lamina 8-18 cm long; tertiary veins prominent below; pedicels 7-10 mm

long; calyx lobes 3-3.5 mm long.5. P. papyracea

7. Lamina 2.8-8 cm long; tertiary veins not prominent below; pedicels

(12-)16-22 mm long, calyx lobes 3.5-5 mm long.8

8 Lamina trichomes erect with a short side branch, sometimes two, leaf

surface visible between the trichomes; pedicels with reddish-brown

tortuous and erect trichomes.6. P. pilosa

8. Lamina trichomes appressed and tomentose, obscuring the tertiary

veins, leaf surface hidden by the indumentum and visible only

with age.2. P. ferruginea

1. Pleioluma brownlessiana (F.Muell.)

Swenson & Munzinger, Taxon 62: 763 (2013);

Achras brownlessiana F.Muell., Fragm. 7:

111 (Dec 1870); Sideroxylon brownlessianum

(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PI.

92 (1883); Sersalisia brownlessiana (F.Muell.)

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 508 (1928);

Pouteria brownlessiana (F.Muell.) Baehni,

Candollea 9: 318 (1942); Planchonella

brownlessiana (F.Muell.) P.Royen, Blumea

8: 343 (1957); Beccariella brownlessiana

(F.Muell.) Swenson, Bartish & Munzinger,

Cladistics 23: 221 (2007). Type: Queensland.

Rockingham Bay, 30 July 1870, J. Dallachy

s.n. (lecto: MEL 710082 [here selected];

isolecto: MEL 710072, MEL 710081; possible

isolecto: MEL 710080, MEL 710083).

Achras ralphiana F.Muell. in Baillon, Hist.

PI. (Baillon) 11: 280 (1891), nom nud. [see

note below]; Sersalisia ralphiana (F.Muell.)

Baillon, Hist. PI. (Baillon) 11: 280 (1891),

nom. inval .; Iteiluma ralphiana (F.Muell.)

Aubr ev., Adansonia ser. 2, 3: 335 (1964), nom.

inval .; Planchonella ralphiana (F.Muell.)

Dubard, Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille ser. 2,

10: 56 (1912), nom. inval.

Sersalisia brachyloba Domin, Biblioth. Bot.

89: 507 (1928). Sideroxylon brachylobum

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 507 (1928), pro.

338

syn., nom. inval., Pouter ia brachyloba

(Domin) Baehni, Candollea 9: 341 (1942).

Type: Queensland. Cook District: Lake

Eacham, February 1910, K. Domin s.n. (holo:

PR n.v .).

Illustrations : van Royen (1957: 343, fig. 33

[as Planchonella browniessiana]); Hyland et

al. ( 2010 ).

Trees to 25 m high. Twigs greyish-brown

with short appressed trichomes. Leaves with

petiole 7-20 mm long, channelled above;

lamina oblanceolate or obovate, 4—12(—15)

cm long, 1.5-5.5 cm wide, apex acuminate to

rounded, soon becoming glabrous above, with

hyaline closely appressed trichomes below

appearing pellicle-like, glabrescent with age;

margins flat; secondary veins 5-10 pairs;

tertiary veins horizontal, mostly obscure.

Flowers solitary or 2 or 3 together; pedicels

terete, 10-35 mm long, hyaline sericeous.

Calyx lobes broadly elliptic or ovate, 6-7 mm

long, sericeous on both sides. Corolla tube

5-5.5 mm long, lobes 5, quadrangular, 2-3

mm long, distal margin ciliolate. Stamens 5,

2.5-3 mm long; filaments 1.4-1.7 mm long,

attached at or just below the middle of the

tube; anthers 1.5-1.7 mm long. Staminodes

oblong or slightly broader at the base, 2-2.4

mm long. Disk small, 5-lobed, white or

hyaline hirsute. Ovary ovoid, 5-lobed, c. 2

mm long, glabrous at base, sericeous above,

tapering to the conical style; style c. 7.5 mm

long, sericeous then distally glabrous for c. 4

mm to the stigmas. Fruit ellipsoid, 2.5-3 cm

long, 1-1.3 cm wide, often oblique at apex,

dark purple, glabrous except for remnants

of disk and style base; style persistent, 7-9

mm long, appressed pubescent around the

thickened base, distally glabrous. Seeds 1(—2),

ellipsoid-ovoid, flattened on one side, 15-19

mm long, 8-9 mm wide, 6-7 mm thick; testa

dark brown; seed scar up to 14 mm long and

1.5 mm wide.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: Upper Parrot Creek, Annan River, Sep

1948, Brass 20247 (BRI); Mossman River Gorge, Feb

1932, Brass 2142 (BRI); Little Mossman LA, Aug 1973,

Risley 103 (BRI); SFR 143, Little Mossman LA, Nov

1978, Gray 1139 (BRI); Davies Creek, Jan 1962, Hyland

2279 (BRI, L); Bridle Creek, W of Kuranda, Nov 2004,

Bartish & Ford 17 (BRI); SFR 675, Parish of Cairns,

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Shoteel LA, Oct 1983, Gray 3275 (BRI); SFR 185,

Robson LA, Apr 1972, Sanderson 71 (BRI); SFR 194,

Parish of Herberton, Hugh Nelson Range, Mar 1981,

Gray 1929 (BRI); SFR 652 Mt Fisher, May 1975, Hyland

3177RFK (BRI, CANB, L); SFR 185, Robson LA, Apr

1972, Sanderson 71 (BRI, L); Reserve 310, Gadgarra,

Mar 1954, White s.n. (BRI [AQ68233], L); Topaz Road,

E of Malanda, Nov 2004, Bartish & Ford 28 (BRI);

Westcott Road, Topaz, Oct 2004, Cooper WWC1898 et

al. (BRI). North Kennedy District: Arthur Bailey road,

S of Ravenshoe, Jun 1995, Forster PIF16743 (BRI);

Koolmoon Creek, c. 11 miles [17.6 km] due SSE of

Ravenshoe, Sep 1950, Smith 3735 [distributed as 4635 ]

(BRI); Kirrama Range, Bryce Henry LA, SF 344, c. 38

km NW of Kennedy, Nov 1989, Fell DF2037 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Pleioluma

brownlessiana is endemic to the Wet Tropics

bioregion of north-east Queensland from

the Annan River south of Cooktown to near

Cardwell (Map 8). It occurs in several types

of rainforest up to 1200 m altitude.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from

March to November and fruits from August

to January.

Note: Achras ralphiana is a nomen nudum

because it was simply referred to under the

description of a new section Pierella of the

genus Sersalisia by Baillon. The reason why

Mueller chose to name this tree for Brownless

rather than Ralph, as was written on the

labels but never corrected, remains obscure.

However, there is sufficient similarity between

the draft handwritten description mounted

on the sheet MEL 710082 and the published

description as well as the handwritten labels

all bearing the name Achras ralphiana in

Mueller’s hand to indicate they refer to the

same collection.

2. Pleioluma ferruginea Jessup sp. nov.

differing from P. papyracea in the tertiary

veins being not prominent below and from

P. brownlessiana and P. pilosa in the lamina

indumentum being mostly tortuous and more

or less matted and from all the other Australian

species by the persistent indumentum on the

underside of the lamina. Typus: Queensland.

Cook District: State Forest Reserve 143,

Parish of Riflemead, North Mary Fogging

Area, 14 July 1988, B. Gray 4887 (holo: BRI;

iso: CNS).

339

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

Planchonella sp. (Mt Lewis B.P. Hyland 579);

Jessup (1994).

Pouteria sp. (Mt Lewis B.P.Hyland 579);

Jessup (1997; 2002, 2007).

Planchonella sp. (Mt Lewis B.Hyland 14048);

Jessup (2010).

Pleioluma sp. (Mt Lewis B.P.Hyland 14048;

Jessup (2015).

Illustrations : Hyland (1971), as Planchonella

singuliflora RFK579\ Hyland et al. (2010).

Shrubs or trees to 5 m high (or more). Twigs

with appressed, dark reddish brown straight

and shortly tortuous trichomes, glabrescent.

Leaves with petiole 6-25 mm long, channelled

above; lamina obovate, oblanceolate or

elliptic, 2.8-8 cm long, 1-4 cm wide, apex

acute or obtuse or rounded, base shortly

attenuate, appressed tomentose, glabrescent

above, persistent below; secondary veins 6-9

pairs; tertiary veins obscured by indumentum

below. Flowers 1-3 in leaf axils; pedicels

(12-)16-22 mm long, with reddish brown

appressed trichomes. Calyx lobes broadly

ovate, 3.5-5 mm long, acute, reddish brown

appressed pubescent on outside and inside.

Corolla 8-9 mm long, lobes oblong-obovate

to suborbicular, 2-2.5 mm long, ciliate on

distal margin and sometimes with a few short

trichomes on inner surface. Stamens 2.5-3

mm long, filaments 1.5-1.8 mm long, attached

near the middle of the tube, anthers 2 mm

long. Disk a ring of sericeous trichomes at the

base of the ovary. Ovary ovoid-conical, c. 1.5

mm long, tapering to the conical style; style

5-6 mm long, appressed pubescent on lower

half. Fruit ellipsoid, up to 2 cm long, 0.7-0.8

cm wide, fleshy, purple; style persistent, 6-7

mm long with an expanded and appressed

pubescent base. Seed 1, ellipsoid, c. 17.5 mm

by 6 mm by 4.5 mm (one specimen). Fig.

4A-F.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Summit of Mt Spurgeon, W of Mossman,

Aug 1971, van Balgooy 1611 (K, L); Summit of Mt

Spurgeon, Aug 1971, Stocker 774 (BRI, K, L); TR 140,

Cow LA, Sep 1973, Hyland 2874RFK (BRI); North

Mary LA, SF 143, Jul 1994, Forster PIF15633 et al.

(BRI); ibid , Sep 2001, Ford AF2452 & Holmes (BRI);

SFR 143 Riflemead, North Mary LA, Mar 1988, Hyland

25406RFK{ CNS image!); SFR 143, Parish of Riflemead,

Jun 1988, Gray 4858 & 4859 (BRI); ibid , Sep 2003, Gray

8749 & Jones (BRI); ibid , Jul 1990, Hyland 14048 (BRI,

CNS); TR 130, Mt Lewis, c. 45 miles [72 km] NW of

Cairns, Dec 1964, Hyland 3444 (BRI, K, L); Mt Lewis

Road, Jan 2009, Gray 9279 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Pleioluma

ferruginea is endemic to the Wet Tropics

bioregion of north-east Queensland, from Mt

Spurgeon to Mt Lewis (Map 11), in simple

evergreen notophyll and microphyll vineforest

and vinethicket at altitudes of 1000 to 1300 m.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded from

June to September and January; fruit in July.

Etymology : The species epithet refers to the

rusty brown colour of the indumentum on the

newly expanded foliage and flower buds of

this species.

3. Pleioluma laurifolia (A.Rich.) Swenson,

Taxon 62: 764 (2013); Sersalisia laurifolia

A.Rich. in J.S.C. Dumont d’Urville, Voy.

Astrolabe 2: 84 (1834); Achras laurifolia

(A.Rich.) F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 4:

282 (1868); Sideroxylon richardii F.Muell.,

Syst. Census Austral. PI. 92 (1883);

Sideroxylon laurifolium (A.Rich.) Engl, in

Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. [Engler

& Prantl] 4(1): 144 (1890), Bot. Jahrb. Syst.

12: 517 (1890), nom illegit. non Lam. (1783);

Planchonella laurifolia (A.Rich.) Pierre, Not.

Bot. Sapot. 36 (1890); Sideroxylon laurifolium

(A.Rich.) F.M.Bailey, Queensland FI. 3: 957

(1900), nom. illeg. non Lam. (1783); Pouteria

richardii (F.Muell.) Baehni, Candollea 9:

287 (1942); Beccariella laurifolia (A.Rich.)

Aubrev., Adansonia ser. 2, 2: 193 (1962).

Type: [Northern Territory] Baie Morton, NH

[Melville Island] Voyage l’Astrolabe 6 [s.dat.,

C. Fraser s.n.] (holo: P; iso: E, G, K).

[Planchonella xerocarpa , anct. non (F.Muell.

ex Benth.) H. J.Lam; Dunlop (1987)].

Illustration : Dumont d’Urville (1833: 84) [as

Sersalisia laurifolia ].

Trees to 20 m high. Twigs with appressed or

felted trichomes. Leaves with petiole 12-30

mm long; lamina oblanceolate, oblong or

narrowly obovate, (4—)8—15 cm long, 2.2-5

cm wide, apex acuminate, acute or obtuse,

glabrescent; margins flat; secondary veins

mostly 8-15 pairs; tertiary veins oblique or

340

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Fig. 4. A-F. Pleioluma ferruginea. A. habit *2. B. flower x4. C. dissected flower with corolla and two sepals removed x4.

D. inner sepal x6. E. outer sepal x6. F. dissected corolla x8. A from Gray 4887 (BRI); B from Hyland 14048 (BRI); C-F

from Gray 4858 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

341

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

horizontal, not prominent. Flowers several

in axillary clusters; pedicels 6-15 mm long,

with appressed trichomes. Calyx lobes

broadly ovate to depressed ovate, 2-2.5

mm long; on outside appressed pubescent

or felted, on inside sericeous. Corolla 2.8-

3.5 mm long, tube 1.4-1.6 mm long, lobes

oblong-linguiform, truncate, 1.4-1.6 mm

long, margin mostly entire. Stamens 2-2.2

mm long, filaments 1.7-1.8 mm long, attached

just above the base of the tube, anthers c. 0.8

mm long. Disk indistinct from base of ovary,

pilose; ovary ovoid, c. 1 mm long, tapering to

the style, mostly glabrous above the base; style

2-3 mm long, narrowly conical, glabrous.

Fruit subglobose or broadly obovoid, 1.4-2

cm long, 1-1.2 cm wide, black, glabrous

except for a few trichomes near the base,

pericarp brittle when dry, style remnant c. 0.5

mm long, not expanded at the base. Seeds up

to 4, ovoid or ellipsoid, often flattened on one

surface, 11-13 mm long; 5-5.5 mm wide and

4.3-6.2 mm thick; seed scar c. 0.5 mm wide,

less than half the length of the seed.

Additional selected specimens examined : Northern

Territory. Taracumbie Creek, Melville Island, May

1978, Webb & Tracey 12378 (BRI); Moyle River

Catchment Area, Kurrowa Creek, May 1983, Dunlop

6489 & Wightman (BRI); Muldiva Creek, Feb 1989,

Dunlop 7978 & Leach (BRI); ibid. May 1983, Dunlop

6489 & Wightman (BRI); Kakadu NP, bottom of

Mangela Creek Falls, Mar 2002, Dixon & Leach 1032

(BRI); Kakadu NP, 15 km SE of Jim Jim Falls, Jun

1988, Russell-Smith 5698 & Lucas (BRI); Sandy Creek

Falls, Litchfield NP, Jul 1990, Russell-Smith 8321 &

Lucas (BRI); 10 km SE of Jabiru, Mar 1981, Craven &

Whitbread 7850 (BRI); Tolmer Falls, Litchfield Park,

Sep 1990, Brock 734 (BRI); ibid , Jun 1991, Brock 791

(BRI); 10 miles [16 km] NE Moline, Mar 1971, Dunlop

& Byrnes 2101 (BRI); Radon Creek, Mt Brockman, West

Arnhem Land Escarpment, May 1978, Webb & Tracey

12379 (BRI); ibid, May 1978, Webb & Tracey 12763

(BRI); McCallums Creek, Woolaning Station, NW of

Mt Tolmer, May 1978, Webb & Tracey 12380 & 12761

(BRI); Few km N of Woolaning on Bamboo Creek road.

May 1978, Webb & Tracey 12584 (BRI); Twin Falls

Gorge, Jim Jim Creek, West Arnhem Land Escarpment,

May 1978, Webb & Tracey 12764 (BRI); NE of Blyth

Homestead, western bottom slopes of Mt Tolmer, May

1978, Webb & Tracey 12762 (BRI); 13° 20’ S 131° 05’ E,

Jan 1972, Byrnes 2478 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : In Australia

Pleioluma laurifolia occurs in the Northern

Territory in scattered localities from Melville

Island to the Moyle River and Kakadu

National Park (Map 9), predominantly in

evergreen notophyll vineforest. It also occurs

in Malesia, including New Guinea.

Phenology : Flowers mostly March to July.

Fruit mostly July to February.

Typification: Only two of many specimens

cited by van Royen (1957) belong to Pleioluma

laurifolia , viz. Melville Island, Fraser 226 (K)

and Moreton Bay: Voyage de FAstrolabe 6

(P). Both are almost certain to be replicates

of the same gathering, the Paris specimen

being part of a gift of specimens to the French

visitors to Sydney on the second voyage

of the Astrolabe (1826-1829) by Charles

Fraser along with some of his Moreton Bay

collections. This appears to be the reason why

the Paris specimen is labelled “Baie Morton,

N.H.” See note under Pouteria queenslandica

in Jessup (2001).The remaining specimens

cited by van Royen (1957) as well as his Fig.

31 under Planchonella laurifolia are referable

to Pleioluma queenslandica.

4. Pleioluma macrocarpa (PRoyen)

Swenson, Taxon 62: 764 (2013); Planchonella

macrocarpa PRoyen, Blumea 8: 320, 429, fig.

27 (1957); Pouteria pearsoniorum Jessup,

Austrobaileya 6: 163 (2001), non Pouteria

macrocarpa (Martius) D.Dietrich, Syn. PI.

[D. Dietrich] 1: 431 (1839) et non Pouteria

macrocarpa (Huber) A.Ducke, Bol. Teen.

Inst. Agron. N. No. 8. 11 (1946); Beccariella

macrocarpa (PRoyen) Swenson, Bartish &

Munzinger, Cladistics 23: 221 (2007). Type:

Queensland. Cook District: Kaban, s.dat.,

Pearson brothers s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ22578];

iso: BRI, L).

Illustrations : van Royen (1957: 321, fig.

27 [as Planchonella macrocarpa ]); Cooper

& Cooper (2004: 511); Hyland et al. (2010)

[latter two as Pouteria pearsoniorum ].

Trees to 25 m high. Twigs with persistent

reddish-brown appressed trichomes. Leaves

with petiole channelled above, (25-)40-85

mm long, covered in short reddish-brown

appressed trichomes, glabrescent; lamina

narrowly obovate or elliptic, (6-)10-26

cm long, (2.5-)5-7 cm wide, apex obtuse

or rounded or acute or bluntly acuminate,

glabrescent, soon glabrous; margins flat or

342

recurved; secondary veins 6-12 pairs; tertiary

veins indistinct, slightly raised below, oblique

to nearly horizontal near lamina apex. Flowers

axillary (solitary or few?); pedicels 6-10 mm

long, pale to reddish brown sericeous or felted.

Calyx lobes broadly ovate to lanceolate,

4.5-6 mm long, sericeous both sides. Corolla

tube 4-4.5 mm long, lobes obovate, 2.5-3

mm long, margin mostly entire. Stamens 5,

3-3.5 mm long, attached near the middle of

the corolla tube, filaments 2.5-27 mm long,

anthers c. 1.2 mm long. Staminodes linear, c.

1.5 mm long. Disk pulvinate, 5-lobed, hirsute.

Ovary ovoid, c. 2 mm long, glabrous, tapering

to the conical style c. 5.5 mm long, glabrous.

Fruit ellipsoid, 5-6(-8) cm long, 3.5-4.5

cm wide, dark purple, glabrous. Seeds 1-3,

obovoid, laterally flattened, 30-40 mm long,

10-13 mm wide, 16-19 mm thick; testa light

brown; scar slightly shorter than the seed and

c. 3 mm wide.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Daintree NP, NW of Black Mountain,

May 1998, Forster P1F22889 et ai. (BRI); TR 143 Zarda

LA, near Zarda Clearing, Sep 1973, Hyland 2903RFK

(BRI, CANB, L); Mt Spurgeon near Schillers Hut, Sep

1972, Webb & Tracey 11786 (BRI); Mt Lewis, Oct 1971,

Webb & Tracey 10505 (BRI); SFR 143, North Mary LA,

Dec 1977, Gray 825 (BRI); ibid, Dec 1982, Gray 2900

(BRI); SFR 263, Apr 1971, Stocker 661 (BRI, L); SFR

194, Herberton Range, Plath Road, Nov 1980, Gray 1838

(BRI); Longlands Gap, Feb 1980, Winter L71 (CNS);

SFR 194, Parish of Barron, Longlands Gap, Sep 1987,

Gray 4603 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Pleioluma

macrocarpa is endemic to the Wet Tropics

bioregion of north-east Queensland and

occurs from Black Mountain in the Daintree

NP to Mt Lewis and also in the Herberton

Range SF between Herberton and Ravenshoe

(Map 10)

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in

February; fruits in September and November

to January.

5. Pleioluma papyracea (P.Royen) Swenson,

Taxon 62: 765 (2013); Planchonella papyracea

P.Royen, Blumea 8: 347, 431 fig. 35 (1957);

Beccariella papyracea (P.Royen) Aubrev.,

Adansonia ser. 2, 3: 335 (1964); Pouteria

papyracea (P.Royen) Baehni, Boissiera 11: 59

(1965). Type: Queensland. Cook District: 20

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

miles [32.2 km] NE of Atherton, 11 November

1949, N.L. Krauss 102 (holo: BRI; iso: L).

Illustrations: vanRoyen (1957: 348, fig. 35 [as

Planchonella papyracea ]); Cooper & Cooper

(2004: 511); Hyland etal. (2010) [latter two as

Pouteria papyracea ].

Trees to 35 m high. Twigs with reddish brown

appressed and matted trichomes. Leaves

with petiole flattened above, (14-)20-30

mm long, puberulous; lamina obovate, 4-15

cm long, 3-7.5 cm wide, apex obtuse, base

broadly acute, with appressed trichomes

above and below, glabrescent; margins

recurved or revolute; secondary veins 8-17

pairs, prominently raised below; tertiary

veins oblique, prominently raised below.

Flowers several in each axil; pedicels 7-10

mm long, reddish brown felted. Calyx

lobes ovate, 3-3.5 mm long; reddish brown

felted outside, sericeous on inside. Corolla

tube 2-2.5 mm long, lobes suborbicular or

quadrangular, 2-2.2 mm long, distal margin

sparsely ciliolate. Stamens 5, 2.5-3 mm long,

attached between base and middle of tube,

filaments 1.8-2 mm long, anthers 1.1-1.2

mm long. Staminodes oblong, truncate, 1.5-2

mm long. Disk reddish brown hispid. Ovary

ovoid, c. 1.5 mm long, reddish brown hispid,

tapering to the style; style narrowly conical,

3-4 mm long, glabrous. Fruit obovoid to

narrowly obovoid, 2-3 cm long, 1.5-2.5 cm

wide, dark purple to black, glabrescent or

glabrous, rounded with a depression at the

apex containing the persistent style c. 1.5

mm long; the depression bearing persistent

appressed trichomes. Seeds 1 or 2, obovoid,

flattened on one side, 15-19 mm long, 9-11

mm wide, 8-9 mm thick; scar 12-15 mm long

and up to 2 mm wide.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: SFR 144 Windsor Tableland, Nov 1977,

Stocker 1621 (BRI); SFR 144, Aug 1977, Gray 633

(BRI); SFR 143, Windmill LA, Mar 1979, Gray 1297

(BRI, CNS, MEL); SFR 607 Emerald LA, Aug 1980,

Gray 1777 (BRI); SFR 185, Emerald Creek LA, May

1971, Dockrill 84 (BRI); SFR 607, Davies LA, Jan 1982,

Gray 2342 (BRI); SFR 194, Parish of Barron, Scrubby

LA, Mar 1987, Gray 4434 (BRI); SFR 185, Noel LA, Feb

1978, Risley 479 (BRI); Tinaroo Range, near Danbulla,

Jan 1947, Byrne s.n. (BRI [AQ34535]); SFR 194, Hugh

Nelson Range, Sep 1980, Gray 1787 (BRI, CNS); ibid ,

Oct 1975, Irvine 1637 (BRI); On the range between

343

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

Atherton and Herberton, SFR99, Dec 1952, White 53/266

(426) (BRI); Reserve 99, Western, Mar 1954, White 710

(BRI). North Kennedy District: Herberton Range, in

1962, Webb & Tracey 7943 (BRI); Girrungun NP, off

walking track, c. 1.3 km from Burgoo Creek, CSIRO

EP 19, W of Ingham, Nov 2005, Ford 4762 & Bradford

(BRI); Mt Fox, Dec 1954, Volk 942 (BRI); Mt Spec, c.

32 km S of Ingham, Sep 1954, Smith 5358 (BRI). South

Kennedy District: Eungella Ra[nge], s.dat ., Crain s.n.

(BRI [AQ34542]).

Distribution and habitat: Pleioluma

papyracea is endemic to north-east

Queensland from Mt Windsor Tableland to

Eungella Range (Map 10) and occurs mostly

in notophyll vineforest on soils derived from

granite or rhyolite.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from

January to March and fruit from August to

February.

6. Pleioluma pilosa Jessup sp. nov. differing

from P. papyracea in the tertiary veins

being not prominent below and from P.

brownlessiana and P. ferruginea in the

lamina indumentum being mostly erect and

not appressed to the leaf lamina and all the

other Australian congeners by the persistent

indumentum on the underside of the

lamina. Typus: Queensland. Cook District:

Wooroonooran National Park, along track

to Towalla Mine, 17 January 2014, A. Ford

AF6291 & W. Cooper (holo: BRI).

Trees to 18 m high. Twigs tomentose with

mostly erect, tortuous or curved reddish

brown 2-branched trichomes, glabrescent.

Feaves with petiole channelled above,

(6—)8—12(—17) mm long; lamina obovate or

broadly elliptic to almost orbicular, 2-7(-12)

cm long, 1.5-4(-6) cm wide, adult foliage

with apex obtuse or rounded, base obtuse

and recurved margins, juvenile foliage with

apex oblanceolate and acuminate, base acute

or attenuate and flat margins, at first densely

tomentose with tortuous and erect reddish

brown trichomes, the upper surface nearly

glabrous at full expansion, the lower surface

with mostly erect 2 or rarely 3-branched

trichomes, glabrescent and nearly glabrous

when older; secondary veins (4-)6-9 pairs,

impressed above, conspicuous below; tertiary

veins oblique, obscure above and slightly less

so below. Flowers 1-3 in leaf axils; pedicels

(12—)15—18 mm long, with reddish brown

tortuous and erect trichomes. Calyx lobes

narrowly ovate, 4-5 mm long, acute, reddish

brown tomentose on outside, sericeous

on inside. Corolla 8.8-9.2 mm long, lobes

suborbicular, 2.5-3 mm long, ciliate on distal

margin, the corolla is elsewhere glabrous.

Stamens 2.5-3 mm long, filaments 1.6-1.8

mm long, attached near the middle of the

corolla tube, anthers c. 1.6 mm long. Disk

indistinct, sericeous. Ovary ovoid-conical,

c. 2.5 mm long, appressed pubescent and

tapering to the conical style; style c. 7.5 mm

long, appressed pubescent on lower half. Fruit

not seen. Figs. 5A-E, 6, 7.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: Gadgarra SF, SW of extension of Gadaloff

Road, Apr 1995, Horton SH1257 (BRI); Ridgeline

between Butcher Creek and Caribou Creek, near spot

height 652, Gadgarra SF, Jun 1995, Hunter JH3993

(BRI); Narrow ridgetop on E fall of Bellenden Ker, Jan

1995, Hunter JH945A (BRI); Narrow ridgetop on Bartle

Frere Track, Jan 1995, Hunter JH446 (BRI); NPR 904,

Wooroonooran, along Donkey Track off Russell River

Track, site 29, above Chuck Lunga Creek, Oct 2001,

Ford AF2958 et al. (BRI); Topaz, Dec 1983, Tucker 38

(BRI); Towalla, W end of Francis Range, Aug 1995,

Hunter JH5279 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Pleioluma pilosa

is endemic to the Wet Tropics of north-east

Queensland and is distributed along the

eastern edge of the Atherton Tableland in

Gadgarra SF and Wooroonooran NP to the

western end of the Francis Range (Map 11). It

occurs in simple notophyll vineforest on soils

derived from granitic or metamorphic rocks.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in

January.

Etymology: The species epithet refers to the

long ascending trichomes particularly on the

lamina undersurface of this species.

7. Pleioluma queenslandica (PRoyen)

Swenson, Taxon 62: 765 (2013); Planchonella

queenslandica PRoyen, Blumea 8: 341,

430 (1957); Beccariella queenslandica

(PRoyen) Aubrev., Adansonia ser. 2, 3: 335

(1964); Pouteria queenslandica (PRoyen)

Jessup, Austrobaileya 6: 161 (2001). Type:

Queensland. South Kennedy District:

Eungella Mts, 31 March 1937, H.H. Haines

136Q (holo: K).

344

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Fig. 5. A-E. Pleioluma pilosa. A. habit xl. B. trichome from underside of lamina x48. C. flower x4. D. ovary *4. E.

dissected corolla x6. All from FordAF6291 & Cooper (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Sideroxylon laurifolium (A.Rich.) F.M.Bailey,

Queensland FI. 3: 957 (1900) pro parte ,

excluding Fraser specimen.

[Planchonella laurifolia auct. non (A.Rich.)

Pierre; Francis (1951: 352-353); van Royen

(1957: 339-341, excluding type and Northern

Territory specimens)].

Illustrations : Francis (1951: 350 & 351 [as

Planchonella laurifolia ]; van Royen (1957:

340, fig. 31 [as Planchonella laurifolia], 342,

fig. 32 [as Planchonella queenslandica])'.

Hyland et al. (2010); Harden et al. (2013) [as

Pouteria queenslandica].

Trees to 30 m high, sometimes

gynomonoecious. Twigs with few appressed

trichomes, glabrescent. Leaves with petiole

channelled above, 10-25 mm long, sericeous

but soon glabrous; lamina elliptic or oblong or

obovate, 5-14 cm long, 1.5-5.5 cm wide, apex

obtuse or emarginate, base acute or shortly

attenuate, glabrous above, with very sparse

appressed trichomes and glabrescent below;

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

345

Fig. 6. Pleiolumapilosa ( FordAF6291 & Cooper , BRI).

Photo: A. Ford.

Fig. 7. Pleioluma pilosa (Ford AF6291 & Cooper , BRI).

Photo: A. Ford.

margins mostly flat; secondary veins 6-10

pairs, not prominent; tertiary veins weakly

oblique, often indistinct. Flowers 1-4, axillary;

pedicels slender, angular, 5-12 mm long,

with white appressed trichomes, glabrescent.

Calyx lobes broadly ovate or depressed

ovate, 2.2-2.8 mm long; on outside appressed

pubescent or sericeous, glabrescent, on inside

sericeous. Corolla tube 2.7-3 mm long, lobes

suborbicular, 2-2.5 mm long, margin usually

sparsely ciliolate. Stamens 5(-6), 2.5-27

mm long; filaments 1.5-2 mm long, attached

near the middle of the tube; anthers 1.5 mm

long. Staminodes oblong 1-1.5 mm long. Disk

inconspicuous, hirsute. Ovary ovoid, c. 1.2

mm long, glabrous, tapering to the style; style

narrowly conical, 3.5-4 mm long, glabrous.

Fruit narrowly obovoid, 1.2-2 cm long,

0.7-1 cm wide, fleshy, black, glabrous; style

persistent, 3-3.5 mm long, with a broad base,

glabrous. Seed usually 1, ellipsoid, 9-15 mm

long, 6-8 mm wide, 5-7 mm thick; seed scar

more than half length of seed, c. 1 mm wide.

Blush coondoo.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Round Mountain, Embley Range, Silver

Plains, Jul 1997, Forster PIF21387 et al. (BRI); TR 14

Mcllwraith Range, Sep 1974, Hyland 3092 (BRI, L).

North Kennedy District: Seaview Range, Waterview

Creek, Dec 2002, Ford 3732 & Holmes (BRI); Taravale,

Coane Range, E of the Paluma - Taravale Road, Nov

2001, Ford AF3090 & Holmes (BRI); Mt Storth, SE

of Townsville, Nov 1995, Camming 13816 (BRI); Mt

Aberdeen NP, W of Bowen, May 1992, Forster PIF9975

et al. (BRI); Headwaters of Dryander Creek, Mt

Dryander, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 1008 (BRI); SFR

299 Conway, Cedar Creek, May 1975, Hyland 4244RFK

(BRI). South Kennedy District: SF 652 Cathu, North

Road, Clarke Range, Feb 2004, Forster PIF30011 et al.

(BRI); Dalrymple Heights, Jul 1947, Clemens s.n. (BM,

BRI [AQ34414], G, K, L); Clarke Range, Eungella NP,

lookout 1 km S of Mt David, Apr 1991, Telford 11174 &

Rudd (BRI). Port Curtis District: Shoalwater Bay, Mt

Parnassus sector. May 1999, Brushe JB1876 & Brushe

(BRI); Upper reaches of Sawpit Creek, Grevillea Range,

14 km SSE of Lowmead, Jun 1995, Bean 8712 (BRI);

Resumption LA, SF 391 Bulburin, Dec 1993, Forster

PIF14544 et al. (BRI). Wide Bay District: Eel Creek,

16 km S of Biggenden, Jul 1981, Young 395 & Randall

(BRI); near Noosa Heads, Aug 1956, Blake 20037 (BRI).

Moreton District: Mt Eerwah, 4 km W of Eumundi,

Jan 1985, Sharpe 3706 & Tan (BRI), Sharpe 3707 & Tan

(BRI). New South Wales. Mooball SF, near Burringbar,

Jun 1947, Ruttley s.n. (NSW41821); Brunswick River

upstream from Pacific Highway, May 1977, Floyd 378

(BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Pleioluma

queenslandica is endemic to north-eastern

Australia and occurs from the Mcllwraith

Range, north Queeensland to the Brunswick

River, north-east New South Wales (Map 7)

in various forms of notophyll and microphyll

vineforest including riverine forest and

ecotones with eucalypt forest.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

from May to February and fruit from June to

March.

346

8. Pleioluma singuliflora (C.T.White &

W.D.Francis) Swenson, Taxon 62: 765 (2013);

Sideroxylon singuliflorum C.T.White &

W.D.Francis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland

37: 161, PI. 7 (1926); Pouteria singuliflora

(C.T.White & W.D.Francis) Baehni, Candollea

9: 316 (1942); Planchonella singidiflora

(C.T.White & W.D.Francis) P.Royen, Blumea

8: 345, fig. 34 (1957); Beccariella singuliflora

(C.T.White & W.D.Francis) Swenson, Bartish

& Munzinger, Cladistics 23: 221 (2007).

Type: Queensland. Cook District: Bellenden

Ker, near the summit of Central Peak, January

1923, C.T.White s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ022593];

iso: A n.v., K, MEL).

Illustrations : van Royen (1957: 346, fig.

34 [as Planchonella singuliflora ]); Cooper

& Cooper (2004: 512); Hyland et al. (2010)

[latter two as Pouteria singidiflora].

Shrubs or trees to 10 m high. Twigs appressed

sericeous. Leaves with petiole flattened or

channelled above, 3-15 mm long, sparsely

puberulous; lamina narrowly obovate or

oblanceolate, 1.5-13 cm long, 0.8-3.5 cm

wide, apex bluntly acuminate or acute to

rounded, base acute or shortly attenuate,

appressed trichomes present on young foliage,

soon glabrous above and below, margins

recurved; secondary veins 4-9 pairs; tertiary

veins horizontal near midvein, obliquely to

laxly reticulate in the distal part, scarcely

visible. Flowers 1(—2), axillary; pedicels

terete, 15-40 mm long. Calyx lobes broadly

or depressed ovate, 4-5.5 mm long, on outside

glabrescent, inner sepals appressed pubescent

near the middle, on inside sericeous, margin

ciliate. Corolla tube 6-6.5 mm long, lobes

oblong, 4-5.5 mm long, margin ciliolate.

Stamens 3-3.5 mm long; filaments 1.7-2

mm long, attached near the middle of the

tube; anthers 1.9-2.2 mm long. Staminodes

oblong, c. 2 mm long, obliquely truncate at

apex. Disk indistinct, with short trichomes

at base of ovary. Ovary depressed ovoid, c.

1.5 mm long, sericeous at base, style conical,

7-8.2 mm long, glabrous. Fruit ellipsoid, 2-3

cm long, 0.8-1 cm wide, fleshy, glabrous or

nearly so; style persistent, 6.5-7 mm long

with an expanded and glabrous base. Seeds

1(—2), ellipsoid, 13-16 mm long, 3.5-4 mm

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

wide, 6-7 mm thick; seed scar up to 12 mm

long and 0.5-1 mm wide.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: TR165 Pieter Botte LA, May 1977,

Hyland 9358 (BRI); YCL Noah, Upper Noah Creek,

May 1977, Hyland 9353 (BRI); Thornton Peak, Nov

1973, Hartley 14033 (BRI, CANB, L); TR143 Zarda

LA, near Zarda clearing, Sep 1973, Hyland 2895RFK

(BRI, CANB); SFR 310, Upper Goldsborough LA, Mar

1978, Gray 922 (BRI); Mt Bellenden Ker, Jun 1969,

Smith 14616 (BRI, L); Wooroonooran NP, Mt Bellenden

Ker summit, Dec 2000, Forster PIF26517 et al. (BRI);

ibid , Dec 2001, Forster PIF27946 et al. (BRI); E Bartle

Frere, Oct 1994, Hunter JH2184 (BRI); Bellenden Ker

Range, Mt Bartle Frere NW Peak, May 1991, Telford

11402 & Rudd (BRI); NPR 904, Wooroonooran, just S

of tower No. 9, Mt Bellenden Ker cableway, Jan 2005,

Ford 4547 & Metcalfe (BRI); Bellenden Ker, Nov 1972,

Hyland 6573 (BRI); SFR 310, Bellenden Ker LA, Nov

1975, Dockrill 1085 (BRI); Centre Peak near TV tower,

summit of Bellenden Ker, Nov 1972, Webb & Tracey

10800 (BRI); Mt Bartle Frere, May 1955, Volk 1010

(BRI); E Bartle Frere, Oct 1994, Hunter JH2184 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Pleioluma

singuliflora is endemic to the Wet Tropics

bioregion of north-east Queensland and

occurs in and around the Daintree NP from

Mt Pieter Botte to west of Mossman and in

Wooroonooran NP (Map 8), in upland and

montane rainforest above 450 m altitude.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded from

September to May and fruit from May and

October.

9. Pleioluma xerocarpa (F.Muell. ex Benth.)

Swenson, Taxon 62: 765 (2013); Achras

xerocarpa F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 4:

281 (1868); Sideroxylon xerocarpum (F.Muell.

ex Benth.) F.Muell., Syst. Cens. Austral. PI. 91

(1883); Planchonella xerocarpa. (F.Muell. ex

Benth.) H.J.Lam, Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg

ser. 3, 7: 218 (1925); Sersalisia xerocarpa

(F.Muell. ex Benth.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:

508 (1928); Beccariella xerocarpa (F.Muell.

ex Benth.) Aubrev., Adansonia ser. 2, 3: 335

(1964); Pouteria xerocarpa (F.Muell. ex

Benth.) Baehni, Boissiera 11: 58 (1965).

Type: Queensland. Cook District: Murray

River [Rockingham Bay], 22 February 1867,

J. Dallachy s.n. (lecto: MEL 233064 [here

selected specimen ‘B’ on LHS of sheet]).

Illustration : Hyland et al. (2010) [as Pouteria

xerocarpa].

347

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

Trees to 23 m high, commonly

gynomonoecious. Twigs sericeous. Leaves

with petiole channelled above, 10-35 mm

long, sericeous; lamina oblanceolate or

elliptic, 7-16 cm long, 2-5 cm wide, apex

acuminate or acute, base acute or attenuate,

appressed trichomes c. 1 mm long present

on young foliage, soon glabrous above,

glabrescent below; margins flat; secondary

veins 7-16 pairs; tertiary veins oblique, almost

invisible. Flowers 1-3, axillary; pedicels 6-12

mm long, felted. Calyx lobes broadly ovate or

depressed ovate, 3-4.2 mm long; appressed

pubescent and glabrescent outside, sericeous

inside. Corolla 5-6 mm long; tube 3-4 mm

long, lobes suborbicular or oblong-obovate,

1.8-2.5 mm long, margin mostly entire.

Stamens 3-4 mm long (vestigial or completely

reduced in female flowers); filaments 2-2.7

mm long, attached near the base of the corolla

tube; anthers 1-1.3 mm long. Staminodes

oblong, c. 1.5 mm long. Disk inconspicuous,

sericeous. Ovary ovoid, c. 2 mm long,

sericeous at base, style conical, 4-4.5 mm

long. Fruit ellipsoid, 1.8-2.5 cm long, 1-1.3

cm wide, fleshy, black; style persistent, 2-4

mm long with an expanded and appressed

pubescent base. Seed 1, obovoid or ellipsoid,

13-16 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide, 5-7 mm

thick; seed scar more than half length of seed,

c. 1 mm wide.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Mclvor River N of Cooktown, in 1962,

Webb & Tracey 7793 (BRI); Hope Vale Aboriginal

Reserve, 5.7 km NE of Hope Vale Community, Nov

1993, Fell DGF3830 & Stanton (BRI); Mt Cook, NP

142, 0.2 km NNE of Mt Cook summit, Feb 1993, Fell

DGF2832 & Stanton (BRI); 4.5 km along Mt Misery

Telecom track from intersection with Normanby Tin

Mine track, Nov 1989, Jessup GJD2876 et al. (BRI);

Daintree NP, NW of Black Mountain, May 1998, Forster

PIF22885 et al. (BRI); Baileys Creek, N of Daintree

River, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 6481 (BRI); Rex Range,

Dec 1988, Sankowsky 964 & Sankowsky (BRI); SFR310,

Goldsborough LA, Jan 1982, Gray 2394 (BRI); Juara

Creek between Kairi and Danbulla, Aug 1947, Smith

3349 & Webb (BRI, K, L); ibid , Aug 1948, Smith 3784

(BRI); Atherton, Rotary Park, Apr 1964, Hyland 3051

(BRI); Yarrabah, c. 9 miles [14.4 km] E of Cairns, May

1965, Martin s.n. (BRI [AQ34614]); Wyvuri Holding on

coastal range of Babinda, Feb 1973, Stocker 979 (BRI);

1.4 km SE of Cooroo Peak, at the head of Culla Creek, 14

km NW of South Johnstone, Oct 1988, Jessup GJM2521

et al. (BRI); El Arish - Mission Beach Road, in 1962,

Webb & Tracey 6784 (BRI). North Kennedy District:

Alcock FR, rafting access point No.9, 5.2 km from Tully

River camping area, Feb 2002, Ford AF3282 & Holmes

(BRI); Kirrama Range, W of Kennedy, between Society

Flat and Yuccabine Creek, Aug 1947, Smith & Webb 3216

(BRI); Mt Fox, near Ingham, Nov 1949, Clemens s.n.

(BRI [AQ34626]); Paluma Range - Dotswood Holding,

Jun 1974, Hyland 7282 (BRI, L); Bluewater Range,

WNW of Townsville, Nov 1996, Cumming 15320 (BRI);

Mt Spec forestry camp, Nov 1933, Francis s.n. (BRI

[AQ34619]).

Distribution and habitat : Pleioluma

xerocarpa is endemic largely to north-east

Queensland and occurs from the Mclvor

River, Cooktown to Paluma Range (Map 12)

in mostly notophyll vineforest.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded from

August to April and fruit from August to

December.

8. PLANCHONELLA

Planchonella Pierre {nom. cons). Not. Bot.

Sapot. 34 (1890). Type: P. obovata (R.Br.)

Pierre (type cons).

Shrubs or trees, hermaphrodite or

gynomonoecious. Leaves spirally arranged,

entire; stipules absent. Secondary

venation mostly brochidodromous or

eucamptodromous; intersecondaries rarely

present. Tertiary venation mostly reticulate

(areolate venation absent). Inflorescence

axillary, fasciculate. Flowers (4-)5(-6)-

merous, sometimes with just an extra corolla

lobe, bisexual or female. Sepals in one whorl,

free, quincuncial, mostly glabrous inside,

persistent in fruit. Corolla tubular, the tube as

long as or longer than the lobes, lobes erect,

often widening slightly near apex. Stamens

inserted just below the orifice of the tube,

glabrous, included; anthers ovate, basifixed.

Staminodes inserted in the corolla sinus,

oblong, lanceolate, subulate, or aristate,

glabrous. Gynoecium with a conical or

slender style, exserted beyond corolla or not

prior to anthesis, mostly included at anthesis,

often persistent in fruit; apex of style with

round stigmatic areas. Fruit a berry, seeds

1-5, laterally compressed, sometimes keeled;

testa shining or dull, brown; seed scar linear-

oblong, narrow, covering 90%-100% of

seed length, rarely shorter; cotyledons thin

and foliaceous; radicle exserted below the

cotyledon commissure; endosperm copious.

348

A genus of at least 110 species distributed

from Thailand and southern China through

Malesia, Australia and the Pacific islands

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

especially New Caledonia but also including

Hawaii and French Polynesia (Swenson et al.

2013), with 12 species in Australia.

Key to the Australian species of Planchonella

1 Calyx glabrous inside or with only a few hairs .2

1. Calyx pubescent, sericeous, or tomentose inside .10

2 Tertiary veins mostly oblique or weakly horizontal and joining the

midvein, sometimes weakly reticulate; corolla lobes quadrangular, 1.2-

1.5 mm long, sometimes with a short acumen; fruit 3.5-8 cm long, 3-8 cm

wide.12. P. xylocarpa

2. Tertiary veins laxly reticulate or descending towards the midvein parallel

to the secondaries (admedial); corolla lobes ovate, suborbicular, oblong,

or linguiform, 1.5-4 mm long; fruit to 3 cm long and to 3.6 cm wide.3

3 Base of style thickened or broadened in fruit.4

3. Base of style not thickened or broadened in fruit.6

4 Lamina closely appressed hyaline pubescent below, glabrescent with

age; corolla lobes ovate or suborbicular. Ovary 5-lobed, style longer

than the mature ovary, 2.2-2.5 mm long.2. P. asterocarpon

4. Lamina hairs various but not closely appressed hyaline pubescent below,

corolla lobes obovate or oblong or linguiform. Ovary not lobed, style as

long as the mature ovary, 1.2-1.5 mm long.5

5 Lamina obovate or broadly obovate; petiole mostly 20-40

mm long or more; fruit persistently pubescent or tomentose

at least near base, glabrescent with age. 1. P. arnhemica

5. Lamina narrowly obovate or oblanceolate; petiole mostly 5-15 mm long;

fruit glabrous well before maturity.11. P. pohlmaniana

6 Corolla lobes more than half as long as tube; style up to 3 mm long.7

6. Corolla lobes less than half as long as tube; style 6 mm long or more.9

7 Lamina glabrescent below; corolla lobes oblong, 3-3.5 mm long.

Disk absent; seeds more than 20 mm long.6. P. eerwah

7. Lamina persistently appressed pubescent below; corolla lobes ovate,

or linguiform, up to 2.2 mm long. Disk present; seeds less than 20 mm long.8

8 Calyx, twigs and petioles with reddish brown hairs. Fruit sericeous or

pubescent; 2-3.5 cm long. Seeds 15-20 mm long; 6-8 mm wide.7. P. euphlebia

8. Calyx twigs and petioles with hyaline or pale brown hairs. Fruit glabrous

or nearly so; 1-1.5 cm long. Seeds 8-12 mm long; 2-3.5 mm wide.10. P. obovata

9 Petioles 3-8 mm long; lamina mostly elliptic or lanceolate; secondary

veins 60-75° to midvein; tertiary veins descending or parallel-reticulate;

calyx lobes 3.5-6 mm long; disk obsolete, ovary sericeous;

fruit 1.2—1.8(—2.5) cm long; seeds 10-14 mm long.8. P. myrsinifolia

9. Petioles 0.5-2 mm long; lamina mostly obovate or suborbicular;

secondary veins 30-60° to midvein; tertiary veins laxly reticulate;

calyx lobes 1.5-3.5 mm long; disk adnate to ovary basally, free distally,

pubescent; ovary pilose or glabrous; fruit 1-1.5 cm long; seeds

9-11 mm long.5. P. cotinifolia

349

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

10 Lamina with a persistent dense, appressed indumentum below ... 9. P. myrsinodendron

10. Lamina glabrescent or glabrous below.11

11 Fruit 3-6 cm long, 2.5cm wide or more; seeds 30 mm long or more, 8-15 mm

wide, 13-19 mm thick.3. P. australis

11. Fruit up to 2.5 cm long, up to 1.5 cm wide; seeds up to 16 mm long,

up to 7 mm wide, 5-8 mm thick.4. P. chartacea

1. Planchonella arnhemica (F.Muell. ex

Benth.) P.Royen, Blumea 8: 397 (1957);

Achras pohlmaniana var. latifolia F.Muell.,

Fragm. 5: 185 (1866); Achras arnhemica

F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 4: 280 (1868);

Sideroxylon arnhemicum (F.Muell. ex Benth.)

F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PI. 91 (1883);

Sersalisia arnhemica (F.Muell. ex Benth.)

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 508 (1928); Pouteria

arnhemica (F.Muell. ex Benth.) Baehni,

Candollea 9: 286 (1942). Type: N Australia,

Sea Range, December 1855, F. Mueller s.n.

(holo: MEL 233052; iso: BRI, K).

Sideroxylon portus-darwini O. Schwarz,

Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni. Veg. 24: 92 (1927).

Type: [Northern Territory.] “Port Darwin”,

November 1929, A. J.A. Bleeser 297 (holo: Bf;

iso: MEL 232970).

Planchonella crocodiliensis P.Royen, Blumea

8: 409, 433 (1957). Type: Northern Territory.

Crocodile Islands, December 1924, S.H.

Wilkins 216 (holo: BM).

[Planchonella pohlmaniana , auct. non

(F.Muell.) Pierre ex Dubard; Wheeler (1992:

269-270 Fig. 77B1-3; Green (1985: 139, 271)].

[Planchonella pohlmaniana var. vestita, auct.

non (C.T.White) P.Royen; Dunlop (1987)].

Illustration : van Royen (1957: 397, fig. 43).

Shrubs or trees, to 10 m; bark usually

tessellated and corky. Twigs with long and

short, straight and tortuous, appressed and

suberect, hyaline, pale brown or reddish-

brown trichomes, mostly persistent. Leaves

with petiole (10-)20-40(-65) mm long;

lamina elliptic or oblanceolate or obovate or

suborbicular, (4-)5-12(-22) cm long, 1.8-

4.5(-11.5) cm wide, apex obtuse, rounded,

or acute, base mostly attenuate, indumentum

erect and appressed or felted on both surfaces

or more or less glabrescent; secondary

veins 6-14 pairs, tertiary veins reticulate.

Pedicels 2-6 mm long, with pale brown felted

trichomes. Calyx lobes suborbicular, 2.5-4

mm long, sericeous or tomentose outside,

glabrous inside. Corolla 3-4.5 mm long, lobes

oblong, 1.5-2.5 mm long, truncate. Stamens

1-1.2 mm long, filaments geniculate, c. 0.3

mm long, anthers 0.7-0.8 mm long; filaments

straight and lacking anthers in female flowers.

Staminodes oblong or narrowly lanceolate,

0.4-0.6 mm long. Ovary ovoid, 0.7-1 mm

long, sericeous; style 2-2.2 mm long, mostly

glabrous. Fruit ovoid to subglobose or rarely

obovoid, sometimes lobed, ligneous or

dry, 2-3 cm long, 1.8-2.7 cm wide, green

and ferruginous pubescent, fading and

glabrescent with age; style remnant with a

broad base. Seeds 3-5, ellipsoid, compressed

10-14 mm long, 7-8 mm wide, 4-5 mm thick,

testa brown.

Additional selected specimens examined : Western

Australia. Mt Daglish, Eastern Walcott Inlet, West

Kimberley, May 1983, Kenneally 8723 (BRI, PERTH);

Upper reaches of Hunter River, W Kimberly coast.

May 1996, Kenneally 11665 (BRI); NE Kimberley, Pirn

Hill, May 1984, Chesterfield 370 (BRI, PERTH); c. 200

km S of Kulumburu-Gibb River Crossing on road to

Kalumburu, Apr 1989, Halford H33 (BRI, PERTH); 15

km WSW of King George River Falls. 0.7 km N of mining

exploration track between Kalumburu & Oombulgari

along unnamed track, 24.2 km W of King George River

crossing, Jul 1984, Forbes 2736 et al. (BRI, PERTH);

Gibb River Road, 51 km NNE of Karunjie Station, Jul

1991, Streimann 80029 (BRI); New York Jump Up on

Karunjie track into Karunjie Station Homestead, E

Kimberley, Sep 2006, Mitchell 8625 & Vinnecombe

(BRI). Northern Territory. W end of Macadam Range,

Feb 1994, Leach 4163 (BRI); Bathurst Island, c. 5 km

from Ngurr [Nguirr] on Port Hurd Road, Jan 1994,

Leach 3935 & Dunlop (BRI); 17 Mile Plain, Melville

Island, Sep 1977, Dunlop 4613 (BRI); Melville Island,

Nov 1989, Russell-Smith 8135 & Peth. [Petherick]

(BRI); Berry Creek area, Nov 1974, Parker 567 (BRI);

c. 40 miles [64 km] ENE of Pine Creek Township, Mar

1965, Lazarides & Adams 202 (BRI); El Sharana Mining

Camp, Jan 1973, Martensz AE387 & Schodde (BRI, K);

12 km SSW of Cooinda on Pine Creek Road, May 1980,

350

Lazarides 8863 (BRI); 26 km S of Cooinda, Jun 1980,

Craven 6371 (BRI); 2 km N of Nabarlek, Apr 1979,

Rankin 2208 (BRI); 16 km SE of Koongarra, Jun 1980,

Craven 6255 (BRI); Ramingining Area NR, Djapidi

Dapink Creek, Jul 1998, Cowie & Dunlop 7861 (BRI);

Bickerton Island, South Bay, Cowie 3920 & Dunlop

(BRI); Anarrama Creek, Groote Eylandt, Sep 1988, Latz

10924 (DNA).

Distribution and habitat : Planchonella

arnhemica is endemic to Australia and occurs

from the West Kimberley coast, Western

Australia to Groote Eylandt, Northern

Territory (Map 13) in open Eucalyptus

miniata/E. tetrodonta woodland and on the

edge of semideciduous notophyll vineforest

and deciduous vinethickets.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

from October to January; fruit from June to

September.

Notes : There appear to be at least two forms

of Planchonella arnhemica , the typical form

with appressed rather sericeous indumentum

that does not persist for long and a large-

leaved form with erect more persistent hairs.

The fruit of the broad-leaved form is also

more persistently hairy. Field studies would

be required to determine if infraspecific taxa

could be recognised. The leaves on the type

of P. crocodiliensis are of new growth and

appear to be not fully formed.

2. Planchonella asterocarpon (P.Royen)

Swenson, Bartish & Munzinger, Cladistics 23:

222 (2007); Planchonella pohlmaniana var.

asterocarpon P.Royen, Blurnea 8: 395, 432,

fig. 42 e & f (1957); Pouteria asterocarpon

(P.Royen) Jessup, Austrobaileya 6: 163 (2001).

Type: Queensland. Cook District: Atherton

district, s.dat ., L. Kemp s.n. (holo: BRI

[AQ22582]).

Pouteria sp. (Atherton L.Kemp AQ22582);

Jessup (2002).

Illustrations : van Royen (1957: 397, fig. 42e

& f; as P. pohlmaniana var. asterocarpon );

Cooper & Cooper (2004: 509); Hyland et al.

( 2010 ).

Trees to 35 m high. Twigs appressed

pubescent. Leaves with petiole 10-28 mm

long, lamina elliptic, oblanceolate or obovate,

6-12 cm long, 2-6 cm wide, apex acute,

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

rounded or obtuse, base attenuate, glabrescent

or glabrous above, with persistent appressed

hyaline trichomes below; secondary veins

9- 14 pairs; tertiary veins reticulate. Pedicels

5-8 mm long, with dense appressed pale

brown trichomes. Calyx lobes suborbicular

or depressed obovate, 3.5-4 mm long, with

appressed pale brown trichomes outside,

glabrous inside. Corolla 5-6 mm long, lobes

depressed ovate or suborbicular, 1.5-1.8 mm

long. Stamens 1-1.3 mm long, filaments

geniculate, 0.6-0.8 mm long, anthers 0.8-

lmm long. Staminodes linear, c. 0.7 mm

long. Ovary depressed ovoid, c. 1.3 mm long,

pilose; style 2.2-2.5 mm long, glabrous. Fruit

subglobose, fleshy or dry, 5-angular when dry,

1.5-2.5 cm long, 1.5-2.5 cm wide, reddish-

brown, glabrous; style remnant with a broad

base. Seeds mostly 5, ellipsoid, compressed,

10- 13 mm long, 3-4 mm wide.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Tolga Scrub, Aug 1968, Hyland 1774

(BRI); ibid , Aug 1968, Hyland 1842 (BRI); 1 km W of

Putts Mt, Gadgarra SF, Apr 1995, Horton SH1121 (BRI);

SFR 194, Western, Jan 1982, Gray 2389 (BRI); ibid ,

Oct 1984, Gray 3661 & 3662 (BRI); Scrubby Creek,

May 1971, Stocker 714 (BRI); Crater, Aug 1969, Hyland

2407 (BRI); Upper reaches of Barron River, Aug 1941,

Dawsons.n. (BRI [AQ34544]). North Kennedy District:

SFR 194, Apr 1968, Hyland 1442RFK (BRI); Keough’s

scrub (Evelyn), Por. 52v, Parish of Herberton, Sep

1971, Hyland 5521 (BRI); Misty Mountains, Coolmoon

[Koolmoon Creek] Headwaters, near Ravenshoe, Nov

2004, Bartish 25 & Ford (BRI); SFR 251, Koolmoon

LA, 1.5 km S of Coochimbeerum Road, May 2001, Ford

AF2863 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Planchonella

asterocarpon is endemic to the Wet Tropics

bioregion of north-east Queensland where

it occurs on the Atherton Tableland and

surrounding mountains from Tolga to south

of Ravenshoe (Map 15) in mesophyll and

notophyll vineforest at 900 to 1150 m altitude.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded in

January and fruit from August to October.

Notes : Van Royen (1975) described the

branches and leaves as glabrous but on the

type and all other specimens seen they are

closely appressed pubescent, but the trichomes

are not visible without magnification.

351

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

3. Planchonella australis (R.Br.) Pierre,

Not. Bot. Sapot. 36 (1890); Achras australis

R.Br., Prodr. FI. Nov. Holland. 530 (1810);

Sapota australis (R.Br.) A.DC., Prodr. [A.

P. de Candolle] 8: 175 (1844); Sideroxylon

australe (R.Br.) Benth & Hook.f. ex F.Muell,

Syst. Census Austral. PI. 92 (1883); Sersalisia

australis (R.Br.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:

508 (1928); Pouteria australis (R.Br.) Baehni,

Candolle a 9: 308 (1942); Xantolis australis

(R.Br.) Baehni, Boissiera 11: 22 (1965). Type:

[New South Wales.] Hunter’s River, October

1804, R. Brown [Bennett no.2824] (lecto: K,

fide vanRoyen 1957: 301; isolecto: BM, E, G).

Sersalisia glabra A.Gray, Proc. Amer.

Acad. Arts 5: 327 (1862). Type: New South

Wales. Wollongong, United States Exploring

Expedition under the command of Capt. C.

Wilkes, in 1840, W. Rich s.n.l (holo: US).

Illustrations : Francis (1951: 354 & 355);

van Royen (1957: 200, fig. 20); Harden et al.

(2013).

Trees to 45 m high. Twigs glabrescent. Leaves

with petiole 3-15 mm long; lamina elliptic to

oblanceolate or obovate, 5-15 cm long, 2-6 cm

wide, apex acuminate to rounded; secondary

veins 10-14 pairs; tertiary veins reticulate.

Pedicels (4—)8—15 mm long. Calyx lobes

broadly ovate, 3.5-5 mm long, with appressed

trichomes both sides, less densely so inside.

Corolla 5-7.5 mm long, lobes suborbicular or

broadly elliptic, 3-4 mm long. Stamens 5,2-3

mm long, filaments c. 2.5 mm long, anthers

2-2.5 mm long; staminodes subulate 2 mm

long. Ovary broadly or depressed ovoid,

1-1.2 mm long, obscurely 5-lobed, sericeous;

style cylindrical, 5-ribbed, 4-6.5 mm long,

glabrous except at base. Fruit ovoid, 3-5.2 cm

long, 2.5-4.5 cm wide, dark purple to black,

nearly glabrous. Seeds 1-5, ellipsoid, laterally

compressed, 30-40 mm long, 8—11 mm wide,

13-16 mm thick, testa brown, shining part

covering most of seed. Black apple , wild

plum , bulletwood.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Port Curtis District: 26 km W of Agnes Water, TR 102,

Nov 1996, Thompson MIR357 & Price (BRI); Bulburin

SF 67, Old Forestry Barracks Area, 9 km E of Builyan, Oct

1989, Gibson 1135 (BRI); Mt Fort William, Kalpowar SF

95, Sep 1989, Forster PIF5768 & Bean (BRI). Burnett

District: Cania Gorge NP, Russell Gully, 26 km NE of

Monto, Mar 1997, Kampfs.n. et al. (BRI [AQ658250]);

Walla Range, Nov 1992, Randall 759 (BRI). Wide Bay

District: Kin Kin area, 14 km N of Pomona, Beenham

Range, former W.D.Francis farm, Sep 2002, Forster

PIF28903 et al. (BRI); Old Ceylon Road 6 km SW of

Cooroy, Dec 1993, Bean 7134 (BRI); Mary Cairncross

Scenic Reserve, Blackall Range, 3 km SE of Maleny, Dec

2004, Forster P1F30408 et al. (BRI). Moreton District:

Neurum Creek Track Mt Mee SF, Nov 1993, Grimshaw

217 & Franks (BRI); Mt Tamborine, Panorama Point

area. Gold Coast City Council Conservation Area,

Nov 2011, Forster PIF38392 & Leiper (BRI); Boonah

District, end of Hansons Road, near Milbong, 0.4 km E

of Boonah/Ipswich road, Sep 1984, Bird s.n. & Collins

(BRI [AQ395961]); Lever’s Plateau, McPherson Range,

c. 25 km SE of Rathdowney, Sep 1977, Bird s.n. (BRI

[AQ254377]); Lamington National Park, Nov 1942,

White 11885 (BRI). New South Wales. Dorrigo SF,

Oct 1930, White 7512 (BRI); Shelly Beach, c. 2 miles

[3.2km] S of Port Macquarie, Dec 1971, Thurtell 3821

& Coveny (BRI, L); Seal Rocks, 20 miles [32 km] E

of Bulahdelah, Aug 1964, Briggs s.n. (NSW 636336);

Ash Island, Hunter River, Oct 1903, Maiden s.n. (NSW

18062); Bulli, in 1885, Kirton 63 (MEL).

Distribution and habitat : Planchonella

australis is endemic to Australia and occurs

in south-east Queensland and eastern New

South Wales from Bulburin SF near Gladstone

to the Illawarra District, on the south coast

of New South Wales (Map 14) in mostly

notophyll vineforest up to 900 m altitude.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded from

October to February and fruit from September

to December.

Typification: Van Royen (1957: 301) stated

“Type specimen: Brown 2824 in K” that can

be considered an effective lectotypification.

4. Planchonella chartacea (F.Muell. ex

Benth.) H.J.Lam, Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg

ser. 3, 7: 217 (1925); Achras chartacea

F.Muell., ex Benth., FI. Austral. 4: 281

(1868); Sideroxylon chartaceum (F.Muell.

ex Benth.) F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral.

PI. 91 (1883); Sersalisia chartacea (F.Muell.

ex Benth.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 508

(1928); Beccariella chartacea (F.Muell.

ex Benth.) Aubrev., Adansonia ser. 2, 4:

232(1964); Pouteria chartacea (F.Muell.

ex Benth.) Baehni, Boissiera 11: 59 (1965).

Type: Queensland. North Kennedy District:

Tamoshanter [Tam O’Shanter] Point,

February 1865 & 15 August 1865, Green per

J. Dallachy s.n. (syn: BRI, K, MEL, NSW).

352

Illustrations : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 509);

Hyland et al. (2010); Harden et al. (2013).

Shrubs or trees to 35 m high. Twigs angular,

glabrous or sparsely hyaline sericeous with

appressedtrichomes. Leaves with petiole 7-12

mm long; lamina oblanceolate or obovate,

(4-)9-20 cm long, (1.5—)3—6 cm wide, apex

acuminate, base attenuate; secondary veins

7-15 pairs, tertiary veins reticulate. Pedicels

(4-)5-8 mm long, hyaline or pale brown

sericeous. Calyx lobes broadly ovate, 2.5-3

mm long, acute or obtuse, sericeous on outside

and inside. Corolla 3.5-4.5 mm long, lobes

5, oblong or quadrangular, 1-1.5 mm long.

Stamens 5, c. 1.5 mm long, filaments sinuously

curved, c. 1 mm long, anthers 0.8-1 mm long.

Staminodes oblong or slightly tapered to apex,

1-1.5 mm long. Disk surrounding base of

ovary, ferruginous pilose; ovary subglobular,

0.7-0.8 mm long, glabrous; style conical,

5-ribbed, c. 1.5 mm long, glabrous. Fruit

subglobose, broadly ellipsoid or obovoid,

with an apical depression around the style

remnant, 3-5 lobed only when dry, 1-2.2 cm

long, 0.7-1.5 cm wide, red to black. Seeds

1-5, ellipsoid, laterally compressed, 9-14 mm

long, 3-4 mm wide, 5-6.3 mm thick, testa

dark brown, shining part covering most of

seed. Thin-leaved coondoo.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: Carnegie Range, 19.5 kmNE of Bamaga,

Feb 1994, Fell DGF3976 et al. (BRI); Burster Creek, 3

km SW of Bamaga, Jun 1988, Forster PIF4461 & Liddle

(BRI); 10.5 km W of Captain Billy Landing, 91.3 km

SSE of Bamaga, Heathlands D and O Reserve, Oct 1993,

FellDGF3790 & Stanton (BRI); Bolt Head, Temple Bay,

Jun 1996, Forster PIF19412 (BRI); NPR 8, Parish of

Weymouth, Jan 1982, Hyland 11560 (BRI); Home Rule,

Jul 1995, Forster PIF17279 & Figg (BRI); SFR 933,

Trinity, Little Pine LA, Dec 1987, Hyland 13381 (BRI);

Wyvuri Holding, Aug 1973, Stocker 1021 (BRI); ibid ,

Nov 1987, Hyland 13305 (BRI, CNS); Tropical Trials

Unit, Pin Gin Hill, Jul 1980, Gray 1755 (BRI); ibid ,

Feb 1981, Gray 1907 (BRI). North Kennedy District:

Hinchinbrook Island, Aug 1975, Sharpe 1703 (BRI); SF

299 Conway, Brandy Creek Road, 8 km SSE of Airlie

Beach, Feb 2004, Forster PIF29973 et al. (BRI). South

Kennedy District: Scawfell Island NP, 50 km ENE of

Mackay, Nov 1986, Batianoff 6214 & Krieger (BRI).

Port Curtis District: Shoalwater Bay, Mt Parnassus

sector, Bluewater Creek, May 1999, Brushe JB1877 et

al. (BRI). Wide Bay District: Dundowran Beach, Sep

1991, Telford 11339 (BRI). Moreton District: c. 1 km

N of Swan Bay, North Stradbroke Island, Feb 1973,

Durrington s.n. (BRI [AQ9150]); Riverview Parade,

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Surfers Paradise, Jan 2012, Forster PIF38507 & Leiper

(BRI). New South Wales. Cabarita Beach, Bogangar,

Nov 1995, Bowen s.n. (BRI [AQ640435]); Oxley River

(Middle Arm Creek), just beyond end of Butler’s Road

NW of Tyalgum, Jul 1981, Guymer 1575 & Jessup (BRI);

Coolgardie Road, Wardell Nov 1983, Floyd AGF2018

(BRI, NSW).

Distribution and habitat : In Australia

Planchonella chartacea occurs from Cape

York, Queensland to Wardell on the Richmond

River, northeast New South Wales (Map 16),

mostly in coastal and subcoastal notophyll

vine forest. It also occurs in eastern Malesia

including Papua New Guinea.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

from October to May and fruit from May to

December.

5. Planchonella cotinifolia (A DC.) Dubard,

Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille ser. 2, 10: 56

(1912); Hormogyne cotinifolia A.DC., Prodr.

[A.P. de Candolle] 8: 176 (1844); Sersalisia

cotinifolia (A.DC.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5:

161 (1866); Achras cotinifolia (A.DC.)

F.Muell., Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. 3: 31 (1871);

Sideroxylon cotinifolium (A.DC.) Engler, in

Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. Nachtr.

[Engler & Prantl] 4(1): 276 (1897); Pouteria

cotinifolia (A.DC.) Baehni, Candollea 9: 377

(1942); Xantolis cotinifolia (A.DC.) Baehni,

Boissiera 11: 22 (1965). Type: [Queensland.]

Shaded forests on the mountains at Moreton

Bay, 28° S, in 1827, A. Cunningham 545 (holo:

G-DC; iso: BM, K).

Illustrations: van Royen (1957: 295, fig. 18);

Harden et al. (2013).

Shrubs or trees to 10 m high. Leaves with

petiole 0.5-2 mm long; lamina obovate,

suborbicular or sometimes elliptic, 0.4-5

cm long, 0.3-3.8 cm wide, apex rounded or

obtuse or bluntly acuminate or acute, base

attenuate; secondary veins 3-6 pairs, tertiary

veins reticulate. Pedicels 3-9 mm long.

Calyx lobes broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long,

obtusely acuminate or rounded, glabrous

inside. Corolla 7-8 mm long, lobes oblong

or suborbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, truncate.

Stamens up to 2.5 mm long, filaments c. 1.5

mm long, anthers 0.8-1 mm long; staminodes

oblong, slightly tapered, c. 1.5 mm long. Disk

adnate to base of ovary, c. 1 mm long, free

353

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

above, pubescent; ovary ovoid-conical, c. 0.7

mm long; style narrowly conical, 6-8 mm

long. Fruit ellipsoid or ovoid to subglobose,

1-1.5 cm long, 0.5-1.2 cm wide, purple to

black; style distinct, persistent, to 7 mm long.

Seeds 1-4, ellipsoid, compressed, 9-11 mm

long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide, 3.5-4.5 mm thick,

testa pale brown or yellowish, shining part

covering most of seed.

Two varieties are recognised:

Shoots and twigs with appressed, nearly straight trichomes, glabrescent;

lamina glabrescent above and below with sparse appressed hyaline or

pale brown trichomes; pedicels 2-11 mm long, puberulous with mostly

hyaline trichomes, glabrescent, rarely glabrous; calyx pubescent with

appressed hyaline or pale brown trichomes on outside; ovary and style

glabrous; fruit with 1 seed.P. cotinifolia var. cotinifolia

Shoots and twigs with erect, frequently tortuous persistent trichomes;

lamina with erect tortuous hyaline or reddish brown mostly persistent

trichomes above and below; pedicels 5-12 mm long, pubescent or

tomentose with reddish brown trichomes; calyx tomentose on outside

with reddish brown trichomes; ovary and style puberulous or pilose;

fruit with l-2(-4)-seeds.P. cotinifolia var. pubescens

5a. Planchonella cotinifolia (A DC.) Dubard

var. cotinifolia.

Twigs with appressed, nearly straight

trichomes, glabrescent. Lamina glabrescent.

Pedicels 2-8 mm long, puberulous or

pubescent, with straight, appressed hyaline or

pale brown trichomes, rarely glabrous. Calyx

lobes on outside puberulous with hyaline or

pale brown trichomes, glabrescent. Ovary

glabrous. Fruit ellipsoid, glabrous, with a

single seed. Small-leaved coondoo.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Schram Scrub; 16.2 kmNW ofMoreton

telegraph station, Bertiehaugh Holding, catchment of

Wenlock River, Apr 1994, Fell DGF4258 & Pritchard

(BRI); Altanmoui Range, Cape Melville NP, 1.6 km

E of Flat Hill, 62.6 km NE of Lakefield Ranger Base,

May 1994, Fell DGF4348A & McDonald (BRI); NPR

166, Black Mountain, Helenvale Road, site 17, May

2004, Ford 4327 & Hewett (BRI). North Kennedy

District: Daydream Island, Whitsunday Region, Mar

1990, Batianoff900322 (BRI). South Kennedy District:

Track to Beachcombers Cove, Cape Hillsborough NP,

Nov 1989, McDonald 4488 et al. (BRI). Port Curtis

District: South Percy Island, 50 km NE of Arthur Point,

Shoalwater Bay, Oct 1989, Batianoff 11490 et al. (BRI);

Essendean Bridge Crossing, Baffle Creek, Berajondo

to Agnes Waters Road, Jan 2000, Forster PIF25305 &

Schmitt (BRI). Burnett District: Jack Smith’s Scrub

Conservation Park, 10 km NNW of Murgon, Feb 2008,

Forster PIF33364 (BRI); N end of Elgin Vale SF, SE of

Murgon, Feb 2009, Bean 28552 (BRI); Kingaroy, Apr

1947, Smith 3106 (BRI); Tower LA, SF 289, Feb 1994,

Forster P1F14845 & Smyrell (BRI). Wide Bay District:

Property of N.Dargusch, Cattermull Avenue, Burnett

Shire, Jan 1997, Forster PIF20199 (BRI); Wrattens

FR (formerly SF 639, Manumbar LA), Coast Range, 9

km NE of Gallangowan, Dec 2008, Forster PIF34726

et al. (BRI). Moreton District: Commissioners View,

Blackbutt Range, SF 283, Apr 1990, Forster P1F6638

(BRI); Redwood Park, E of Toowoomba, Sep 2014,

Jessup 5280 & Bell (BRI); Splityard Creek, Wivenhoe

Dam, Feb 1986, Hinzs.n. (BRI [AQ408211]); Rosewood,

Feb 1943, Blake 14814 (BRI, L, K, NSW); ibid , Feb

1943, Blake 14816 (BRI); Kenmore, near Brisbane, near

Moggill Creek, Feb 1954, Blake 15476 (BRI, CANB).

Darling Downs: Freestone area, 5.5 km SW of Gladfield,

Nov 1977, McDonald 2004 (BRI). New South Wales.

Acacia Creek, Jun 1905, Dunn s.n. (NSW18127); ibid ,

Mar 1906, Dunn s.n. (NSW18128); ibid , Jan 1908, Dunn

s.n. (NSW378977).

Distribution and habitat : Planchonella

cotinifolia var. cotinifolia is endemic to

Australia and occurs from the Wenlock River

in north Queensland to the Richmond River,

north-east New South Wales (Map 15),

mostly in notophyll vineforest.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded from

January to July and fruit in March.

5b. Planchonella cotinifolia var. pubescens

RRoyen, Blumea 8: 296, 428 (1957); Pouteria

cotinifolia var. pubescens (RRoyen) Jessup,

Austrobaileya 6: 162 (2001); Planchonella

354

pubescens (P.Royen) Swenson, Munzinger

& Bartish, Taxon 56: 351 (2007). Type:

Queensland. Leichhardt District: Duaringa,

mixed softwood forest, 23 November 1943,

C.T. White 12462 (holo: L; iso: BRI).

Pouteria cotinifolia var. (Duaringa C.T.White

12462); Jessup (2002).

Illustration : Harden et al. (2013) as P.

pubescens.

Twigs with relatively persistent erect and

tortuous trichomes, glabrescent with age.

Lamina with tortuous, erect, hyaline to reddish

brown trichomes, at length glabrescent.

Pedicels 5-12 mm long, trichomes hyaline to

reddish brown, tomentose or pubescent. Calyx

lobes on outside yellowish-brown tomentose,

pale brown or reddish brown trichomes. Ovary

yellowish pilose or sometimes glabrous. Fruit

ellipsoid or ovoid to subglobose, puberulous

below style or glabrous; seeds l-2(-4). Yellow

lemon.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Royal Arch Tower, c. 5 km SW of

Chillagoe, Mar 1987, Clarkson 6840 & McDonald { BRI,

L); Between Chillagoe and Mungana, Jan 1972, Hyland

5835 (BRI); Undara NP, Wind Tunnel Complex, E of Mt

Surprise, Jan 2005, McDonald KRM3365 (BRI). Burke

District: Porcupine Gorge, 53 km NNE of Hughenden,

May 1990, Halford Q232 (BRI). North Kennedy

District: Lead Creek, 11 km W of Turulka, Jan 1994,

Forster PIF14694 & Lockyer (BRI); Forty Mile Scrub

NP, 3.8 kmN of Mount Surprise Roadjunction, Kennedy

Highway, Mar 1987, Clarkson 6906 & McDonald (BRI);

45 km from Greenvale, towards Charters Towers, Feb

1994, Bean 7470 & Forster (BRI); Lolworth Range

near Mt Stewart, 17 km NW of Homestead, Mar 2004,

Camming22205 (BRI), South Kennedy District: 8 kmE

of Lancewood Station Homestead, Jan 1998, Thompson

683 & Fox (BRI); ‘Havilah’, ridge on right 4 km after Mt

Coolon and Nebo road fork, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13422

(BRI). Mitchell District: Enniskillen, Nov 1943, White

12368 (BRI). Leichhardt District: 38 miles [60.8 km]

W of Nebo, Jun 1962, Story & Yapp 97 (BRI, CANB,

L, MEL, NSW); Springsure, Jun 1915, Pick s.n. (BRI

[AQ34365], NSW); Palmgrove NP, NW of Taroom, Nov

1998, Forster PIF23812 & Booth (BRI). Port Curtis

District: Bruce Highway 39 miles [62.4 km] SE of

Sarina, Jun 1970, Mori arty 241 (BRI); Marmor, Blake

14821 (BRI). Burnett District: Oaky Gorge Creek, N

tip of Coominglah SF, c. 4.5 km due WSW of Mt Dowgo,

Sep 2010, Pollock ABP2669 & McDonald (BRI); Wonga

Hills, 18 km W of Monogorilby, Nov 1984, Rodd 4189

& Carlyle (BRI); Eidsvold, Apr 1918, Bancroft s.n.

(BRI [AQ34370]). New South Wales. Hill near Glen

Model Homestead, 29 km NW of Rocky Dam, Aug

1986, Wilson 78 (K, L, NSW); ‘Warivan’ 7.4 km from

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

North Star on Warialda Road, Sep 1988, Moore 8843

(BRI); Turkey Bush Hill, 11 km E of Yallaroi, Feb 1977,

Guymer 978 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Planchonella

cotinifolia var. pubescens occurs from

the Chillagoe and Mungana area, north

Queensland to Yallaroi, New South Wales

(Map 16), in deciduous vinethickets and low

microphyll vineforest and is often associated

with brigalow (Acacia harpophylla F.Muell.

ex Benth.).

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

throughout the year and fruits from April to

December.

Notes : Swenson et al. (2007a) published a new

combination raising this variety to species

rank based on the placement of a sample

from the voucher specimen Bartish & Jessup

11 (BRI, S) in their molecular phylogeny.

This collection, which was treated in the

phylogenetic analysis as representative of P.

cotinifolia var. cotinifolia , was subsequently

found to be misidentified. It is Planchonella

myrsinifolia and is cited in this revision. For

this reason I have maintained the status of

this taxon as a variety of P. cotinifolia. Jessup

(2001) placed P. myrsinoides as a synonym

of P. cotinifolia var. pubescens but this was

later found to be incorrect. See under P.

myrsinifolia.

6. Planchonella eerwah (F.M.Bailey)

RRoyen, Blumea 8: 302 (1957); Sideroxylon

eerwah F.M.Bailey, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Queensland 10: 52 (1894); Sersalisia eerwah

(F.M.Bailey) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 509

(1928); Pouteria eerwah (F.M.Bailey) Baehni,

Candollea 9: 408 (1942). Type: Queensland.

Moreton District: Mt Eerwah, 24 March

1894, Field Naturalists s.n. (holo: BRI

[AQ22589]).

Illustration : Hardener al. (2013).

Shrubs or trees to 8 m high. Twigs

glabrescent. Leaves with petiole 5-18 mm

long; lamina obovate or oblanceolate, 4-14

cm long, 1.2-6.5 cm wide, apex rounded or

rarely bluntly acuminate; secondary veins

5-8 pairs, tertiary veins reticulate. Pedicels

8-15 mm long. Calyx lobes broadly ovate or

suborbicular to depressed ovate or depressed

355

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

obovate, 2.6-3 mm long, mostly glabrous

both sides, margins ciliate. Corolla 3.8-4.5

mm long, tube 1.5-1.7 mm long, lobes 5 or

6, oblong, 3-3.5 mm long. Stamens 5 or 6,

2.2-2.8 mm long, filaments 1.5-2 mm long,

anthers 1.2-1.5 mm long. Staminodes oblong,

tapered to apex, c. 2 mm long. Ovary ovoid,

c. 2.5 mm long, sericeous, tapering to the

conical style, 3-3.2 mm long, glabrous. Fruit

ellipsoid to obovoid, 3-5.5 cm long, 2-4 cm

wide, red, purple to black, nearly glabrous.

Seeds 2-5, obovoid-pyriform, sometimes

oblique or laterally flattened, 25-30 mm long,

10-15 mm wide, 10-18 mm thick. Shiny¬

leaved coondoo, Eerwah plum.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Moreton District: Gold Creek Road, c. 4 kmN of North

Arm, Feb 1989, Sharpe 4846 (BRI); BrolgaPark, Dulong

Road, c. 6 km SW of Nambour, Mar 1989, Sharpe

4851 & Bean (BRI); 799 Hunchy Road, Hunchy, N of

Palmwoods and W of Nambour, Oct 2007, Hansen s.n.

(BRI [AQ738985]); Carbrook (Logan City) California

Creek Park and Recreation Reserve, Riverlakes Country

Club Golf Course, May 2003, McDonald s.n. (BRI

[AQ774853]); Bahrs Scrub, Davidson property, Belivah,

S of Beenleigh, Aug 2012, Forster PIF39005 & Leiper

(BRI); Bahr’s Scrub central rainforest patch, c. 6 km SW

of Beenleigh, Jul 1981, Guymer 1590 & Jessup (BRI,

NSW); Upper Ormeau Road off Pacific Highway S of

Beenleigh, Apr 1984, Williams 84031 & Bird (BRI), End

of Upper Ormeau Road, S of Beenleigh, Apr 1984, Bird

s.n. (BRI [AQ431223], NSW); Just SE of Mt Elliot, in

1980, Bird s.n. (BRI [AQ344978], NSW); Off Hotham

Creek Road, Pimpama, Feb 1992, Leiper s.n. (BRI

[AQ540255]); Hyperion Place, Willowvale, Jun 2012,

Forster PIF38776 et al. (BRI); Woollaman Creek, 6 km

5 of Mt Flinders, Peak Crossing District, Sep 1985, Bird

6 Krause s.n. (BRI [AQ442070], L, NSW); 34 km S of

Ipswich, 1 km NW of Ivory Knob end of Woolooman

Road, Dec 1987, Bird & Podlich s.n. (BRI [AQ435909]);

Ivory’s Knob, headwaters of Oaky Creek, Jun 1981,

Bird s.n. (BRI [AQ348210], CANB, K); Wongawallen

Conservation Area, W section of Ormeau Scrub,

Jun 2004, Hermon & Leiper s.n. (BRI [AQ726160]);

Headwaters of Oakey Creek on Portion 18V, Parish

of Dugandan, close to Ivory’s Knob, Jul 1980, Philips

s.n. (BRI [AQ343783]); Wyaralong, on Boonah to

Beaudesert Road, on boundary between 15V and 17V,

County Ward, Parish Dugandan, Jul 1980, Romano s.n.

(BRI [AQ343785]); Veresdale, on property of Mr Robert

Harrison, Jun 1993, Leiper s.n. (BRI [AQ620229]).

Distribution and habitat : Planchonella

eerwah is endemic to Australia in southeast

Queensland and occurs at Mt Eerwah and

vicinity, south and west of Nambour and south

of Brisbane between Boonah, Logan City

and Pimpama (Map 15) mostly in notophyll

vineforest or vinethicket.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded from

February to June and September and fruits

from June, August and September.

Conservation status : Planchonella eerwah

is listed as Endangered under both the

Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992

and the Australian Environment Protection

and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.

7. Planchonella euphlebia (F.Muell.)

W.D.Francis, Austral. Rain-Forest Trees, ed.

2, iv, 448 (1951); Achras euphlebia F.Muell.,

Fragm. 7: 110 (1870); Sideroxylon euphlebium

(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PI.

92 (1883); Sapota euphlebia (F.Muell.) Radik.

exHolle, These Erlangen 17 (1892); Sersalisia

euphlebia (F.Muell.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot.

89: 508 (1928); Sideroxylon euphlebium

var. euphlebium , C.T.White, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Queensland 50: 81 (1939); Pouteria euphlebia

(F.Muell.) Baehni, Candollea 9: 335 (1942);

Pouteria euphlebia var. euphlebia , Baehni,

Candollea 9: 335 (1942); Pouteria euphlebia

var. typica Baehni, loc. cit., nom. inval;

Planchonella euphlebia var. euphlebia ,

P.Royen, Blumea 8: 292 (1957); Xantolis

euphlebia (F.Muell.) Baehni, Boissiera 11: 22

(1965). Type: Queensland. Rockingham Bay,

s.dat., J. Dallachy s.n. (syn: MEL 233056,

MEL 233057, MEL 233058, MEL 233060;

isosyn: BM, BRI).

Sideroxylon euphlebium var. cryptophlebium

C.T.White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 50: 81

(1939); Pouteria euphlebia var. cryptophlebia

(C.T.White) Baehni, Candollea 9: 335 (1942);

Planchonella euphlebia var. cryptophlebia

(C.T.White) P.Royen, Blumea 8: 294 (1957).

Type: Queensland. Cook District: Mt.

Spurgeon, September 1936, C.T. White 10655

(holo: BRI; iso: K; A, BM n.v).

Illustrations: van Royen (1957: 293, fig. 17);

Cooper & Cooper (2004: 510); Hyland et al.

( 2010 ).

Shrubs or trees to 25 m high. Twigs, leaves

and inflorescence with dark or reddish brown

straight, appressed or felted trichomes,

glabrescent. Leaves with petiole 8-25 mm

356

long; lamina narrowly obovate, 2.5—10(—18)

cm long, 1.2-4.5 cm wide, apex obtuse or

rounded or bluntly acuminate (apiculate), base

attenuate, persistently appressed pubescent

below; margins often recurved; secondary

veins 4-8 pairs; tertiary veins frequently

admedial. Pedicels 1-2.5 mm long. Calyx

lobes broadly ovate, 2.5-3 mm long, with

reddish-brown appressed trichomes outside,

glabrous inside. Corolla 3.5-4 mm long, lobes

5, broadly ovate, 1.5-2 mm long. Stamens 5,

1.2-1.5 mm long, included, filaments c. 0.8

mm long, anthers c. 0.8 mm long. Staminodes

narrowly lanceolate or triangular, c. 1.5 mm

long. Disk inconspicuous. Ovary depressed

ovoid, c. 1.5 mm long, ferruginous sericeous,

style conical, 2.5(-3) mm long, sericeous at

base. Fruit subglobose, ovoid or ellipsoid,

2-3.5 cm long, 1-3 cm wide, yellow to red,

sericeous or pubescent. Seeds 1-5, obliquely

ellipsoid, 15-20 mm long, 6-8 mm wide,

6-10 mm thick.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: Top of Mt Hartley, TR 165, Jul 1995,

Forster PIF17328 & Figg (BRI); SF 144 Mt Windsor

Tableland, Jul 1995, Forster PIF17256 & Figg (BRI);

ibid , Nov 1997, Forster PIF21907 et al. (BRI); ibid , Nov

2004, Sankowsky 2546 & Sankowsky (BRI); SFR 143,

Parish of Riflemead, North Mary LA, Aug 1984, Gray

3538 (BRI); SFR 143, Parish of Riflemead, Leichhardt

LA, Nov 1985, Gray 4217 (BRI); Copper Lode Falls Dam

Site, on Freshwater Creek, c. 6 miles [9.6 km] S of Cairns,

Sep 1970, Gittins 2209 (BRI); SFR 251 Blunder LA, Oct

1978, Gray 1033 (BRI); SFR 607 Emerald LA, Jun 1980,

Gray 1719 (BRI, CNS); TR 55, Jul 1974, Hyland 7341

(BRI, L); Lamb Range, Davies Creek Plot, Aug 1971,

Webb & Tracey 11416 (BRI, L); SFR 185, Breach LA,

Jun 1971, Dockrill 137 (BRI, L); SFR 185, Emerald LA,

Sep 1971, O Farrell 90 (BRI, L); SFR 185, Haig LA, Sep

1981, Gray 2161 (BRI). North Kennedy District: SFR

605, Dawson LA, Sep 1981, Hyland 11118 (BRI); Upper

reaches of North Zoe Creek, Hinchinbrook Island, Jul

1988, FellDF1210 & Swain (BRI); Hinchinbrook Island,

c. 2 km NW of Mt Diamantina, Dec 2000, Kemp TH2557

& Kutt (BRI); Coast Range, Jul 1868, Dallachy s.n.

(MEL 233059); Paluma Dam turnoff, Paluma-Hidden

Valley road, Jan 2002, Camming 20229 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Planchonella

euphlebia is endemic to north-east Queensland

from Mt Hartley near Cedar Bay to the Paluma

Range (Map 17), in mesophyll and notophyll

vineforest and upland microphyll forest and

thickets and sometimes in adjacent sclerophyll

forest, mostly on granite, granodiorite and

rhyolite derived soil.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded from

June to October; fruit from November to

December.

8. Planchonella myrsinifolia (F.Muell.)

Swenson, Bartish & Munzinger, Cladistics

23: 222 (2007); Sersalisia myrsinifolia

F.Muell. (as ‘Sarsalisia’), Fragm. 5: 165

(Oct. 1866); Pouteria myrsinifolia (F.Muell.)

Jessup, Austrobaileya 6: 162 (2001). Type:

[Queensland. Moreton District:] Brisbane

River, s.dat, W Hill s.n. (lecto: MEL 1058112,

fide Jessup 2001: 162).

Achras myrsinoides A.Cunn. ex Benth., FI.

Austral. 4: 283 (16 Dec. 1868); Sideroxylon

myrsinoides (A.Cunn. ex Benth.) F.Muell.,

Syst. Census Austral. PI. 92 (1883); Sapota

myrsinoides (A.Cunn. ex Benth.) Radik, ex

Holle, These Erlangen 17 (1892); Sersalisia

myrsinoides (A.Cunn. ex Benth.) Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89: 508 (1928); Pouteria

myrsinoides (A.Cunn. ex Benth.) Baehni,

Candollea 9: 303 (1942); Planchonella

myrsinoides (A.Cunn. ex Benth.) S.T.Blake ex

W.D.Francis, Austral. Rain-Forest Trees, ed.

2, 358 (1951); Xantolis myrsinoides (A.Cunn.

ex Benth.) Baehni, Boissiera 11: 23 (1965).

Type: [Queensland. Port Curtis District:]

Rodd’s Bay, May 1819, A. Cunningham 123

(lecto: K ,fide Green 1986: 118).

Illustrations: van Royen (1957: 298, fig. 19

[as P. myrsinoides ]); Hyland et al. (2010);

Harden et al. (2013).

Shrubs or trees to 10 m high. Twigs with erect

and appressed trichomes. Leaves with petiole

2-8 mm long: lamina elliptic or lanceolate

to ovate, or obovate, 2-10 cm long, 0.8-5 cm

wide, apex obtuse, acute or rounded, with

appressed or felted trichomes, glabrescent and

often soon glabrous above, more persistent

below; secondary veins 6-10 pairs; tertiary

veins reticulate or frequently admedial.

Pedicels 2-14 mm long. Calyx lobes ovate,

3.5-6 mm long, glabrous inside. Corolla

lobes oblong but widening distally. Stamens

2.2-2.5 mm long, filaments c. 1.2 mm long,

anthers 1.3-1.5 mm long. Staminodes linear-

lanceolate, truncate or tapered, 2-2.5 mm

long. Disk indistinguishable or obsolete;

ovary ovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, sericeous; style

357

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

narrowly conical, 5.5-6 mm long, sericeous in 0.7 cm long. Seeds l(-3) ellipsoid or obovoid,

lower half. Fruit ellipsoid to narrowly ovoid, sometimes oblique, 10-14 mm long, 3.5-7

1.2—1.8(—2.5) cm long, 0.6-0.9 cm wide, mm wide, 4-7 mm thick,

purple to black; style distinct, persistent, to

Two subspecies are recognised:

Twigs and leaves with indumentum of appressed and erect tortuous and

straight reddish brown and pale brown trichomes; lamina elliptic,

lanceolate or ovate, calyx lobes with appressed and erect trichomes;

corolla up to 7.5 mm long.8a P. myrsinifolia subsp. myrsinifolia

Twigs and leaves with appressed white, pale brown or hyaline mostly

straight trichomes, lamina elliptic to obovate, calyx lobes with

appressed trichomes, corolla up to 8.2 mm long ... 8b P. myrsinifolia subsp. howeana

8a. Planchonella myrsinifolia (F.Muell.)

Swenson, Bartish & Munzinger subsp.

myrsinifolia

Twigs with felted reddish brown erect and

appressed trichomes. Leaves: petiole 3-8 mm

long; lamina elliptic or lanceolate to ovate,

2-10 cm long, 0.8-5 cm wide, with appressed

or felted trichomes, glabrescent and often

soon glabrous above, more persistent below.

Pedicels and calyx lobes with pale brown or

reddish brown felted trichomes. Corolla 6.5-

7.5 mm long, lobes 2.1-2.3 mm long. Blunt¬

leaved coondoo.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: 2 km E of Mt Gibson, 16 km SSE of

Lakeland Downs, West Normanby River catchment.

May 1993, Fell DGF3275 & Daunt (BRI); Daintree NP,

Adeline Creek headwaters, Candlenut Scrub, May 1999,

Forster PIF24570 & Booth (BRI); SFR 144 (Windsor

Tableland), Oct 1971, Hyland 5535 (BRI); ibid , Oct 1971,

Hyland 5537 (BRI); ibid, Oct 1971, Hyland 5553 (BRI,

CNS, L). North Kennedy District: Mt Aberdeen NP, W

of Bowen, May 1992 , Forster PIF9924 etal. (BRI); North

Gregory, Property of D & R Clarke, adjacent to Dryander

SF, Jul 1997, Champion 1485 & Cali (BRI). South

Kennedy District: Mt Beatrice NP, northern tributary of

Catherine Creek, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13405 & Tucker

(BRI); Hazlewood Gorge, 13 km SSW of Eungella,

Dec 1992, Bean 5275 (BRI); Cut Creek at base of Eton

Range, SF 652-658, Mackay, Oct 1986, Ritchie 52 (BRI).

Port Curtis District: EurimbulaNP, S of Middle Creek

camping grounds, Nov 2009, Booth 5414 & Stephens

(BRI); Dennis Martin property, Littlemore, Horseshoe

Valley, 8 km from Rushbrook Road turnoff, Jun 1997,

Worthington 1695 (BRI); Rules Beach near Baffle

Creek, NW of Bundaberg, Oct 1996, Bean 11070 (BRI).

Burnett District: Southern base of Coongara Rock, SF

1344, 11 km ESE of Coalstoun Lakes, Sep 2002, Forster

PIF28847 (BRI); Jack Smith’s Scrub Conservation Park,

10 km NNW of Murgon, Sep 2007, Forster PIF32988

(BRI); Tessman’s Road, 2 km NE of Kingaroy, May

2007, Forster PIF32495 (BRI). Wide Bay District:

The Hummock, c. 5 miles [8 km] E of Bundaberg, Oct

1948, Smith 4103 (BRI); Mt Walsh NP, Palm Valley, Oct

2008, Forster PIF34330 (BRI); Mt Wolvi near scenic

lookout, E of Gympie, Aug 1982, Jessup 486 (BRI,

CANB). Moreton District: Smith’s rainforest. Upper

Brookfield, 12 km SW of Brisbane, Nov 2004, Bartish

& Jessup 11 (BRI); World’s End Pocket, N of Ipswich,

Aug 1984, Bird s.n. (BRI [AQ395651], L). New South

Wales. Cherry Tree FR, Richmond Range, Apr 1978,

Floyd AGF894 (BRI); Lismore, in 1892, Bduerlen 843

(NSW); Yahoo Island Nature Reserve, Wallis Lake, May

1978, Clough s.n. (CANB 597442, image!).

Distribution and habitat : Planchonella

myrsinifolia subsp. myrsinifolia is endemic to

mainland Australia where it occurs from the

West Normanby River, north-east Queensland

to Wallis Lake, south of Forster, New South

Wales (Map 18), mostly in notophyll and

microphyll vineforests and vinethickets.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded from

May to December and fruit in March and

from July to December.

8b. Planchonella myrsinifolia subsp.

howeana (F.Muell.) Jessup comb, nov.;

Achras howeana F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 72(1875);

Planchonella howeana (F.Muell.) Pierre,

Notes Bot. Sapot. 36 (1890); Sideroxylon

howeanum (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Syst. Census

Austral. PI. 92 (1882); Sersalisia howeana

(F.Muell.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 508

(1928); Pouteria howeana (F.Muell.) Baehni,

Candollea 9: 306 (1942). Type: Australia.

New South Wales. Lord Howe Island, s.dat..

358

J.P. Fullagar s.n. [132] (lecto: MEL 242677,

fide Green 1990: 251; isolecto: E, K).

[Planchonella reticulata , aiict. non (Baill.)

Pierre ex Dubard; van Royen (1957: 285), in

reference to the Lord Howe Island specimen],

[Pouteria myrsinoides subsp. reticulata , auct.

non (Baill.) P.S.Green; Green (1990: 251,

1994: 147), in reference to the Lord Howe

Island specimens].

Twigs with appressed pale brown or hyaline

trichomes. Leaves: petiole 2-5 mm long;

lamina elliptic to broadly obovate, 2.5-8.5 cm

long, 0.9-5 cm wide, with mostly appressed

trichomes, glabrescent and soon glabrous

above, glabrescent below. Pedicels and calyx

lobes with pale brown or white appressed

trichomes. Corolla 7.5-8.2 mm long, lobes

2.5-2.6 mm long.

Additional selected specimens examined: New South

Wales. Lord Howe Island: Lord Howe Island, in 1898,

King s.n. (BRI [AQ34445]); ibid , May 1920, Boorman

s.n. (BRI [AQ34607]); Lagoon Road near junction with

Middle Beach Road, Jul 2001, Le Cussan 1170 (BRI);

Lagoon Road near War Memorial, Aug 2001, Le Cussan

1193 (BRI); three quarters way to the summit of Mt Eliza

along track, Feb 2002, Le Cussan 1210 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Planchonella

myrsinifolia subsp. howeana is endemic to

Lord Howe Island (Map 18) where it occurs

as a component of low closed forest.

Phenology : Llowers have been recorded in

Lebruary, May, July and August; fruit from

August to November.

Notes : Swenson et al. (2007b) reported that

their DNA analyses indicated that a broad

circumscription of P. myrsinifolia to include

material from New Caledonia as proposed

by Green (1990) was inappropriate and that

P. myrsinifolia and P. howeana are more

closely related to each other than either is to

P. reticulata. The reference to P. cotinifolia

in their analysis was based on a misidentified

voucher specimen which was found to be

P. myrsinifolia (see in Notes above under P.

cotinifolia).

9. Planchonella myrsinodendron

(P.Muell.) Swenson, Bartish & Munzinger,

Cladistics 23: 222 (2007); Chrysophyllum

myrsinodendron F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 178

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

(1868); Pouteria myrsinodendron (F.Muell.)

Jessup, Austrobaileya 6: 163 (2001). Type:

Queensland. [Cook District:] Herbert River,

6 December 1867, J. Dallachy s.n. (holo: MEL

233326, MEL 233327, MEL 233328; iso: BM

ex herb. Hance).

Planchonella obovoidea H.J.Lam, Bull. Jard.

Bot. Buitenzorg ser.3, 7: 207, fig. 56 (1925);

Pouteria obovoidea (H.J.Lam) Baehni,

Candollea 9: 412 (1942). Type: Moluccas. Kai

Island, s.dat ., Jaheri 134 (holo: L).

Illustrations : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 510);

Hyland et al. (2010).

Trees to 35 m high. Twigs densely appressed

sericeous, with pale brown, persistent

trichomes. Leaves: petiole 8-25 mm long;

lamina obovate or elliptic, 5-20 cm long,

2-8.5 cm wide, apex acute or obtuse or

rounded, with persistent hyaline appressed

trichomes below; secondary veins 4-12 pairs;

tertiary veins reticulate or some oblique.

Pedicels 3-6 mm long, hyaline or pale brown

sericeous. Calyx lobes depressed ovate to

suborbicular, 2-2.3 mm long, apices obtuse to

rounded, with dense appressed trichomes on

outside and slightly less dense inside in the

apical half, sparse to glabrous near the base.

Corolla 2.5-2.8 mm long, lobes broadly ovate

or obovate or suborbicular, 1.5-1.7 mm long,

apices obtuse to rounded. Stamens 1.2-1.5

mm long, filaments c. 1mm long, anthers

c. 0.8 mm long. Staminodes lanceolate c.

1 mm long. Ovary ovoid, 0.6-0.7 mm long,

embedded in the sericeous disk; style conical,

0.4-0.5 mm long, glabrous. Fruit obovoid,

1.8—2.5(—3) cm long, 1-1.5 cm wide, red to

purple or black, glabrous or nearly so, apex

surrounding base of style remnant enlarged

and pale. Seed 1, obovoid, 15-25 mm long,

8-12 mm wide, 8-12 mm thick.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Banks Peak, Moa Island, Torres Strait,

Jul 2008, Fell DGF9731 & Stanton (BRI); Between

Lockerbie and Somerset, Sep 1979, Hyland 3978RFK

(BRI); 1 km E of Kennedy Ridge, Jun 1989, Forster

PIF5416 & Tucker (BRI); Mclvor River, Jul 1972,

Hyland 6257 (BRI); Shiptons Flat, S of Cooktown,

Aug 1973, Moriarty 1428 (BRI); Noah Creek, between

Daintree River and Cape Tribulation, Oct 1967, Hyland

1069 (BRI); Daintree River, Dec 1929, Kajewski 1433

(BM, BRI, E, K); TR 55, Whyanbeel, Jun 1975, Hyland

8301 (BRI); SFR 607, Bridle LA, Jul 1982, Hyland

359

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

11821 (BRI); ibid , Aug 1982, Hyland 11844 (BRI); ibid ,

Dec 1987, Hyland 13401 (BRI); SFR 310, Goldfield

LA, Jan 1982, Gray 2399 (BRI); SFR 191, Sep 1981,

Gray 2154 (BRI); Etty Bay, Jul 1975, Risley 178 (BRI,

CANB, L); Peeramon on slopes of Mt Quincan, Blake

15247 (BRI, K). North Kennedy District: Cardwell

FR, near Meunga Creek water intake, W of Cardwell,

Dec 2003, Ford AF4249 & Green (BRI); Mt Fox FR,

un-named creek off Mt Fox Road, 7.5 km from Upper

Stone River Road, Dec 2004, Ford 4526 (BRI); SF 299,

Conway, Brandy Creek Road, 8 km SSE of Airlie Beach,

Feb 2004, Forster PIF29971 et al. (BRI); Brandy Creek

Road, c. 5.5 km E of Shute Harbour Road & 13 km NE

of Proserpine, Nov 1985, Sharpe 4056 & Perry (BRI).

South Kennedy District: Reserve 60 Ossa, Hidden

Valley, Cape Hillsborough, May 1975, Hyland 4283RFK

(BRI, CANB, L); St Helens Gap area, N side of Calen

to Mirami Road, N of Mt Ossa T Junction, Sep 1994,

Champion 1133 (BRI); Cherrytree Creek, Nov 1987,

Canning 307 (BRI). Port Curtis District: Byfield,

s.dat., Simmonds 4 (BRI); Water Board Reserve, Baffle

Creek, Fingerboard Road, Feb 2016, Braddick 4336

(BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Planchonella

myrsinodendron has a wide distribution from

Java to Fiji and in north-east Australia where

it occurs in Queensland from Torres Strait to

Baffle Creek near Miriam Vale (Map 19), in

semideciduous and evergreen mesophyll and

notophyll vineforests.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

from November to March; fruit from June to

November.

Note: The hairs on the inside of the calyx lobes

can only be readily seen on dried material, not

on dissected material under water. Previous

authors have reported the inside of the calyx

lobes to be glabrous.

10. Planchonella obovata (R.Br.) Pierre,

Not. Bot. Sapot. 36 (1890); Sersalisia obovata

R.Br., Prodr. FI. Nov. Holland. 530 (1810);

Sideroxylon obovatum (R.Br.) Sm. in Rees,

Cycl. 32 (1816), nom. illeg., Achras obovata

(R.Br.) F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 4:

283 (1868); Sapota obovata (R.Br.) Radik,

ex Holle, These Erlangen 17 (1892) (nom.

invalP ); Pouteria obovata (R.Br.) Baehni,

Candollea 9: 324 (Dec 1942). Type: New

Holland, [Endeavour River] in 1770, J. Banks

& D. Solander s.n. (holo: BM; iso: MEL, P).

Sideroxylon brownii F.Muell., Syst. Census

Austral. PI. 92 (1883), nom. nov., non

Sideroxylon obovatum Gaertner nec non

Lamarck.

Illustration: Hyland et al. (2010).

Trees or shrubs to 40 m high. Twigs pale

reddish-brown sericeous. Leaves: petiole 10-

35 mm long; lamina obovate or oblanceolate,

4.5-24 cm long, 1.5—12(—15) cm wide, apex

obtuse, glabrous above, hyaline appressed

pubescent below; secondary veins mostly

6-11 pairs; tertiary veins reticulate. Pedicels

3—5(—10) mm long, hyaline or brown sericeous.

Calyx lobes broadly ovate to depressed ovate,

2-3 mm long; outer ones puberulous to

sericeous outside, glabrous on inside, inner

ones glabrous both sides, margins more or

less ciliate. Corolla lobes, ovate or linguiform,

2-2.5 mm long. Stamens 3-3.7 mm long,

filaments 2.5-3 mm long, anthers c. 1 mm

long. Staminodes mostly rhomboid or oblong

with an acute apex, 1-1.2 mm long. Ovary

depressed ovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, embedded

in the sericeous disk; style conical, 0.8-1

mm long, glabrous. Fruit broadly obovoid

or subglobose, sometimes oblique, 1-1.5 cm

long, 1-1.5 cm wide, black, glabrous. Seeds

mostly 1 or 2 obliquely ellipsoid, 8-12 mm

long, 2-3.5 mm wide, 2-3.5 mm thick.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Deliverance Island, NW Torres Strait,

Mar 2001, Waterhouse BMW6125 (BRI); Gabba Island,

Torres Strait, Jan 2007, Waterhouse BMW7509 (BRI);

Yorke Island, Torres Strait, Nov 1999, Wannan 1449

& Weston (BRI); Jardine River NP #26, 14 km SW of

Furze Point, 38.6 km ESE of Bamaga Catchment of

the Escape River, Oct 1993, Fell DGF3626 & Dibella

(BRI); Perry Island, Home Group near Cape Grenville,

Nov 1979, Curtis 6 (BRI); Rocky Isle, c. 4.5 km S of

Cape Direction, Nov 1987, Clarkson 7390 (BRI); Lizard

Island, Lizard Head, Sep 1988, Batianoff 10136 (BRI);

Daintree NP, Cape Tribulation beach, Oct 2000, Forster

PIF26371 et al. (BRI); Whyanbeel Creek, near the inlet

between Dayman Point and Newell Beach, Oct 1978,

Moriarty 2502 (BRI); Mossman River mouth, Sep 1948,

Smith & Webb 4000 (BRI, L); Southern end of Palm

Beach, Oct 1979, Clarkson 2664 (BRI); Green Island,

Sep 1981, Fosberg 61527 (BRI); Stephans Island, east

of beach, east of Cowley Beach, Sep 2010, Ford 5777 &

Bradford (BRI). North Kennedy District: Coconut Bay,

Dunk Island, Nov 1985, Sharpe 4241 (BRI); Edmund

Kennedy NP near Cardwell, Jan 1992, Bean 3897 (BRI);

Cardwell, Sep 1935, Blake 9669 (BRI); Hmchmbrook

360

Island, Ramsay Bay, Oct 1986, Warrian CW7065 (BRI);

c. 1.2 km NNW of the Orient Creek mouth, c. 22 km SE

of Ingham, Dec 1995, Kemp 1759H (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Planchonella

obovata occurs from the Seychelles to

southern China, south-east Asia, New Guinea,

Solomon Islands and north-east Queensland.

In Queensland it occurs from Torres Strait

to south of Ingham (Map 20) in littoral and

estuarine mesophyll and notophyll vineforest,

coastal wind shorn thickets and adjacent open

forest, commonly on sandy soil.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

from September to January and fruit from

December to March.

11. Planchonella pohlmaniana (F.Muell.)

Pierre ex Dubard, Ann. Mus. Colon. Marseille

ser. 2, 10: 47 (1912); Achras pohlmaniana

F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 184 (1866); Sideroxylon

pohlmaniana (F.Muell.) Benth. & Hook.f. ex

F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PI. 91 (1883);

Sapota pohlmaniana (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex

Holle, These Erlangen 17 (1892); Sersalisia

pohlmaniana (F.Muell.) Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 89: 506, fig. 174 (1928); Pouteria

pohlmaniana (F.Muell.) Baehni, Candollea

9: 334 (1942); Planchonella pohlmaniana

var. pohlmaniana , P.Royen, Blumea 8: 394

(1957). Type: Queensland. [North Kennedy

District]: Edgecombe-Bay, 19 June 1863, J.

Dallachy s.n. (lecto: MEL 2280413, fide van

Royen 1957: 391).

Sideroxylon dugidla F.M.Bailey, Queensland

Agric. J. 1: 80 (1897); Sersalisia dugulla

(F.M.Bailey) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 509

(1928); Pouteria dugulla (F.M.Bailey) Baehni,

Candollea 9: 407 (1942). Type: Queensland.

Cook District: Barron River, May 1897, E.

Cowley KA1 (holo: BRI; iso: BM, K).

Planchonella pohlmaniana var. vestita

P.Royen, Blumea 8: 395, fig. 42 c,d (1957);

Sideroxylon pohlmaniana var. vestita

C.T.White nom. nud. Type: “White 1409 in

NSW” nom. inval. Art. 391.1 (ICN 2018).

Planchonella pohlmaniana var. (Gilbert River

C.T.White 1409); Jessup (2002, 2010, 2015).

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Illustrations : van Royen (1957: 392, fig. 42);

Cooper & Cooper (2004: 511); Hyland et al.

( 2010 ).

Trees to 25 m. Twigs with pale reddish brown

to hyaline erect or appressed trichomes or

glabrous. Leaves: petiole mostly 5-15 mm

long, lamina oblong-obovate or oblanceolate,

5-14 cm long, 1.5-4(-6.5) cm wide, apex

mostly obtuse or rounded, base attenuate or

acutely cuneate; secondary veins mostly 6-13

pairs; tertiary veins laxly reticulate. Pedicels

1.5-4 mm long with appressed or felted

trichomes. Calyx lobes suborbicular or ovate

(broadly), 2.5-4 mm long, apices obtuse or

rounded, with appressed trichomes or rarely

glabrous outside, glabrous inside. Corolla

lobes 5, oblong or linguiform, 1.5-2.5 mm

long, apices rounded or truncate, entire or

ciliolate. Stamens 1.2-1.5 mm long, filaments

geniculate, c. 0.5 mm long, anthers c. 1 mm

long or barely formed on straight filaments in

female flowers. Staminodes narrowly oblong

or narrowly lanceolate, 0.6-1 mm long. Disk

obsolete; ovary depressed ovoid-conical, c. 1

mm long, red-brown pilose, glabrescent; style

conical, 1.2-1.5 mm long, glabrous. Fruit

globose or subglobose or depressed globose

or broadly ellipsoid or broadly obovoid,

sometimes slightly 5-angular, fleshy, dry, or

ligneous, 1.5-3 cm long, 1.5-3.6 cm wide,

green, mostly glabrous well before maturity.

Style remnant with a broad base. Seeds 3-5,

ellipsoid, compressed, 10-12 mm long 5-9

mm wide and 3-4 mm thick. Yellow boxwood ,

Engraver’s wood.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Lake Boranto [Bronto] 3 miles [4.8

km] SW of Somerset, May 1948, Brass 18804 (BRI);

Abandoned Shelburne Bay (Nixon) Homestead,

Shelburne Bay area, Jun 2008, Forster PIF33652 &

McDonald (BRI); 0.7 km SW of King Park Ranger

Station, Claudie River, Apr 1992, Fell DF2490 (BRI);

SW corner TR9 (Lankelly Creek), Sep 1971, Hyland

2541RFK (BRI); c. 14 miles [22.4 km] SE of Coen on

Laura - Coen Road, Oct 1962, Smith 12002 (BRI);

Archer River, Merapah Station, Sep 1981, Smyth s.n.

(BRI [AQ346173]); Cape Melville, Sep 1970, Hyland

4662 (BRI); Dixie - Oriners Road, near Dixie Station,

Jul 2008, McDonald KRM7827 & Wannan (BRI);

Fairview to Kimba Road, 4.9 km W of St George River,

Apr 1980, Clarkson 3181 (BRI); Beside Bells Camp

Waterhole on Staaten River, 2 km W of main Staaten

River road crossing, Jun 1990, Neldner 2965 & Clarkson

(BRI); Sandy Creek, NE of Jowalbinna (25 km SSE of

361

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

Laura), Jul 1998, Wannan BSW905 etal. (BRI); Torwood

Homestead, junction of Lynd and Tate Rivers, Dec 1970,

Macdonald 3 (BRI, K); Blue Hills, ‘Mt Surprise’, Mar

1988, Champion 379, 380 (BRI); Near northern boundary

of Undara NP, Mar 2005, McDonald 3378 (BRI); Bridle

Creek, 19 miles [30.4 km] ESE of Cairns, Nov 1964,

Dansie s.n. (BRI [AQ34559]); Rockingham Bay, c. 10

m [16 km], SE of Tully, Feb 1965, Everist 7782 (BRI).

Burke District: S of Croydon, at entrance to Croydon

tip road, Oct 2001, Johnson s.n. (BRI [AQ772207];

‘Esmeralda’ SE of Croydon, Jul 1954, Blake 19623 (BRI,

DNA). North Kennedy District: 57 km W of Mt Garnet,

Jun 1983, Reays.n. (BRI [AQ628238]); Cungulla, 25 km

W of Townsville, Apr 1995, Fensham 1951 (BRI); About

24 miles [38.4 km] due SW of Ayr, Jun 1949, Smith

4312 (BRI); Mt Abbot, 50 km W of Bowen, Aug 1992,

Bean 4841 (BRI); 8.5 km E of Mt Cooper Homestead,

Jun 1992, Thompson CHA30 & Sharpe (BRI). South

Kennedy District: Collinsville, Jan 1978, North s.n.

(BRI [AQ259286]). Port Curtis District: N of Yeppoon,

Sep 1977, Batianoff 540 & McDonald (BRI). Burnett

District: Tessman’s Road, 2km NE of Kingaroy, May

2007, Forster PIF32490 & Fechner (BRI). Moreton

District: Fort Bushland Reserve, Oxley, Brisbane, Jan

2015, ForsterPIF41908etal. (BRI); 4 miles [6.4 km] S of

Canungra on road to Lamington NP, Sep 1970, Williams

34553 (BRI, L, K). New South Wales. Unumgar SF 540,

Mar 1963, Jones 2369 (CANB, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Planchonella

pohlmaniana is endemic to Australia and

occurs from Cape York, north Queensland

to the Richmond River, north-east New

South Wales (Map 21) in notophyll and

microphyll vineforest and thickets, adjacent

eucalypt forest and Eucalyptus and Corymbia

woodland.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded

throughout the year; fruit from September to

June.

Typification: Baehni (1942: 334) nominated

a specimen in P as the type, as follows:

“Australie; Rockingham Bay (F. v. Muell.

s.n.! = type”, which appears to be, in effect,

the choice of a lectotype. On the sheet in the

upper right corner of this specimen are two

stamps, one stating “Herb. E. Cosson” and

on the other “Herb. E. Durand ancien Herb

E. Cosson” and elsewhere on the upper and

lower halves of the sheet two distinct groups

of mounted fragments of specimens with two

separate labels, on each of which is written

“Sersalisia ” “Rockingham Bay” and on

two accompanying separate pieces of paper

“Ex Herb. F. Mueller PI. Australiensis”. The

collector was not Mueller, as stated by Baehni,

but rather most likely John Dallachy as

Mueller never visited Rockingham Bay. Most

importantly though, there is no date recorded

anywhere on the sheet therefore it is not

possible to determine if the specimens were

collected prior to publication of Mueller’s

name Achras pohlmaniana or if Mueller

saw the specimens prior to publication. The

genus name Sersalisia is probably a later

annotation as none of the syntypes in MEL or

replicates of these elsewhere that I have seen

bear the genus name Sersalisia. The species

was formally transferred to Sersalisia by

Domin (1928). Therefore, as it is not possible

to confirm that any of this material was part

of the original listed syntypes, I propose that

Baehni’s choice of a (lecto) type is not valid

and should be rejected.

Van Royen (1957) nominated “Dallachy

s.n. in MEL” as the (lecto) type but amongst

the list of other specimens seen he cites only

Dallachy’s Edgecombe Bay collection. As

there is more than one Dallachy collection

amongst the syntypes I have chosen the

sheet MEL 2280413 as a subsequent

lectotypification as allowed under Art. 9.17 of

the ICN (2018).

Notes: Some specimens with more prominent

indumentum on the leaves have been

annotated as Planchonella pohlmaniana

var. vestita by van Royen but this is a nomen

nudum. Van Royen (1957) states “Neither

Mr Blake from the Brisbane Herbarium nor

the present author were able to trace the

description of this variety. Nomen nudum?”.

These and other specimens at BRI have been

annotated with the phrase name Planchonella

pohlmaniana var. (Gilbert River C.T.White

1409). The indumentum on the foliage of P.

pohlmaniana varies from almost glabrous,

mostly on specimens from rainforest in high

rainfall areas such as the Atherton Tableland,

eastern parts of Cape York Peninsula and

southern Queensland, to densely pilose with

erect hairs on specimens from open woodland

communities around Croydon such as the

Gilbert River specimen ( White 1409). From

Central Queensland to around Townsville

most specimens exhibit a moderate density

of erect and appressed indumentum on the

362

leaves and stems and this includes the type

from Edgecombe Bay. The density, form and

distribution of the indumentum also varies

with the maturity and age of the foliage.

Sideroxylon dugulla F.M.Bailey represents

the nearly glabrous forms of this species. The

bark of more mature trees in more seasonally

dry communities is often markedly tessellated.

12. Planchonella xylocarpa (C.T.White)

Swenson, Bartish & Munzinger, Cladistics

23: 222 (2007); Pouteriaxylocarpa C.T.White,

J. Arnold Arbor. 31: 111 (1950); Bureavella

xylocarpa (C.T.White) Aubrev., Adansonia

ser. 2, 3: 332 (1963). Type: Papua New Gunea.

New Britain: Broken Bay, Namtambu, May

1945, K. Mair NGF1883 (holo: BRI; iso: K,

L, NSW).

Planchonella ripicola P.Royen, Blumea 8:

372-374 (1957). Type: Indonesia. Papua:

Vogelkop Peninsula, Sorong, Roefei, river

NW of village, c. 1.5 km from river mouth on

riverbank, 20 March 1954, P. van Royen 3098

(holo: L, iso: A, CANB, K, SING).

Illustrations : van Royen (1957: 373, fig. 38 as

P. ripicola ); Hyland et al. (2010).

Trees to 30 m high. Twigs glabrescent.

Leaves: petiole 2-5 mm long, lamina elliptic,

oblanceolate or obovate, 6-23 cm long, 2.4-10

cm wide, apex bluntly acuminate to obtuse,

glabrous above, glabrescent below; secondary

veins 6-12 pairs; tertiary veins mostly oblique

or weakly horizontal and joining the midvein,

sometimes weakly reticulate. Pedicels 5-7

mm long, with sparse appressed trichomes,

glabrescent. Calyx lobes suborbicular or

ovate, 2-2.5 mm long; outside with appressed

trichomes, glabrescent, inside glabrous.

Corolla 2-2.5 mm long, lobes quadrangular,

1.2-1.5 mm long, apices truncate or with a

short blunt acumen. Stamens 0.8-1 mm long,

filaments 0.5-0.6 mm long, anthers c. 0.6

mm long. Staminodes narrowly lanceolate,

truncate at apex, c. 1 mm long. Ovary

depressed ovoid, c. 0.7 mm long, pilose, style

1.4-1.5 mm long, glabrous. Fruit subglobose,

ligneous, 3.5-8 cm long, 3-8 cm wide, green

or yellow-green towards base. Seeds 2-5,

obliquely ellipsoid, 20-30 mm long, 4-8 mm

wide, 8-10 mm thick.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Iron Range NP #8, 1.3 km NE of Mt

Tozer, 14.2 km WNW of Lockhart River community.

May 1994, Fell DGF4077 et al. (BRI); Middle Claudie

River scrub, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13566 et al. (BRI);

Claudie River, Oct 1972, Hyland 6398 (BRI, CNS, K,

L); ibid , Jan 1973, Hyland 6633 (BRI, CNS, K, L); ibid ,

Oct 1980, Hyland 10795 (BRI); ibid , Jan 1982, Hyland

11508 (BRI); ibid , Dec 1982, Hyland 12422 (CNS); ibid ,

Oct 1972, Hyland 6425 (CNS); ibid, Jul 1972, Hyland

2608RFK (BRI); ibid , Oct 1973, Hyland2952RFK{ BRI);

Gordon Creek, 10 km ENE of Mt Tozer, Iron Range NP,

May 1992, Fell DF2542 (BRI); 1.5 km ENE of Lamond

Hill, 8.5 km NNW of Lockhart River community.

Departmental and Official Purposes Reserve, Mar 1994,

Fell DGF4142 & Stanton (BRI); NE side of Lamond Hill,

Iron Range, Nov 1986, Jessup 784 (BRI); 11.7 km NW

of Lockhart River community, vacant Crown Land, Mar

1994, Fell DGF4177 & Stanton (BRI); Iron Range NP,

CSIRO EP/42, c. 300 m SW of Claudie River crossing off

Iron Range Road, Sep 2008, Ford AF5428 et al. (BRI);

Iron Range, Jul 1963, Volck 2585 (BRI); Hill E of Mt

Tozer, Iron Range area, Nov 1977, Tracey 14218 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Planchonella

xylocarpa occurs on Cape York Peninsula,

north Queensland in the catchment of the

Claudie River (Map 17), and in Papua New

Guinea and Indonesian Papua in mesophyll

and notophyll vineforest.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded in

January and fruit July.

Conservation status : Planchonella xylocarpa

is listed as Near Threatened under the

Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992.

9. SERSALISIA

Sersalisia R.Br., Prodr. FI. Nov. Holland.

529 (1810). Type: S. sericea (Sol. ex Aiton)

R.Br.

Shrubs ortrees, hermaphrodite. Leaves spirally

arranged, entire; stipules absent. Tertiary and

higher order venation areolate. Inflorescence

axillary. Flowers fasciculate, 5-merous, sepals

quincuncial, pubescent outside, pubescent or

glabrous inside, persistent in fruit. Corolla

tubular, the tube longer than the lobes.

Stamens inserted just below the tube orifice,

glabrous, included; anthers ovate, apiculate,

basifixed. Staminodes inserted in the corolla

sinus, narrowly triangular-ovate, flattened

at apex, glabrous with a few hairs at apex.

Gynoecium with a narrow style, the apex with

round stigmatic areas. Fruit a berry, ellipsoid

363

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

or ovoid; seeds 1-4; seed scar elliptical or

very broad and 90-100% of seed length; testa

thin and shining, brown; cotyledons plano¬

convex, radicle included, endosperm absent.

A genus of about seven species distributed

from the Philippines to Australia including

Borneo, Sulawesi and New Guinea with 4

species in Australia.

Key to the Australian species of Sersalisia

1 Corolla lobe margins ciliate; fruit reddish-brown setose with erect irritant

trichomes until maturity.4. S. unmackiana

1. Corolla lobe margins glabrous or with a few trichomes; fruit glabrous

or soon nearly so.2

2 Calyx lobes 3.2-4 mm long, glabrous on inside; fruit 2-2.5 cm long.1. S. sericea

2. Calyx lobes more than 5 mm long, on inside sericeous or tomentose;

fruit more than 2.5 cm long.3

3 Calyx lobes 5-8 mm long; corolla 7-8 mm long, lobes shortly

oblong to broadly obovate, truncate or emarginate, 1.9-2.3 mm

long.2. S. sessiliflora

3. Calyx lobes 8.5-10 mm long; corolla 9-11 mm long, lobes

broadly ovate, 2.3-2.5 mm long.3. S. obpyriformis

1. Sersalisia sericea (Sol. ex Aiton) R.Br.,

Prodr. FI Nov. Holland. 530 (1810);

Sideroxylon sericeum Sol. ex Aiton, Hort.

Kew. 1: 262 (1789); Lucuma sericea (Sol.

ex Aiton) Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 2: 654

(1876); Pouteria sericea (Sol. ex Aiton)

Baehni, Candollea 9: 375 (1942). Type:

[Australia. Cook District:] Bay of Inlets and

Endeavour River, in 1770, J. Banks & D.

Solander s.n. (syn: BM); Hort. Kew, in 1778,

[collector unknown, probably W. Aiton] (syn:

BM; isosyn: MEL).

Planchonella sericea Dubard, Ann. Mus.

Colon. Marseille 20: 47 (1912). Type:

Australia. Rockingham Bay, J. Dallachy s.n.

(holo: P).

Illustrations : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 512);

Hyland et al. (2010).

Shrubs or trees to 10 m. Twigs felted. Leaves:

petiole 2-7(-9) mm long; lamina ovate,

suborbicular, obovate or elliptic, 2-7(-12)

cm long, 1.5-4(-5.7) cm wide, apex obtuse

to emarginate, persistently reddish brown or

grey pubescent above and below; secondary

veins 5-15 pairs; tertiary and higher order

veins areolate. Pedicels 1.7-2.5(-3) mm long,

tomentose. Calyx (4-)5-lobed, lobes ovate,

3.2-4 mm long, with appressed or felted

trichomes on outside, glabrous on inside.

Corolla 6.2-7.8 mm long, lobes suborbicular,

2-2.7 mm long, sericeous outside, shortly

auriculate or sagittate at base, apical margin

with a few trichomes. Stamens 1.5-1.7 mm

long, anthers 1.2—1.3 mm long, filaments

0.3-0.5 mm long. Staminodes narrowly

deltoid, c. 1.5 mm long, with a few trichomes

near apex. Ovary conical, sericeous; style

4.5-5.5 mm long, sericeous near base. Fruit

ellipsoid, 2-2.5 cm long, 1-1.5 cm wide, blue-

black, glabrescent or glabrous, fleshy. Seed

1, ellipsoid, 16-19 mm long, 7-10 mm wide,

8-10 mm thick; hilum scar c. 4 mm wide; testa

less than 0.5 mm thick. Wild prune , mongo.

Additional selected specimens examined : Western

Australia. Gupungi Road, Broome, May 1987, Kenneaily

9870 (BRI); Norman Creek, c. 10 km SW of Beagle Bay,

Dampier Peninsula, Aug 2007, Mitchell 8700 (BRI);

Cape Leveque, Jul 1973, Webb & Tracey 13144 (BRI);

Cockatoo Island, Yampi Sound, Nov 1955, Bateman s.n.

(BRI [AQ34690]); Near Crusher Pool, Mitchell Plateau,

May 1981, Webb & Tracey 15230 (BRI). Northern

Territory. 2 km S of Fitzmaurice River narrows. May

1994, Cowie 5009 & Albrecht (BRI); Berry Springs

Reserve, Nov 1978, Rankin 1610 (BRI, CANB);

Karslake Point, Melville Island, Jan 1966, Stocker GS19

(BRI); Yirrkala, Aug 1948, Specht 928 (BRI); Little

Lagoon, Groote Eylandt, Apr 1948, Specht 247 (BRI).

Queensland. Burke District: Westmoreland, Lagoon

Creek, off track to Camp Ridgeway, May 1997, Forster

PIF21007 & Booth (BRI); Musselbrook Creek Gorge,

27.6 km by road NE of Musselbrook Mining Camp, 175

364

km N of Camooweal, Apr 1995, Thomas MRS618 &

Johnson (BRI). Cook District: Ulu (Saddle Islet), 62

km NE of Horn Island Airfield, Torres Strait, Oct 2011,

Fell DGF10725 (BRI); Batavia Downs, 12.4 km from

Peninsula Development Road on a seismic line running

NE towards the Olive River, Oct 1989, Neldner 2822 &

Clarkson (BRI); Coconut Creek, 7.5 km NNE of Beagle

North Camp, c. 32 km S of Weipa, Dec 1981, Clarkson

4185 (BRI); Cape Melville NP, Altanmoui Range

Section, 1.6 km E of Flat Hill, 62.6 km NE of Lakefield

Homestead, May 1993, Fell DGF3195 & Stanton (BRI);

Morgans Folly, 38 km along road to Blackdown Station,

off Chillagoe to Wrotham Park Road, Feb 1994, Forster

PIF14746 (BRI). North Kennedy District: Edmund

Kennedy NP, near Cardwell, Dec 1991, Bean 3883

(BRI); SSW of Townsville, Oct 1950, Blake 18716 (BRI,

CANB, L). South Kennedy District: R.60 Ossa, Cape

Hillsborough, Hidden Valley, May 1975, Hyland 8254

(BRI). Port Curtis District: Near One Mile Beach,

Shoalwater Bay Training Area, N of Rockhampton, Apr

2011, Bean 30993 & Halford (BRI); Mt Maria, c. 65 km

NW of Bundaberg, Nov 1993, Bean 7001 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Sersalisia sericea

occurs from Broome, Western Australia,

through northern parts of the Northern

Territory across the Gulf of Carpentaria into

Queensland where it is found from Torres

Strait to just north of Bundaberg (Map

22). It occurs in semi-evergreen mesophyll

vineforest, semideciduous notophyll

vineforest, deciduous microphyll vinethicket,

riparian forest, open forest and woodland on

a wide range of soil types including laterite,

coastal sands and limestone.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded

from August to June and fruit from June to

December.

Typification: Hermann-Erlee & van Royen

(1957), selected a Robert Brown specimen as

a “lectotype” (neotype) overlooking the sheet

in BM that has several specimens mounted

on it including those collected by Banks and

Solander and a specimen from Hort. Kew

probably collected by Aiton. The Banks

specimen from New South Wales is clearly

mentioned by Aiton in contrast to Hermann-

Erlee & van Royen’s (1957: 461) claim to

the contrary, viz. “Sideroxylon sericeum 3.

S. inerme, foliis ovatis subtus tomentoso-

sericeis. Silky Iron-wood. Nat. of New South

Wales. Sir Joseph Banks, Bart. [Baronet]

Introd. 1772. FI. Stove Shrubby”.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Note : When Dubard published the name

Planchonella sericea he did not cite the

basionym Sideroxylon sericeum but a

nomenclatural synonym {Sersalisia sericea ),

so in effect described a new species with

a new type. His species was included as a

synonym by Baehni (1942) under Pouteria

sericea (Ait.) Baehni.

2. Sersalisia sessiliflora (C.T.White) Aubrev.,

Adansonia ser. 2,3: 333 (1964); Lucuma

sessiliflora C.T.White, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Queensland 47: 68 (20 May 1936). Type:

Queensland. Cook District: Mount Demi, 6

February 1932, L.J. Brass 2088 (holo: BRI;

iso: A, G, MEL, MO, P).

Pouteria sylvatica Baehni, Candollea 9: 294

(1942), non P. sessiliflora (Sw.) Poir., Encyc.

Suppl. 4. 546 (1816).

Illustration: Hyland et al. (2010). Photo of

flowers only.

Small trees to 12 m high. Twigs reddish to

pale brown tomentose or felted. Leaves:

petiole 10-15 mm long; lamina oblanceolate,

obovate or elliptic, 4—10(—15) cm long, 2-5(-

8.5) cm wide, apex bluntly acuminate or

obtuse, reddish brown felted on both surfaces

when young, becoming glabrous above

and leaving a persistent closely appressed

hyaline indumentum below; secondary veins

4-7 pairs, tertiary veins mostly oblique, the

higher order veins areolate. Pedicels up to 1

mm long, reddish brown tomentose or felted.

Calyx lobes 5, ovate, 5-8 mm long, on outside

densely tomentose or felted, on inside lightly

tomentose, margins fimbriate. Corolla 7-8

mm long, lobes shortly oblong to broadly

obovate, truncate or emarginate at the apex,

1.9-2.3 mm long, apical margin glabrous.

Stamens c. 1.5 mm long, anthers c. 1 mm long,

filaments c. 0.5 mm long. Staminodes oblong

or narrowly deltoid, c. 1.5 mm long, glabrous.

Stamens c. 1.5 mm long, anthers c. 1 mm long,

filaments c. 0.5 mm long. Staminodes oblong

or narrowly deltoid, c. 1.5 mm long, glabrous.

Ovary broadly ovoid, sericeous, c. 1.5 mm

long; style narrowly conical), 7.5-8.5 mm

long, sericeous, glabrous on distal one-third.

Fruit (immature) oblong or narrowly obovoid,

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

c. 3 cm long and 1.2 cm wide, glabrous or

nearly so and bearing a thin style remnant 5

mm long. Seed not seen. Figs. 8A-C, 9,10.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Mt Lewis road, S Mary LA, 16 km

NNW of Mt Molloy, Nov 1988, Jessup GJM1521 et

al. (BRI); Mt Lewis FR, 100 m NW of (sandy) Mary

Creek crossing, Mt Lewis Road, Dec 2004, Ford 4543

& Metcalfe (BRI); Mt Lewis FR, c. 200 m NW of sandy

Mary Creek crossing, near Julatten, Dec 2005, Ford

AF4777 & Cinelli (BRI); Mt Lewis vascular plant survey

0.1 ha plot, Dec 2008, Costion 1549 (BRI).

365

Distribution and habitat : Sersalisia

sessilijiora is endemic to the Wet Tropics of

north-east Queensland and occurs at Mt Demi

near Mossman and in the vicinity of Mt Lewis

(Map 23), in simple notophyll vineforest and

microphyll vine-fern forest and thicket on

granitic soils mostly above 900m.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in

November and December and immature fruit

in November.

Fig. 8. A-C. Sersalisia sessiliflora. A. flower x6. B. dissected corolla x6. C. dissected ovary and style x6. A-C from

FordAF4777 & Cinelli (BRI); D-F. Sersalisia obpvriformis. D. flower x6. E. dissected corolla x6. F. dissected ovary

and style x6. D-F from Hyland 25265RFK (BRI).

366

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Fig. 9. Sersalisia sessiliflora , branchlet viewed from below (no voucher). Photo: G. Sankowsky.

Fig. 10. Sersalisia sessiliflora flowers (no voucher).

Photo: G. Sankowsky.

Notes : The anthers seem small and

underdeveloped in the flowers observed in

both Jessup GJM1521 et al. and Ford AF4777

& Cinelli collections. Also a tree in cultivation

which has produced flowers a number of

times has never set fruit (G. Sankowsky pers.

comm). Further collections of flowering

material are needed to determine if some or

all flowers are functionally one sex.

3. Sersalisia obpyriformis (F.M.Bailey)

Jessup comb, nov.; Lucuma obpyriformis F.M.

Bailey, Queensland Agric. J. 15: 492 (1904);

Pouteria obpyriformis (F.M.Bailey) Baehni,

Candollea 9: 412 (1942). Type: Queensland.

Cook District: “Meston’s Bellenden-Ker

Expedition, 1904” (holo: BRIf [material

lost or destroyed]); State Forest Reserve

755 Palmerston, Brewer Logging Area, Dec

1987, B.P. Hyland 25266RFK (neo: BRI [here

selected]).

Pouteria sp. (Barong M. Tucker 22); Jessup

(1994, 1997, 2002).

Illustration : Hyland et al. (2010). Photos of

fruit and seedlings only.

Small trees to 10 m high. Twigs reddish to

pale brown tomentose or felted. Leaves:

petiole 8-15 mm long; lamina oblanceolate,

obovate or elliptic, 4-10(-20) cm long, 2-5(-

8.5) cm wide, apex bluntly acuminate or

obtuse, reddish brown felted on both surfaces

367

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

when young, becoming glabrous above and

leaving a persistent closely appressed hyaline

indumentum below; secondary veins 7(—11)

pairs, tertiary veins mostly oblique, the

higher order veins areolate. Pedicels up to 1

mm long, reddish brown tomentose or felted.

Calyx lobes 5, oblong or narrowly ovate, 8.5-

10 mm long, on outside densely tomentose or

felted, on inside sericeous, margins fimbriate.

Corolla 9-11 mm long, lobes broadly ovate,

2.3-2.5 mm long, apical margin glabrous or

with a few minute trichomes. Stamens c. 2

mm long, anthers c. 1.5 mm long, filaments

0.3-0.5mm long. Staminodes oblong or

narrowly deltoid, 2-2.5 mm long, glabrous.

Ovary broadly ovoid, sericeous, c. 1.5 mm

long; style narrowly conical, 75-8.5 mm

long, sericeous, glabrous on distal one-third.

Fruit narrowly obpyriform, fleshy, 5-9 cm

long, 2.5-4 cm wide, dark purple, glabrous or

nearly so. Seed 1, ellipsoid, 30-45 mm long,

9-12 mm wide, 10—13 mm thick, hilum scar

c. 8 mm wide; testa less than 1 mm thick,

brown. Fig. 8D-F, 11-13.

Fig. 11. Sersalisia obpyriformis flowers ( Tucker 22,

BRI). Photo: G. Sankowsky.

Fig. 12. Sersalisia obpyriformis flowers ( Tucker 22,

BRI). Photo: G. Sankowsky.

Fig. 13. Sersalisia obpyriformis fruit ( Tucker 22, BRI).

Photo: G. Sankowsky.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: SFR 755, Barong LA, Oct 1976, Hyland

9163 (BRI); ibid, Jan 1977, Hyland 9293 (BRI); ibid,

Jan 1977, Hyland 9296 (BRI); ibid, Jul 1975, Hyland

3240RFK (BRI); ibid, Jul 1975, Hyland 3243RFK (BRI);

ibid, Feb 1979, Stocker 1722 (BRI); SFR 755 Palmerston,

Brewer LA, Dec 1987, Hyland 25265RFK (BRI); ibid,

Dec 1987, Hyland 25266RFK (BRI); Top bank of

Johnstone River (north) off Walton Road, W of Innisfail,

Aug 2005, Ford 4676 (BRI); Junction of Alexandra

Creek and Russell River, Sep 1996, Jensen 803 (BRI);

Alexandra Creek, Russell River Valley, Sep 1996, Jago

368

4087 et al. (BRI); Edge of Russell River (c. 20 km in off

highway from Russell River crossing), Dec 1985, Tucker

22 (BRI); Barong via Woopen Creek, Dec 2006, Jensen

1558 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Sersalisia

obpyriformis is endemic to the Wet Tropics

bioregion of north-east Queensland and

occurs in and around Wooroonooran NP

(Map 23), in mesophyll vineforest, mostly

below 200 m.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded from

August to January and fruit in December and

February.

Typification: Only fruit were collected and

later used by Bailey to describe the species

and these have since been lost, hence the need

to select a neotype.

4. Sersalisia unmackiana (F.M.Bailey)

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 508 (1928); Lucuma

unmackiana F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept.

Agric. Queensland 4: 12 (1891); Pouteria

unmackiana (F.M.Bailey) Erlee, Blumea 8:470

(1957); Bureavella unmackiana (F.M.Bailey)

Aubrev. (as ‘ unmarkiana ’), Adansonia ser.

2, 3: 332 (1964); Richardella unmackiana

(F.M.Bailey) Baehni, Boissiera 11: 99 (1965).

Type: Queensland. Cook District: Musgrave

E.T. Station, Cape York Peninsula, in 1891, G.

Jacobson s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ226606]; iso K,

MEL).

Illustrations : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 512);

Hyland et al. (2010).

Trees to 10 m high. Twigs pale reddish

brown tomentose or felted. Leaves: petiole

3-5 mm long; lamina broadly ovate, obovate

or oblanceolate, 2-7.5 cm long, 1.2-5.5 cm

wide, apex obtuse or sometimes apiculate,

persistently persistent above and below;

secondary veins 4-8 pairs; tertiary veins

oblique, the higher order veins areolate.

Pedicels c. 1 mm long. Outer calyx lobes

broadly ovate, acute, 6-8 mm long, inner

ones ovate, acuminate, 9-12 mm long,

both tomentose outside, sericeous inside

on upper half. Corolla 11.2-11.5 mm long,

lobes broadly ovate, 4.2-4.5 mm long, upper

margins ciliate. Stamens 3.5-37 mm long,

filaments c. 2.5 mm long, anthers 1.8-2 mm

Austrobcdleya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

long. Staminodes oblong-deltoid, 2.5-27

mm long, with sparse or moderately dense

trichomes towards apex. Ovary ovoid to

subglobose, sericeous; style terete, 8.8-9

mm long, glabrous. Fruit subglobose, broadly

obovoid or oblate, subligneous, 4-7 cm long,

3-6 cm wide, red and with a dense covering

of c. 3 mm long reddish-brown setaceous

trichomes. Seeds 1—2(—3), globose, to 45 mm

long, to 40 mm wide; scar covering 75% of

seed; testa 1.5-3 mm thick.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Long Beach, Prince of Wales Island,

Torres Strait, Oct 2005, Waterhouse BMW7324 (BRI);

Track to rubbish dump at QPWS Heathlands Ranger

Base, Cape York Peninsula, Jun 2008, Forster PIF34063

& McDonald (BRI); Maloney’s Springs, 40 km E by

road of Moreton Telegraph Station, Jun 1989, Forster

P1F5464 & Tucker (BRI); Bromley Station - Pascoe

River, Sep 1976, Hyland 9015 (BRI, CANB, CNS, K, L);

Rocky Point, near Weipa, Jan 1989, O’Reilly 100 (BRI);

11.25 kmN of Weipa Mission, Jul 1974, Specht W546 &

Salt (BRI); Amban (False Pera Head), Aug 1999, Smith

NMS4420 (BRI); Mungkan Kandju NP (on Peninsula

Development Road), NW of Coen, Jul 2001, Cooper

WWC1561 & Cooper (BRI); 113 km W of Merapah on the

blazed track to Peret, c. 30 km S of Aurukun, Oct 1982,

Clarkson 4556 (BRI); Head of Pinnacle Creek - Coen

River, on boundary of Crystal Vale Station and Rokeby

NP, 26 km WSW of Coen, Aug 1990, Fell DF2171

(BRI); Hann River, Jun 1997, Hyland 25950RFK (BRI);

Baas Outstation, c. 35 km S of Pormpuraaw, Oct 2008,

McDonald KRM8054 & Winter (BRI); ‘New Laura’,

Calders Yard, Lakefied NP, Oct 1985, Williams 85271

(BRI); 134 km by roadN of Coen PO on Kennedy Road

towards Pascoe River, Sep 1975, Coveny 7083 & Hind

(BRI); E bank of Wenlock River, Portland Roads Road,

Sep 2003, Waterhouse BMW6748 (BRI); 0.6 km from

Holroyd River crossing on Holroyd to Southwell Road,

Jul 1993, Clarkson 10127 & Neldner (BRI); Morehead

River, Sep 1971, Irvine 55 (BRI, K, L); Melsonby NP,

N of Battle Camp Road, NW of Cooktown, May 2010,

Forster P1F36823 & Thomas (BRI); 7 miles [11.3 km]

NW of Laura, W of Little Laura River, Oct 1962, Smith

11688 (BRI, CANB, K, L); 8 km SE of Laura on road to

Quinkan art site, Jul 1990, Bean 1820 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Sersalisia

unmackiana is endemic to Cape York

Peninsula in far north Queensland and occurs

from Torres Strait to south of Laura on the

eastern side and to north of Karumba on the

western side (Map 24). It occurs mostly in

Eucalyptus and Corymbia open woodland but

also in littoral forest, semideciduous notophyll

vineforest and deciduous vinethickets.

369

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded in

January, May, July and August and fruit from

June to January.

10. DONELLA

Donella Pierre ex Baillon, Hist. PI. 11: 294

(1891). Type: D. roxburghii (G.Don) Pierre

ex Lecomte, FI. Indo-Chine [P.H. Lecomte et

al.] 3: 897 (1930).

Trees. Leaves distichous. Stipules absent.

Lamina venation brochidodromous with a

submarginal vein and intersecondary and

tertiary veins frequently parallel to the close

secondary veins and scarcely distinguishable

from them, the leaf appearing finely striate.

Flowers bisexual or unisexual. Calyx a single

whorl of 5 sepals. Corolla lobes 5. Stamens 5,

attached to the lower half of the corolla tube,

included; anthers often bearing an apical tuft

of hairs. Staminodes absent. Disk absent.

Ovary 5-locular, style included, stigmatic

lobes small but distinct. Fruit ellipsoid to

subglobose, with up to 5 seeds. Seed ellipsoid,

laterally compressed, with an adaxial scar;

testa smooth and shining; cotyledons thin,

foliaceous, endosperm abundant.

A genus of about 10 species from Africa and

India through south-east Asia to Australia, 1

species in Australia.

Donella lanceolata (Blume) Aubrev., FI.

Cambodge, Laos & Vietnam 3: 64 (1963);

Nycterisition lanceolatum Blume, Bijdr. FI.

Ned. Ind. 12: 676 (1826); Chrysophyllum

lanceolatum (Blume) DC., Prodr. [A. P. de

Candolle] 8: 162 (1844), nom. illegit. non

Casaretto (1843). Type: Java, s.dat., Blume

775 (lecto: L ,fide Vink 1958: 29).

Chrysophyllum roxburghii G.Don, Gen. Hist.

4:33 (1838); Donellaroxburghii (G.Don)Pierre

ex Lecomte, FI. Indo-Chine [P.H.Lecomte

et ah] 3: 897 (1930); C. acuminatum Roxb.,

FI. Indica 2: 345 (1824), nom. illegit. non

Lamarck (1794). Type: Silhet, s.dat., F. de

Silva s.n. (syn: K [Wallich herb. 4160A]).

Illustrations : Aubreville (1963: PI. XI);

Cooper & Cooper (2004: 505); Hyland et

al. (2010) [latter two both as Chrysophyllum

roxburghii].

Trees to 55 m. Twigs with reddish-brown

felted trichomes fading to white, glabrescent.

Leaves with petiole 3-7.5 mm long,

tomentose; lamina lanceolate or elliptic, 4-11

cm long, 1.7-3.5 cm wide, apex acuminate,

base shortly attenuate or cuneate, glabrescent

above and below; secondary veins 12-40

pairs. Flowers fasciculate; pedicels 3-6 mm

long, reddish brown sericeous or felted; calyx

lobes ovate or suborbicular, 1.2-1.5 mm long,

glabrescent outside, glabrous inside, margin

entire or ciliate. Corolla tube 0.9-1.2 mm

long, lobes linguiform or trapeziform, 1-1.5

mm long, apex truncate or obtuse, margins

ciliate. Stamens attached near the base of

corolla tube, 1.3-1.5 mm long. Ovary ovoid,

pilose; style narrowly conical, c. 1 mm long,

glabrous; stigmatic lobes small but discrete.

Fruit globose or broadly ovoid, fleshy, 4-6

cm long, 4-6 cm wide, pale brown to yellow.

Seeds 1-5, oblong-obovoid, compressed, 20-

25 mm long, 10-12 mm wide, testa brown.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Banks Peak, Moa Island, Torres Strait,

Jul 2008, Fell DGF9738 & Stanton (BRI); Iron Range

NP, S side of Pascoe River, Sep 2004, Sankowsky 2509

& Sankowsky (BRI); Iron Range, Jun 1948, Brass 19111

(BRI, K, L); ibid , Sep 1962, Volck2404 (BRI);); ibid , Jul

1963, Volck 2586 (BRI); Claudie River between Portland

Roads and Iron Range, Oct 1968, Webb & Tracey 8527

(BRI); West Claudie River, Jul 1972, Hyland 6211 (BRI);

Claudie River, Oct 1972, Hyland 6397 (BRI); ibid , Jan

1973, Hyland 6645 (BRI); ibid , Jan 1973, Hyland 6654

(BRI, K, L); ibid , Jan 1982, Hyland 11532 (CNS); ibid ,

Oct 1982, Hyland 25092RFK (BRI); Mcllwraith Range,

NE of Coen, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 7326 (BRI); Leo

Creek and Nesbit River confluence. Silver Plains, Jul

1997, Forster PIF21309 et al. (BRI); TR 14, Mcllwraith

Range - Leo Creek, Sep 1975, Hyland8452 (BRI); Rocky

River on E foothills of Mcllwraith Range, Oct 1969,

Webb & Tracey 9377 (BRI); Rocky River, Sep 1971,

Hyland 5443 (BRI, L); ibid , Sep 1973, Hyland 2832RFK

(BRI); 4 km W of Isabella Palls on Battle Camp road,

Nov 1989, Jessup GJD3027 etal. (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Donella lanceolata

occurs in south-east Asia and Malesia to

the Solomon Islands and in Australia in

north-east Queensland from Torres Strait

to Cooktown (Map 24) in mesophyll and

notophyll vineforest.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded in

June, July and October and fruit in September.

370

Conservation status : Donella lanceolata

is listed as Near Threatened under the

Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992.

11. CHRYSOPHYLLUM

Chrysophyllum L , Sp. PI. 192 (1753) Type:

C. cainito L.

Small to medium-sized trees. Stipules

absent. Leaves usually distichous. Venation

brochidodromous with intersecondary

and tertiary veins frequently parallel to

the secondary veins. Inflorescence mostly

axillary. Flowers bisexual. Calyx a single

whorl of (4-)5(-6) imbricate or quincuncial

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

sepals. Corolla lobes (4-)5(-8). Stamens

(4-)5(-8), attached at the top of the

corolla tube, included; anthers extrorse

in bud. Staminodes absent. Disk absent.

Ovary (4-)5(-12)-locular, style included,

stigmatic lobes distinct. Fruit a 1-many-

seeded berry. Seed ellipsoid, usually not

laterally compressed, with an adaxial scar;

testa usually smooth and shining. Cotyledons

thin, foliaceous, or (not in Australia) thick,

endosperm abundant.

The genus is represented by 15-20 species in

the New World Tropics (Cronquist 1945) but

a few species are widely cultivated and often

naturalised (Peterson et al. 2012).

Key to the species of Chrysophyllum in Australia

1 Pedicels 9-12 mm long; stigma lobes mostly 7-12; fruit globular,

several-seeded, 7 cm or more diameter; foliage trichomes mostly

0.2-0.5 mm long.1. C. cainito

1. Pedicels 4-7 mm. long; stigma lobes mostly 5; fruit mostly ellipsoid,

1-seeded, up to 2 cm long and 1 cm wide; foliage trichomes mostly

0.5-1 mm long.2. C. oliviforme

1. Chrysophyllum cainito L. Sp. PI. 192

(1753). Type: Icon in Sloane, Voy. Jamaica

2: 170, t. 229 (1725) (lecto: fide Howard 1989:

57).

Trees to 6 m or more. Twigs densely felted-

sericeous. Leaves with petiole 10-17 mm

long; lamina elliptic or oblong, 6-15 cm

long, 2.5-8 cm wide, apex shortly acuminate,

base obtuse or acute, glabrescent above,

densely rufous-sericeous beneath; secondary

veins 12-20. Flowers numerous in axillary

clusters, pedicels 9-12 mm long, felted-

sericeous; calyx lobes suborbicular 1-1.2 mm

long, felted outside, glabrous inside; corolla

tube c. 1.5 mm long, appressed pubescent

distally on outside, lobes ovate, c. 2 mm long,

with appressed trichomes outside except

on margins. Staminal filaments c. 0.5 mm

long, anthers c. 0.7 mm. long. Ovary ovoid,

appressed pubescent; style 0.3-0.4 mm

long, glabrous; stigma discoid, 7-12-lobed.

Fruit globular, 7 cm or more diameter, dark

purple. Seeds several, flattened and obliquely

obovate, with a broad scar nearly the length of

the seed. Star-apple , cainito.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: Barron Gorge NP, Stoney Creek section, Sep

2008, McKenna SGM302 (BRI); Clump Mountain NP,

off Boyett Road, North Mission Beach, Jan 2009, Ford

AF5457 & Lawson (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Chrysophyllum

cainito is reported to be native to the West

Indies but is widely cultivated in the tropics

and subtropics. It is sometimes encountered

as a garden remnant but has also been noted

to be naturalised at two localities in the Wet

Tropics of north-east Queensland (Map 25).

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded in

February and May. No fruiting specimen

records were available for Australia.

2. Chrysophyllum oliviforme L., Syst. ed. 10.

2: 937 (1759). Type: Icon “ Chrysophyllum 1 ' in

Plumier in Burman, PI. Amer. 57, t. 69 (1756)

(lecto: fide Vink 1958: 28).

Trees to 10 m. Twigs densely felted-sericeous.

Leaves with petiole 8-14 mm long; lamina

elliptic or oblong, 4-9 cm long, 2-5.5 cm

wide, apex shortly acuminate, base obtuse

or acute, glabrescent above, densely rufous-

371

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

sericeous beneath; secondary veins 12-20.

Flowers numerous or few in the axillary

clusters, pedicels 4-7 mm long, felted. Calyx

lobes broadly ovate or suborbicular, 1.5-1.7

mm long, felted-sericeous outside, glabrous

inside. Corolla tube c. 2.5 mm long, appressed

pubescent outside, glabrous inside, lobes

broadly ovate, c. 1.5 mm long, appressed

pubescent only at the base outside. Staminal

filaments c. 1 mm long; anthers 0.6-0.8 mm

long. Ovary ovoid, appressed pubescent; style

0.5-0.6 mm long, glabrous; stigma discoid,

5-lobed. Fruit ellipsoid, to 2 cm long, c. 1 cm

wide, dark purple. Seeds single, flattened and

with a broad basilateral scar. Satin leaf.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Moreton District: Holly Conservation Area - off

Caroline Cres., Buderim, Oct2017, FlenadyBFl 7-BHCA1

(BRI); Along Enoggera Creek, The Gap, Brisbane, Feb

2007, Navie & Morton s.n. (BRI [AQ617814]); Council

reserve adjacent to Thornycroft St., Tarragindi, 7 km S

of Brisbane CBD, Oct 2009, Bean 29240 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Chrysophyllum

oliviforme is native to southern Florida, the

Bahama Islands, and the Greater Antilles

and is widely cultivated as an ornamental.

It is recorded as naturalised in southeast

Queensland (Map 25).

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded in

October, February, March and May and fruit

in October.

Excluded name

Sideroxylon argenteum Thunb., Prodr. PI.

Cap. 36 (1794). Type: (not cited).

Sprengel (1824: 666) incorrectly placed

Sideroxylon obovatum R.Br. (= Planchonella

obovata (R.Br.) Pierre) from New Holland as

a synonym of S. argenteum Thunb. (= Heeria

argentea (Thunb.) Meisn., (Anacardiaceae);

see Palmer & Pitman 1972: 1207).

Acknowledgements

This work was partially funded by a grant

from the Australian Biological Resources

Study (ABRS) for the purposes of providing

an account of Sapotaceae for the Flora of

Australia. I would like to thank the directors

curators and staff of BM, BRI, CANB, CNS

(formerly QRS), E, G, K, L, MEL, NSW

and P for access to their collections and

assistance in various ways. I would also

like to thank the curators of CNS (formerly

QRS), DNA, MEL, PERTH, and US for the

loan of specimens. I would like to thank

Gordon Guymer for checking the manuscript,

for his helpful discussions stemming from

a long term interest in the family and for

suggesting several additions and corrections.

David Fell and Andrew Ford are thanked for

their interest and for collecting specimens.

Ulf Swenson is thanked for his interest and

advice on aspects of the taxonomy. Helen

Barnes (MEL), Frank Zich and Andrea Lim

(CNS), Brendan Lepschi (CANB) and Garry

Sankowsky provided images or checked

certain specimens, and Will Smith produced

the maps and line drawings.

References

Anderberg, A.A. & Swenson, U. (2003). Evolutionary

lineages in Sapotaceae (Ericales): a cladistic

analysis based on ndhF sequence data.

International Journal of Plant Sciences 164:

763-773.

Armstrong, K.E. (2013). Revision of the Asian-Pacific

species of Manilkara (Sapotaceae). Edinburgh

Journal of Botany 70: 7-56.

Aubreville, A. (1962). Notes sur les Sapotacees de la

Nouvelle Caledonie. Adansonia , ser. 2, 2: 172—

199.

-(1963). Flore du Cambodge du Laos et du Vietnam.

Museum national d’histoire naturelle: Paris.

-(1964). Les Sapotacees: taxonomie et

phytogeographie. Adansonia. Memoire. 1:

1-157.

-(1967). Flore de la Nouvelle-Caledonie et

dependances. 1. Sapotacees. Museum National

d>Histoire Naturelle, Paris.

Baehni, C. (1942). Memories sur les Sapotacees 2: Le

genre Pouteria. Candollea 9: 147-476.

-(1964). Genres nouveaux de Sapotacees. Archives

des Sciences. [Societe de physique et d’Histoire

Naturelle de Geneve] 17: 77-79.

-(1965). Memoire sur les Sapotacees III. Inventaire

des genres. Boissiera 11: 1-262.

Baillon, H. (1891a). Observations sur les Sapotacees de

la Nouvelle-Caledonie (seance du 3 janvier).

Bulletin Mensuel de la Societe Linneenne de

Paris 2: 897-904.

-(1891b). Sapotacees. Histoire des Plantes. 11: 255-

304. Librairie Hachette, Paris.

372

Bartish, I.V., Swenson, U., Munzinger, J. & Anderberg,

A.A. (2005). Phylogenetic relationships among

New Caledonian Sapotaceae (Ericales):

molecular evidence for generic polyphyly and

repeated dispersal. American Journal of Botany

92: 667-673.

Bartish, I.V., Antonelli, A., Richardson, J.E. &

Swenson, U. (2011). Vicariance or long¬

distance dispersal: historical biogeography of

the pantropical subfamily Chrysophylloideae

(Sapotaceae). Journal of Biogeography 38:

177- 190.

Britton, N.L. & Millspaugh, C.F. (1920). The Bahama

Flora 324. New York.

Cooper, W. & Cooper W.T. (2004). Fruits of the

Australian Rainforest. Nokomis Editions:

Melbourne.

Cronquist, A. (1945). Studies in the Sapotaceae-1. The

North American species of Chrysophyllum.

Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club 72: 192-

205.

Dubard, M. (1912). Les Sapotacees du groupe des

Sideroxylinees. Annales du Musee Colonial de

Marseille, ser. 2, 10: 1-90.

Dumont d’Urville, J.S.C. (1833). Voyage de la corvette

lAstrolabe, Atlas t. 31. [artist A.C. Vauthier],

J. Tastu: Paris, http://plantillustrations.org/

illustration.php?id_illustration=88668,

accessed 19 May 2017.

Dunlop, C.R. (1987). Checklist of the Vascular Plants

of the Northern Territory. Conservation

Commission of the Northern Territory: Darwin.

Du Puy, D.J. (1993). Sapotaceae. InH.S. Thompson(ed.).

Flora of Australia 50: 177-178. Australian

Government Publishing Service: Canberra.

Engler, A. (1897). Sapotaceae. In Engler, A. & Prantl,

K. (eds.). Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien,

Nachtrage, pp. 271-280. Verlag von Wilhelm

Engelmann, Leipzig, Germany.

Faria, A.D., Pirani, O.R., Ribeiro, J.E.L.S., Nylinder,

S., Terra-Araujo, M.H., Viera, PP & Swenson,

U. (2017). Towards a natural classification of

Sapotaceae subfamily Chrysophylloideae in the

Neotropics. Botanical Journal of the Linnean

Society 185: 27-55.

Francis, W.D. (1951). Australian Rain-forest Trees , 2 nd

ed. Forestry and Timber Bureau: Sydney

Gautier, L., Naciri, Y., Anderberg, A.A., Smedmark,

J.E.E., Randrianaivo, R. & Swenson, U. (2013).

A new species, genus and tribe of Sapotaceae,

endemic to Madagascar. Taxon 62: 972-983.

Govaerts, R., Frodin D.G. & Pennington T.D.

(2001). World Checklist and Bibliography of

Sapotaceae. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Green, J.W. (1985). Census of the Vascular Plants

of Western Australia, pp. 139, 271. Western

Australian Herbarium: Perth.

Green, PS. (1986). Notes relating to the floras of Norfolk

and Lord Howe Island, II. Journal of the Arnold

Arboretum 67: 109-122.

-(1990). Notes relating to the floras of Norfolk and

Lord Howe Island, III. Kew Bulletin 45: 235-

255.

-(1994). Sapotaceae. In A. J.G. Wilson (ed.). Flora of

Australia 49: 146-148. Australian Government

Publishing Service: Canberra.

Green PT. (1999). Seed germination in Chrysophyllum

sp. nov., a large-seeded rainforest species in

north Queensland: effects of seed size, litter

depth and seed position. Australian Journal of

Ecology 24: 608-613.

Harden, G., Nicholson, H., McDonald, W., Nicholson,

N., Tame, T., Williams, J. (2013). Rainforest

Plants of Australia - Rockhampton to Victoria.

USB stored images. Gwen Harden Publishing.

Herrmann-Erlee, M.P.M. & Lam, H.J. (1957). Revision

of the Sapotaceae of the Malaysian area in a

wider sense. VIII. Krausella H. J. Lam. Blumea

8 : 446-451.

Herrmann-Erlee, M.P.M. & van Royen, P. (1957).

Revision of the Sapotaceae of the Malaysian

area in a wider sense. IX. Pouteria Aublet.

Blumea 8: 452-509.

Howard, R.A. (1989). Flora of the Lesser Antilles 6:

57. Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University:

Jamaica Plain, Massachusetts.

Hyland, B.P.M. (1971). A key to the common rain forest

trees between Townsville and Cooktown based

on leaf and bark features. Department of

Forestry Queensland: Brisbane.

Hyland, B.P.M., Whiffin, T. & Zich, F. (2010). Australian

Tropical Rainforest Plants, Edition 6 [online

version] http://www.anbg.gov.au/cpbr/cd-keys/

rfk/index.html, accessed 19 May 2017.

ICN (2018). The International Code of Nomenclature

for algae, fungi, and plants (Shenzhen Code).

https: //www. iapt-taxon. org/no men/page s/main/

art_39.html, accessed 4 January 2019.

Jessup, L.W. (1994). Sapotaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson

(ed.), Queensland Vascular Plants: Names

and Distribution, pp. 315-316. Queensland

Herbarium: Indooroopilly.

-(1997). Sapotaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed),

Queensland Plants: Names and Distribution,

pp. 192-193. Queensland Herbarium,

Department of Environment: Indooroopilly.

373

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

-(2001). New combinations and a new name in

Australian Sapotaceae. Austrobaileya 6: 161—

163.

-(2002). Sapotaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.).

Names and Distribution of Queensland

Plants, Algae and Lichens , p. 185. Queensland

Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency:

Brisbane.

-(2007). Sapotaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E.

Holland (eds.). Census of the Queensland

Flora 2007, p. 187. Queensland Herbarium,

Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.

-(2010). Sapotaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E. Holland

(eds.). Census of the Queensland Flora 2010 ,

p. 182. Queensland Herbarium, Department

of Environment & Resource Management:

Brisbane.

-(2015). Sapotaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E.

Holland (eds.). Census of the Queensland

Flora 2015. Queensland Department of

Science, Information Technology and

Innovation: Brisbane, https://data.qld.gov.au/

dataset/census-of-the-queensland- flora-2015,

accessed 16 March 2016.

Lam, H.J. (1925). The Sapotaceae, Sarcospermaceae

and Boerlagellaceae of the Dutch East Indies

and surrounding countries (Malay Peninsula

and Philippine Islands). Bulletin du Jardin

Botanique de Buitenzorg , ser. 3, 7: 1-289.

-(1939). On the system of the Sapotaceae, with some

remarks on taxonomical methods. Recueil des

Travaux Botaniques Neerlandais 36: 509-525.

-(1941). Note on the Sapotaceae - Mimusopoideae

in general and on the Far-Eastern Manilkara-

Allies in particular. Blumea 4: 323-358.

Mackinder, B., Harris, D.J. & Gautier, L. (2016). A

reinstatement, recircumscription and revision

of the genus Donella (Sapotaceae). Edinburgh

Journal of Botany 73: 297-339.

Merrill, E.D. (1904). Philippines Bureau of Government

Laboratories Bulletin 6: 15, 20.

Mueller, F. (1870). Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae vol. 7. Auctoritate Guberni Coloniae

Victoriae, Melbourne.

Munzinger, J. & Swenson, U. (2009). Three new species

of Planchonella Pierre (Sapotaceae) with a

dichotomous and an online key to the genus in

New Caledonia. Adansonia , ser 3, 31: 175-189.

Palmer, E. & N. Pitman, N. (1972). Trees of Southern

Africa 2: 1207. A. A. Balkema: Rotterdam.

Pennington, T.D. (1991). The Genera of Sapotaceae.

Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew.

Peterson, J. J., Parker M.I. & Potter D. (2012). Origins

and close relatives of a semi-domesticated

neotropical fruit tree: Chrysophyllum cainito

(Sapotaceae). American Journal of Botany 99:

585-604.

Pierre, L. (1890). Notes Botaniques. Sapotacees 1: 1-36.

P. Klincksieck: Paris.

Smedmark, J.E.E. & Anderberg, A.A. (2007).

Boreotropical migration explains hybridization

between geographically distant lineages in the

pantropical clade Sideroxyleae (Sapotaceae).

American Journal of Botany 94: 1491-1505.

Smedmark, J.E.E., Swenson, U. & Anderberg, A.A.

(2006). Accounting for variation of substitution

rates through time in Bayesian phylogeny

reconstruction of Sapotoideae (Sapotaceae).

Molecular Phylogenetics & Evolution 39: 706-

721.

Sprengel, C. (1824). Systema vegetabilium [Caroli

Linnaei... ]. Ed. 16, 1: 666. Sumtibus Librariae

Dieterichianae: Gottingae.

Swenson, U. & Anderberg, A.A. (2005). Phylogeny,

character evolution, and classification of

Sapotaceae (Ericales). Cladistics 21: 101-130.

Swenson, U. & Munzinger, J. (2016). Five new species

and systematic synopsis of Pycnandra

(Sapotaceae), the largest endemic genus in New

Caledonia. Australian Systematic Botany 29:

1-40.

Swenson, U., Bartish, I.V. & Munzinger, J. (2007a).

Phylogeny, diagnostic characters, and generic

limitation of Australasian Chrysophylloideae

(Sapotaceae, Ericales): evidence from ITS

sequence data and morphology. Cladistics 23:

201-228.

Swenson, U., Munzinger, J. & Bartish, I.V. (2007b).

Molecular phylogeny of Planchonella

(Sapotaceae) and eight new species from New

Caledonia. Taxon 56: 329-354.

Swenson, U., Lowry II, P.P, Munzinger, J., Rydin, C.

& Bartish, I.V. (2008a). Phylogeny and generic

limits in the Niemeyera complex of New

Caledonian Sapotaceae: evidence of multiple

origins of the anisomerous flower. Molecular

Phylogenetics & Evolution 49: 909-929.

Swenson, U., Richardson, J.E. & Bartish, I.V. (2008b).

Multi-gene phylogeny of the pantropical

subfamily Chrysophylloideae (Sapotaceae):

evidence of generic polyphyly and extensive

morphological homoplasy. Cladistics 24: 1006-

1031.

Swenson U., Nylinder S. & Munzinger J. (2013).

Towards a natural classification of Sapotaceae

subfamily Chrysophylloideae in Oceania and

Southeast Asia based on nuclear sequence data.

Taxon 62: 746-770.

374

Swenson, U., Nylander, J.A.A. & Munzinger, J. (2018).

Phylogeny, species delimitation and revision

of Pleioluma (Sapotaceae) in New Caledonia,

a frequently gynodioecious genus. Australian

Systematic Botany 31: 120-165.

Trimen, H. (1895). Hand-book to the Flora of Ceylon,

Containing Descriptions of all the Species of

Flowering Plants Indigenous to the Island, and

Notes on Their History, Distribution, and Uses

3: 87. Dulau: London.

Triono, T., Brown, A.H.D., West, J.G. & Crisp, M.D.

(2007). A phylogeny of Pouteria (Sapotaceae)

from Malesia and Australasia. Australian

Systematic Botany 20: 107-118.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

van Royen, P. (1957). Revision of the Sapotaceae of

the Malaysian area in a wider sense. VII.

Planchonella Pierre. Blumea 8: 235-445.

Vink W. (1958). Revision of the Sapotaceae of the

Malaysian area in a wider sense. XIII.

Chrysophyllum L. Blumea 9: 21-74.

Webb, L. J. (1978). A general classification of Australian

rainforests. Australian Plants 9: 349-363.

Wheeler J.R. (1992). Sapotaceae. In J.R. Wheeler et al.

(eds.). Flora of the Kimberley Region , pp. 269-

270. Western Australian Herbarium, Dept, of

Conservation and Land Management: Como.

White, C.T. (1919). Contributions to the Queensland

Flora. Botany Bulletin, Department of

Agriculture, Queensland 21: 12, Plate 5.

Map 1. Distribution of Mimusops elengi in Australia.

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

375

Map 2. Distribution of Manilkara kauki • and M.

kanosiensis A in Australia.

Map 4. Distribution of Niemeyera chartacea A, N.

discolor ■ and N. whitei •.

Map 3. Distribution of Palaquium galactoxylon in

Australia.

376

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Map 5. Distribution of Niemeyera prunifera.

Map 6. Distribution of Amorphospermum antilogum in

Australia.

Map 7. Distribution of Pleioluma queenslandica • and

Van-royena castanosperma A, the latter only for the

Australian occurrence.

_ A COO

loo

a -7 or^

\Cai

r ns

I/O

a non

loo

100 kilor

•

netres

o *

/ V*

>°E \

14!

5°E 14E

Map 8. Distribution of Pleioluma brownlessiana •

and P. singuliflora A. 4

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

377

Map 9. Distribution of Pleioluma laurifolia in Australia.

Map 11. Distribution of Pleioluma ferruginea • and P.

pilosa ▲.

Map 10. Distribution of Pleioluma macrocarpa • and P. papyracea A.

378

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Map 13. Distribution of Planchonella arnhemica.

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

379

Map 15. Distribution of Planchonella asterocarpon □,

P. cotinifolia var. cotinifolia • and P. eerwah A.

Map 17. Distribution of Planchonella euphlebia •

and P. xylocarpa A, the latter only for the Australian

occurrence.

Map 18. Distribution of Planchonella myrsinifolia subsp.

myrsinifolia • and P. myrsinifolia subsp. howeana A

Map 16. Distribution of Planchonella chartacea A and

P. cotinifolia var. pubescens •.

380

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Map 19. Distribution of Planchonella myrsinodendron Map 21. Distribution of Planchonellapohlmaniana.

in Australia.

Map 20. Distribution of Planchonella obovata in

Australia.

Jessup, Sapotaceae in Australia

381

Map 22. Distribution of Sersalisia sericea.

Map 24. Distribution of Sersalisia unmackiana ■ and

Donella lanceolata ▲ the latter only for the Australian

Map 23. Distribution of Sersalisia obpyriformis ★ and occurrence.

S. sessiliflora k

382

Austrobaileya 10(3): 321-382 (2019)

Map 25. Distribution of naturalised populations of

Chrysophyllum cainito • and C. oliviforme ▲ in

Australia.

Charles James Wild (1853-1923), an ardent

collector of Queensland bryophytes

Andrew J. Franks

Summary

Franks, A. J. (2019). Charles James Wild (1853-1923), an ardent collector of Queensland bryophytes.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 383-404. Charles James (C. J.) Wild was an early collector and documenter of

the Queensland bryophyte flora. Born in Manchester in 1853 and trained as a joiner. Wild gravitated

towards natural history before immigrating to the Queensland colony in 1883. Wild would become

a familiar figure among the naturalist and scientific circles of Brisbane, becoming a member of a

number of societies including the Royal Society of Queensland and the short-lived Natural History

Society. He was in the employ of the Queensland Museum from 1889 until 1911 where his initial role

was as an insect collector before becoming acting director (1905-1911). Wild has been commemorated

in the names of several bryophyte and fern species, a species of butterfly, a moth, a gall midge and a

fish. The location, significance and diversity of his bryophyte collections are detailed in addition to

general insights into his life and times.

Key Words: Charles James Wild, Australian historical botany, Australian bryophytes, herbarium

specimens, Queensland flora, Queensland Museum, Royal Society of Queensland, Natural History

Society of Queensland

Andrew J. Franks, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: andrew.franks@

des.qld.gov.au

Introduction

Those who are familiar with the bryophyte

flora of Queensland would have most

certainly come across early collections made

by Charles James (C. J.) Wild. A contemporary

of the more widely known colonial botanist

Frederick Manson (F.M.) Bailey, Wild was

an early collector and documenter of the

Queensland bryophyte flora. While employed

as an insect collector at the Queensland

Museum, Wild’s interests in natural history

saw him not only collecting insects but also

shells and bryophytes wherever he was sent.

Bailey (1891) in his ‘A Concise History of

Australian Botany’ provides a brief account of

Wild stating that he travelled over a large area

of the state and collected several new species.

He is also given a brief mention in Ramsay’s

(2006) ‘History of Research on Australian

Mosses’. However, Wild is not listed in

Maiden’s (1909) ‘Records of Queensland

Botanists’ nor in the Australian Dictionary

of Biography (ADB 2006-2017). Despite this,

his contribution to the early documentation of

Accepted for publication 27 February 2019

the Queensland bryophyte flora is significant

and worthy of acknowledgement. It is hoped

that this paper will shed some light on the life

and times of this ‘worthy student of nature

and ardent naturalist’ 9 .

Materials and methods

An initial spreadsheet of Wild’s plant

collections was compiled from the Queensland

Herbarium’s (BRI) specimen database

(Herbrecs). Details of specimens accessioned

at other Australian herbaria were extracted

from the Australasian Virtual Herbarium

(AVH 2017). JStor Global Plants and online

databases of a number of international herbaria

were also queried for Wild specimens. The

United Kingdom General Register Office was

queried for records of birth and deaths of Wild,

Wild’s parents and brother. The Queensland

Registry of Births, Deaths and Marriages

was queried for details of Wild’s marriage,

birth of his children and death. The National

Library of Australia’s ‘Trove’ website (NLA

2009-onwards) has been used extensively,

to find mentions of Wild, the Queensland

Museum, the Natural History Society, and

other relevant topics published in newspapers

384

of the time. Scanned historical journals and

articles were located through the Biodiversity

Heritage Library. Mather’s (1986) history of

the Queensland Museum provided valuable

insights into Wild’s time with the museum.

The Queensland Museum library holds all

correspondence received and sent by Wild

during his time of employment some of

which were viewed for the preparation of

this account. Herbarium abbreviations follow

Thiers (continuously updated).

Results and discussion

Early History (1853-1883)

Charles James Wild (Fig. 1) was born on

19 March 1853 at Macclesfield, Cheshire,

England to the south of Manchester 1 . Charles

was the eldest child of Robert Wild (b. 1824, d.

1885), a joiner, and Hannah (nee Salt, b. 1828,

d. 1882). Two months later on the 22 of May he

was baptised atPrestwich, Manchester 2 . At the

time of Charles’ birth, the Wild' family lived

at Langford Street, Macclesfield. Charles’

younger brother, Robert was born in 1859. By

1861 the Wild family were residing at Mill

Hill, Newmarket, Suffolk and had been since

Robert’s birth two years prior 3 . Robert senior

was employed as a carpenter and foreman

at this time. Tragedy struck on July 9, 1867

when 8 year old Robert died of marasmus, a

severe form of malnutrition characterised by

a deficiency of protein 4 . Charles was 14 at the

time of Robert’s death. At this time, the Wild

family were once again living in the north¬

west at 128 Cheetham Hill Road, Manchester.

The 1871 census indicates that the head of the

family, Robert, was employed as a joiner with

his wife, Hannah, listed as a china dealer 5 . No

occupation was listed for the then 18 year old

Charles.

The Wild family were still residing at

Cheetham Hill Road during the 1881 census

with Robert now listed as a china and glass

dealer and 28 year old Charles following in his

Austrobaileya 10(3): 383-404 (2019)

father’s footsteps and working as a joiner 6 . By

this time, Wild had collected over 170 plant

specimens, mainly bryophytes, from various

locations in Wales, Scotland, and the north¬

west of England. These included type material

for the liverwort Gymnomitrion crassifolium

Carrington described by Benjamin

Carrington from a specimen collected by

Wild from Ptarmigan, Perthshire, Scotland

during August 1878 7 . Carrington’s article

also describes one of many misfortunes that

seemed to plague Wild’s field endeavours

throughout his career: “Mr. Wild, who was

fortunate enough last summer to stumble

upon it - literally - since it was after a fall

producing severe injury to the knee, and

making frequent rests necessary, that this

gentleman collected the species.. ,” 7 .

To maintain and demonstrate their status,

the lower middle class (to which the Wild

family belonged) had to keep some semblance

of a household (Anderson 1977; Loftus 2011).

It was expected that a family would have at

least one, if not more, domestic servants.

In the lower-middle-class household, this

may have consisted of a general servant.

As is evident in the 1871 and 1881 census,

the Wild household also included a general

servant: 17 year old Cath Asply in 1871 and

24 year old Catherine Haskey in 1881 56 . The

occupation of Charles’ father, Robert, was

variously listed as carpenter and foreman

(1861 census), joiner (1871), and a glass and

china dealer (1881). Only affording a single

servant, the Wild household most likely fell

within the lower middle-class. As such, the

young Charles Wild may have been exposed

to natural history in his leisurely pursuits

outside of his working hours as a joiner.

A number of prominent English

bryologists emerged from the burgeoning

Victorian middle-class including many

whose primary occupations were within the

textile industry (Lawley 2015). The eminent

1 The spelling of the Wild surname varied throughout census records. In 1861 it was spelled as Wild. In 1871 it appears

as Wylde and in 1881 as Wilde. Despite the variation in spelling, the household structure (Robert as head and Hannah as

his spouse) and progression of ages remain consistent.

Franks, C.J. Wild and Queensland bryophytes

385

Fig. 1 . Undated photograph of C.JWild. Original photograph has been lost. Reproduced by kind permission of the

Queensland Museum from Mather (1986).

386

bryologist William Henry Pearson (1849—

1923), for example, worked primarily as a

yarn agent in Manchester and yet published

the two volume Hepaticae of the British Isles

(in 1899 and 1902) (Lawley 2015). Pearson

and Wild collected a number of liverworts

together from Wales during 1878 which are

now accessioned in the Herbarium of the

Royal Botanic Gardens of Edinburgh (E).

Based on specimens accessioned in a

number of herbaria around the world, Wild’s

interest in bryophytes appears to have been

a gradually growing affair. His likely first

collections of bryophytes were two mosses,

Ptychomitrium polyphyllum (Sw.) Bruch

& Schimp. and Ulota hruchii Hornsch. ex

Brid., made during 1874 by the 21 year old

Wild from Millers Dale, Derbyshire. Wild

then made three collections of Racomitrium

species during 1875 followed by 10

specimens collected in 1876. During 1877,

Wild was listed as an additional member of

the Botanical Locality Record Club 8 and

it was at this time that he started collecting

bryophytes in earnest. Between 1877 and

1883 Wild collected over 250 specimens,

mainly mosses and liverworts, from various

locations in Wales, Scotland and the north¬

west of England.

Further to his interest in botany, Wild was

also attracted to entomology and conchology

and was an ardent student of other branches

of science, including archaeology and

ethnology 9 . In addition to being a member of

the Botanical Locality Record Club, Wild’s

obituary lists a number of British learned

societies in which he was an active member,

including the Manchester Microscopical

Society, Berwickshire Naturalists Club,

Lancashire Botanists Association and

Forfarshire Naturalists Society 11 .

On August 18, 1883, a little over a year

after his mother’s death, the 30 year old Wild

Austrobaileya 10(3): 383-404 (2019)

boarded the Ducal Line 4-mast steamer, the

Duke of Devonshire at Plymouth bound for the

colony of Queensland. Wild never returned to

his homeland.

Early days in Queensland (1883-1889)

The Duke of Devonshire arrived in Brisbane

via Cooktown and northern ports on October

12, 1883 10 . A “Chas Wild” born “abt 1853”

was listed as an assisted immigrant indicating

that his passage was subsidised or paid for

through one of several assisted immigration

schemes which were in operation at the time.

The Brisbane that welcomed Wild was far

removed from the convict settlement of the

early 1800s. By October 1883 Brisbane was

a small, bustling metropolis with a population

of around 47,000 people. Thomas Mcllwraith,

a conservative, was in the final throes of his

time as Premier, about to be voted out of office

the following month and replaced by Samuel

Walter Griffith. In 1883 the Queensland

Colonial Botanist, F.M.Bailey, published A

Synopsis of the Queensland Flora in which

he recorded about 140 species of bryophytes

(Bailey 1883). In his synopsis, Bailey

describes the features of each genus and then

lists the species within each genus that had

been reported for Queensland (Lepp 2012).

Species descriptions and illustrations were

not included. The Synopsis was followed by

three supplements (in 1886, 1888 and 1890)

which recorded additional species with the

third supplement (Bailey 1890) including

illustrations of some bryophyte species.

Wild’s vocation during his early days in

the colony is unclear; however, as an assisted

migrant, he most likely initially worked

in his trade. If Wild’s specimen collection

dates are correct, he almost immediately

made his way to Toowoomba collecting

20 bryophyte specimens in this locality

during November 1883 11 . A major storm

passed through Toowoomba on the 11 of

"While Wild’s obituary lists a number of societies to which he supposedly belonged, I found no evidence of his

membership or whether some of these learned societies actually existed. However, his accessioned specimens do reflect

that he collected over a broad area and if the collection dates are accurate indicates that he visited Wales and Scotland a

number of times presumably as part of one these societies.

Franks, C.J. Wild and Queensland bryophytes

November 12 and perhaps joiners were in

demand to repair damaged buildings in the

region. Between 1884 and 1885, Wild made

a handful of bryophyte collections from the

Brisbane Botanic Gardens (three specimens)

and Enoggera (12 specimens) 11 . His interest

in shells remained prominent with the curator

of the Queensland Museum reporting to

the Board of Trustees that “Mr. C.J.Wild”

donated 16 shells to the museum collected

from Comboyuro (Moreton Island) 13 .

On Wednesday, October 6, 1886, the first

meeting of the Field Naturalists Club was

convened, this being a section of the Royal

Society of Queensland 14 . F.M.Bailey was

elected chairman of the section and conducted

the section’s first excursion three days later

to the Queensland Acclimatisation Society

gardens at Bowen Park. On November 13,

1886, the Field Naturalists Club undertook

an excursion to swamp lying between the

Brisbane River and racecourse (Hamilton)

then towards Nundah. It appears highly

likely that Wild was part of this excursion

as specimens of Sematophyllum subhumile

(Mull.Hal.) M.Fleisch. and Cephaloziella

hirta (Steph.) R.M.Schust. were collected by

him from Hamilton and Toombul respectively

during November 1886, the latter forming

material for the type specimen.

1887 was the start of a relatively

intensive period of bryophyte collecting

by Wild. Between May and August 1887,

Wild collected 177 specimens of 93 taxa,

mainly from the Pimpama and Beenleigh

region south of Brisbane. Included in these

collections were the type materials for the

following taxa: Lepidozia reversa Carrington

& Pearson (= Kurzia reversa (Carrington &

Pearson) Grolle), Lejeunea wildii Steph. (=

Acrolejeimea securifolia (Nees) Steph. &

Watts) and Fissidens arboreus Broth. (= F.

oblongifolius var. hyophilus (Mitt.) Beever

& I.G. Stone). In addition to the numerous

bryophyte specimens collected by Wild from

Pimpama, it appears that he also collected a

number of insects and shells. The monthly

meeting of the Queensland Museum board

of trustees held during October 1887 notes

that “Mr. J.Wild” donated a miscellaneous

387

collection of insects from Pimpama and “Mr.

WWild” donated a number of “land and fresh

water shells from Pimpama, including eight

species of helix and shells, representing a

single species of each of the following genera,

namely Balinus , Physa, Lymnaea, Bithynia ,

Planorbis, and Valvata ” 15 .

Wild would become a familiar figure

among the naturalist and scientific circles

of Brisbane as a member of a number

societies including the Royal Society of

Queensland, Queensland’s first scientific

society, formed in 1884, arising from the

Queensland Philosophical Society (RSQ

2017). On the evening of September 9, 1887,

the Royal Society of Queensland held its

monthly meeting in the Queensland Museum

library with “Mr. J.C.Wild” listed among the

visitors 16 . This appears to be the start of a

long association between Wild and the Royal

Society of Queensland.

From October 1887 into the first half

of 1888, Wild appeared to shift his focus to

areas north of Brisbane, making numerous

collections of bryophytes mainly from the

Burpengary and Deception Bay area including

type materials of Fissidens calodictyon Broth.

(= F. beckettii Mitt.) and Macromitrium

mucronulatum Mull.Hal. (= M. brevicaule

(Besch.) Broth.). Again, the monthly meeting

notes of the Queensland Museum board of

trustees convened in January and March

1888 record that Wild made donations of

various land and marine shells collected from

Burpengary 1718 . These Burpengary collections

may allude to Wild’s association with Dr.

Joseph Bancroft as Bancroft had purchased

150 acres of land on Burpengary Creek during

1881, and subsequently extended this by

purchasing sea-front land at nearby Deception

Bay (Pearn 1992). By 1890, Bancroft owned

3,780 acres of relatively fertile land in this

area where he established a pemmican

meatworks, a cultured pearl enterprise, and

experimental plots of sugarcane, rice, wheat

and barley (Pearn 1992). In his day, Joseph

Bancroft was one of Queensland’s leading

scientists, being at various times vice-

president of the Australasian Association for

the Advancement of Science and president

388

of the Queensland Medical Board, the Royal

Society of Queensland and the Medical

Society of Queensland (ADB 2006-2017).

Wild’s obituary states that he spent some time

with “Dr. Bancroft in the southern districts”,

which may refer to this period 9 .

Wild also made two moss collections

from Three Mile Scrub during July 1888.

Bancroft’s Kelvin Grove homestead was

situated on five hectares of land on the banks

of Enoggera Creek at the Three Mile Scrub

(Pearn 1992). In the latter half of 1888,

Wild collected 29 specimens from Woolston

Scrub (Fig. 2) during a Field Naturalists’

excursion to this now extirpated patch of

vineforest on the banks of the Brisbane River,

“extending from a point almost directly

west from Woolston Railway Station, two

or three miles towards Goodna” (Simmonds

1888). This included type material for the

genus Wildia Mull.Hal. & Broth., named in

Wild’s honour. Wildia solmsiellacea Mull.

Hal. & Broth, is now reduced to synonymy

as Solmsiella solmsiellaceum (Mull.Hal. &

Broth.) I.G. Stone.

“Mr. C.J.Wilde” was proposed as a

subscribing member to the Royal Society of

Queensland by Mr. Watkins and seconded by

Mr. C.Hedley during the monthly meeting

held on August 17, 1888 19 . Wild’s membership

was accepted with “C.J.Wild, esq.” listed

as a new member of the Royal Society of

Queensland on September 11, 1888. On

Friday October 12,1888, the then 35 year old

Wild presented a paper at the monthly Royal

Society of Queensland meeting in the offices

of the Education Department on Edward

Street, Brisbane entitled ‘Description of new

mosses and hepatics’ 20 . The following month,

Wild contributed another bryological paper

to the Royal Society of Queensland meeting

called ‘A new list of hepatics’ 21 . Wild’s first

five years of collecting bryophytes in the

south-eastern part of the colony culminated

in the publication of three articles in the

1888 Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland (Wild 1888a, 1888b, 1888c).

These appear to be Wild’s first published

papers and were additions, descriptions or

corrections to the bryophyte species list

Austrobaileya 10(3): 383-404 (2019)

presented in Bailey’s Synopsis, and the first

and second supplements. Wild (1888a) offers

this extraordinary claim in his first article:

“The Queensland moss flora, a very small one,

should not offer many difficulties in the compilation

of a mere list ”

It appears likely that Wild corresponded

and exchanged specimens with British and

European bryologists particularly Benjamin

Carrington, Franz Stephani, Karl Muller, and

Viktor Brotherus due to the authorship of new

species names based on material collected

by Wild and his peers. Two letters written

by Wild to the Finnish bryologist Brotherus

are available in the Research Library of the

National Library of Finland. Wild penned his

first letter to Brotherus on September 3, 1888

where he asks for assistance with the study of

Queensland mosses.

Brisbane Sepf 3 rd 88

Dear Sir

Can you assist me in the study of Australian mosses,

1 st by authentic specimens correctly named, 2 nd by

descriptions of such species as you have named

which are not yet published, 3 rd by naming specimens

which I could send you from time to time. I have

about 120 species of Queensland mosses named,

and about 30 species unnamed, many of them new to

science. If any of those that I should send proves to be

new I should expect a description of it, I could get it

printed here, in all cases you should have due honor

[sic] as the describer, if in addition you drew afigure

of it, I will take the pains to get it lithographed. Much

confusion as been caused here owing to species being

named by various specialists, and no descriptions

being published, or else in various works scattered

over the world in many different languages. I think

each species should be described in Latin and the

remarks in the language spoken were [sic] the plants

were found. I coidd send you mosses in quantity if

you required them. Could I obtain type specimen

of mosses named by Dr. Karl Mueller. Could you

point out to me the difference between Phyllogonium

elegans Hampe (Acroceratium politum Hook. &

Wils.) & Acroceratium cymbifoloides C.Mueller;

even under an [sic] high power I can detect no

difference.

1 remain Yours Faithfully

C.J.Wild

Franks, C.J. Wild and Queensland bryophytes

389

/ 4DRvw r A vena* a-itiHiion axvHsmu. ;ihj,

jeniTOj,

-«WS wife

_imsuBj |

_D 'WAQJS KJOQ

' f-f?S JqSrg aqj; [

/ kKfUvu- (/U^u-

-imSSe " ~ "•» »u ■»

tooa itaaerr.

Wa ntst ‘ryj uTo

|isa(qivii^n^) I

i»a raospnm 'ff™K ‘anairr ‘o -SimSS

^ I /° ***7^ 11^ P D ^ [OToaia^ ‘spoaij 'ftrtiqitutqg no

sarni m rrN5TI A3.M0K

J tanam , . T S? Jm 3 W) »roqmtiq[) pnuif) g r\

'•sinsnjjjqg^ AKYdKQQ SQYQXgQK CLMT ■KYCgA.LIk /

}o tpoo r. ' JOJ ^ doj J ^ffQWHSYO *tt " ~

,h ‘ rrr. j •fBnaspoadft flnoqomtnui

-*I jo sqioe m SLu?™. pew3s B ® W*^»a •iTCas»nr jo asqoi

,; 1 ZiSJ^JKOO® -TV-WSHSIrf no -ko^o

“"Hioijras 0 , tnoujog rnto <n «r» :»qia|

" SI “ H w -HorefriSBoj .inoaiM ■‘Mn,m

f’swwii S| *s »» »nw ‘Wji"?!!!

'[[»gg ^ !> ^*ft»iu- 0 S»^) t4 ‘i!M^Tiinno SwomS

* °n tomo. ntoi i¥saiiAiHa._

'js©jrB=^a0^j'xtmitinrrqj x’ssa.Tjrpy

■3-T ‘AJfliA »Tiq ‘ptt 9 prre ‘isj’bai ‘qj«q ‘fiuiooJ cmn

SaiaiBjaoo ‘'bsa -y Iq poidrvooo dCx^iq

'onuqutjg tnmog ^j^pnnog pan t

}0 nonoanf qu 'yauA lyvnna ‘Jtn D.l.

e,uLy.|np ^aiqjiuqT" J VH J j

•Wi W n 1 !IC«t , -o3 5'

anBoig ‘qooPt 0 El 1|»9 ‘^nmiosjad s[My

' ‘paxmljaT seonajajaa ojq iraoqdin y an n ! ra^u*. poo8

t^naraf m ins 1 ssaipMsi praqiroi [raonsuad o

-is iiqSnoaoqj I aq qsoa :ystann IKVAtiaiS

•43*H8-H3©Tlf> J O

9 P*1 ‘S »J$onnai * j«qn ax. prw buS tenox 009

PPq ktJSI r TJOt-I taOIS XK3re3SVfI T

pipnajffe v X31 CKL - SJaKYHOHHJM OkL

•R°H I'"r [f5 itddy -pajOTn ryp-T •TT

•aSQOH »’■' nuiuojyg Sm\ nSTlOidSU CL

■xiub.j Aia^f ‘}0ajjE-jjnoD,Trru ‘nosmqcnT

TI, ' B TTirAV 'aao[ mai ! pjoxjB-nasn^ o; it dm

,BG? nniOT oayj ! stucoi naejaraq ‘rqcrnntr T

EMOiUm 'q^^iqAl oJj

HUOH pmifl Ajdd-y -(IIVN 'VT

-ara ™ mmoji amo* arovioadsaCL

•aadtid siqq jowyO‘‘J ’f ^ddy L~r

'311310 atqwiai £q pajoifA HHOAi XHQlJX.

‘'°0 * a I D n noionoiH iiidy

on^projJqyorinMo^put 'dnudmoo nenhoM

^“”1™°"® P«* °m N OAOqe -f

r-aumf, m S30JJ.TO snorporatnof) ‘ 137 ni |,

Te^B-naauQ ?z

*W«aa F-roi^uSy 01 W&Y T4' r

'595 - luJ »f -ioj pequri aaiHHYJ V

Osans-psj nzm ‘ T

-apiiuBU ag n0H psraooj-Silj ‘iaT; 0 Jj

•oamnjWd; [M*W*0 "H 'y 'Vi

BMtraaojaj .‘qooo poo» *®ffl3pnao Mfy v joj rr

JQdaajpsnoH fi* IstoilTUddS AaV 1

vsrnmtr- * 06 <ftJ WO a <>Ri

-nwg s.aotqiB.w jn VKKpqt

fiamqmoo TOnvunji^ jo laj;

-»d [njiqSuap Aqgnba t

a[iqAL ‘aiaqdsmr.ijj xuaqp

tisaq req j-BTfl. jBatrg: aqj xb;

ao(j jo 3XQI aqq jo Suuaj;

* J re i»qi piw» a[tps4-

* V XV x

•aaarttrajSBjg; r

qnaatn\ ‘ansap puana3 aj?

‘‘(avohm’ i

'fvacnmi -sted ntw

ANY ATCOO YHildO r

-arrao 3Hi ao ssao

■KORTIAi *A1 -AW

•op 9 OTTAiais -j* *Kssajq

‘3 5 I V 3 H X

•SCLAOTI XV

‘norquruda

"IrFQI ? n Snuutnt

aourmb ;b innnjound a s

®qj snorjud tiuqjnqne jo a

-7 rm 01 tuoj

OQMPBTrPIVB DESIGNS

ana

many BiurgraBfl

To electT

general

Fetors and Qua Auditor, and for

Frposes.

he v.-auta u'.V Quoau^^vs to kuovr aboui

IVttt.

PIUC

ini t'lolliiiif

TRACTION

i IUA1L.

iHOBiils. I l;irmiLrli.[i i\ \v ootl^rr ,nitu-vuo™

for tlu> GARDEN TAtAOC KOTEL, w

ttuiy pionOM to build for Mib. R> L. Murray,

for wmi'fi tiicy olIiirAPramiuiu of I'orty I'oi

AN'S

I SALE.

■T TO THE LU.

EliNMENT.

I W

IN THE CITY.

tl ADELAIDE,

ins] to GENUA,

TWERP, and

Ibu | h’|>r-,ci| urrariL'prriont of buudl

id oor.Jiljoiis of conipotiUou may bo sc

lice of Muesra. IIuyU A Rons, AlnooDt

gs, Creak-street, Baabune.

DesijjQB must bo io tbs hands of tb

(nod, not later than tbo iCtb day ;

11’l LAIt BECAUSE

IINE.

Ire hag have been of the

rnaaer% of Departments,

I to loo|c out and arrange

GAIN LOTS

Crawdj that are sure to

HARRINGTON t WOOD,

Bowou-st

hliirvboroueh, Uja

Oat NE’

MENTS an

and put f urs

UN®SALE

Ws char weather.

ibourue.

j Ad«itude. *

1SS8._ I

uil 6 J

18SS.

Mar. 9

April 9

,>'£14 to £6710s. N EW T0RK «

uy curvy FUiiJT,

1 Jr is fjcrehsT nulfB_

nmmadtiOtiler morris has this T,«*Wip*Ted AcTTstt

pnpmid in ths / Manag EH for <Jioenshiff far Ibis Conipnny.

Alitor three! n,„^, „. „r^{°*J*?*?. W ?kh

Fig. 2. Collection of Calyptothecium recurvulum (BRI [AQ642216]) made by C. J.Wild from Woolston Scrub, August

1888. Many of Wild’s collections at the Queensland Herbarium remain in the original packet used for collection, in this

case a page from The Brisbane Courier, 2 March 1888.

390

On October 22, 1888 the Field Naturalists

Club held an excursion to a number of

scrub areas around Caboolture. Again, it

appears that Wild was in attendance as 12

bryophyte specimens were collected by him

from Caboolture during October. As 1888

drew to a close, Wild collected 40 bryophyte

specimens from Helidon and Highfields

including type materials for Barbula wildii

Broth. (= Didymodon tophaceus (Brid.) Lisa),

Plagiobryum wildii Broth. (= P. cellulare

(Hook.) J.R.Spence & H.P.Ramsay), and

Weissia squarrosa Broth, ex F.M.Bailey (=

Barbula subcalycina Mull.Hal.). In total Wild

collected 185 bryophyte specimens during

1888 in addition to the shells that were donated

to the Queensland Museum conchological

collection.

Th e Museum Years (1889-1911)

During early January 1889, the curator of the

Queensland Museum, Charles de Vis, offered

to allocate his Sunday allowance to support a

new insect collector position if a subordinate

could replace him in the museum on Sundays

(Mather 1986). De Vis’ offer motivated the

museum’s Board of Trustees to allocate

contingency funds to support the temporary

position of a collector (Mather 1986). Hence,

on January 14, 1889, the 36 year old Wild was

appointed to the Queensland Museum as an

insect collector on 30 shillings per week.

In his monthly report to the board of

trustees, de Vis reported that the “newly

appointed insect collector (Mr. Wild) displays

most commendable zeal and his success so far

is promising” 22 . On February 11, Wild penned

a second letter to Brotherus thanking him for

copies of articles sent in response to his first

letter. He also asks whether he could send

specimens for determination, “if you agree

to such conditions I will send you specimen

of every moss which I have collected and

am unacquainted with, they number at least

60”. Wild also asks for Brotherus to “clear

up the confusion that at present seems to

surround Rhizogonium mossmanianum

C.Muell.” and states his intention “to translate

your description of the 3 new species (to

Austrobaileya 10(3): 383-404 (2019)

Queensland) of mosses for the next meeting,

Royal Society & get them published in the

proceedings” 23 .

The Royal Society convened their next

monthly meeting during the evening of Friday

15 February at the offices of the Education

Department on Edward Street. Wild delivered

a paper entitled ‘Bryological Notes’ in which

he “gave a description of five new mosses

and a new hepatic, and, by permission of

F.M.Bailey, reported three other new mosses

collected by the writer” 24 . In this paper,

and the subsequent article appearing in the

Proceedings (Wild 1889), Wild did indeed

provide a translation of Brotherus’ newly

described species of moss collected by Bailey,

these being: Splachnobryum baileyi Broth.

(= S. obtusum (Brid.) Mull.Hal.), Meteorium

baileyi (Broth.) Broth. (= M. polytrichum

Dozy & Molk.), and Isopterygium robustum

Broth. (= Taxiphyllum taxirameum (Mitt.)

M.Fleisch.). He also included descriptions of

Macromitrium pusillum Mitt. (= M. archeri

Mitt.) and Rhizogonium paramattense

(Mull.Hal.) Reichardt (= Pyrrhobryum

paramattense (Mull.Hal.) Manuel). Wild also

listed additional species described by Karl

Muller based on material collected by Wild

which were forwarded to Muller by Bailey

(Wild 1889).

The monthly curators report to the

museum’s Board of Trustees in March 1889

stated that the insect collector (Wild) had

made satisfactory progress during the past

month, with “his collection numbering in all

2,234 specimens” 25 . However, it is apparent

that Wild was not only collecting insects,

as was his requirement, but also collecting

bryophytes and shells. Wild’s bryophyte

specimens collected during March and

April 1889 had him around the Nerang and

Mudgeeraba area of what would later become

known as the Gold Coast. De Vis’ April report

to the board states that “the insect collector is

pursuing his work in the vicinity of Nerang,

but reports that it is not rich in insect life and

that it will be necessary for him to proceed to

another locality” 26 . Unfavourable weather the

following month prevented Wild continuing

Franks, C.J. Wild and Queensland bryophytes

collecting insects and necessitated his return

to Brisbane 27 . After only four months with

the museum, Wild wrote to the trustees

requesting an increase of his salary, stating

“it is not possible for me to meet expenses on

the amount I am now paid”.

Early in June, F.M.Bailey departed

Brisbane for Cairns on the Elamang as part

of Archibald Meston’s ascent of the Bellenden

Ker range (Dowe & Broughton 2007). Bailey

was the expedition botanist and he collected

prodigiously during the exploration of the

range, with his collections including many

bryophyte specimens (Dowe & Broughton

2007). This was the first significant collection

of bryophytes from the Wet Tropics region of

north Queensland. After a brief sojourn back

in Brisbane, Wild was once again dispatched

to the southern parts of the colony to collect

insects, this time around Burleigh Heads. As

was his want, he also collected bryophytes

and shells with the curator’s monthly report

stating that the “officer in charge of the

conchological department reports having

received a large and varied collection of shells

from the museum collector, Mr. C.Wild,

who has been pursuing his duties in the

neighbourhood of Burleigh Heads” 28 . In a

letter to de Vis penned on the 13 of July, Wild

states that he had “collected and prepared

over 3000 specimens representing 33 species

of shells”. By September, Wild was again

collecting north of Brisbane with de Vis

reporting that “the insect collector reports

having had good success at the Glasshouse

Mountains” 29 .

On July 1,1890, the ship Warrego departed

Brisbane for Burketown via northern ports

with Wild listed as a passenger 30 . Wild had

been dispatched to north Queensland by the

museum to collect insects, especially along

the railway being constructed between Cairns

and Herberton (Mather 1986). He was to

remain in the area for 16 months and collected

some 290 plant specimens with almost half

being bryophytes. While the museum’s

insect collection “today bears little evidence

of specimens” from Wild’s time in the north

(Mather 1986), his collection of bryophytes

represent the first major collection of these

391

plants from the Wet Tropics adding to the

70 specimens that Bailey collected from the

Bellenden Ker range expedition the previous

year.

Wild appears to have had some success

with his insect collecting in the north, with

the curator reporting to the museum’s Board

of Trustees that “Mr. Wild managed to secure

no less than seventy-eight [butterflies] during

the month of October only, a number which

no doubt could have been augmented had

common insects already sent down been

included” and that “Mr Wild adds twenty to

the number of butterflies already procured by

him in the Cairns district” 31 . It appears that

Wild made regular consignments from the

Cairns region with the February 1891 review

of accessions to the museum noting that “the

insect collector (Mr. Wild) has filled another

consignment from the Cairns district. In this

collection the butterflies, which have yet to

be examined, comprise about sixty species.

Among them are several rare and interesting

insects, and one entirely new to science has

been named by Mr. Miskin, and will be

noticed in that naturalist’s forthcoming work

on the butterflies of Australia” 32 . Museum

trustee Miskin was an amateur lepidopterist,

describing butterflies collected by Wild in

the Cairns area and naming them in Wild’s

honour (Mather 1986). Hence the oakblue

butterfly, Arhopala wildei and the moth

Ambulyx wildei are named for Wild although

being a consistent misspelling of his surname.

Wild appeared to be diligently fulfilling

his role in the north during the early part of

1891, by forwarding “a large and well filled

box of insects of all orders, the product of his

work at Cairns during the month of February.

This collection is especially rich in the smaller

species, and contains many novelties” 33 .

On March 20, 1891 it was announced that

F.M.Bailey, C.Hedley of the museum, and

Wild had been made fellows of the Finnean

Society of Fondon 34 . In June, the assistant

curator reported that the museum’s insect

collections had been “principally enriched by

the exertions of the entomological collector,

Mr. C.J.Wild” 35 . The report in August was

much less encouraging, stating that nothing

392

was received from the collectors in the field

with Wild having the “ill fortune to lose his

collecting gear from the back of a runaway

packhorse” 36 . Wild had planned to ascend Mt

Bartle Frere with Mr. G.Clark but the loss of his

packhorse on the way to the Mulgrave River

curtailed this plan 37 . After this unfortunate

event, Wild was instructed “to travel less

continuously but as a rule remain in each

locality for not less than 3 months” (Mather

1986). A little later it was thought “advisable

that the insect collector should be transferred

to some other fields of labour” and he was

recalled to Brisbane (Mather 1986). Wild

arrived back in Brisbane on board the Aramac

on November 5, 1891 thus ending his time in

the north 38 . What is particularly intriguing

is that after his efforts in north Queensland,

Wild largely ceased collecting bryophytes

with only two additional specimens being

collected after 1891.

During the Royal Society of Queensland’s

meeting held on December 11, 1891, Mr.

Watkins read a short paper on behalf of

Bailey entitled, ‘Remarks upon some

botanic specimens, chiefly ferns, obtained

by Mr. C.J.Wild F.L.S., of the Queensland

Museum, while collecting insects in tropical

Queensland’ 39 . Wild presented two mosses to

the meeting, these being Braunia humboltii

(Hook.) Hook.fi ( =Rhacocarpuspurpurascens

(Brid.) Paris) and Hypopterygium pallens

(Hook. f. & Wilson) Mitt. (= Lopidium

continuum (Hook.) Wilson) 40 . It is not apparent

where Wild obtained these specimens.

By 1891, excursions by the Field

Naturalists section of the Royal Society

of Queensland had become increasingly

irregular (Dowe 2017). As a response, a

meeting was convened by Wild’s museum

colleague Henry Tryon on Thursday, January

14,1892 to form a natural history society with

the motion, “that we, as students of natural

history, constitute ourselves that Natural

History Society of Queensland” 41 . Wild was

elected as a member of council 41 . The Natural

History Society held its first excursion nine

days later to Butcher’s Paddock, Indooroopilly

with those in attendance “armed with

the usual entomological and geological

Austrobaileya 10(3): 383-404 (2019)

impediments” 42 . It appears that at this time

Wild shifted his energies away from the

Royal Society and focused more on the newly

formed Natural History Society by exhibiting

“a fine collection of hemiptera, captured by

him in Victoria Park” in February 43 and then

“a large number of ferns collected by him

in the Cairns and Herberton districts” in

March 44 . At the April meeting of the society,

Wild displayed microscopical slides of fern

sections and mosses 45 and in June “exhibited

the more interesting of the plants obtained

by him during the recent excursion of the

members to Dunwich [North Stradbroke

Island]” 46 .

Wild, now 39, wedded 24 year old Jessica

(Jessie) Walker Marshall (b. 1869 Dundee,

Scotland, d. 1928 Dalby) on Wednesday July

27, 1892 at the residence of Mrs. Peardon in

Bowen Street, Spring Hill, Brisbane 47 . Jessie

had arrived in Brisbane from Scotland on

board the SS Gulf of Carpentaria seven years

prior in 1885. Wild apparently still harboured

an interest in bryophytes as at the August

meeting of the Natural History Society, he

displayed “a named series of living specimens

of mosses and hepatics, comprising twenty

species of the former and eight of the latter”

collected by him “during lunch hour, within

half a mile of the museum” 48 . At this time

the museum was located at William Street

in Brisbane near the banks of the Brisbane

River. In December 1892, after four years

of temporary employment, Wild was placed

on the permanent staff after both de Vis and

trustee Joseph Bancroft spoke in his favour

(Mather 1986).

Disaster struck Brisbane during February

1893 in the form of a major flood followed

by financial depression. Wild was one of

two museum staff kept on when drastic

retrenchments occurred as a consequence of

the depression (Mather 1986). On May 27,

1893, the Wilds welcomed their first child, a

daughter named Jessie Adelaide. During May,

Wild made his first bryophyte collection in

almost a year, collecting a Dendroceros found

growing upon the branches and trunks of trees

at Mt Tamborine. He later exhibited the fertile

specimen at the July Natural History Society

Franks, C.J. Wild and Queensland bryophytes

meeting, commenting that it “agreed in every

particular with Queensland examples of a

species of the genus kindly communicated by

Baron von Mueller, and which it was thought

represented Stephani’s species Dendroceros

Muelleri ” 49 . Wild would later describe this

as a new species: Dendroceros subtropicus

(Wild 1893). This was Wild’s only foray into

the field of taxonomy.

Wild’s role at the museum changed

in September 1893 with his position

transforming from insect collector to

messenger on the salary of £104/yr 50 . Due to a

vacancy arising in the council of the Natural

History Society, Wild was elevated into the

role of vice president. He remained very

active within the Natural History Society

throughout 1894, often chairing meetings or

exhibiting items. During October’s meeting,

Wild read a paper on Confectionary Pests

related to the “beetles Rhizopertha pusilla

and Sylvanus surinamensis found infesting

different forms of chocolate met with in

Brisbane in confectioners’ trade samples” 51 .

The Wilds, now residing at Stoneleigh

Street, Albion, welcomed their second

daughter, Evelyn Kate on November 18,

1894. By 1895, Wild’s position at the museum

had once again become temporary where he

was still performing the role of messenger.

The Natural History Society convened a

conversazione and microscopical display

during August 1895. Of the ten microscopes

provided by members for the “entertainment

of the visitors”, four were owned by Wild and

displayed “chiefly botanical species, showing

fresh water sponge with ova-bearing cells,

paper mildew and fern sections” 52 . At the

annual meeting of the Natural History Society

held on January 23, 1896, Wild was elected as

honorary treasurer 53 . Wild was still employed

as a messenger at the museum when he and

Jessie welcomed their third daughter Vera

Christina Hannah on October 28, 1897.

Wild also had interests outside of natural

history including stamp collecting and chess.

He was elected as “exchange superintendent”

at the first meeting of the Brisbane Philatelic

Society on October 28, 1897 54 and appears to

have been a member of the Eagle Junction

393

Chess Club 55 . Wild also appears to have

been a teetotaller, appearing at various times

in the councils of the Good Templars 56 ,

Queensland Temperance Alliance 57 and later

the Independent Order of Rechabites 58 .

The economic depression of 1893

continued through the 1890s with the

museum operating on a skeleton staff of five

with everyone performing multiple tasks

(Mather 1986). Wild spent his Easter of 1899

collecting some 150 insect specimens from

the Toowoomba area (Mather 1986). In 1899,

he was sent to Cunnamulla to undertake a

mosquito collection to be forwarded to the

British Museum (Mather 1986). Late in 1899,

the museum relocated from William Street

to the purpose built exhibition building at

Bowen Park, Bowen Hills (Mather 1986).

By 1901, the museum’s staff had increased

to nine with Wild once again returned

to permanent staff (Mather 1986). Wild

successfully sought a change to his position

title and on July 1, he was appointed to the

museum as an entomologist on a salary of

£150/annum 59 with de Vis’ role redefined

from curator to director (Mather 1986).

Although now listed as an entomologist,

Wild never published in entomology. Charles

Robert Daniel, the Wild’s forth child, was

born on March 4, 1902. The following

month saw another round of retrenchments

with the museum staff reduced to de Vis,

zoological collector K.Broadbent, Wild and

mineralogist J.A. Smith (Mather 1986). By

1903, the growing Wild family had moved to

Eliza Street in Noble Estate, Clayfield 60 . Wild

then became active in the ‘Clayfield Progress

Association’, in regular attendance at their

meetings.

De Vis’ retirement from the director

position of the museum was filled by the

government of the day by promoting the 52

year old Wild to “Acting Director” effective

from August 21, 1905 61 . This was accepted by

the museum’s board of trustees on August 26

(Mather 1986). Hence, the joiner originally

from Manchester with no formal scientific

training was placed in charge of Queensland’s

premier scientific institution. As Mather

(1986) laments, “Wild appears to have been

394

a man of modest ambition and ability of

whom too much was asked” and in an acting

capacity, he directed the museum into a period

of stagnation.

After the cessation of the Natural

History Society sometime after 1896, Wild

appeared to drift back to the Royal Society of

Queensland, noted as displaying a “valuable

exhibit of ethnological species found in New

South Wales” during their monthly meeting

in October 1906 62 . By 1909, his salary as

Acting Director of the museum was up to

£190/annum 63 . If the collection date is correct,

a specimen of the moss Gigaspermum repens

(Hook.) Lindb., collected by Wild at Kangaroo

Point during 1909 may be the last bryophyte

specimen he made.

By 1910 the Queensland Government was

becoming increasingly concerned at the lack of

progress of the museum, with the then premier

William Kidston writing to his contemporary

in New South Wales asking if Robert

Etheridge jnr, the curator of the Australian

Museum in Sydney, would be available to

undertake a review of the run-down museum

and report back to him (Mather 1986). While

Etheridge paid compliment to some of the

museum’s collection, his report was scathing

of the building, the lack of labels, crowding

of specimens, inadequate display furniture,

arrangement of the material, preparation

of the specimens, registration, storage, the

level of staffing and the staff themselves,

particularly Wild (Mather 1986).

As a result of Etheridge’s review, Dr.

Ronald Hamlyn-Harris, the 36 year old

science and German master at Toowoomba

Grammar School and a formally educated

entomologist, was appointed by the

government as the Director of the museum

effective from October 1, 1910 (Mather 1986).

Hamlyn-Harris was also the foundation

president of the Toowoomba Field Naturalists’

Club 64 . Upon appointment he undertook to

implement the recommendations made by

Etheridge to revitalise the museum with the

backing of the Kidston government (Mather

1986). He reorganised the museum’s scientific

work and the presentation of its collections,

expanded its publications and arranged an

Austrobaileya 10(3): 383-404 (2019)

extensive programme of public lectures 64

essentially transitioning it from a mere

collection of curios into a modern scientific

institution. Three days after Hamlyn-Harris’

appointment, Wild, in the absence of the

director, received delegates of the Australian

Ornithologists’ Union meeting as visitors to

the museum 65 . The following day he departed

with D.B.Fry of the Australian Museum on

the federal trawler Endeavour bound for Port

Curtis where they searched for new specimens

of fish and marine invertebrates 66 .

No longer Acting Director, Wild resumed

his former position of insect collector on

February 2, 1911 for a probationary period of

three months (Mather 1986). Hamlyn-Harris

was far from impressed with Wild and his

time with the museum was clearly coming

to an end. In late March 1911, the 58 year

old Wild was dispatched alone by Hamlyn-

Harris to primarily collect large insects from

the Blackall Range region, north of Brisbane

(Mather 1986). As it was entering the cooler

months when insects, particularly large ones,

are rarely found, Wild’s progress was poor

(Mather 1986). As the greater portion of his

time in the past decade was office based, Wild

was ill-prepared for this undertaking. His

progressive misfortune and misery is evident

in his numerous letters to Hamlyn-Harris

during this time:

1 st April (Landsborough): “I had a fall on the bank of

the creek in my anxiety to secure a specimen ”,

10 th April (Palmwoods): “I am sorry my efforts have

not met with your approval. If the specimens are not in

the locality in which I am collecting it is impossible to

get them. As there was a dearth of large or even mod¬

erately sized insects at Landsborough during my stay

there I turned my attention to capturing the smaller

ones ”,

11 th April (Palmwoods): “This seems to me to be an

ideal spot for collecting. It is a pity it was not the end

of September or beginning of October [as] the nights

are very cold and I am afraid it will interfere with the

collecting”,

15 th May (Nambour): “For more than a week I have

been very unwell for many days did not know how to

put one foot before another, for the last three days 1

have nothing to eat ”,

395

Franks, C.J. Wild and Queensland bryophytes

26 th May (Maleny): “There was a bitter frost here this

morning”,

30 th May (Maleny): “It is so cold that in the early

morning I can hardly hold the gun ” (Mather 1986).

On June 5, a fire swept through Wild’s

camp at Woodford destroying everything

including his tent, clothing, food, and

notebooks. A police enquiry into this event

requested by Hamlyn-Harris concluded that

the fire had originated from Wild’s own camp

fire (Mather 1986). A week later (June 12 th )

Wild wrote again to Hamlyn-Harris offering

to accept a transfer to a position in another

government department (Mather 1986).

On June 15, despite knowing full well

that all of Wild’s notebooks were destroyed

in the Woodford fire, Hamlyn-Harris

demanded a comprehensive report from Wild

on the Blackall Range collecting trip. Wild’s

frustrations are evident in his response sent a

few days later: “Much of my time was taken

up through having to visit the local Post Office

daily to receive or dispatch letters, or enquire

at the Railway Station for parcels, or to

dispatch parcels therefrom. Such visits were at

very inconvenient times, mostly in the middle

of the day. Owing to various disabilities under

which I executed the collecting, including

having to do my own cooking, fetching

supplies, procuring water, the cold weather,

frequent changes of camp, “which sometimes

took days” and attempting to comply with

your diverse memos, I consider the results are

all that could be expected”.

Despite Wild’s offer to accept a transfer

he was summarily dismissed from the

museum, after Hamlyn-Harris opined to

the undersecretary that “Mr Wild is simply

wasting his time and ours” (Mather 1986).

Thus, on July 31, 1911, Wild’s 22 year

association with the museum ended. As his

obituary opines, he “was set aside with what

appears to have been scant courtesy and

scantier recognition of his valuable services” 9 .

Twilight Years (1912-1923)

After his dismissal from the museum, Wild

completely turned his back on natural history,

returning briefly to his original trade. Still

residing at Eliza Street, Clayfield, the 1912

electoral roll had Wild listed as a carpenter

and Jessie performing “home duties” 67 . By the

following year, the Wild family had moved

from Clayfield to Loudon Street, Sandgate

with Charles listed as a joiner and Jessie as

a shopkeeper 68 . A number of advertisements

during late 1914 and early 1915 had Wild

attempting to sell or let various properties,

including: a six room house at Clayfield 69 ,

land and a furnished or unfurnished house

at Sandgate 70 , and a shop with dwelling at

Sandgate 71 . By 1917, the Wild family had

relocated to Rainbow Street, Sandgate with

Charles being the proprietor of the local

stationary business 72 . Wild’s eldest daughter,

Jessie married Hinton Johns with a “dainty

wedding breakfast” served after the ceremony

at the Wild residence 73 . Later in April, Wild

was advertising for a “pony, lady to drive”

with applications directed to “Sandgate

Central, opposite Post Office” 74 .

The 1919 electoral roll had the Wild’s

still residing at Rainbow Street with Charles

listed as an “agent” and Jessie as performing

“house duties” 75 . Wild’s youngest daughter

Vera wedded Walter Holman at the Sandgate

Presbyterian Church on March 17, 1920 76 .

During July, 1921, Wild was advertising an

unfurnished house to let for 25 shillings per

week 77 . This may have been the Rainbow

Street residence as the following year

Wild, Jessie, Evelyn and Charles jnr. were

residing at Roche Street, Dalby 78 after Jessie

purchased a newsagency and stationers

shop there. On August 21, 1923 the 70 year

old Wild presented as a patient in the Dalby

Hospital 79 where he remained until his death

on September 27 80 . His death was attributed

to “arbitral disease” 80 . Wild was buried

the following day at Dalby Cemetery and

accorded a Masonic burial by the brethren of

the Dalby lodge of which he was a member 81 .

Wild’s obituary (Fig. 3) printed in the Dalby

Herald offers an interesting perspective on

Wild, written by someone who appears to

have intimate knowledge of his life and times.

396

OBITUARY.

-*&-

Mr Charles J. Wild.

There passed a Tray at the Dalby

Hospital on Thursday momiug, in the

person ol Mr, Charles Junes Wild. a

worthy student of Nature anil an nr-

ieci, jutiuruiitit', such as is rarely

found outside the circles of juu.rnint>

.mil legearch, or the laboratory and the

annexe. Sir Wild was Unoa-i to Dalby

and district au an excellent citizen,

and a man of kindly ami g e run mis

nature, but his utiai aments in the

world of science were known and re¬

cognised hut by few. circumstanvoM

over which he had no control, carried

.um 0111 oi his genial element, and, the

work for which he was so parlltjulory

adapted, and which, to tho end was

newest hi heart, was denied him.

The late .Ur Wild was born in Lanca

shire, England, in 1$52. and very

early exhibited his love for natural

history. Botany, and entomology es¬

pecially attracted him, but he was an

ardent student of other branches of

science, Including archaeology rind

ology_. Hla production for plant

insect life found him an enthus¬

iastic member of many learned socie¬

ties throughout England and Scotland,

and he took an active part in the

operations of th« Manchester Micro¬

scopical Society, Berwick Field

Naturalists' Society, Lancashire

Botanists' Association. Forfarshire

Naturalists* Society, and many others,

in bis capacity as a field naturalist,

he was entrusted from time to time

with the assembling and classification

of many botanical collections, such an

the well-known collection in connect¬

ion with Owen's College, Manchester,

and his work as such was sufficiently

distinguished and original to attract

to him some much coveted honor.;,

such as a fellowship in the world¬

wide Linnean Society, the Royal

Society of St. Petersburg, und Binder

distinctions from Scandanavia and

the Netherlands.

For health reasons he came to ;

Queenslnti in 18S4. by the Ducal liner, i

"Duke of Devonshire". on e of the first 1

big Vessels to venture up the Brisbane '

river, braving the mud hanks and un- '

certain channel® with which the :

waterway then abounded. After -.tmi*. |

time spent with Dr. Bancroft in the

southern districts, he took up the

work of field collecting, and ai-rnng.

in g for the Brisbane Museum, then j

housed in the present Public Library. I

Upon its removal to Its present

excellent site at the Ex- i

hlbition Hall, be ncted os assistant i

curator, and afterwards as director :

of the Museum. In those da vs imi !

little interest was taken by the *30- l

vemmetJt in such educational work,

and the Museum was allowed to strug i

gle along upon a paltry allowance of

a few hundred pounds a year, do’e.d I

.■sit with grudging hand, with tl.i ]

scanty funds available Mr wild sue- !

ceeded in making the institution more

worthy of the metropolis, hut never

reached anything like hta ideal. He

found worthy friends }n Messrs Trvon

and De Vis and ottmra. and did much

to help the State Botanist (ML Balled

In Ms wonderful Catalogue of the

Queensland Flora, Iq which wW be

found more than one spoof p® hearin-

that fame D f the gentleman who \

paaaed away yesterday, lift, wild

wan elected to the Royal Society of

Queensland. He did excellent wo*v i

for the state, as naturalist® will Mm 1 !

hot tftn»8 changed, and some tourtoen

years ago, Mr. Wild was «°t W*"

~’*h whflt pnnearq to have been scant

courtesy and scantier rsco*mft!on of

his valuable services leaving ids

curiatnrshtp for a stationery buntaess

at Sandgate.

That the marvellous mass Of know¬

ledge and the wonderful abtlftv of the

deceased should hav e been n1Io"- ef l t rt

remain neglected and unavailed of

la a edhee for surprise which Is by no

mean® unmtngled with sorrow and

regret it appears to be an-axample in

our own time of "genius going a-bpg-

k* n s" a fault Tor which we are prone

to sne e r at the past

A little over two years ago deceased

came with hl 8 wife ami family to

Dalby, where Mrs. Wild purchased a

uewaagency and stationers shop, and i

during his residence here he earned

the respect and goodwill of all with

whom he cam e In contact. He is sur¬

vived by a wife and several children,

two of whom Miss Evelyn wild, and

Mi Charles Wild, Jun., reside here

with their mother.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 383-404 (2019)

The funeral left deceased's late re-

resldence at uo 0 n to-day for the Dalby

cemetery, where the burial took place

The Rev. R. l. Reid officiated at the

grave aide, and the deceased was also

accorded a Masonic burial fay the

brethren of Lodge Sir Joshua peter

Bell, of which Lodge he was an es¬

teemed member. Messrs. Johnston

j and Carter had charge of the funeral

I arrangement*.

Fig. 3. C. J. Wild’s obituary in The Dalby Herald (Qld), 28 September 1923.

Franks, C.J. Wild and Queensland bryophytes

Conclusion: Botanical Legacy

During his lifetime, Wild collected over

1100 plant specimens, the majority of which

were bryophytes (939 specimens) (Fig. 4).

These specimens are variously accessioned

at the Herbarium of the University of

Manchester (MANCH), Fielding-Druce

Herbarium, University of Oxford (OXF),

World Museum Liverpool (LIV), the British

Museum of Natural History (BM), the Royal

Botanic Gardens Edinburgh (E), the British

Bryological Society herbarium (BBSUK)

housed at the National Museum of Wales,

University of Wales (ABS), Conservatoire

et Jardin botaniques de la Ville de Geneve

(G) , the Finnish Museum of Natural History

(H) , the New York Botanic Gardens (NY),

the United States National Herbarium (US),

the National Herbarium of New South Wales

(NSW), the National Herbarium of Victoria

(MEL), and the Queensland Herbarium (BRI).

Undoubtedly more of Wild’s specimens

will be uncovered as herbaria progressively

database their collections and make them

widely available and further duplicates of the

types are documented. Many of Wild’s UK

bryophyte specimens are accessioned with

the Queensland Herbarium (BRI) indicating

that he kept a personal herbarium which he

brought to the colony when he emigrated.

Wild’s collections of bryophytes from south¬

east Queensland are of particular importance

since many specimens were collected from

areas of vineforest from the greater Brisbane

area which no longer exist. For example,

Wild made significant collections from scrub

areas in Ashgrove, Enoggera, Newmarket,

Woolston and Pimpama. His bryophyte

collections from the Wet Tropics represent the

first significant collection of these plants from

this species rich area of the state. For reasons

unknown, he collected very few bryophytes

after returning from north Queensland.

Commemorations

Wild is commemorated in the names of several

bryophyte and fern species, in addition to a

species of butterfly, a moth, a gall midge, and

a fish.

397

Bryophytes

Numerous bryophyte taxa have been named

for Wild and in all cases his collections were

used as a type where the name was validly

published. All are now reduced to synonymy:

Aulacopilum wildii Broth, ex Paris, Ofvers.

Forh. Finska Vetensk.-Soc. 33: 103 (1891),

nom. nud. [= Solmsiella solmsiellacea (Mull.

Hal. & Broth.) Pur sell],

Barbula wildii Broth., Ofvers. Forh. Finska

Vetensk.-Soc. 33:97. (1890); Didymodonwildii

(Broth.) Broth., Nat. Pflcmzenfam. I, 3: 407

(1902). Type: Queensland. Darling Downs

District: Highfields, December 1888, C. Wild

21 (syn: H-BR 1292021, BM 001006605). [=

Didymodon tophaceus (Brid.) Lisa],

Fissidens wildii Broth., Ofvers. Forh.

Finska Vetensk.-Soc. 33: 94 (1891). Type:

Queensland. Moreton District: Pimpana,

August 1887, C. Wild 2 (holo: H-BR; iso:

MEL, NSW; fide Seppelt & Stone 2016). [=

Fissidens curvatus Hornsch. var. curvatus],

Frullania wildii Steph., Hedwigia 33:

169 (1894). Type: Australia: Queensland.

Darling Downs District: Toowoomba, s.dat .,

C. Wild 453 (lecto: G 18234; fide von Konrat

& Braggins 2001). [= Frullania pentapleura

Taylor],

Lejeunea wildii Steph., Hedwigia 28: 165

(1889), Acrolejennea wildii Steph. ex Watts,

Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 26:

215 (1901); Ptychocoleus wildii (Steph. ex

Watts) Steph., Sp. Hepat. 5: 60 (1912). Type:

Queensland. Moreton District: Hamilton,

July 1887, C. Wild s.n. (holo: G 15847; iso:

BM, MANCH, NSW [H495 & H496]; fide

Brown et al. 1992: 77). [= Acrolejeunea

securifolia (Nees) Steph. & Watts],

Plagiobryum wildii Broth., Ofvers. Forh.

Finska Vetensk.-Soc. 33: 101 (1891), Bryum

wildii (Broth.) Mull.Hal., Gen. Muse. Fr. 204

(1900). Type: Queensland. Darling Downs

District: Highfields, December 1888, Wild

s.n. (holo: H-BR 0561010; iso: BM, BRI

[AQ717281], MEL, NSW; fide Spence &

Ramsay 2006). [= Plagiobryoides cellularis

(Hook.) J.R. Spence],

398

Austrobaileya 10(3): 383-404 (2019)

Fig. 4a. Distribution of bryophyte collections made by C. J.Wild from Great Britain

Franks, C.J. Wild and Queensland bryophytes

399

Fig. 4b. Distribution of bryophyte collections made by C.J.Wild from Queensland.

Wildia Mull.Hal. & Broth., Ofvers. Forh.

Finska Vetensk.-Soc. 33: 103 (1891). Type

species: W. solmsiellaea Mull.Hal. & Broth,

ex Broth.

Wildia solmsiellaea Mull.Hal. & Broth, ex

Broth., Ofvers. Fork. Finska Vetensk.-Soc.

33: 103 (1891). Type: Queensland. Moreton

District: Woolston Scrub, November 1888,

C. Wild 18 (holo: H-BR 4432004; iso: P

0131494). [= Solmsiella solmsiellacea (Mull.

Hal. & Broth.) Pursell],

Ferns

Two fern taxa have been named for Wild:

Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull.

Dept. Agric. Queensland 4: 20 (1891). Type:

Queensland. Cook District: Daintree River,

s.dat ., C. Wilds.n. (holo: BRI [AQ144732]).

Trichomanes wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull.

Dept. Agric. Queensland 4: 19 (1891);

Crepidopteris wildii (F.M.Bailey) N. A.Wakef.,

Viet. Nat. 66: 59 (1949); Crepidophyllum wildii

(F.M.Bailey) C.F.Reed, Taxon 4: 108 (1955);

400

Reediella wildii (F.M.Bailey) Pic.Serm.,

Webbia 24: 719 (1970). Type: Queensland.

Cook District: between Cairns and

Herberton, in 1891, C.J. Wild s.n. (holo: BRI

[AQ024772]; iso: NSW). [= Crepidomanes

humile (G.Forst.) Bosch],

Fish

Rhycherus wildii Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Queensland 20: 18 (1907). [= Rhycherus

filamentosus (Castelnau, 1872)].

A bony fish was “Named for Charles James

Wild, Acting Curator of the Queensland

Museum, by whose courtesy I am permitted

to make the above description”.

Butterflies and moths

Arhopala wildei Miskin, Ann. Queensland

Mus. 1: [i]-xx 1—[93] [i]—ix (1891).

Ambulyx wildei Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Queensland 8: 20-21 (1891).

The small oakblue butterfly and a moth

respectively are also named for Wild, albeit a

misspelling of his surname.

Flies and mosquitoes

Lasioptera wildi Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc.

New South Wales 15: 387 (1890).

A gall midge that he collected from the

Brisbane Botanic Gardens.

Type specimens based on Wild collections

These cover only those that were validly

published. A number of nomina nuda are also

known, particularly for bryophytes; however,

the Wild specimens referred to are not types.

Bryophytes

Cephalozia hirta Steph., Sp. Hepat. 3: 345

(1908). Type: Queensland, s.dat., C. Wild s.n.

(syn: G 00282621).

Fissidens arboreus Broth., Ofvers. Fork

Finska Vetensk.-Soc. 33: 95 (1891). Type:

Queensland. Moreton District: Pimpama,

August 1887, C. Wild 5 (holo: H-BR?; iso:

BRI, MEL, NSW 360698, NY; fide Stone

(1990: 245). [= Fissidens oblongifolius var.

hyophilus (Mitt.) Beever & I.G.Stone],

Austrobaileya 10(3): 383-404 (2019)

Fissidens calodictyon Broth., Ofvers. Forh.

Finska Vetensk.-Soc. 33: 94 (1891). Type:

Queensland. Moreton District: Ashgrove,

May 1888, C. Wild 1 (holo: H-BR; iso: BRI,

NSW 214600). [= Fissidens beckettii Mitt.].

Fossombronia papillata Steph., Hedwigia

28: 157 (1889). Type: Queensland, s.dat., C.

Wild s.n. (lecto: G 00121803; isolecto: BM

79844 -fide Stotler et al. 2003: 138).

Frullania seriata Gottsche ex Steph.,

Hedwigia 28: 160 (1889). Type: Queensland,

s.dat., C. Wild s.n. (syn: G 00050876).

Acolea crassifolia (Carrington) Steph.;

Gymnomitrion crassifolium Carrington,

Trans. & Proc. Botanical Soc. Edinburgh

13: 461 (1879). Type: Scotland. Meal na

Ptargnachan, Perthshire, August 1878, C.J.

Wild s.n. (syn: MICH 514771).

Kurzia reversa (Carrington & Pearson)

Grolle; Lepidozia reversa Carrington &

Pearson, J. Bot. 27: 225 (1889). Type:

Queensland. Moreton District: Sandy Creek,

Beenleigh, May 1887, C. Wild s.n. (syn: G

00280616).

Macromitrium mucromdatum Mull.Hal.,

Hedwigia 37: 146 (1898). Type: Queensland.

Moreton District: Burpengary, May 1888,

C. Wild s.n. (holo: H-BR; iso: BM 000982643,

NSW, P 0137808, P 0137809, P 0137810). [=

Macromitrium brevicaule (Besch.) Broth.].

Wild only described one species, a hornwort.

Dendroceros subtropicus C.J.Wild, Trans.

Nat. Hist. Soc. Queensland 1: 49 (1893). Type:

Queensland. Moreton District: Tamborine

Mountain, May 1893, C.J. Wild s.n. (holo:

BRI [AQ722116]).

Wild (1893) did not mention a type specimen,

but merely indicated that the material

came from Mt Tamborine. The above cited

collection is the only specimen at BRI

collected at Mt Tamborine by Wild and has

his original label. It had been previously

identified as Dendroceros sp. by C. Cargill in

1994.

401

Franks, C.J. Wild and Queensland bryophytes

Other type specimens based on Wild

collections include the following:

Ferns

Alsophila australis var. excelsa F.M.Bailey,

Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland 2: 22

(1891). Type: Queensland. Cook District:

between Cairns and Herberton, in 1891,

C.J. Wild s.n. (lecto: BRI [AQ0024668],

fide Tindale 1956: 359). [= Cyathea cooperi

(Hook, ex F.Muell.) Domin],

Microsorum australiense (F.M. Bailey)

Bostock; Polypodium superficial var.

australiense F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept.

Agric. Queensland 4: 21 (1891). Type:

Queensland. Cook District: between Cairns

and Herberton, in 1891, C.J. Wild s.n. (holo:

BRI [AQ0024870]).

Trichomanes nanum var. australiense

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 20: 13 (1914). Type:

Queensland. Cook District: between Cairns

and Herberton, July 1891, C.J. Wild s.n. (lecto:

BRI [AQ0024761], fide Croxall 1975: 535).

[= Crepidomanes kurzii (Bedd.) Tagawa &

K.Iwats.].

Fungi

Astrosphaeriella picea (Shirley) Aptroot;

Arthopyrenia picea Shirley, Lich. FI.

Queensland 4: 174 (1889). Type: Queensland:

Moreton District: Caboolture, s.dat., C.J.

Wild s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ0721401],

Flowering Plants

Pterostylis depauperata F.M.Bailey, Bot.

Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland 4: 18 (1891).

Type: Queensland. Cook District: Near

Cairns, in 1890, C.J. Wild s.n. (holo: BRI

[AQ311959]).

Publications by Charles James Wild

Wild never published widely with all of his

articles appearing within a six year period

between 1888 and 1894 (see Wild references

below).

Acknowledgements

Joyce Leech, researcher with the Manchester

and Lancashire Family History Society

is thanked for unearthing details of the

Wild’s early life and drawing my attention

to specific details contained within the UK

Census results. Ilona Fors of the National

Library of Finland Research Library is

thanked for providing scans of the letters

received by Dr. V.F.Brotherus from Wild.

Susan Wright, Collection Manager of

Terrestrial Environments (Entomology) at

the Queensland Museum assisted with my

queries regarding Wild’s insect collections

and any insects named in his honour.

Meg Lloyd, librarian of the Queensland

Museum is thanked for uncovering and

scanning correspondence to and from Wild

during his employment with the museum.

Michael Mathieson is thanked for providing

constructive comments on an earlier version

of this article and Sarah Xu patiently

restored the scanned image of Wild (Fig.

1). The Director and staff of the Queensland

Herbarium have been most helpful in allowing

access to specimens, the specimen database

and documents.

References

Adb (2006-2017). Australian Dictionary of Biography.

National Centre of Biography, Australian

National University, http://adb.anu.edu.au/,

accessed 18 November 2017.

Anderson, G.I. (1977). The social economy of late-

Victorian clerks. In G. Crossick (ed.). The

Lower Middle Class in Britain, 1870-1914 , pp.

113-133. St. Martin’s Press: New York.

Avh (2017). The Australasian Virtual Herbarium.

Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria,

https://avh.chah.org.au/, accessed 31 October

2017.

Bailey, F.M. (1883). A synopsis of the Queensland

flora: containing both the phaenogamous and

cryptogamous plants. J.C. Beal, Government

Printer: Brisbane.

- (1890). A synopsis of the Queensland flora:

containing both the phaenogamous and

cryptogamous plants. Third supplement. J.C.

Beal, Government Printer: Brisbane.

- (1891). A concise history of Australian botany.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

8: 17-41.

Brown, E.A., Ramsay, H.P & Seur, J. (1992). Australian

hepatic types at the National Herbarium of New

South Wales (NSW) and the Ray Herbarium

(SYD). Telopea 5: 67-90.

402

Croxall, J.P. (1975). The Hymenophyllaceae of

Queensland. Australian Journal of Botany 23:

509-547.

Dowe, J.L. (2017). A family’s contribution to Queensland

botany: John Howard Simmonds [Snr] (1862-

1955), Rose Simmonds {nee Culpiri) (1877—

1960) and John Howard Simmonds [Jnr] (1901—

1992). Austrobaileya 10: 168-183.

Dowe, J.L. & Broughton, A.D. (2007). F.M.Bailey’s

ascent of Mt Bellenden-Ker in 1889, and notes

on the publication priority of new vascular plant

species from the expedition. Austrobaileya 7:

555-566.

Lawley, M. (2015). A Social and Biographical History

of British and Irish Field Bryologists. http://rbg-

web2.rbge.org.uk/bbs/learning/bryohistory/

History%20of%20British%20Bryology.pdf,

accessed 27 October 2017.

Lepp, H. (2012). Episodes in Australian Bryology. The

First Century. https://www.anbg.gov.au/

bryophyte/aust-bryology-episodes-2.html,

accessed 18 November 2017.

Loftus, D. (2011). The Rise of the Victorian Middle

Class. http://www.bbc.co.uk/history/british/

v icto rians/m iddle_classe s_01. shtml, accessed

25 October 2017.

Maiden, J.H. (1909). Records of Queensland Botanists:

a paper read before the above association. A.J.

Cumming, Government Printer: Brisbane.

http://nla.gov.au/nla.obj-20119805.

Mather, P. (ed.) (1986). A Time for a Museum. A

History of the Queensland Museum 1862-1986.

Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 24: 1-364.

National Library of Australia (2009-onwards). Trove.

<http://trove.nla.gov.au>, last accessed 20

December 2017.

Pearn, J.H. (1992). In sundry places: Queensland

place names and memorials commemorating

Bancroft. Journal of the Royal Historical

Society of Queensland 14: 507-516.

Ramsay, H.P. (2006). History of research on Australian

mosses. In P.M.McCarthy (ed.), Flora of

Australia 51, Mosses 1, pp. 1-19. ABRS/CSIRO

Publishing: Canberra/Melbourne.

RSQ - Royal Society of Queensland (2017). About

us. http://www.royalsocietyqld.org/about-us/,

accessed 20 December 2017.

Seppelt, R.D. & Stone, I.G. (2016), Australian Mosses

Online 70. Fissidentaceae. Australian

Biological Resources Study: Canberra. Version

16 June 2016. http://www.anbg.gov.au/abrs/

Mosses_online/70_V2_Fissidentaceae.html,

accessed 20 December 2017.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 383-404 (2019)

Simmonds, J.H. (1888). Field Naturalists’ excursion to

Woolston. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 5: 173-179.

Spence, J.R. & Ramsay, H.P. (2006). Bryaceae. In

PM. McCarthy (ed.). Flora of Australia 51:

274-310, 319-348. Australian Biological

Resources Study/CSIRO Publishing: Canberra/

Melbourne.

Stone, I.G. (1990), Fissidens, sections Crispidium ,

Amblyothallia and Serridium and subgenus

Pachyfissidens in Australasia: some taxonomic

changes and a key to the species. Journal of

Bryology 16: 245-260.

Stotler, R.E., Bray, J.R., Cargill, D.C., Krayesky, D.

& Crandall-Stotler, B. J. (2003). Typifications

in the genus Fossombronia (Marchantiophyta).

The Bryologist 106: 130-142.

Thiers, B. (continuously updated). Index Herbariorum:

A global directory of public herbaria and

associated staff. New York Botanical Garden’s

Virtual Herbarium, http://sweetgum.nybg.org/

ih, accessed 20 December 2017.

Tindale, M.D. (1956). The Cyatheaceae of Australia.

Contributions from the New South Wales

National Herbarium 2\ 327-361.

Von Konrat, M. & Braggins, J.E. (2001). Notes on five

Frullania species from Australia, including

typification, synonyms, and new localities.

Journal of the Hattori Botanical Laboratory 91:

229-263.

Wild, C.J. (1888a). Notes on some Queensland mosses.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

5: 116-119.

-(1888b). Notes on the Queensland Hepaticae.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

5: 120.

-(1888c). Bryological Notes. Proceedings of the

Royal Society of Queensland 5: 148-150.

- (1889a). Bryological Notes. Proceedings of the

Royal Society of Queensland 6: 76-79.

- (1889b). Bryological Notes. Proceedings of the

Royal Society of Queensland 6: 104-105.

- (1893a). On the occurrence of a new Dendroceros

in Queensland. Transactions of the Natural

History Society of Queensland 1: 49-50.

- (1893b). Plants observed during a visit to

Stradbroke Island. Transactions of the Natural

History Society of Queensland 1: 10-13.

- (1894). Hexabranchus flammulalus. Q. & G.

Transactions of the Natural History Society of

Queensland 1: 90-91.

Franks, C.J. Wild and Queensland bryophytes

Endnotes

403

1 Register of Births, General Register Office

2 Parish baptism records

3 UK census records for 1861

4 Register of Deaths, General Register Office

5 UK census records for 1871

6 UK census records for 1881

7 Trans. & Proc. Botanical Soc. Edinburgh vol. 13

8 The Botanical Locality Record Club, Report of the Recorder

9 The Dalby Herald (Qld), 28 Sep 1923

10 Assisted Immigration Records 1848-1912, Queensland State Archives

11 Queensland Herbarium specimen records

12 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 15 Nov 1883

13 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 8 Feb 1886

14 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 7 Oct 1886

15 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 10 Oct 1887

16 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 10 Sep 1887

17 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 9 Jan 1888

18 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 9 Mar 1888

19 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 18 Aug 1888

20 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 12 Oct 1888

21 The Queenslander, 24 Nov 1888

22 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 6 Feb 1889

23 Brotherus correspondence. Research Library of the National Library of Finland

24 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 16 Feb 1889

25 The Telegraph(Brisbane, Qld), 11 Mar 1889

26 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 12 Apr 1889

27 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 11 May 1889

28 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 9 Aug 1889

29 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 11 Oct 1889

30 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 2 Jul 1890

31 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 12 Dec 1890

32 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 9 Feb 1891

33 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 14 Apr 1891

34 The Week (Brisbane, Qld), 20 Mar 1891

35 The Queenslander, 20 Jun 1891, p. 1165

36 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 10 Aug 1891

37 Correspondence to de Vis, 10 Jul 1891

38 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 6 Nov 1891

39 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 12 Dec 1891

40 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 15 Dec 1891

41 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 15 Jan 1892

42 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 25 Jan 1892

43 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 20 Feb 1892

44 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 5 Mar 1892

45 The Brisbane Courier, (Qld), 14 Apr 1892

46 The Queenslander, 11 Jun 1892

404

Austrobaileya 10(3): 383-404 (2019)

47 Queensland Registry of Births, Deaths and Marriages

48 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 22 Aug 1892

49 The Queenslander, 15 Jul 1893

50 Blue Book, 1893

51 Transactions of the Natural History Society of Queensland , vol. 1

52 The Telegraph (Qld), 16 Aug 1895

53 The Telegraph (Qld), 24 Jan 1896

54 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 29 Oct 1897

55 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 16 Feb 1901

56 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 28 Oct 1908

57 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 3 Sep 1910

58 The Daily Standard (Brisbane, Qld), 10 Aug 1921

59 Blue Book, 1902

60 Electoral Roll, 1905

61 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 2 Sep 1905

62 The Brisbane Courier (Qld), 5 Oct 1906

63 Blue Book, 1906

64 Australian Dictionary of Biography (ADB 2006-2017)

65 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 4 Oct 1910 2 nd ed.

66 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 5 Oct 1910

67 Electoral Roll, 1912

68 Electoral Roll, 1913

69 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 19 Dec 1914

70 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 11 Feb 1915

71 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 20 Feb 1915

72 Electoral Roll, 1917

73 The Daily Mail, (Brisbane, Qld), 11 Apr 1917

74 The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 21 Apr 1917

75 Electoral Roll, 1919

76 The Daily Mail, (Brisbane, Qld), 15 Apr 1920

77 The Telegraph, (Brisbane, Qld), 18 Jul 1921

78 Electoral Roll, 1922

79 The Dalby Herald, (Qld), 21 Aug 1923

80 Queensland Registry of Births, Deaths and Marriages

81 The Dalby Herald (Qld), 28 Sep 1923

A taxonomic revision of Lagenophora

Cass. (Asteraceae) in Australia

Jian Wang & A.R. Bean

Summary

Wang, J. & Bean, A.R. (2019). A taxonomic revision of Lagenophora Cass. (Asteraceae) in Australia.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442. The genus Lagenophora Cass, is taxonomically revised for Australia

with 12 species recognised from Western Australia, South Australia, Queensland, New South Wales,

Australian Capital Territory, Victoria and Tasmania. Nine species are endemic to Australia and three

also occur elsewhere. Lagenophora adenosa Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean and L. platysperma Jian

Wang ter & A.R.Bean are newly described; L. gunniana Steetz and L. latifolia Hook.f. are reinstated;

L. montana Hook.f. is newly recognised for South Australia; L. sublyrata (Cass.) A.R.Bean & Jian

Wang ter is a new combination (based on Ixauchenus sublyratus Cass.); and L. gracilis Steetz is

reinstated in its original (geographically restricted) sense. All of the 12 species are fully described

and seven species are illustrated. Notes are provided on the Australian distribution of all species

(including maps), habitat and proposed conservation status. Identification keys are provided for

Australia and for each state.

Key Words: Asteraceae; Lagenifera: Lagenophora adenosa ; Lagenophora brachyglossa\ Lagenophora

fimbriata; Lagenophora gracilis ; Lagenophora gunniana ; Lagenophora huegelii ; Lagenophora

latifolia ; Lagenophora montana ; Lagenophora platysperma ; Lagenophora queenslandica ;

Lagenophora stipitata ; Lagenophora sublyrata ; Australia flora; new species; identification keys;

distribution maps; conservation status

Jian Wang & A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: jian.wang@des.

qld.gov. au; tony.bean@des.qld. gov. au

Introduction

The genus Lagenifera Cass, was established

in 1816 by the prolific synantherologist Henri

Cassini (Cassini 1816). Two years later, he

used the spelling Lagenophora for the same

genus (Cassini 1818), and the correct spelling

of the genus name was for many years

controversial. A proposal by Nicolson (1996)

to conserve Lagenophora against Lagenifera

was ultimately successful and has brought

stability.

In the original publication, Cassini

mentioned two species belonging to his

genus (< Calendula magellanica Willd. and

Beilis stipitata Labill.), but he did not transfer

them to Lagenophora. The former is now

Lagenophora nudicaulis (Lam.) T.R.Dudley,

from southern South America, and the latter is

nowZ. stipitata (Labill.) Druce from southern

Australia and New Zealand.

Cassini (1822) coined the name

Lagenophora billardierei Cass., based on

Beilis stipitata. According to the custom at

that time, he combined his new genus name

with a species epithet honouring the author

of the name being replaced. A few years

later, he (Cassini 1828) described the genus

Ixauchenus Cass, with a single species I.

sublyratus Cass., which he differentiated

from Lagenophora by its many disc florets,

“perhaps hermaphrodite”, the many ligulate

florets arranged in two rows, the bracts of

the involucre uniform throughout, and the

achenes with a thick and glutinous neck. The

original material for Ixauchenus sublyratus

was for many years unknown, but recently the

name has been typified (Bean & Wang 2017).

The type matches a widespread Australasian

species formerly included inZ. gracilis Steetz.

De Candolle (1836) recorded four species

for the genus, two from southern South

America, one from New Zealand and one from

Accepted for publication 29 March 2019

406

Australia. He also recognised Ixauchenus as a

distinct genus, and was the last botanist to do

so.

Cabrera (1966) provided the most recent

account of the genus as a whole; he enumerated

15 species, including three species that are

now included in the allied genus Myriactis

Less. For an excellent summary of the

genera allied to Lagenophora , i.e. subtribe

Lagenophorinae Nesom, see Hind (2004).

Phylogeny

Lagenophora is one of 9 genera belonging

to the “Lagenophora group” within subtribe

Lagenophorinae G.L.Nesom (Nesom 1998;

Hind 2004), namely Keysseria Lauterb.,

Pappochroma Raf., Lagenocypsela Swenson

& K.Bremer, Lagenophora Cass., Myriactis

Less., Novaguinea D.J.Hind, Piora J.Kost.,

Pytinicarpa G.L.Nesom and Solenogyne Cass.

Hind (2004) overlooked the fact that Nesom

(1998) had reduced his genera Lagenithrix

G.L.Nesom and Lagenopappus G.L.Nesom to

synonymy with Pappochroma Raf.

There have been limited molecular studies

dealing with the phylogeny of Lagenophora

and its relatives. Nakamura et al. (2012)

showed that Solenogyne mikadoi Koidz. from

southern Japan clustered strongly with the

Australian representatives of Solenogyne. It

would be interesting to add the two species

of Lagenocypsela from New Guinea to that

analysis, as from a morphological standpoint,

they would seem to be synonymous with

Solenogyne. Nakamura et al. (2012) also

discovered that Lagenophora hnegelii formed

part of the same clade with the species of

Solenogyne. The study of Nakamura et al.

(2012) suggested that L. lanata and L. gracilis

are synonymous, but one of the vouchers is

from Queensland, Australia, and the other

from Amamioshima Island, Japan, and both

could easily be L. sublyrata.

The latter finding was corroborated

and expanded by Sancho et al. (2015),

who identified two major clades involving

Lagenophora and Solenogyne , with

the Australian/New Zealand species L.

huegelii , L. lanata and L. gracilis aligning

with Solenogyne. The remaining “core”

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

Lagenophora clade includes most of the New

Zealand species, the species from southern

South America, and the Australasian species

L. montana and L. stipitata.

History of the Australian Lagenophora

species

Bentham (1867) recognised four species

{Lagenophora billardierei Cass., L. hnegelii

Benth., L. solenogyne F.Muell. and L.

emphysopus Hook.f.) for Australia, but the

latter two are now classified in the genus

Solenogyne Cass. Bentham’s taxonomy was

followed by Davis (1950), in her revision

of Australian species, resulting in the

recognition of only L. stipitata (Labill.) Druce

(syn. L. billardierei ) and L. huegelii Benth.

Cabrera (1966) recognised three species for

Australia, L. stipitata , L. huegelii and L.

gracilis Steetz, and established L. gracilis as

a very widespread species, citing specimens

of it from much of southern Australia, and in

Malesia, south-east Asia, New Caledonia and

Sri Lanka. Koster(1966)consideredZ. gracilis

and L. lanata A.Cunn. to be synonymous, and

hence she used the earlier name L. lanata in

her study of New Guinea Asteraceae. Almost

all Australian state and regional floras (Curtis

1963; Cooke 1986; Stanley & Ross 1986;

Porteners & Brown 1992; Wheeler et al. 2002)

have used only these three species names in

their treatments. The exception was Clarke

(1999), who reinstated L. montana Hook.f. for

Australia, a taxon that was treated at varietal

rank by Cabrera (1966). Three new species

were described by Wang & Bean (2016), in

their revision of the Queensland members of

the genus.

In the current paper, a total of 12

species based on morphological characters

are recognised for Australia. Two species

{Lagenophora adenosa Jian Wang ter &

A.R.Bean and L. platysperma Jian Wang ter &

A.R.Bean) are newly described; L. gunniana

Steetz and L. latifolia Hook.f. are reinstated;

L. montana is newly recognised for South

Australia; L. sublyrata (Cass.) A.R.Bean &

Jian Wang ter is a new combination (based

on Ixauchenus sublyratus ); and L. gracilis

is reinstated in its original (geographically

restricted) sense. L. montana , L. stipitata and

407

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

L. sublyrata extend outside Australia, the

first two to New Zealand, the last widely to

mainland Asia, south-east Asia, Malesia and

New Guinea.

Our morphological studies have identified

two major groups within Australian

Lagenophora. The first group (including L.

brachyglossa, L. fimbriata , L. gracilis , L.

gunniana , L. hnegelii, L. platysperma, L.

queenslandica, L. sublyrata ) has bunched,

rather fleshy roots and very short rhizomes,

usually numerous scapes (up to 20), stems

never elongating (and therefore, leaves in

basal rosette). The second group (including L.

adenosa, L. latifolia, L. montana, L. stipitata)

has slender wiry roots, long fibrous rhizomes,

often only one scape, and often with elongated

stems.

Scanning electron microscopy (SEM)

images of achenes have proved to be

taxonomically useful in other Asteraceae

groups (e.g. Zhang et al. 2013; Bona 2015). It

transpired that it was not possible to discern

unique patterns for individual Australian

Lagenophora spp., as the within-species

variation was great. However, two rather

distinct patterns were noted:

Type 1 consisted of elongated cells with

striate unidirectional (longitudinal) surface

wax ornamentation. The species showing

this pattern were L. brachyglossa (Fig.

1A), L. gunniana, L. huegelii (Fig. IB), L.

platysperma and L. sublyrata.

Type 2 consisted of oval or elliptical cells with

multidirectional surface wax ornamentation.

The species showing this pattern were L.

adenosa, L. fimbriata, L. gracilis (Fig. ID),

L. latifolia, L. montana, L. queenslandica and

L. stipitata (Fig. 1C).

The groupings based on SEM

micrographs are not the same as those based

on macro-morphology, but there is quite good

correlation. For example, all the members of

morphological group 2 are present in SEM

Type 2. A more detailed SEM study utilising

other plant parts may find further patterns or

characters with taxonomic utility.

Materials and methods

This revision is based on morphological

examination of Lagenophora material at BRI,

and specimens received on loan from A, AD,

AK, CANB, GH, HO, L, NSW, MEL and

PERTH. Images of type specimens held at FI,

G, HAL, K, M, NY, P and W have also been

examined. Most measurements are based on

dried material, but the dimensions of florets

are based on material reconstituted with

boiling water.

In this study, we took scanning electron

microscope (SEM) images of the achene

surface for all Australian species of

Lagenophora , to determine whether there were

patterns that would distinguish individual

species. The scanning electron microscope

(SEM) images were performed under the

Phenom™, a high resolution desktop imaging

tool with an optical camera. Achenes from

between two and four vouchered specimens

were used for each species.

Common abbreviations in the specimen

citations are Mt (Mountain), NP (National

Park), NR (Nature Reserve) and SF (State

Forest). Measurements abbreviated as e.g.

1.3-2 mm infer that the feature measured

varied between 1.3 and 2.0 mm.

Taxonomy

Lagenophora Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom.

Paris 1816:199 (Dec \8\6)(‘Lagenifera’)(orth.

cons). Lectotype: Lagenophora billardierei

(= L. stipitata ), fide A. Cunningham, Ann.

Nat. Hist. 2(8): 126 (1839).

Small perennial herbs with stoloniferous

rhizomes. Stems, leaves and scapes usually

covered with eglandular hairs. The stem

rudimentary or occasionally elongated

(usually in the species L. adenosa, L. latifolia,

L. montana, L. stipitata). Leaves rosulate or

occasionally alternate on an elongated stem,

obovate or oblanceolate, green, penninerved,

sinuate, dentate to lobed. Scapes unbranched,

usually ribbed when dry, with small or

leafy bracts scattered throughout. Capitula

solitary, radiate, campanulate, hemispherical

to cupular, with 2-4(-6) rows of involucral

bracts; the bracts herbaceous, linear-lanceolate

408

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

Fig. 1. SEM micrographs of Lagenophora achene surface. A. L. brachvglossa (Butler & Fairfax s.n., BRI [AQ613294]);

B. L. huegelii (Davis 3709, PERTH); C. L. stipitata (Moscal 12504, HO); D. L. gracilis (Royce 2917, PERTH).

409

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

to oblanceolate, acute to obtuse, with narrow,

scarious or fimbriate margins. Receptacle

glabrous, epaleate. Ray florets in two to

five rows, pistillate, ligulate, white, creamy

to purple coloured; style 2-branched. Disk

florets bisexual but functionally male, with a

tubular corolla that is 4 or 5(-6) dentate and

papillose on the outer surface. Stamens (4-)5,

anthers connected, obtuse at base, filaments

free. Style 2-branched; pappus absent, or (in

L. sublyrata) 1-2 pappus scales or an annulus

present on disc florets. Receptacle flat to

convex, glabrous. Achenes glandular, laterally

flattened, obliquely obovate to oblanceolate

or lunate, usually with thickened margins,

and with a short to long beak; carpopodium

annular, white. Achene pappus absent.

About 25 species (Australia, New Zealand,

South America, New Caledonia, China,

India, Sri Lanka, Malesia, south-east Asia).

12 species in Australia.

Key to the Australian species of Lagenophora

1 Ligules of marginal florets up to 1 mm (0.4-1 mm) long. 2

1. Ligules of marginal florets > 1 mm, (1—)1.4—6 mm long. 4

2 Achenes oblanceolate, 3.2-37 mm long excluding beak, 0.7-1.1 mm wide,

light or yellowish brown, both sides tapering to the beak (Fig. 2B);

leaves and scapes firmly attached to stem and/or rootstock. L. brachyglossa

2. Achenes obliquely obovate, 2.8-3.4 mm long excluding beak, 1.3-1.8 mm

wide, dark or reddish brown, both sides abruptly contracted into the beak

(Fig. 2E&F); leaves and scapes usually readily detached from

rootstock.3

3 Achenes smooth on both faces and edges, scattered hairs on both faces;

disc florets usually 20-30. L. huegelii

3. Achenes transversely wrinkled on both surfaces and edges; glabrous or

with a few hairs on both faces; disc florets usually 10-15. L. gunniana

4 Roots fibrous and wiry, not bunched, rhizomes spreading; stem short or

often elongated (leaves alternate along stem), glands on the dorsal edge

of achene densely and continuously distributed from beak to

carpopodium.5

4. Roots tuberous and fleshy, bunched; rhizomes short; stem absent or very

short (leaves in basal rosette); glands on dorsal edge of achene scattered

or absent.8

5 Scape glabrous or with a few appressed to antrorse hairs; the apex of

involucral bracts obtuse. L. montana

5. Scape hairs retrorse to patent; involucral bracts more or less subulate and

finely pointed.6

6 Leaf margins usually obtusely serrate; scape with eglandular hairs only;

achene glands usually confined to dorsal edge from beak to carpopodium

(Fig. 2K).L. stipitata

6. Leaf margins sinuate to undulate; scape with eglandular hairs and shorter

glandular hairs; achene glands extending along ventral and dorsal edges

from beak to carpopodium and often on the basal and distal portions of

both faces (Fig. 2A&G).7

410 Austrobaileya 10 ( 3 ): 405-442 ( 2019 )

7 Leaves 4-5 times longer than wide, 7-15 cm long, 1-3 cm wide; achenes

3.3-4.3 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide.L. adenosa

7. Leaves 2.5-2.9 times longer than wide, 1-3.5 cm long, 0.4-1.2 cm wide;

achenes 27-3.5 mm long, 0.7-0.9 mm wide.L. latifolia

8 Achenes obliquely obovate, both sides abruptly contracted into the beak

(Fig. 2F&I); achene surfaces often with scattered hairs; leaves and

scapes usually readily detaching from rootstock.9

8. Achenes oblanceolate, one or both sides tapering to the beak

(Fig. 2C, D, J&L); achene sufaces glabrous; leaves and scapes firmly

attached to stem and/or rootstock.10

9 Ligules (3-)4.5-6 mm long; achenes 37-4.5 mm long excluding beak,

2.1-3 mm wide, achene edges not thickened.L. platysperma

9. Ligules 0.9-1.5 mm long; achenes 2.8-3.3 mm long excluding beak, 1.3-

1.7 mm wide; achene edges thickened.L. huegelii

10 Achene glands confined to the dorsal side of beak and adjacent upper

dorsal edge; achenes usually with 1-5 hairs at base.L. sublyrata

10. Achene glands surrounding the beak, and extending sparsely along

ventral and/or dorsal edges; achenes never with basal hairs. 11

11 Ligules 3-4.7 mm long; leaves glabrous except for fimbriate margins.L. fimbriata

11. Ligules 1.4-1.8 mm long; leaf surfaces and margins more or less equally hairy.12

12 Leaves 2.1-3.3 times longer than wide, sessile or with a winged petiole¬

like base to 1 cm long; achene beak usually 0.2-0.3 mm long, without a

thickened white annular collar at its apex.L. queenslandica

12. Leaves 4-5 times longer than wide, with a winged petiole-like base

1-3 cm long; achene beak usually 0.5-07 mm long, with a thickened

white annular collar at its apex.L. gracilis

Key to the Western Australia species of Lagenophora

1 Roots fibrous and wiry, not bunched, rhizomes spreading; stem short or

often elongated (leaves alternate along stem); scape hairs retrorse

to patent; glands on the dorsal edge of achene densely and continuously

distributed from beak to carpopodium.L. stipitata

1. Roots tuberous and fleshy, bunched; rhizomes short; stem absent or very

short (leaves in basal rosette); scape hairs appressed to antrorse; glands

scattered on the dorsal edge of achene.2

2 Stem 0.5—1(—3) cm long; leaves and scapes firmly attached to stem;

achenes oblanceolate, both sides tapering to the beak (Fig. 2D), achene

faces glabrous.L. gracilis

2. Stem less than 0.5 cm long; leaves and scapes usually readily detached

from rootstock; achenes obovate, both sides abruptly contracted into

the beak (Fig. 2F&I); achene faces usually with scattered hairs.3

3 Ligules of marginal florets (3-)4.5-6 mm long; achenes 37-4.5 mm long

excluding beak, 2.1-3 mm wide, achene edges not thickened.L. platysperma

3. Ligules of marginal florets 0.9-1.5 mm long; achenes 2.8-3.3 mm long

excluding beak, 1.3-17 mm wide; achene edges thickened.L. huegelii

Fig. 2. Achenes of the 12 Australian Lagenophora species. A. L. adenosa ( Stajsic 812, MEL). B. L. brachvglossa

( Butler & Fairfax s.n., BRI [AQ613294]). C. L. fimbriata ( Johnson 725, BRI). D. L. gracilis ( Royce 2917 ', PERTH

[neotype]). E. L. gunniana ( Duncan 1035, HO). F. L. huegelii ( Hislop 1199, PERTH). G. L. latifolia ( Curtis s.n., HO

52184). H. L. montana ( Brown 185, HO). I. L. platysperma ( Keighery 2108, PERTH). J. L. queenslandica ( Thompson

SLT2563, BRI). K. L. stipitata ( Taylor 229, NSW). L. L. sublyrata {Blakely s.n., NSW 10275). Scale bar = 1 mm.

412

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

Key to the South Australia species of Lagenophora

1 Ligules of marginal florets 0.4-1 mm long; achenes transversely wrinkled

on both faces and edges.L. gunniana

1. Ligules of marginal florets 1.8-3.8 mm long; achenes smooth on both

faces and edges.2

2 Roots tuberous and fleshy, bunched; rhizomes short; stem very short

(leaves in basal rosette); achene glands confined to the dorsal side

of beak and adjacent upper dorsal edge; achenes usually with

1-5 hairs at base.L. sublyrata

2. Roots fibrous and wiry, not bunched, rhizomes spreading; stem

short or often elongated (leaves alternate along stem), achene

glands on the dorsal edge densely and continuously distributed

from beak to carpopodium; achenes without basal hairs.3

3 Scape glabrous or with a few appressed to antrorse hairs; the apex of

involucral bracts obtuse.L. montana

3. Scape hirsute, hairs retrorse to patent; involucral bracts ± subulate and

finely pointed.L. stipitata

Key to the Queensland species of Lagenophora

1 Roots fibrous and wiry, not bunched, rhizomes spreading; stem short or

often elongated (leaves alternate along stem), scape hirsute, hairs

retrorse to patent; achenes dark reddish brown, glands on the dorsal

edge densely and continuously distributed from beak to carpopodium . . . . L. stipitata

1. Roots tuberous and fleshy, bunched; rhizomes short; stem absent or very

short (leaves in basal rosette); scape hairs appressed to antrorse;

achenes light brown or yellowish brown, glands scattered along

or absent from the dorsal edge.2

2 Leaves glabrous except for fimbriate margins; involucre 1.1-1.4 cm

diameter with 52-62 disc florets; ligules 3-4.7 mm long.L. fimbriata

2. Leaf surfaces and margins more or less equally hairy; involucre up to

1 cm diameter with 10-30 disc florets; ligules < 3 mm long.3

3 Ligules of marginal florets 0.4-0.7 mm long; achenes 3.2-37 mm long

excluding beak.L. brachyglossa

3. Ligules of marginal florets 1.4-2.5 mm long; achenes 2-3 mm long

excluding beak.4

4 Achene glands confined to the dorsal side of beak and adjacent upper

dorsal edge; achenes usually with 1-5 hairs at base; achene usually with

one to few hairs at base; achene beak 0.4-0.6 mm long, with a thickened

white annular collar at its apex.L. sublyrata

4. Achene glands surrounding the beak, and extending sporadically

along ventral and dorsal edges; achenes without basal hairs; achene

beak usually 0.2-0.3 mm long, without a thickened white annular

collar at its apex.L. queenslandica

413

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

Key to the New South Wales and Australian Capital Territory species of Lagenophora

1 Roots tuberous and fleshy, bunched; rhizomes short; stem very short

(leaves in basal rosette); achene glands confined to the beak and/or near

carpopodium on both dorsal and ventral edges.2

1. Roots fibrous and wiry, not bunched, rhizomes spreading; stem short or

often elongated (leaves alternate along stem), achene glands on the

dorsal and/or ventral edges densely and continuously distributed from

beak to carpopodium.3

2 Ligules of marginal florets 0.4-07 mm long; achene glands confined to the

beak and near carpopodium on both dorsal and ventral edges;

achene without basal hairs.L. brachyglossa

2. Ligules of marginal florets 1.5-2.5 mm long; achene glands confined to the

dorsal side of beak and/or adjacent margin of body; achene usually

with 1-5 basal hairs.L. sublyrata

3 Scape glabrous or with a few appressed to antrorse hairs; the apex of

involucral bracts obtuse.L. montana

3. Scape hairs retrorse to patent; involucral bracts more or less subulate and

finely pointed.4

4 Leaf margins usually obtusely serrate; scape with eglandular hairs only;

achene glands usually confined to dorsal edge from beak to

carpopodium (Fig. 2K).L. stipitata

4. Leaf margins sinuate to undulate; scape with eglandular hairs and shorter

glandular hairs; achene glands extending all along ventral and dorsal

edges from beak to carpopodium and often on the basal and distal

portions of both faces (Fig. 2A).L. adenosa

Key to the Victoria species of Lagenophora

1 Ligules of marginal florets up to 1 mm (0.4-1 mm) long.2

1. Ligules of marginal florets more than 1 mm (1.8-3.8 mm) long.3

2 Achenes oblanceolate, smooth on both faces and edges, light or yellowish

brown; achene glands confined to the beak and near carpopodium on

both dorsal and ventral edges; leaves and scapes firmly attached to stem

and/or rootstock.L. brachyglossa

2. Achenes obliquely obovate, transversely wrinkled on both faces and

edges, dark reddish brown; achene glands on the dorsal edge densely

and continuously distributed from beak to carpopodium; leaves and

scapes usually readily detached from rootstock.L. gunniana

3 Roots tuberous and fleshy, bunched; rhizomes short; stem absent

or very short (leaves in basal rosette); achene glands confined to the

beak and adjacent upper dorsal edge; achenes usually with 1-5 hairs at

base.L. sublyrata

3. Roots fibrous and wiry, not bunched, rhizomes spreading; stem short

or often elongated (leaves alternate along stem), achene glands on the

dorsal edge densely and continuously distributed from beak to

carpopodium; achenes without basal hairs.4

414

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

4 Scape glabrous or with a few appressed to antrorse hairs; the apex of

involucral bracts obtuse.L. montana

4. Scape hairs retrorse to patent; involucral bracts more or less subulate and

finely pointed.5

5 Leaf margins usually obtusely serrate; scape with eglandular hairs only;

achene glands usually confined to dorsal edge from beak to

carpopodium (Fig. 2K).L. stipitata

5. Leaf margins sinuate to undulate; scape with eglandular hairs and shorter

glandular hairs; achene glands extend all along ventral and dorsal edges

from beak to carpopodium and often on the basal and distal

portions of both faces (Fig. 2A).L. adenosa

Key to the Tasmania species of Lagenophora

1 Ligule of marginal florets up to 1 mm (0.5-1 mm) long; achene faces

usually transversely wrinkled.L. gunniana

1. Ligule of marginal florets more than 1 mm (1.8-3.8 mm) long; achene

faces smooth.2

2 Roots tuberous and fleshy, bunched; rhizomes short; stem absent

or very short (leaves in basal rosette); achene glands confined to

the beak and adjacent upper dorsal edge; achene usually with 1-5 basal

hairs.L. sublyrata

2. Roots fibrous and wiry, not bunched, rhizomes spreading; stem short or

often elongated (leaves alternate along stem), achene glands on the

dorsal edge densely and continuously distributed from beak to

carpopodium; achene without basal hairs.3

3 Scape glabrous or with a few appressed to antrorse hairs; the apex of

involucral bracts obtuse.L. montana

3. Scape hairs retrorse to patent; involucral bracts more or less subulate and

finely pointed.4

4 Leaf margins usually obtusely serrate; scape with eglandular hairs only;

achene glands usually confined to dorsal edge from beak to

carpopodium (Fig. 2K).L. stipitata

4. Leaf margins sinuate to undulate; scape with eglandular hairs and shorter

glandular hairs; achene glands extend all along ventral and dorsal edges

from beak to carpopodium and often on the basal and distal portions

of both faces (Fig. 2G).L. latifolia

1. Lagenophora adenosa Jian Wang ter

& A.R.Bean, sp. nov. with affinity to L.

stipitata , but differing by the larger leaf

size, the crenate or waved leaf margins, two

types of scape indumentum and different

distributional pattern of glands on the achenes.

Typus: Victoria. Snowfields District: Lake

Mountain, Woollybutt Track, February 1993,

V Stajsic 812 (holo: MEL 2020538; iso: MEL

2160257).

Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots and

rhizomes fibrous; stem short (leaves in basal

rosette) or often elongated (leaves alternate

along stem); leaves and scapes firmly attached

to stem and/or rootstock. Leaves 5-16(-20),

obovate to spathulate, (4-)7-15 cm long, 1-3

cm wide (4-5x longer than wide), sessile

with a winged petiole-like base to 4 cm long;

leaf apex obtuse; leaf margins sinuate to

undulate, usually with 11-15 shallow lobes,

each lobe 1-3 mm long; upper leaf surface

415

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

green; lower leaf surface pale green; both

surfaces with eglandular hairs 0.3-1 mm

long, 4-12 per mm 2 , and sessile glands; leaf

margins with 8-15 eglandular hairs per mm 2 ,

each 0.4-0.8 mm long; lateral veins obvious

on dried material on both surfaces. Scapes

channelled, 1—3(—5) per tuft, each 10-23 cm

long at anthesis, 15-26 cm long at fruiting

stage, c. 1 mm diameter but expanding to

c. 2.5 mm at apex; indumentum including

broad-based eglandular hairs 0.4-0.6 mm

long, patent or retrorse, 3-6 hairs per mm 2 at

midpoint of scape, 6-8 hairs per mm 2 towards

apex, narrow eglandular hairs 0.1-0.3 mm

long, appressed, patent or retrorse and shorter

glandular hairs to c. 0.01 mm long, all hair

types with similar densities; bracts 1-4, upper

ones c. 5 x 0.5 mm, lower ones c. 20 x l mm

or occasionally even larger. Capitula (5-)6-7

mm long, (11—)12—15(—17) mm diameter;

involucral bracts 47-60 in 5-6 rows, linear,

narrow-lanceolate, glabrous except for hairs

along midrib on outer surface, apex acute to

acuminate, with fringed margins on distal

half; outer bracts c. 3 x 0.4 mm, inner bracts

3-4 x 0.4-0.7 mm. Receptacle convex, 3-5.2

mm diameter and 1.5-2.6mmhigh. Ray florets

c. 88, in 4-6 rows; tube 0.6-1 mm long, 0.2-

0.3 mm wide, glandular hairy; style branches

0.3-0.5 mm long; ligules 3-3.4 x 0.4-0.6 mm

with 3-4 longitudinal veins, mauve to blue,

apex obtuse and usually 2-lobed. Disc florets

c. 18; corolla tubular, 2-2.5 mm, mauve, outer

surface with short glandular hairs, lobes (4-

)5, deflate, 0.6-0.7 x 0.4-0.5 mm; stamens 5,

c. 0.6 mm long; style branches c. 0.4 mm long;

sterile ovary 1.8-2 mm long, with a thickened

white annular collar at its apex, collar 0.25-

0.4 mm diameter. Achenes oblanceolate,

straight or slightly curved, 2.8-3.3 mm long

excluding beak, 1-1.3 mm wide, mostly

uniformly brown at maturity; edges not

thickened; glands extending all along ventral

and dorsal edges from beak to carpopodium,

and on the basal and distal portions of both

faces, otherwise glabrous; beak 0.5-1 mm

long, densely surrounded by glands, and with

a white annular collar at its apex, 0.2-0.25

mm diameter. Fig. 3.

Additional selected specimens examined : New South

Wales. Southern Tablelands District: Bimberi Peak,

Queanbeyan, Jan 1912, Cambage 3422 (NSW); The

Peaks, Yarrangobilly, Jan 1933, de Beuzeville s.n. (NSW

10304); Near summit of Mt Lowden, Tallaganda SF,

Dec 1973, Hoogland 12445 (NSW). Australian Capital

Territory. Mt Bimberi, Dec 1930, Burges s.n. (NSW

15850); Bendora to Mt Franklin, Jan 1958, Burbidge

MG4456 (CANB). Victoria. Far SW of Mt Buffalo

Plateau, between The Horn & Wilfred’s Hill, Feb 1963,

Willis s.n. (MEL 2161250); c. 2 miles [3.3 km] SW of

Mt Wellington on the Tali Karng track, Gippsland, Jan

1964, Muir 3105 (MEL); Baw Baw Ski Village, Beech

Trail, Dec 2005, Stajsic 3757 (MEL); Lake Hill, SW

of Nunniong Plains, Jan 1971, Beauglehole 36332 &

Finch (MEL); Nunniong Plateau, Dripping Hut Track,

N of Reedy Track, Feb 1973, Beauglehole 41432 (MEL);

Nunniong Plateau, no Name Flat area, Feb 1973,

Beauglehole 41442 (MEL); Nunniong Plateau, Jam Tin

Flat, Feb 1973, Beauglehole 41473 (MEL); 1.6 km E of

Mt Phipps, 17.7 km SW of Omeo. Extreme upper reaches

of Livingstone Creek, Mar 1975, Beauglehole 41702

(MEL); Mt Donna Buang, Mar 1979, Morton s.n. (MEL

1513241); Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The Monument,

Jan 1982, Corrick 7987 (MEL); Mt Buffalo NP, c. 250 m

N of retaining wall of Reservoir, Jan 1982, Short 1397

(MEL); Cambarville, Mar 1985, Earl s.n. (MEL 672053);

Wabonga Plateau State Park, E of Buckland Spur Track,

Jan 1988, Beauglehole 93124 (MEL); Eskdale Spur, Mt

Bogong, Feb 1992, Craven 2175 & Craven (MEL); c. 8.5

km S by E of Buxton, Blue Range Road at crossing of

Storm Creek, Feb 1993, Clarke 2263 (MEL); On Black

Range Track, c. 3 km W of Stephens Spur Track, Mar

1994, Kemp s.n. (MEL 2025758); S of Harrietville, on

track to Mt Sugarloaf, 1 km from the Alpine Road, Apr

1994, Gutter s.n. (MEL 2025755).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

adenosa is endemic to Victoria and the

southern area of New South Wales where it

is restricted to high altitudes above 1,000 m

(Map 1). It usually grows in montane damp

forest, wet sclerophyll forest, tall eucalypt

forest, alpine meadow and low heathland and

open woodland. There is also a record from

Leptospermum grandifolium Sm. thicket.

Phenology : Flowers mostly from November

to March and fruits from January to April.

Affinities : Lagenophora adenosa is of similar

appearance to the parapatric L. stipitata , but

differs by the larger leaf size usually 7-15

cm long (1.5-7.7 cm long for L. stipitata ),

the crenate or waved leaf margins (obtusely

serrate for L. stipitata ), the two types of scape

indumentum (usually one type only for L.

stipitata) and different gland distributional

pattern on the achenes.

416

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

Fig. 3. Lagenophora adenosa. A. habit of whole plant with flowering inflorescences *0.6. B. leaf with a section

showing indumentum detail *1. C-E. lower, mid and upper-sections of scape *8. F. outer involucral bract *16. G. inner

involucral bract *16. H. marginal floret xl6.1. disc floret x 16 . J. achene x 16. A-I from Stajsic 3757 (MEL); J from Stajsic

812 (MEL [holotype]). Del. W. Smith.

417

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

Conservation status : Lagenophora adenosa

is a common species where it was recorded in

Victoria, it is unlikely to be rare in southern

NSW and is not considered to be threatened.

A Least Concern conservation status is

recommended using the IUCN (2012) criteria.

Etymology : From the Latin adenosus,

meaning ‘glandular’. This refers to the dense

glands or glandular hairs on the scapes and

leaf surfaces of this species.

2. Lagenophora brachyglossa Jian Wang

ter & A.R.Bean, Austrobaileya 9: 475 (2016).

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: 3.2

km along Duck Creek Road, near Lamington

National Park, 29 February 2016, A.R. Bean

32729 & J. Wang (holo: BRI; iso: NSW).

Illustrations : Wang & Bean (2016: 476, 477).

Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots fleshy,

bunched, 0.6-1.6 mm diameter; no stem or

stem extremely short to 5 mm long; leaves

and scapes firmly attached to stem and/

or rootstock. Leaves 6-9, oblanceolate to

obovate, 3-10 cm long, 0.9-2.5 cm wide

(3.3-4* longer than wide), sessile or with a

winged petiole-like base to 2 cm long; leaf

apex obtuse; leaf margins crenate to sinuate,

with 13-21 teeth, each tooth 0.5-1.5 mm

long; upper leaf surface grey-green, lower

leaf surface pale green; both surfaces with

eglandular hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long and 3-7 per

mm 2 ; leaf margins with 10-15 eglandular hairs

per mm 2 , each 0.2-0.3 mm long; lateral veins

obscure on dried material. Scapes slightly

channelled, 2-6 per tuft, each 10-16 cm long

at anthesis, 9-30 cm long at fruiting stage, c.

0.6 mm diameter; indumentum eglandular,

0.1-0.3 mm long, antrorse, more or less

appressed, 4-8 hairs per mm 2 at midpoint of

scape, rather more dense towards apex; bracts

3-5, upper ones c. 2 x 0.1 mm, lower ones

c. 18 x 3 mm. Capitula 4-6 mm long, 6-10

mm diameter; involucral bracts 20-40 in 3-4

rows, oblanceolate, glabrous, apex obtuse,

margin with short hairs on distal part; outer

bracts 1-1.8 x 0.5-0.7 mm, inner bracts 2.2-3

x 0.5-0.7 mm. Receptacle slightly convex,

c. 2.3 mm diameter and c. 0.9 mm high. Ray

florets 35-45 in 2-4 rows; tube 0.2-0.3 mm

long, c. 0.2 mm diameter, minutely hairy;

style branches 0.2-0.4 mm long; ligule 0.4-

0.7 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide, bright pink

to purple, apex obtuse. Disc florets 15-20,

corolla tubular, c. 1.6 mm long, light yellow,

outer surface with a few minute hairs, lobes

5, deflate, c. 0.3 mm long; sterile ovary 0.9-1

mm long. Achenes obliquely oblanceolate,

straight or slightly curved, 3.2-37 mm long

excluding beak, 0.7-1.1 mm wide, light brown

to brown at maturity; edges not thickened;

glands sparsely distributed at the base on both

ventral and dorsal edges, otherwise glabrous;

beak 0.6-0.8 mm long, densely surrounded

by glands, and with a white annular collar at

its apex, c. 0.2 mm diameter.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Burnett District: Fig Tree Gully, Bunya Mountains,

Jun 2003, Butler & Fairfax s.n. (BRI [AQ613294]).

Darling Downs District: 7 km WNW of Clifton, Feb

1995, Fensham 1997 (BRI); 23 km SSE of Toowoomba,

Feb 1995, Fensham 2073 (BRI); Allora Mt, Allora,

Nov 2005, Flesser s.n. (BRI [AQ724458]); 16 km NNE

of Stanthorpe, Mar 2010, Thompson 252B & Brennan

(BRI). Maranoa District: Saddler Springs, at spring

5.3 km NNW of homestead, Carnarvon Range, Jan 2010,

Eddie 1791 & Hancock(BRl). Moreton District: 3.6 km

along Duck Creek road, near O’Reillys guest house. Mar

2001, Bean 17391B (BRI). New South Wales. Central

Coast District: Kentlyn Road, Campbelltown, Mar

1962, McBarron 6947 (NSW); Sportsground, Appin,

Feb 1967, McBarron 13928 (NSW). Central Western

Slopes District: Hoffman Property, near Muswellbrook,

May 2003, James & Corkish s.n. (NSW 721138). North

West Slopes District: Oxley Park, Tamworth, Nov 1985,

Hosking s.n. (NSW 563235); ibid , Nov 1985, Hosking

s.n. (NSW 563552). South Western Slopes District:

Tarcutta Hills (Bush Heritage’s site), Aug 2004, Burrows

s.n. (NSW 723815). Victoria. Devils Backbone, W of

Snowy River, Mar 1971, Beauglehole 37267 (MEL).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

brachyglossa is endemic to eastern Australia

and is a relatively widespread species

occurring in Victoria, New South Wales and

Queensland. In Queensland, it extends from

near Stanthorpe and the Lamington Plateau,

north-west to Carnarvon Range, mainly

in the higher altitude and higher rainfall

areas (Map 2). It usually grows on basaltic

clay soils in open forests and woodland

dominated by Eucalyptus crebra F.Muell.,

E. biturbinata L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill, E.

caliginosa Blakely & McKie, E. eugenioides

Sieber ex Spreng., E. laevopinea R.T.Baker,

E. microcorys F.Muell., E. moluccana

Roxb., E. orgadophila Maiden & Blakely, E.

418

tereticornis Sm. and Angophora floribunda

(Sm.) Sweet with grassy understorey.

Phenology : Flowers are recorded from

November to March and fruits from January

to June.

Affinities: Lagenophora brachyglossa is

of similar appearance to the parapatric

L. sublyrata, but differs by the very short

ligules 0.4-0.7 mm long (1.8-3 mm long for

L. sublyrata ), the longer achene 3.2-37 mm

long excluding beak (versus 2.4-2.8(-3.3)

mm long excluding beak for L. sublyrata ), the

glands surrounding the beak and on achene

base of both ventral and dorsal edges (the

glands confined to dorsal side of beak and

adjacent area of achene for L. sublyrata). L.

brachyglossa also lacks hairs at the base of

the achene (usually 1-5 hairs at base for L.

sublyrata).

Conservation status : Lagenophora

brachyglossa has a large distributional

range from Victoria to southern Queensland.

Although it is usually not a common species

where it was recorded, it does occur in

national parks. Therefore, a Least Concern

conservation status is recommended using the

IUCN (2012) criteria.

3. Lagenophora fimbriata Jian Wang ter

& A.R.Bean, Austrobaileya 9 : 472 (2016).

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: Purga

Nature Reserve, 14 km SSW of Ipswich, 1

December 2015, A.R. Bean 32442 & J. Wang

(holo: BRI; iso: BM, CANB, CHR, MEL,

NSW, P, US).

Illustrations and photo : Wang & Bean (2016:

473, 474).

Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots fleshy,

bunched, 1-2 mm diameter; no stem or short

stem to c. 5 mm long; leaves and scapes firmly

attached to stem and/or rootstock. Leaves

5-16, oblanceolate, 4-15 cm long, 0.8-2.7

cm wide (5-5.6* longer than wide), sessile or

with a winged petiole-like base to 4 cm long;

leaf apex obtuse; leaf margins finely toothed,

with 9-23 teeth, each tooth 0.2-1 mm long;

upper leaf surface dark green, lower leaf

surface pale green; both surfaces usually

glabrous; leaf margins with 3-4 eglandular

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

hairs per mm 2 , each c. 0.3 mm long; lateral

veins often obscure on dried material on

both surfaces. Scapes channelled, (1—)3—7

per tuft, each 10-20 cm long at anthesis,

14-38 cm long at fruiting stage, 0.6-1.2 mm

diameter; indumentum 0.05-0.1 mm long,

antrorse, more or less appressed, 2-5 hairs

per mm 2 , very sparse at midpoint of scape,

rather denser towards apex; bracts 3-7, 10-18

mm long and 0.5-2 mm wide. Capitula 6-10

mm long, 11-14 mm diameter; involucral

bracts 24-28 in 2-3 rows, oblong to obovate,

glabrous, apex obtuse, with fringed margin on

distal part, outer bracts 1.6-2.1 x 0.6-0.7 mm,

inner bracts 2.5-3.5 x 0.7-1 mm. Receptacle

convex, c. 2 mm diameter and c. 1 mm high.

Ray florets 40-50, in 2 rows; tube c. 1 mm

long and 0.3 mm diameter with minute hairs;

style branches c. 0.5 mm long; ligule 3-4.7

x 0.5-1.1 mm, white to mauve, apex obtuse.

Disc florets (46-)52-62; corolla tubular, 2.7-

3.2 mm long, light yellow, outer surface with

minute hairs; corolla lobes 5, deflate, 0.4-0.5

* 0.3-0.4 mm; stamens 5, c. 2.5 mm long

(anthers c. 1.2 mm long, filaments c. 1.3 mm

long); style branches 0.6-1 mm long; sterile

ovary 1-1.5 mm long; pappus scales absent.

Disc florets (46-)52-62; corolla tubular,

2-2.8 mm long, light yellow, outer surface

with minute hairs, lobes 5, deflate, 0.3-0.4

mm long; sterile ovary 1-1.5 mm long.

Achenes obliquely oblanceolate, 2.8-3.2 mm

long excluding beak, 0.8-1 mm wide, light

brown to brown at maturity; edges slightly

thickened; glands mostly confined to dorsal

edge, the density gradually reducing from

apex to base, otherwise glabrous; beak (0.2-

)0.4-0.5(-0.7) mm long, densely glandular

on dorsal side, sparsely glandular elsewhere,

with a white annular collar at its apex, 0.2-0.3

mm diameter.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Burnett District: Auburn Ranges, c. 6.2 km N of

Dawson Vale East, along road to Rockybar, Mar 1997,

Pollock 450 & Baumgartner (BRI); Borania SF, S

of the Eidsvold - Theodore Road, Apr 2015, Forster

PIF42379 & Thomas (BRI). Darling Downs District:

Inglewood, Mar 1911, Boorman s.n. (NSW 10281); c.

10 miles [16.6 km] S of The Gums, Mar 1959, Johnson

725 (BRI); Calala, c. 10 miles [16 km] E of Meandarra,

Jun 1960, Johnson 1612 (BRI); Burraburri Creek, 16

km W of Durong, May 1992, Forster PIF9858 (BRI,

DNA, MEL). Moreton District: Jimboomba, May 1921,

419

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

Cheel s.n. (NSW 10280); Near Willowbank raceway,

SW of Ipswich, Apr 1990, Bean 1526 (BRI); Champion

Way, 1 km N of Cunningham Highway, c. 12 km SW of

Ipswich, Apr 1991, Sharp 5039 & Bird (BRI); 1.4 km

along Champion’s Way from Cunningham Highway,

Willowbank, c. 12 km SW of Ipswich, Jan 1993, Jobson

1872 & Albrecht (MEL).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

fimbriata is endemic to south-east Queensland,

extending from near Cracow to Inglewood,

and east to Jimboomba (Map 1). It inhabits

heavy clay soils in flat or gently undulating

terrain, in communities dominated by Acacia

harpophylla F.Muell. ex Benth. (brigalow)

and Casuarina cristata Miq. (belah), or

Eucalyptus moluccana and/or Melaleuca

irbyana R.T. Baker.

Phenology : Flowers mostly from November

to April and fruits mainly from March to

May. Mass flowering event also recorded in

July 2016.

Affinities : Lagenophorafimbriata is of similar

appearance to the parapatric L. sublyrata ,

but differs by the glabrous leaf surfaces, the

fimbriate hairs on leaf margin, the larger

capitula 11-14 mm diameter (usually to 2.5-

11 cm long for L. sublyrata ), the larger ligules

3-4.7 x 0.5-1.1 mm (1.8-3 x 0.15-0.35 mm

for L. sublyrata ), disc florets 46-62 (10-30 in

L. sublyrata ), and the glands on the achene

distributed along dorsal edge from beak to

near base (versus confined to dorsal side

of beak and adjacent area of achene for L.

sublyrata).

Conservation status : Although Lagenophora

fimbriata has a restricted distributional range

in south-east Queensland, it can be locally

abundant where it occurs. A species survey

by us found that on a 4-hectare property at

Jimboomba, the population size varied from

120 to 190 plants per 100 square metres, with

a total of 5,000-6,000 plants estimated. To

date, there are only 5 locations where the

species was recorded in the last 30 years

(Map 2). There is evidence that due to

urban development and habitat destruction,

the species’ occupancy area has declined in

the past decade. Therefore, a Vulnerable

conservation status is recommended based on

the IUCN (2012) criteria.

4. Lagenophora gracilis Steetz, PI. Preiss.

[J.G.C. Lehmann] 1(3): 431 (1845). Type

citation: Western Australia, L. Preiss s.n.;

King George Sound, J.S. Roe s.n. Type:

Western Australia. Darradup, 16 miles [26

km] W of Nannup, 21 October 1948, R.D.

Royce 2917 (neo: PERTH 00443794 [here

designated]; isoneo: PERTH 00444014).

Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots fleshy,

bunched, 1-4 mm diameter; stem 0.5-

l(-3) cm long; leaves and scapes firmly

attached to stem. Leaves (5—)10—16, obovate,

oblanceolate, spathulate, 4—10(—13) cm long,

1—2(—3) cm wide (4-5 x longer than wide),

with a winged petiole-like base 1-3 cm long;

leaf apex obtuse, rounded; leaf margins

sinuate to repand, usually with 7-13 teeth,

each 0.5-2.5 mm long; upper leaf surface

slightly dark green, glabrous or with 1

eglandular hairs per mm 2 , each 0.3-0.6 mm

long; lower leaf surface pale green, glabrous

or with 1-2 hairs per mm 2 , each 0.4-0.7(-1.0)

mm; leaf margins with 5-20 hairs per mm 2 ,

each 0.2-0.6 mm long; lateral veins often

obscure on dried material on both surfaces.

Scapes channelled, 2-14 per tuft, each 2-11

cm long at anthesis, 8-21 cm long at fruiting

stage, 0.4-1 mm diameter from lowest section

to upmost section; indumentum 0.1-0.6

mm long, antrorse, more or less appressed,

scattered throughout, glabrous or very sparse

at midpoint of scape (2-5 hairs per mm 2 ),

gradually denser towards apex; bracts 3-7,

upper ones c. 2 x 0.5 mm, lower ones c. 10 x

1.5 mm or occasionally even larger. Capitula

3-4.5 mm long, 7-9 mm diameter; involucral

bracts 30-40 in 3-5 rows, lanceolate, glabrous

or minute hairs on lower mid part of outer

surface, apex acuminate to obtuse, fringed

and purple coloured, outer bracts c. 2 x 0.5

mm, inner bracts c. 3 x 0.7 mm. Receptacle

convex, 1.2-1.7 mm diameter and 0.6-1 mm

high. Ray florets c. 60, in 2 rows; tube c. 0.5

mm long, 0.1-0.15 mm wide, glandular hairy;

style branches c. 0.3 mm long; ligule 1.4-1.6 x

0.3-0.4 mm with 2-3(-4) longitudinal veins,

mauve, apex obtuse. Disc florets c. 25; corolla

tubular, c. 1.8 mm, light green, outer surface

with short glandular hairs, lobes 5, deflate,

c. 0.3 x 0.15 mm long and with purple tips;

stamens 5, c. 0.7 mm long; style branches

420

c. 0.5 mm long; sterile ovary c. 1 mm long;

no pappus scales between corolla and sterile

ovary. Achenes oblanceolate, usually straight,

2.7-3 mm long excluding beak, 0.7-0.8 mm

wide, purplish brown at maturity; edges

slightly thickened; glands scattered along

dorsal edge from top to base and beak (not

dense at all), otherwise glabrous; beak (0.3-)

0.5-0.7 mm long, surrounded by glands, and

with a white annular collar at its apex, c. 0.2

mm diameter. Fig. 4.

Additional specimens examined : Western Australia.

Lowden, Aug 1909, Koch 1924 (PERTH); Pemberton,

Nov 1921, Koch 2584 (PERTH); West Cape Howe,

W of Albany, Mar 1956, Royce 5393 (PERTH); King

Creek, West of Mt Many peaks. May 1964, George 6285

(PERTH); Poronguruup, corner Porongurup and Surrey

Downs Road, 1990, Burchell 34 (PERTH); Walpole -

Nornalup NP, the Gap track, SW from Peaceful Bay,

Sep 1992, Wheeler 3186B (PERTH); Crampton NR, 23

km N of Bunbury, Nov 1994, Keighery 13547 (PERTH);

30 m N of bridge over Rosa Brook, 3000 m E of Sues

Road on Denny Road, Jan 1997, Casson B12.5 & Evans

(PERTH); 40 m E of road, Bevan Road, 5.7 km E of

Watershed Road, Feb 1997, Godden W113.7 & Casson

(PERTH); 5 km along Wagelup Road from intersection

with Carter Road, Feb 1997, Day MJ14.3 & Annels

(PERTH); Hartwood Road, Oct 1998, Davis 8085B

(PERTH); Ten Mile Brook, Bramley NP, S of Margaret

River, Nov 2007, Keighery 1116 & Keighery (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

gracilis is endemic to south-western Western

Australia, extending from Gin Gin (just

north of Perth) to Manypeaks, near Albany

(Map 3). It grows mostly in eucalypt and/or

melaleuca open woodlands. It also recorded in

tall shrubland on floodplain and heathland on

peaty sand and/or loam.

Phenology : Flowering has been recorded

from January, February, March, May, August,

September, and November. Fruiting mainly in

October and November, also in March, May

and September.

Typification: Type material was sought

from C, DBN, E, G, H, HBG, K, L, LD, LE,

OXF, MEL, P, M and MEL, but no relevant

specimens could be located. This has

necessitated the designation of a neotype for

the name.

Affinities : Lagenophora gracilis is of similar

appearance to L. huegelii and L. sublyrata. It

differs from L. huegelii by the more or less

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

glabrous leaf surface (hairy for L. huegelii ),

the sinuate to repand leaf margins (lacerate

or incised for L. huegelii ), the glabrous

achenes (few to many hairs for L. huegelii ).

It differs from L. sublyrata by the absence of

pappus scales on the disc florets, the glands

scattered along dorsal edge from top to base

and on beak (versus dorsal side of the beak

and adjacent margin only for L. sublyrata ),

and the absence of basal hairs of the achenes

(usually 1-5 hairs present for L. sublyrata).

Conservation status : Although Lagenophora

gracilis has a restricted distributional range

in south Western Australia, it can be locally

abundant where it occurs. The species is

not considered to be threatened and a Least

Concern conservation status is recommended

using the IUCN (2012) criteria.

5. Lagenophora gunniana Steetz, PI. Preiss.

[J.G.C.Lehmann] 1(3): 431 (1845). Type:

Tasmania, in 1844, R. Gunn 510 (lecto: K

000890132,^ Cabrera 1966: 295).

Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots fleshy,

bunched, 1-5 mm diameter; stem usually

absent; leaves and scapes usually readily

detached from rootstock. Leaves (3-)5-9

(-17), ovate, obovate to spathulate, 1—6(—10.5)

cm long, 0.5-1.5(2.5) cm wide (2.1-4.1x

longer than wide); leaf base slightly winged

petiolate-like 0.5-2(-4) cm long; leaf apex

obtuse or rounded, leaf margins dentate,

crenate, pinnatilobate, with 11-21 teeth,

each tooth 1-3 mm long; upper leaf surface

slightly dark green, with 3-10 eglandular

hairs per mm 2 , each 0.5-1 mm long; lower

leaf surface pale green, with 3-15 eglandular

hairs per mm 2 , each 0.4-1 mm; leaf margins

with 8-20 eglandular hairs per mm 2 , each

0.4-1 mm long; lateral veins obscure on dried

material on both surfaces. Scapes more or

less channelled, 1-5 per tuft, each 3-16 cm

long at anthesis, 6-30 cm long at fruiting

stage, 0.4-1.2 mm diameter from lowest

section to upmost section; indumentum 0.3-

0.7 mm long, upright, antrorse, retrorse and

appressed, 3-6 hairs per mm 2 at midpoint

of scape, gradually denser towards apex;

bracts 3-6, upper ones 2-4 x 0.5-1 mm,

lower ones 4-20 x 1-4 mm or occasionally

even larger. Capitula 4-7 mm long, 7-12

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

421

Fig. 4. Lagenophora gracilis. A. habit of whole plant with flowering and fruiting inflorescences xl. B. leaf with a

section showing indumentum detail xl.5. C-E. lower, mid and upper-sections of scape *12. F. outer involucral bract

x24. G. inner involucral bract x24. H. marginal floret x24.1. disc floret x24. J. achene xl6. A-E from Keighery 13547

(PERTH); F-I from Keighery & Keighery 1116 (PERTH); J from Royce 2917 (PERTH [neotype]). Del. W. Smith.

422

mm diameter; involucral bracts 24(-30) in

2-4 rows, lanceolate to narrow lanceolate,

glabrous or minute hairs on mid part of outer

surface, apex acute, margin mainly on the top

half fringed and purple coloured; outer bracts

c. 2.2 x 0.4 mm; inner bracts c. 3xl mm.

Receptacle near convex, 1.8-3 mm diameter

and 0.7-1.7 mm high. Ray florets 41(-50), in

4-6 rows; tube c. 0.4 mm long and 0.2 mm

wide, glandular hairy; style branches 0.3-0.5

mm long; ligules 0.5-1 x 0.2-0.4 mm with

2-4 longitudinal obscure veins, mauve, light

yellow, creamy, apex obtuse. Disc florets

10(—15); corolla tubular, 1.4-1.8 mm, mauve,

outer surface with scattered glandular hairs,

lobes 4 or 5, deflate, c. 0.5 x 0.5 mm long, and

with purple tips; stamens 5, c. 1.1 mm long

(anthers c. 0.6 mm long, filaments c. 0.5 mm

long); style branches c. 0.5 mm long; sterile

ovary c. 1 mm long; pappus scales present as

a rim between corolla tube and sterile ovary.

Achenes obliquely obovate with lower part

unequal, 2.9-3.4 x 1.4-1.8 mm excluding

beak, dark purplish brown at maturity; edges

thickened; surfaces usually transversely

wrinkled, glabrous or with a few hairs c. 0.1

mm long; glands evenly scattered along dorsal

edge and densely covered ventral edges;

beak 0.6-1 mm long, densely surrounded by

glands, and with a white annular collar at its

apex, c. 0.2 mm diameter. Fig. 5.

Additional selected specimens examined : South

Australia. South East District: 25 miles [40 km[ E of

Meningie, c. 110 km SE of Adelaide, on Lake Albert,

Oct 1960, Sharrad 923 (AD); Big Heath Reserve, near

Keith, Nov 1965, Hunt 2587 (AD). Northern Lofty

District: Webb Gap, 8 km E of Waterloo, Oct 1981,

McAlister 204 (AD). Southern Lofty District: Sturt

Gorge Recreation Park, Hundred of Noarlunga, Section

1665, Oct 2001, Blaylock 3069 (AD). Kangaroo Island

District: American River Cannery walking trail, Sep

2012, Overton & Overton 3119 (AD). York Peninsula

District: Stansbury on a N/S track, c. 1 mile [1.6 km]

S of the Minlaton - Stansbury Road, Oct 1970, Barber

835 (AD). Eyre Peninsula District: 3.4 km direct ESE

of the Fountain, Sep 2004, Lang & Canty BS128-3380

(AD). Flinders Ranges District: 6.2 km direct WNW

of Melrose, Hd. Wongyarra, Oct 1992, Canty & Heard

BS49-767 (AD). Murray District: Kaiser Stuhl

Conservation Park, off Tanunda Creek Road, Sep

1990, Taplin 405 (AD). Victoria. Yarra [River], Oct

1852, Mueller s.n. (MEL 2160540); Moyston, Oct 1872,

Sullivan 45 (MEL 2160551); Shire of Dimboola, Oct

1897, Reader s.n. (MEL 2160554); Strathbogie Ranges,

in the Euroa district. On the Strathbogie road 3.5 miles

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

[5.8 km] from Merton, Oct 1960, Muir 1439 (MEL);

Little Desert, 5 km E of Broughtons Waterhole, 25 km

SE of Kaniva Post Office, Nov 1979, Beauglehole 66337

(MEL); Meredith at Garema, at the end of Pioneer Ridge

Road in the hill near the cliff, Sep 1985, Lebreton 48

(MEL); Drumanure, beside Nine Mile Creek on S side

and c. 100 m W of Gordon’s Road. 8 km SE of Numurkah,

Nov 1991, Thompson 72 (MEL). Tasmania. Sandy Bay,

Nov 1894, Rodway 351 (HO); Queens Domain, Hobart,

Oct 1949, Curtis s.n. (HO 13457); Sandy Bay, old rifle

range, now site of University, Sep 1951, Curtis s.n. (HO

13458); Tinderbox, S of Hobart, Oct 1975, Ratkowsky

s.n. (HO 14996); Meehan Range, near Tunnel Hill, May

1985, Duncan 1035 (HO); SE ridge of Knopwood Hill,

Nov 1984, Buchanan 3894 (HO); Wimmera River, 3km

S of Dimboola, Sep 1990, Collier 4789 (HO); Diprose

Lagoon, Cleveland, Oct 1998, Duncan s.n. (HO 443339).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

gunniana is endemic to Tasmania, including

Bass Strait islands, and south-eastern

mainland Australia where it is distributed

in Victoria and South Australia (Map 2). It

grows mostly in eucalypt woodlands and open

forests on a variety of soil conditions such as

heavy grey clay, sandy loam. It is distributed

from near sea level to above 1,000 m.

Phenology : Flowers mostly recorded in

September-October and fruits mainly from

September to November. There are collections

showing both flowering and fruiting in May.

Typification: Gunn collected this species

from several locations on various dates, but

consistently used the number “510” for all of

these. Cabrera (1966) specified a collection

made in 1844, and there is only one specimen

at K with this year on the label.

Affinities : Lagenophora gunniana is of

similar appearance to L. huegelii and L.

platysperma, but differs by the disc florets

10(—15) (20-50 florets for both L. huegelii

and L. platysperma ), and the transversely

wrinkled achenes on both faces and edges

(smooth achenes for both L. huegelii and L.

platysperma).

Conservation status : Although Lagenophora

gunniana is occasional and rare at a number

of sites where it has been recorded, it can also

be abundant and common from some sites.

The species is not considered to be threatened

and a Least Concern conservation status is

recommended using the IUCN (2012) criteria.

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

423

Fig. 5. Lagenophora gunniana. A. habit of whole plant with flowering and fruiting inflorescences *0.5. B. leaf with a

section showing indumentum detail xl. C-E. lower, mid and upper-sections of scape *8. F. inner involucral bract *16.

G. outer involucral bract *16. H. marginal floret x24.1. disc floret *16. J. achene *16. All from Buchanan 3894 (HO).

Del. W. Smith.

424

6. Lagenophora huegelii Benth., Enum.

PI. [Endlicher] 59 (1837). Type: Western

Australia. King George’s Sound, s.dat.,

C.A.A. Hiigel s.n. (lecto: W 0047214 [here

designated]).

Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots fleshy,

bunched, 0.7-4(-7) mm diameter; stem

absent; leaves and scapes usually readily

detached from rootstock. Leaves 4—10(—15),

ovate, obovate to spathulate, 3.5-11 cm long,

1.6-3 cm wide (2.2-3.7x longer than wide),

sessile with a slightly winged petiolate-like

base to 6 cm long; leaf apex obtuse or rounded;

leaf margins crenate or sinuate, usually with

13-23 shallow lobes, each lobe (0.5-)l-3(-4)

mm long; upper leaf surface slightly dark

green, with (2-)4-7 eglandular hairs per

mm 2 , each (0.3-)0.5-0.9 mm long; lower leaf

surface pale green, with 4-8 eglandular hairs

per mm 2 , each 0.3-0.9 mm; leaf margins with

8-15 eglandular hairs per mm 2 , and each 0.4-

1.2 mm long; lateral veins obscure on dried

material on both surfaces. Scapes more or less

channelled, 1-6 per tuft, each 7-16 cm long

at anthesis, 13-35 cm long at fruiting stage,

0.4-0.8 mm diameter from lowest section to

upmost section; indumentum 0.2-0.7 mm

long, upright and retrorse, 3-6 hairs per mm 2

at midpoint of scape, gradually more dense

towards apex, much denser on the top and near

the involucre; bracts 3-8, upper ones c. 4xl

mm, lower ones c. 20 x 4 mm or occasionally

even larger. Capitula 4-6 mm long, 8-11 mm

diameter; involucral bracts 24-46 in 2-6

rows, lanceolate to narrow lanceolate, usually

more or less hairy especially on mid part of

outer surface, apex acute, margin mainly

on the top half fringed and purple coloured;

outer bracts 2-3 x 0.4-1 mm, inner bracts

3-3.5 x 0.9-1.1 mm. Receptacle convex, 3-4

mm diameter and 1-2 mm high. Ray florets

40-60, in 4-6 rows, tube 0.3-0.5 mm long, c.

0.3 mm wide, glandular hairy; style branches

0.4-0.5 mm long; ligules 0.9-1.5 x 0.2-0.4

mm with 2-4 longitudinal obscure veins,

mauve, light yellow, creamy; apex obtuse.

Disc florets 20-30, corolla tubular, c. 3 mm

long, mauve, outer surface with scattered

gland, lobes 4(-5), deflate, c. 0.5 x 0.5 mm,

and with purple tips; stamens 4(-5), c. 1.3 mm

long (anthers c. 0.8 mm long, filament c. 0.5

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

mm long); style branches 0.4-0.6 mm long;

sterile ovary 0.5-1 mm long; no or rarely 1

appendage 0.4-0.5 mm long between corolla

and sterile ovary. Achenes obliquely obovate

or obovate with lower part unequal, 2.8-3.3

x 1.3-1.7 mm excluding beak, dark purplish

brown at maturity; surfaces with scattered

hairs 0.1-0.2 mm long; edges thickened;

glands sparsely distributed along both dorsal

(densely) and ventral (sparsely) edges; beak

0.5-0.8 mm long, densely surrounded by

glands, and with a white annular collar at its

apex, c. 0.2 mm diameter. Fig. 6.

Additional selected specimens examined : Western

Australia. Acton Park, Busselton district, Sep 1951,

Royce 3812 (PERTH); Near Mt Gordon, S of Bremer

Bay, Oct 1965, George 6940 (PERTH); 1 km W of Great

Northern Highway along Hay Flat Road, 26 km N of

South Bindoon, Sep 1983, Cranfield 4215 (PERTH);

Misery Beach, Torndirrup NP, 20 km S of Albany, Nov

1986, Keighery 8523 (PERTH); ‘Sandy Bay’, Nornalup

Inlet, Nov 1986, Wilson 12415 (PERTH); 13 km S of

Witchcliffe, Sep 1992, Annels 2506 (PERTH); Kennys

Tank Reserve, Frankland Road, off Highway 1, S of

Frankland, Oct 1993, Croxford 7124 (PERTH); Valley

Bush, 28 km WSW of Kojonup, Oct 1997, Lewis 285

(PERTH); Capercup North Road, opposite Capercup

NR, Oct 1998, Davis 8663 (PERTH); 7.5 km SW of Mt

Dale, Jul 1997, Davis 3709 (Perth); Tom Road just N of

Donnelly River Crossing, close to Tom Road campsite,

SW of Wheatley; Nov 1998, Hislop 1199 (PERTH);

Wickepin Shire Reserve on the corner of 86 Gate Road

and Rich Road, 30 km ENE of the town of Wickepin,

Oct 1999, Gunness et al. 23273342 (PERTH); W side of

Benaring Road, c. 10 km ENE of Calingiri, Sep 2000,

Davis WW 6-9 (PERTH); Loaring Lane, 5 km W of

Margaret River, Oct 2000, Scott 231 (PERTH); North

Boundary Road, 1 km N of Kingston Road, Winnejup

Forest Block, Oct 2001, Cranfield & Ward s.n. (PERTH

06027571); NE of eastern end of Oakover Road, S of

York, Sep 2004, Hislop et al. WW 144-39 (PERTH); S

of Milton Road, opposite Quarbabing Hill, E of Pingelly,

Sep 2006, Hislop et al WW 183-16 (PERTH); Foxes

Lair, Walk track entry off Felspar Street, Oct 2007,

Saw kins & Rose 454 (PERTH); off W end of Pike

Road, W of Brookton, Sep 2008, Hislop & Griffiths

WW233-32 (PERTH); S of Pike Road and E of Strange

Road, W of Brookton, Sep 2008 Hislop & Griffiths WW

234-10 (PERTH); W of Moorumbine Road opposite the

intersection with Gillett Road, NE of Pingelly, Oct 2008,

Hislop & Griffiths WW238-8 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

huegelii is endemic to south-west Western

Australia where it is distributed as far north

as Geraldton and east to Cape Arid (Map

4). It grows in low and tall eucalypt open

forests and woodlands including Jarrah/Marri

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

425

Fig. 6. Lagenophora huegelii. A. habit of whole plant with fruiting inflorescences *0.8. B. leaf with a section showing

indumentum detail xl.5. C-E. lower, mid and upper-sections of scape x8. F. outer involucral bract xl6. G. inner

involucral bract xl6. H. marginal floret x24. I. disc floret xl6. J. achene xl6. K. side view of an achene x 16. A, C-E

from Davis 8663 (PERTH); B & F-K from Hislop et al. WW144-39 (PERTH). Del. W. Smith.

426

forest and Jarrah woodland. It also grows in

heathland and very open shrubland with

sedges and other herb species in the ground

layer. The soils usually are grey sandy clay,

brown clayey sand, brown dark loam and

loamy sand.

Phenology : Flowers recorded from as early as

July and August, but mostly from September

to October, rarely in December. Fruits usually

from September to December.

Typification: We consider that one of the two

specimens cited in the protologue, from Swan

River (W 0047213), represents L. gracilis.

The protologue of L. huegelii describes the

achenes, and only W 0047214 possesses

achenes. Hence this specimen is the better

choice for the lectotype, and it preserves the

current usage of the name.

Affinities : Lagenophora huegelii is of

similar appearance to L. gunniana and L.

platysperma. It differs from L. gunniana by

the 20-30 disc florets (10(—15) disc florets for

L. gunniana) and smooth achenes (achenes

transversely wrinkled on both surfaces and

on edges for L. gunniana). It differs from

L. platysperma by the shorter and narrower

ligules, usually 0.9-1.2(-3) mm long and 0.2-

0.4 mm wide (versus 4.5-6 mm long, 0.8-1.2

mm wide for L. platysperma ), and the achenes

3.3-4.5 x 1.3-1.7 mm (4.8-5.1 x 2.1-3 mm for

L. platysperma).

Conservation status : Lagenophora huegelii

has relatively wide spread distributional range

in south-west Western Australia. It is usually

a frequent species and can be locally abundant

where it occurs. The species is not considered

to be threatened and a Least Concern

conservation status is recommended using the

IUCN (2012) criteria.

7. Lagenophora latifolia Hook.f., London J.

Bot. 6: 113 (1847); L. stipitata var. latifolia

(Hook.f.) Domin, Bihlioth. Bot. 89: 653

(1930). Type: Tasmania. Mt Wellington, 1

March 1839, R. Gunns.n. (lecto: K 000890125

[here chosen]; isolecto: NSW 10305).

Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots and

rhizomes fibrous; stem very short (leaves in

basal rosette) or sometimes elongated (leaves

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

alternate along stem); leaves and scapes firmly

attached to stem and/or rootstock. Leaves

5-9, ovate, obovate or spathulate, (0.5-)l-3.5

cm long, 0.4-1.2 cm wide (2.5-2.9x longer

than wide), sessile with a winged petiole¬

like base to 1 cm long; leaf apex obtuse; leaf

margins sinuate or waved, usually with 7-11

shallow lobes, each lobe 1-2 mm long; upper

leaf surface dark green, with 4-8 eglandular

hairs per mm 2 , each 0.4-1 mm long; lower

leaf surface pale green, with 4-10 eglandular

hairs per mm 2 , each 0.3-1 mm long; leaf

margins with 8-12 eglandular hairs per mm 2 ,

each 0.3-0.6 mm long; lateral veins obvious

on dried material on both surfaces. Scapes

channelled, 1—3(—5) per tuft, each 2-9 cm

long at anthesis, 3-12 cm long at fruiting

stage, 0.5—1(—1.5) mm diameter from lowest

section to upmost section; indumentum

including broad-based eglandular hairs 0.4-

0.6 mm long, patent or retrorse, 10-15 hairs

per mm 2 at midpoint of scape, 12-20 hairs

per mm 2 towards apex, narrow eglandular

hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long, appressed, patent or

retrorse and shorter glandular hairs to c. 0.01

mm long, all hair types with similar densities;

bracts 1-3, upper ones c. 2.5 x 0.5 mm, lower

ones c. 12x1 mm or occasionally even larger.

Capitula 4-5 mm long, 7-11 mm diameter;

involucral bracts c. 46 in 4-5 rows, linear,

narrow lanceolate, glabrous except for hairs

along midrib on outer surface, apex acute to

acuminate, with fringed margins usually on

top half distal part; outer bracts c. 2.3 x 0.4

mm, inner bracts c. 3.5 x 0.5 mm. Receptacle

convex, c. 2.4 mm diameter and 1.3 mm long.

Ray florets c. 70, in 3 rows, tube 0.4-0.5 mm

long, c. 0.2 mm wide, glandular hairy; style

branches 0.4-0.5 mm long; ligules 1.5—2 x

0.2-0.4 mm with 2-3 longitudinal veins,

mauve, apex obtuse or 2-splited. Disc florets c.

17; corolla tubular, 1.7-2.5 mm, mauve, outer

surface covered with short glandular hairs,

lobes 5 or 6, deflate, c. 0.5 x 0.4 mm in size;

stamens 5, 0.8-1 mm long; style branches, c.

0.25 mm long; sterile ovary c. 2 mm long, with

a thickened creamy annular collar at its apex.

Achenes lanceolate, usually straight, 2.3-27

x 0.7-0.9 mm excluding beak, dark brown to

purplish at maturity; edges slightly thickened;

glands along both dorsal edge (densely) and

427

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

ventral edge (sparsely) from top to base, near

base and neck areas on both faces, otherwise

glabrous; beak 0.4-0.8 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm

wide, densely surrounded by glands, and with

a white annular collar at its apex, 0.25-0.35

mm diameter. Fig. 7.

Additional selected specimens examined : Tasmania.

Ben Lomond District: Ben Lomond NP, disturbed

area at roadside, near Ranger Headquarters, Nov 1978,

Noble 28044 (HO); Ben Lomond NP, Mar 1979, Noble

28455 (HO); Mt Victoria, Apr 1985, Moscal 10628

(HO). Central Highlands District: Cradle Mt Reserve

at Waldheim, Mar 1949, Curtis s.n. (HO 52184); Hill

between Granite Tor and High Tor, Jan 1985, Moscal

9432 (HO); Quamby Bluff, summit. Mar 1986, Moscal

12599 (HO); Below Eldon Bluff, Feb 1987, Buchanan

9979 (HO); Lees Track, Jan 1988, Moscal 15385 (HO);

Mt Inglis, Jan 1989, Collier 3965 (HO); Skullbone

Plains South, end of Kenneth Lagoon Road, Mar 2012,

Schmidt-Lebuhn 1328 (HO). Derwent Valley District:

Near Lake Dobson, Mt Field, Jan 1978, Smith 260 (HO).

South West District: Moores Bridge, Moonlight Ridge,

Jan 1984, Adams 49 (HO); Abbotts Lookout, Mar 1985,

Moscal 10349 (HO). West Coast District: S ridge of Mt

Dundas, Jan 1987, Collier 2127 (HO).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

latifolia is endemic to Tasmania where it is

widespread, but restricted to high altitudes

from 800 m to 1,160 m (Map 1). It usually

grows in eucalyptus open forests, open grassy

woodland, subalpine woodland and rainforest

edges along rivulet. It has been recorded in

logged disturbed areas and along 4WD tracks.

Phenology: Flowers mostly from November

to February and fruits from January to March.

Typification : A second sheet of this species

collected by Gunn (K 00089128) is present

at K, and has been designated an ‘isotype’

by Cabrera. However, this specimen was

evidently collected at a later date, and cannot

convincingly be linked to the lectotype.

Affinities: Lagenophora latifolia is of similar

appearance to L. stipitata , but differs by the

leaves 0.5-3.5 cm long and 2.5-2.9x longer

than wide (versus 1.5-7.7 cm long and 3.8-

4.3x longer than wide for L. stipitata ), the

sinuate to undulate leaf margins (obtusely

serrate for L. stipitata ), glandular and

eglandular hairs present on the scape (only

broad-based eglandular for L. stipitata ), and

the achene beak 0.4-0.8 mm by 0.2-0.3 mm

(0.6-1 mm by 0.15-0.25 mm forZ. stipitata).

Conservation status: At a few locations

where Lagenophora latifolia is recorded,

it is noted to be an occasional or infrequent

species. However, as it seems to be able to

tolerate certain disturbance, i.e. logging,

a Least Concern conservation status is

recommended using the IUCN (2012) criteria.

8. Lagenophora montana Hook.f., London J.

Bot. 6: 113 (1847); L. montana var. montana ,

Hook.f., loc. cit.; L. billardierei var. montana

(Hook.f.) Rodway, Tasman. FI. 77 (1907);

L. stipitata var. montana (Hook.f.) Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89: 653 (1930). Type: Tasmania.

Circular Head, 11 January 1837, R. Gunn 832

(lecto: K 000890122;>fe Cabrera 1966: 303).

Lagenophora montana var. major Hook.f.,

London J. Bot. 6: 113 (1847). Type: Tasmania.

Marlborough, 4 January 1841, R. Gunn 833

(syn: K 000890119); Woolnorth, 30 March

1837, R. Gunn 833 (syn: K 000890120).

Lagenophora montana var. minor Hook.f.,

London J. Bot. 6: 113 (1847). Type: Insula

Van Diemen [Tasmania], s.dat., R. Gunn 832

(syn: K 000890124;^ Cabrera 1966: 303).

Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots and

rhizomes fibrous, wiry, not bunched; 0.1—1(—

1.5) mm diameter; stems often elongated to

12 cm long; leaves and scapes firmly attached

to stem and/or rootstock. Leaves 2-5 (-12),

oblong, ovate, lanceolate, spathulate, 1.1-5

cm long, 0.3-1.2 cm wide (3.7-4.2x longer

than wide), alternate along stem, sessile with

a winged petiole-like base to 2 cm long;

leaf apex obtuse or rounded; leaf margins

denticulate, occasionally entire, often with

5-9 teeth, each tooth 0.01-1 mm long; upper

leaf surface slightly dark green, glabrous

or with 1-5 eglandular hairs per mm 2 , each

0.1-0.4 mm long; lower leaf surface pale

green, glabrous or with 1-2 eglandular hairs

per mm 2 , each 0.1-0.4 mm long; leaf margins

with 5-10 eglandular hairs per mm 2 , each

0.1-0.4 mm long; lateral veins obvious on

dried material on both surfaces. Scapes more

or less rounded or 4-squared, 1 only per tuft,

2-8(-14) cm long at anthesis, 5-8 (-14) cm

long at fruiting stage, 0.4-1 mm diameter

from lowest section to upmost section;

indumentum c. 0.1 mm long, upright, antrorse

428

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

Fig. 7. Lagenophora latifolia. A. habit of whole plant with flowering inflorescence xl. B. leaf with a section showing

indumentum detail x3. C-E. lower, mid and upper-sections of scape *12. F. outer involucral bract xl6. G. inner

involucral bract xl6. H. marginal floret x24. I. disc floret x24. J. achene x24. All from Moscal 12599 (HO). Del. W.

Smith.

429

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

and more or less appressed, glabrous or 1-3

hairs per mm 2 at midpoint of scape, denser to

the apex and near the involucre; bracts 2-5,

upper ones c. 2 x 0.5 mm, lower ones c. 10 x 1

mm or smaller in size. Capitula 3-4 mm long,

5-9 mm diameter; involucral bracts (20)-47

in 3-4 rows, lanceolate to narrow lanceolate,

glabrous on both surfaces, apex obtuse,

margin mainly on the top half fringed and

purple coloured; outer bracts c. 2.3 x 0.6 mm,

inner bracts 3-3.5 x 07-1.3 mm. Receptacle

flattened and disc-like, c. 2 mm diameter and

0.2 mm high. Ray florets c. 68, in 3-4 rows;

tube 0.5-1 x 0.2-0.3 mm, glandular hairy;

style branches 0.6-0.8 mm long; ligules

2.8-3.8 x 0.4-0.6 mm with 3 longitudinal

obscure veins, mauve, light yellow, creamy,

apex obtuse. Disc florets c. 20, corolla tubular,

c. 1.6 mm long, light brown, outer surface

with scattered short glandular hairs, lobes,

4(-5), deflate, 0.4-0.5 x 0.2-0.5 mm, and

with purple tips; stamens 5, c. 0.8 mm long

(anthers c. 0.5 mm long, filament c. 0.3 mm

long); style branches c. 0.3 mm long; sterile

ovary 0.8-1.6 mm long; pappus scales present

as a thickened rim between corolla and sterile

ovary. Achenes obovate or ovate, 1.8-2.2

x 0.8-1 mm excluding beak, dark purplish

brown at maturity, with a creamy to light

yellow coloured edge, glabrous throughout;

edges slightly thickened; glands densely

scattered along both dorsal (more) and ventral

(less) edges, as well as on the top and bottom

areas of both surfaces, otherwise glabrous;

beak 0.2-0.4 mm long, densely surrounded

by glands, with a white annular collar at its

apex, c. 0.2 mm diameter. Fig. 8.

Additional selected specimens examined: South

Australia. Southern Lofty District: Knott Hill,

Creek Line, Mar 1991, Murfet 1027 (AD). New South

Wales. Northern Tablelands District: 3 km N from

entrance. Cathedral Rock NP, Feb 1996, Ito 96018 et

al. (MEL, NSW). Southern Tablelands District: Mt

Kosciusko NP, c. 5.5 km SE of Sawyers Hill along road

to Adaminaby, Feb 1993, Short 3984 (MEL, NSW).

Australian Capital Territory. Moonlight Hollow

Road, c. 15 km SW of Cotter Reserve, Jan 1972, Adams

2677 & Barker (CANB, K, NSW); c. 0.5 km W of Little

Bimberi, Bimberi Range, Namadgi NP, Mar 1987,

Gilmour 6194 (CANB, NSW). Victoria. Wombargo, Jan

1949, Wakefield 4164 (MEL); Forlorn Hope Track, S of

Benambra-Wulgulmerang Road, Jan 1971, Beauglehole

36200 & Finck (MEL); Pheasant Creek Flora Reserve,

Jan 1988, Beauglehole 93216 & Strudwick (MEL); c.

3.5 km NE of Lake Mountain, headwaters of Royston

River, Feb 1993, Clarke 2266 (MEL); c. 8.5 km S by

E of Buxton, Blue Range Road at crossing of Storm

Creek, Feb 1998, Clarke 2261 (MEL). Tasmania. Ben

Lomond District: Weldborough (Thomas Plain), Feb

1877, Simson 515 (HO). Central Highlands District:

Junction of boat ramp road and Poatina Highway, E

side of Great Lake, Jan 1981, Brown 185 (HO); Lees

Paddocks, Upper Mersey River, Jan 1988, Moscal 15341

(HO); Big Den, Lake River, 35 km W of Campbell

Town, Dec 1990, Collier 5029 (HO); N end, Bronte

Lagoon, Feb 2013, Wood 335 & Johnson (HO). East

Coast District: Mt Dromedary, Feb 1894, Rodway s.n.

(HO 131636). Midlands District: Meander River Flats,

S of Deloraine, Jan 1959, Somerville s.n. (HO 10048).

South West District: Marsh near Mt Styx, Mar 1910,

Rodway s.n. (HO 13431). West Coast District: Waratah,

Jan 1893, Simson 2726 (HO).

Distribution and habitat: Lagenophora

montana is known from Tasmania and

south-eastern mainland Australia where

it is distributed in Victoria, New South

Wales, Australia Capital Territory and South

Australia (Map 5). The species is also present

in New Zealand where it is scarce (Drury

1974; de Lange et al. 2010). In Australia,

it grows in subalpine heathland, scrubby

grassland, savannah woodland and riparian

scrub community near swamps. The soils can

be sandy loam, loam and basalt. It has been

recorded from 250 m to 1,500 m above sea

level. One record from Tasmania is from 25

m altitude.

Phenology : Flowers mostly from January to

February and fruits mainly from February to

March, also recorded through May.

Affinities: Lagenophora montana is of

similar appearance to the parapatric L.

stipitata and L. latifolia. It differs from these

two species by more or less glabrous leaves

(leaves obviously hairy for L. stipitata and L.

latifolia ); scape hairs antrorse or appressed,

c. 0.1 mm long (vs. retrorse, c. 0.2 mm);

involucral bracts glabrous with obtuse apex

(versus involucral bracts with some hairs, and

apex acute to acuminate for both L. stipitata

and L. latifolia).

Conservation status: Although in most cases

Lagenophora montana is an occasional or

uncommon species where it was recorded,

it is a relatively widespread in Tasmania,

Victoria, South Australia, New South Wales

Fig. 8. Lagenophora montana. A. habit of whole plant with flowering inflorescence xl. B. leaf x3. C-E. lower, mid

and upper-sections of scape *12. F. outer involucral bract *16. G. inner involucral bract xl6. H. marginal floret xl6.1.

disc floret x!6. J. achene x24. A-I from Collier 5029 (HO); J from Brown 185 (HO). Del. W. Smith.

431

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

and Australia Capital Territory. Therefore,

a Least Concern conservation status is

recommended using the IUCN (2012) criteria.

In New Zealand, Lagenophora montana

is seriously threatened (de Lange et al. 2017).

9. Lagenophora platysperma Jian Wang ter

& A.R.Bean sp. nov. with affinity to L. huegelii

but differing by the much larger ligules,

longer corolla tubes of disc floret, the larger

achenes and the longer scapes at anthesis.

Typus: Western Australia. Lowlands, private

property at W end of Lowlands Road, Shire of

Serpentine, Jarrahdale, 10 October 1994, B.J.

Keighery 2108 (holo: PERTH 06514421).

Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots fleshy,

bunched, 0.5-3.2 mm diameter; stem usually

absent; leaves and scapes usually readily

detached from rootstock. Leaves 4-10, ovate,

obovate or spathulate, (l-)5.4-11.5(-18) cm

long, 2.1-3.3 cm (2.6-3.5x longer than wide),

sessile with a winged petiole-like base to 7 cm

long; leaf apex obtuse; leaf margins crenate or

sinuate, usually with 15-23 teeth, each tooth

1-6 mm long; upper leaf surface slightly

darker green than lower, with 1-4 hairs

per mm 2 , each 0.2-0.6 mm long; lower leaf

surface with 4-8 hairs per mm 2 , each 0.3-

0.7 mm long; leaf margins with 8-12 hairs

per mm 2 , and each 0.4-0.8 mm long; lateral

veins usually obscure on dried material on

both surfaces. Scapes channelled, 1—4(—6)

per plant, each 15-34 cm long at anthesis,

26-38 cm long at fruiting stage, c. 0.7 mm

diameter but expanding to c. 1.8 mm at apex;

indumentum 0.2-0.6 mm long, patent or

retrorse, 5-10 hairs per mm 2 at midpoint of

scape, dense to very dense at the distal end

near the involucre; bracts 2-7, upper ones

c. 10 x 1.5 mm, lower ones c. 30 x 6 mm or

occasionally even larger. Capitula 5-7 mm

long, 10—13 mm diameter; involucral bracts

36-42 in 4-6 rows, lanceolate to narrow

lanceolate, glabrous or sparsely scattered

hairy on the outer surface, apex acute and

usually purple coloured, margin fimbriate

especially on the distal half; outer bracts 2.5-4

x 0.5-1 mm, inner bracts 4-5.5 x 0.8-1.2 mm.

Receptacle flat to slightly dome-shaped, 3.2-

5.2 mm diameter and 1.4-1.6 mm high. Ray

florets c. 50, in 2-4 rows; tube 0.6-0.8 mm

long, c. 0.2 mm wide, glandular hairy; style

branches c. 0.6 mm long; ligules (3.2-)4.5-6

x 0.8-1.2 mm, with 4-5 longitudinal obscure

veins, creamy or purplish, apex obtuse. Disc

florets 30-50; corolla tubular, c. 3.5 mm long,

mauve, usually with minute glandular hairy

on the outside of lower part, lobes 5, narrow

deflate, c. 0.6 x 0.3 mm, and with purple tips;

stamens 5, c. 2 mm long (anthers c. 1.2 mm

long, filament c. 0.8 mm long); style branches

c. 0.8 mm long; sterile ovary 1.5-2.2 mm

long, no pappus scales between corolla and

sterile ovary. Achenes obovate with lower

part unequal, 37-4.5 mm long excluding

beak, 2.1-3 mm wide, dark brown at maturity,

with scattered hairs c. 0.2 mm long mainly

on the top half section, becoming glabrous;

edges not thickened; glands scattered along

both dorsal (more) and ventral (less) edges;

beak 0.5-1.1 mm long, densely surrounded by

glands, and with a white annular collar at its

apex, c. 0.35 mm diameter. Fig. 9.

Additional specimens examined : Western Australia.

Capel, Sep 1951, Royce 3793 (PERTH); Lake Mealup,

20 km W of Pinjarra, Aug 2003, Creed 74 (PERTH);

Yanchep NP between Loch and Main road at N end

of park, Aug 1964, James 264 (PERTH); Medina, Sep

1965, Turner 5475 (PERTH); 5 miles N of Lake Clifton

Roadhouse, Sep 1971, Paust 78 (PERTH); Uganda Road,

Wanneroo, Aug 1978, Cranfields.n. (PERTH00443891);

Vacant block opposite Department of Agriculture, Jarrah

Road, South Perth, Aug 1980, CranfieldR344 (PERTH);

ibid , Aug 1981, Cranfield R378 (PERTH); Forestdale

Lake NR, Aug 1985, Alford 28 (PERTH); Yanchep NP,

Aug 1991, Greig 4 (PERTH); William Bay NP, track N

from Madfish Bay Road to petrified forest’, Oct 1993,

Hammersley 1016 (PERTH); S of Saunders Street (W

end), Henley Brook, Aug 1996, Edgecombe 8 (PERTH);

Koondoola Regional Bushland, Koondoola, Sep 1996,

Friends of Koondoola KRB630 (PERTH); Caversham

Air Base, Oct 1997, Edgecombe 137 (PERTH); N

of Gnangara Road, N side of Lot 46 Maralla Road,

Ellenbrook, Aug 1999, Trudgen & Trudgen MET 20586

(PERTH); Ellis Brook Valley Reserve, Sep 1999, Bowler

246 (PERTH); Bodhinyana Monastery, 216 Kingsbury

Drive, Serpentine, Jul 2002, Nyanatusita 76 (PERTH);

c. 12 km NE of Two Rocks, W of Wanneroo Road along

Smokebush Road, Aug 2003, Richardson KCR204

(PERTH); Roman Road Bushland, Mundijong, Aug

2009, Wildflower Soc of WA/DEC BAUD02/22 (PERTH

08215901); Reserve No. 18644, southern end of Reserve

adjacent Jackson Street, East Augusta, Sep 2009, Matei

TB35 (PERTH); Reserve No. 18644, 20 m N of Jackson

Street, East Augusta, Sep 2011, Bradshaw TB157C

(PERTH).

432

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

Fig. 9. Lagenophora platysperma. A. habit of whole plant with flowering and fruiting inflorescences x0.4. B. leaf with

a section showing indumentum detail x0.8. C-E. lower, mid and upper-sections of scape xl8. F. outer involucral bract

xl2. G. inner involucral bract xl2. H. marginal floret xl2.1. disc floret xl2. J. achene xl2. K. side view of achene xl2.

A & J from Wildflower Soc ofWA/DEC, BAUD 02/22 (PERTH); B-E & K from Keighery 2108 (PERTH [holotype]);

F-I from Turner 5475 (MEL). Del. W. Smith.

433

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

Distribution and habitat : Endemic to

Western Australia, Lagenophoraplatysperma

is mainly distributed along the west and south

west coastal areas from Jurien to Albany

(Map 6). It grows in variety of habitats, dense

low heath and woodland of coast dunes, Jarrah

open woodland, Jarrah-banksia woodland,

eucalypt/allocasuarina woodland, eucalypt/

melaleuca woodland, Jarrah/Marri forest, tall

shrubland/sedgeland, wetland etc. on various

sandy soils and/or loamy soils.

Phenology : Flowers mostly from July to

October and fruits mainly from August to

November.

Affinities : Lagenophora platysperma is

of similar appearance to the parapatric L.

huegelii , but differs by the larger ligules 4.5-

6 x 0.8-1.2 mm (ligules 0.9-1.2(-3) x 0.2-0.4

mm in L. huegelii ), longer corolla tubes of

disc floret 0.6-0.8 mm long (versus c. 0.5

mm in L. huegelii ), larger achenes 4.8-5.1 x

2.1-3 mm (versus 3.3-4.5 x 1.3-1.7 mm in L.

huegelii ), and the scapes at anthesis 15-34 cm

long (versus 7-16 cm long in L. huegelii).

Conservation status : Although Lagenophora

platysperma has a restricted coastal

distribution in south-west Western Australia,

it is often a frequent species that can be

locally common where it occurs. The species

is not considered to be threatened and a Least

Concern conservation status is recommended

using the IUCN (2012) criteria.

Etymology : From the Greek platy and

spermus , meaning ‘broad-seed’. This species

has the widest achenes of all Lagenophora

species in Australia.

10. Lagenophora queenslandica Jian Wang

ter & A.R.Bean, Austrobaileya 9: 469 (2016).

Type: Queensland. Cook District: 3 km from

Mt Molloy on Mareeba road, 12 April 1975,

L.A. Craven 3243 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB w.v.;

L 1815328).

Illustrations : Wang & Bean (2016: 470, 471).

Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots fleshy,

bunched, 0.8-2 mm diameter; no stem or

short stem 1-5 mm long; leaves and scapes

firmly attached to stem and/or rootstock.

Leaves 4-14, oblong, obovate or elliptical,

2.5-8 cm long, 1.2-2.4 cm wide (2.1-3.3x

longer than wide), sessile or with a winged

petiole-like base to 1 cm long; leaf apex

obtuse; leaf margins crenate to sinuate, with

9-17 teeth, each tooth 0.5-1.5(-2) mm long;

upper leaf surface green, with 0-2 eglandular

hairs per mm 2 , each 0.3-0.5 mm long; lower

leaf surface pale green, with 0-3 eglandular

hairs per mm 2 , each 0.3-0.6 mm long; up to 7

eglandular hairs per mm 2 along the mid vein

on both leaf surfaces; leaf margins with 5-7

eglandular hairs per mm 2 , each 0.1-0.4 mm

long; hairs to 1 mm or more at leaf base; lateral

veins usually obscure on dried material on

both surfaces. Scapes slightly channelled, (1-

)3-8 per plant, each 9-17 cm long at anthesis,

11-25 cm long at fruiting stage, 0.6-1.2 mm

diameter; indumentum c. 0.05 mm long,

antrorse, more or less appressed, 4-7 hairs per

mm at midpoint, rather denser towards apex;

bracts 2-6, each up to 8 x 1.4 mm. Capitula

4-5 mm long, 6-9 mm diameter; involucral

bracts 20-40 in 2-4 rows, oblong to obovate,

glabrous, apex obtuse, with fringed margin on

distal part, outer bracts 1-1.6 x 0.4-0.6 mm,

inner bracts c. 2.1 x 0.5-0.7 mm. Receptacle

convex, c. 2.7 mm diameter and 1 mm high.

Ray florets 30-40, in 2-5 rows; tube c. 0.5

mm long and 0.2 mm diameter, with minute

eglandular hairs; style branches 0.3-0.5 mm

long; ligules 1.4-1.8 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm

wide, white to mauve, apex obtuse. Disc

florets 18-30, corolla tubular, 1.7-1.8 mm

long, light yellow, outer surface with minute

glandular hairs, lobes 5, deflate, 0.1-0.3 mm

long; sterile ovary 0.6-0.9 mm long. Achenes

obliquely oblanceolate, 2-3 x 0.6-1.2 mm

excluding beak, light brown to brown at

maturity; edges more or less thickened; glands

distributed from distal end to base, especially

along dorsal edge, otherwise glabrous; beak

0.2-0.3 (-0.4) mm long and 0.2-0.3 mm

wide, densely glandular throughout, lacking

a thickened white annular collar at its apex.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Portland Roads, Jun 1948, Brass 18995

(BRI); Byerstown Range, Feb 2016, McDonald 17663

(BRI); Brooklyn Homestead near Rifle Creek/Lustre

Creek junction, Jan 1996, Godwin MGC4202 & Russell

(BRI); 500 m W of MBA [Mareeba] -Mt Molloy Road

opposite Hodzic Road, Mar 2002, Thompson 2563 &

Newton (BRI); 19 km E of Kennedy Highway along

Tinaroo Creek road, 0.9 km W of road junction, Apr

434

2003, Neldner 4206 (BRI); E of Cobra Creek between

Tinaroo Falls & Malone Road turnoff on Cairns Road,

Feb 1962, Webb 5875 etal. (BRI); 9.1 km from Forsayth

pub along Einasleigh Road, near Mt Talbot turnoff, Feb

2011, McDonald 10591 (BRI). North Kennedy District:

Forty Mile Scrub NP, Mar 1993, Fensham 1113 (BRI);

37.4 km by road to Princess Hills, from junction with

Kennedy Highway near Mt Garnet, Jan 2005, McDonald

3589 (BRI); White Mountain NP near Warang, Apr 2000,

Wannan 1747 (BRI, MEL, NSW). Leichhardt District:

Homevale Station, 3.5 km Wof station [homestead]. Mar

1994, Champion 1033 et al. (BRI). Mitchell District:

Warang, WNW of Torrens Creek, Apr 1990, Cumming

9662 (BRI). Port Curtis District: Eden Bann road, W of

Canoona, Mar 1994, Bean 7541 (BRI); Neerkool Creek,

s.dat.. Bowman s.n. (MEL 2161644); 1.5 km SW along

E-W road from junction with Elanora track, Razorback

Sector, Shoalwater Bay Training area, Feb 2014, Halford

OM939 (BRI). Burnett District: SF 43, 16.6 km along

Hawkwood Road, SW of Mundubbera, Apr 1997, Bean

11955 (BRI); Near regrowth experiment, Narayen, Nov

1969, 5. coll (BRI [AQ583268]).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

queenslandica is endemic to central and

north Queensland. Most records are from

coastal and near coastal areas from Mareeba

to Rockhampton, but there are several

occurrences further inland e.g. White

Mountains near Pentland, near Mundubbera,

and Springsure. There is also a record from

Portland Roads on Cape York Peninsula (Map

7). The species usually inhabits Eucalyptus

open forests and Melaleuca woodlands on

ridges or alluvial plains. There is also a record

from dry rainforest on basalt soil.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are mostly

from January to April. However, there are

also records of flower or fruits in October,

November, May and June.

Affinities: Lagenophora queenslandica is

of similar appearance to the parapatric L.

sublyrata , but differs by the leaves more

consistently obovate (leaf length/width ratio

2.1-3.3 versus 2.5-4.1 for L. sublyrata ); the

shorter and broader involucral bracts; the lack

of hairs at the base of the achene; the glands

surrounding the achene beak (confined to the

dorsal side in L. sublyrata ), and the achene

beak only 0.2-0.3(-0.4) mm long (0.4-0.8

mm long for L. sublyrata ), and without the

obvious thickened white annular collar at its

apex.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

Conservation status : Lagenophora

queenslandica can be relatively common

where it was recorded. It is wide-spread from

the central coastal Queensland to the Cape

York Peninsula. Therefore, a Least Concern

conservation status is recommended using the

IUCN (2012) criteria.

11. Lagenophora stipitata (Labill.) Druce,

Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 4: 630

(1917); Beilis stipitata Labill., Nov. Holl.

PI. Sp. 2; 55, t. 205 (1806); Lagenophora

billardierei Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat., ed. 2.

[F. Cuvier] 25: 111 (1822), nom. illeg .; L.

stipitata var. stipitata , Domin, Biblioth. Bot.

89: 653 (1930). Type: Tasmania. “Habitat in

capite Van-Diemen”, 1792 or 1793, J.H.H. de

Labillardiere s.n. (lecto: FI 006144; isolecto:

M 0029701, P 00742956; fide Wang & Bean

2016: 465).

Lagenophora billardierei var. pusilla DC.,

Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 5: 307 (1836).

Type: Australia, s.loc., s.dat., J.[H.H.] de

Labillardiere s.n. (holo: G 00454018).

Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots and

rhizomes fibrous, wiry, not bunched, 0.1-1

mm diameter; stem very short (leaves in basal

rosette) or often elongated (leaves alternate

along stem); leaves and scapes firmly

attached to stem and/or rootstock. Leaves

5-20, narrowly obovate to spathulate, 1.5-7.7

cm long, 0.4-1.8 cm wide (3.8-4.3x longer

than wide), sessile or with a winged petiole¬

like base to 2 cm long; leaf apex obtuse; leaf

margins usually obtusely serrate with 5-15

serrations, each serration 1-3 mm long; upper

leaf surface green, lower leaf surface pale

green; both surfaces with eglandular hairs

0.2-0.35 mm long, 7-9 per mm 2 ; leaf margins

with 10-15 eglandular hairs per mm 2 , each

0.2-0.3 mm long; leaf veins obscure on dried

material on both surfaces. Scapes channelled,

1-5 per tuft, each 4-15 cm long at anthesis,

5-19 cm long at fruiting stage, 0.5-1.2 mm

diameter; indumentum 0.2-0.4 mm long,

spreading or retrorse to patent, 2-10 hairs

per mm at midpoint of scape, equally dense

throughout or denser towards apex; bracts

1-3 (-5) up to c. 8 mm long and 1 mm wide.

Capitula c. 6 mm long, 8-12 mm diameter;

involucral bracts 50-60 in 5-6 rows, linear

435

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

to narrow lanceolate, entire, apex acute to

occasionally acuminate, with fringed margins

on distal half; outer bracts c. 2.1 x 0.3 mm,

inner bracts c. 3.5 x 0.4 mm, all with hairs

along the midrib. Receptacle convex, 2-3.2

mm diameter, 1.2-1.5 mm high. Ray florets

40-70, in 2-4 rows; tube 0.7-0.9 mm long, c.

0.3 mm diameter, minute hairy; style branches

c. 0.5 mm long; ligules 2.3-3.3 mm long,

0.3-0.5(-0.8) mm wide with 3 longitudinal

veins, blue, purple or light yellow, apex acute

to acuminate. Disc florets c. 15, corolla,

tubular, 2-2.5 mm long, yellow-green, outer

surface glandular hairy on bottom part and

short hairy on top part; lobes 5, deflate, 0.2-

0.3 mm long, purplish brown, minute hairy.

Achenes obliquely oblanceolate, 2.2-3 x

0.7-0.9 mm excluding beak, light dark brown

to purplish brown at maturity; edges slightly

thickened and light-coloured in contrast with

the faces; glands extending from distal end to

base, especially along dorsal edge, but mainly

basal and near apex, otherwise glabrous; beak

0.6-1 mm long, 0.15-0.25 mm wide, densely

glandular throughout, with a thickened white

annular collar at its apex, 0.25-0.3 mm

diameter.

Additional selected specimens examined : Western

Australia. Lease Road, Donnelly River Valley, Dec

1999, Tunsell et al. 24 (PERTH). South Australia.

Southern Lofty District: Colonial Road, Upper

Morialta, Dec 1991, Bates 26628 (AD). Kangaroo

Island District: Flinders Chase, in the Koala area at

Rocky River, Dec 1965, Eichler 18524 (AD, NE, NY).

South-Eastern District: State Forest, National Trust

Lease, adjacent to western side of Lower Glenelg NP,

Oct 1982, Weber 7787 (AD). Queensland. Darling

Downs District: Head of Racecourse Creek, Girraween

NP, Mar 2009, Holmes 245 & Holmes (BRI); 250 m south

of “L” junction, Girraween NP, Jan 2016, Bean 32691

& Wang (BRI, MEL); between “K” junction and “L”

junction, Girraween NP, Jan 2016, Bean 32695 & Wang

(BRI, NSW); “Z” junction, Girraween NP, just west of

Bald Rock, Jan 2016, Bean 32719 & Wang (BRI). New

South Wales. Northern Tablelands District: Upper

slopes of Bald Rock, Bald Rock NP, N of Tenterfield,

Dec 2015, Bean 32542 (BRI); Warra SF, E of Llangothlin

at Crown Mountain FR entrance, Feb 1995, Hunter 2715

et al. (BRI). Central Coast District: Macquarie Pass

NP, SW of Wollongong, Dec 2000, Bean 17159 (BRI).

Australian Capital Territory. Namadgi NP, 9.7km N

of Mt Aggie gate along Mt Franklin Road, Mar 1996,

Donaldson 1053, Edwards & Conway (CANB). Victoria.

17 km S from Whitfield in Wabonga Plateau State Park,

Dec 1986, Piesse 664 (MEL); Lucyvale, on Cravensville

Road, 900m NW of Mangans Road, Feb 1994, Molnar

& Sutter s.n. (MEL 2025764; The Lakes NP, Rotamah

Island, Oct 1986, Crawford 529 (MEL); c. 3.5 kmNE of

Lake Mountain, headwaters of Royston River, Feb 1993,

Clarke 2265 (MEL). Tasmania. Central Highlands

District: Lake Myrtle Track, N of Lake Bill, Mar 1987,

Collier 2267 (HO). East Coast District: St Peters Pass,

Jan 1931 , Rodway 21 (HO). Midlands District: Meander

River, Feb 1986, Moscal 12504 (HO). North West

District: Mermaid Hut track. Three Hummock Island,

Oct 1995, Harris & Balmer s.n. (HO 444872). South

West District: Nye Bay, Jan 1986, Buchanan 7712 (HO).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

stipitata is widespread in Australia, occurring

in Western Australia, South Australia,

Queensland, New South Wales, Australian

Capital Territory, Victoria and Tasmania

(Map 8). It has also been reported from

Mangonui County, North Auckland in New

Zealand (Drury 1974); and it has been found

along much of western Northland to the

western Waikato, and also along the eastern

side of the Coromandel Peninsula (P. de

Lange pers. comm.). In Australia, it has been

recorded from near sea level (especially in

Tasmania) to about 1,300 m altitude in various

habitat, i.e. Nothofagus and Leptospermum

forest, tall wet sclerophyll forest, mixed tall

closed forest, open eucalypt forest, eucalypt

woodland, dry and wet heathlands, scrub

forest, dune swale etc.

Phenology : In Queensland, flowers are

recorded in January and March; fruits in

January and March. In New South Wales,

Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania,

flowers from September to March and fruits

from November to April.

Conservation status : Lagenophora stipitata

is widespread in the southern states of

Australia. It is recorded from a number

of national parks and not considered to be

threatened. A Least Concern conservation

status is recommended based on the IUCN

(2012) criteria.

12. Lagenophora sublyrata (Cass.) A.R.Bean

& Jian Wang ter, comb, nov.; Ixauchenus

sublyratus Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat., ed. 2. [F.

Cuvier] 56: 176 (1828). Type: New South

Wales. Port Jackson, November-December

1819, C. Gaudichaud (lecto: P 00742955t,

image only extant; fide Bean & Wang 2017:

168). Epitype: New South Wales. Hornsby,

436

April 1914, W.F. Blakely s.n. (NSW 10275;

fide Bean & Wang 2017: 168).

Ixauchenus lyratus Less., Syn. Gen. Compos.

193 (1832), nomen nudum.

Lagenophora billardierei var. media DC.,

Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 5: 307 (1836).

Type: Nova Hollandia, [in 1823], F.W. Sieber

505 (syn: G 00454010, HAL, NY 00180436).

Lagenophora billardierei var. glabrata DC.,

Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 5: 307 (1836). Type:

Nouvelle Holland, in 1816, from Lambert’s

herbarium (syn: G 00454009).

Lagenophora lanata A.Cunn., Ann. Nat. Hist.

2: 126 (1839). Type: New Zealand. Between

the Waitangy and Keri-Keri Rivers, in 1834,

R. Cunningham (syn: K 000890104).

Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots fleshy,

bunched, 0.5-1.5 mm diameter; no stem or

short stem to c. 1 cm long; leaves and scapes

firmly attached to stem and/or rootstock.

Leaves (4-) 7-17, obovate, oblanceolate,

elliptical, spathulate, (l-)2-3(-9) cm long,

(0.4-)0.6-1.4(-2.2) cm wide (2.5-3.3(-4.1) x

longer than wide), sessile or with a winged

petiole-like base to 3 cm long; leaf apex

obtuse or rounded; leaf margins toothed,

crenate to sinuate, with (5-)7-9(-19) teeth,

each tooth (0.2-)0.5-l(-2) mm long; upper

leaf surface green, glabrous or with 1—2(—7)

hairs per mm 2 , each 0.1-0.2 mm long; lower

leaf surface pale green, glabrous or with

2-4(-8) hairs per mm 2 , each 0.1-0.3 mm

long; leaf margins with 6-12 hairs per mm 2 ,

each 0.1-0.2 mm long; leaf veins usually

obscure on dried material on both surfaces.

Scapes channelled, 1-7 per tuft, each (4-

)7—19 cm long at anthesis, (4-)6-23(-31) cm

long at fruiting stage, (0.3-)0.5-0.6(-0.8) mm

diameter, 0.3-0.8 mm thick from lowest to

upmost section; indumentum c. 0.1 mm long,

antrorse, more or less appressed; 2-10 hairs

per mm 2 at midpoint of scape, slightly denser

towards apex; bracts 2-5, upper ones 1.3-1.7

x 0.2 mm, lower ones 3-5.5 x 0.5-0.8 mm or

occasionally even larger. Capitula (2.5-)4-5(-

6) mm long, (2.5-)4-5.4(-ll) mm diameter;

involucral bracts (20-)36 in 4-5 rows,

lanceolate, oblong to obovate, glabrous, apex

obtuse, acute, ciliate or with fringed margin

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

on distal part, outer bracts 1.2-1.9 x 0.3-0.6

mm, inner bracts 2.1-2.6 x 0.5-0.7 mm.

Receptacle convex, 1.5-2(-2.7) mm diameter,

0.8-1.2 mm high. Ray florets 20-37(-72) in

2-5 rows; tube 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm

wide, glandular hairy; style branches 0.3-0.4

mm long; ligules (1.8—)2.1—2.2(—3) mm long,

0.15-0.4 mm wide, with longitudinal veins

obscure, creamy to mauve, apex obtuse. Disc

florets (10-)30, corolla tubular, 1.5-1.9 mm

long, light yellow, outer surface with sparse

glandular hairs; corolla lobes 4 or 5, deflate,

0.1-0.3 mm long x 0.3-0.4 mm wide; stamens

4 or 5, 0.6 mm long; style branches c. 0.3 mm

long; sterile ovary 0.7-0.8 mm long; pappus

scales 1 or 2, 0.1-0.2 mm long. Achenes

lanceolate, obliquely oblanceolate, 2.4-2.8(-

3.3) x 0.6-0.8 mm excluding beak, light

brown to dark brown at maturity; edges more

or less thickened; glands confined to dorsal

side of beak and adjacent area of achene, 1-5

eglandular hairs usually present at base of

achene, otherwise glabrous; beak 0.4-0.6 mm

long, with a thickened white annular collar at

its apex, 0.15-0.25 mm diameter.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Daintree NP, Adeline Creek headwaters,

ridge to Hill 929, May 1999, Forster 24527 & Booth (BRI,

MEL). North Kennedy District: Taravale near Hell

Hole Creek, 0.5-1 km E of homestead. Mar 1987, Jackes

8703 (BRI). South Kennedy District: Snake Road, SF

62, at locked gate, NE of Eungella Township, Feb 2003,

Bean 20045 (BRI). Leichhardt District: Carnarvon

Gorge, Carnarvon NP, NW of Injune, Apr 1994, Morley

s.n. (BRI [AQ 471673]). Port Curtis District: 10 km

SE of Forestry Camp, Kroombit Tops, Dawes Range,

64 km SW of Calliope, Dec 1983, Sharpe 3421 (BRI).

Burnett District: Gorge Oaky LA, Coominglah SF,

NW of Monto, Jun 1996, Bean 10416 (BRI). Wide Bay

District: Compartment 56A, just S of Benarige Creek

track junction, SF 57, Parish of St Mary, Mar 1995,

Grimshaw 2041 & Turpin (BRI). Darling Downs

District: Mt Colliery area off Gambubal Road, ‘Paddy’s

Gully’ adjacent to Main Range NP, Apr 2015, Forster

PIF42568 et al. (BRI). Moreton District: Kobble Creek,

c. 3.5 km from Hawkins Road, Samsonvale, Apr 2003,

Phillips 1088 & Phillips (BRI). New South Wales.

Central Coast District: Liverpool, Oct 1965, Coveny

s.n. (NSW 98345); Woolwash, Campbell Town, Dec

1966, McBarron 13738 (NSW); Wollemi NP, SE section,

W end of Culoul Range, Mar 1981, Haegi 2045 (NSW).

South Coast District: Flat Rock Creek, Nowra, Jan

1933, Rodway 4892-4 (NSW); Nowra Road, 5 miles [8.3

km] E ofNerriga, Adams 1473 , Oct 1965 (NSW). North

Coast District: Grafton - Armidale Road, Glenfernie

FR, Dec 1893, Maiden s.n. (NSW 457126). Victoria.

Mt Elizabeth, Feb 1971, Beauglehole 37109 (MEL);

437

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

Yalmy Forest Management Block, East Gippsland, Nov

1983, Chesterfield 10 (MEL); Croajingolong NP near

Mallacoota, track to Sandy Point from Mallacoota -

Genoa Road, Nov 2016, Karunajeewa 1490 (MEL).

South Australia. Southern Lofty District: Cox Scrub,

Damp gully in S corner of the park, Feb 2007, Duval

320 & Erickson (AD). South Eastern District: Honans

Scrub, Nov 1991, Bates 26488 (AD). Mt Lofty Range

District: Near Mt Lofty Railway Range, Adelaide Hills,

Nov 1948, Cleland s.n. (AD 97220069). Tasmania.

East Coast District: Near Freestone Hill (20 km N of

Swansea), Dec 1984, Buchanan 4807 (HO). North East

District: Low Head, road to aerodrome, Dec 1965,

Curtis s.n. (HO 13462). NorthWest District: Somerset,

Feb 1948, Curtis s.n. (HO 13464).

Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora

sublyrata is the most widespread species in

the genus. It has been recorded (as L. gracilis

or L. lanata ) in south Asia (e.g. China, India,

Sri Lanka), south-east Asia (e.g. Thailand),

Malesia (e.g. Java, New Guinea), Australia and

New Zealand. In Australia, it occurs in South

Australia, Queensland, New South Wales,

Australia Capital Territory, Victoria and

Tasmania (Map 9) where it mainly inhabits

eucalypt or Melaleuca dominated open forest

or woodland on a wide range of soils from

near sea level up to 1,500 m altitude.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been

recorded mainly from spring, summer and

autumn.

Note : Lagenophora sublyrata is a widespread

species with variable leaf shape, indumentum

and plant size. New Zealand specimens

received on loan from AK are quite hairy and

small in stature, but features of the achene,

scape and involucral bracts are consistent with

typical plants from eastern New South Wales,

Victoria and Tasmania. The distribution of this

species in the northern hemisphere requires

examination. Occurrences outside Australia

and New Zealand require confirmation with

regards to their taxonomy and nomenclature.

Conservation status : As the most widely

distributed species in the genus, Lagenophora

sublyrata occurs in numerous national

parks. Therefore, it is not considered to be

threatened in Australia and a Least Concern

conservation status is recommended based on

the IUCN (2012) criteria.

Excluded names

Lagenophora emphysopus Hook.f., FI. Tasm.

1: 189 (1855) (= Solenogyne bellioides)

Lagenophora solenogyne F.Muell., Fragm.

5(34): 62 (1865). (= Solenogyne bellioides).

Lagenophora bellioides (Cass.) Druce, Rep.

Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 4(Suppl. 2):

630 (1917). (= Solenogyne bellioides Cass ).

Lagenophora gunnii (Hook.f.) J.M.Black,

Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austral. 51: 58

(1927). (= Solenogyne gunnii Hook.f.).

Lagenophora gunnii var. glabra Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89: 653 (1930). (= Solenogyne

dominii L. Adams).

Dubious names

Lagenophora billardierei var. microcephala

Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 507 (1866); L. stipitata

var. microcephala (Benth.) Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 89: 653 (1930). Identity unknown; no

type cited.

Lagenophora billardierei var. normalis

Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 507 (1866), nom. inval .;

this is presumably the type variety.

Acknowledgements

We thank the Directors of A, AD, AK,

GH, L, HO, MEL, NSW and PERTH for

providing loan specimens. Will Smith kindly

provided the illustrations, achene photos and

distributional maps, and John Thompson gave

assistance with the SEM images. Thanks are

due to the Director and staff at P for their

support and encouragement, and to Heimo

Rainer (W) for sending close-up images of

the type of L. huegelii. We also acknowledge

contributions made by Peter de Lange who

provided useful comments on the manuscript.

References

Bean, A.R. & Wang, J. (2017). The identity and

typification of Ixauchenus sublyratus Cass.

(Asteraceae). Adansonia ser. 3 , 39(2): 167-170.

Bentham, G. (1867). Lagenophora. In Flora Australiensis

3: 506-508. L. Reeve & Co.: London.

438

Bona, M. (2015). Systematic implications of achene

characteristics in genera Centaurea L., Cyanus

Mill., Psephellus Cass, and Rhaponticoides

Vaill. (Asteraceae). Bangladesh Journal of

Plant Taxonomy 22: 125-136.

Cabrera, A.L. (1966). The genus Lagenophora

(Compositae). Blumea 14: 285-308.

Cassini, A.H.G. (1816). Apergu des genres nouveaux

formes, dans la famille des Synantherees.

Bulletin des Sciences par la Societe

Philomatique de Paris 1816: 198-200.

-(1818). Apercu des genres nouveaux formes,

dans la famille des Synantherees. Bulletin des

Sciences par la Societe Philomatique de Paris

1818: 30-34.

-(1822). In M.F. Cuvier (ed.), Dictionnaire des

Sciences Naturelles 25: 111. F.G. Levrault/Le

Normant: Strasbourg/Paris.

-(1828). In M.F. Cuvier (ed.), Dictionnaire des

Sciences Naturelles 56: 176. F.G. Levrault/Le

Normant: Strasbourg/Paris.

Clarke, I.C. (1999). Lagenophora. In N.G. Walsh & T. J.

Entwisle (eds.). Flora of Victoria 4: 866-867.

Inkata: Melbourne.

Cooke, D A. (1986). Lagenifera. In J.P Jessop & H R.

Toelken (eds.). Flora of South Australia 111:

1470-1472. South Australian Government

Printing Division: Adelaide.

Curtis, W.M. (1963). Angiospermae: Lythraceae to

Epacridaceae. The Student’s Flora of Tasmania

2: 290. Government Printer: Hobart.

Davis, G.L. (1950). A revision of the Australian species

of the genus Lagenophora Cass. Proceedings

of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 75:

122-132.

De Candolle, A.P (1836). Prodromus systematis

naturalis regni vegetabilis 5: 307-308. Treuttel

& Wurtz: Paris.

De Lange, P.J.; Heenan, P.B.; Norton, D.A.; Rolfe,

J. R.; Sawyer, J.W.D. (2010). Threatened plants

of New Zealand. Canterbury University Press:

Christchurch.

De Lange, P.J., Rolfe, J.R., Barkla, J.W., Courtney,

S.P., Champion, P.D., Perrie, L.R., Beadel, S.,

Ford, K.A., Breitwieser, I., SchOnberger, I.,

Hindmarsh-Walls, R., Heenan, P.B., Ladley,

K. (2018). Conservation status of New Zealand

vascular plants, 2017. New Zealand Threat

Classification Series 22. Department of

Conservation: Wellington.

Drury, D.G. (1974). A broadly based taxonomy of

Lagenifera section Lagenifera and Solenogyne

(Compositae-Astereae), with an account of their

species in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal

of Botany 12: 365-395.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

Hind, D.J.N. (2004). Novaguinea (Compositae: Astereae:

Lagenophorinae), a new endemic genus to

Papua, Indonesia. Contributions to the Flora of

Mount Jaya, XIII. Kew Bulletin 59: 177-188.

Iucn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria:

Version 3.1. Second edition. IUCN: Gland/

Cambridge.

Koster, J.T. (1966). Lagenophora. The Compositae of

New Guinea 1. Nova Guinea 24: 588-590.

Nakamura, K., Denda, T., Kokubugata, G., Forster,

PI., Wilson, G., Peng, C. & Yokota, M.

(2012). Molecular phylogeography reveals an

antitropical distribution and local diversification

of Solenogyne (Asteraceae) in the Ryukyu

Archipelago of Japan and Australia. Biological

Journal of the Linnean Society 105: 197-217.

Nesom, G.L. (1998). Full constitution of the Australian

genus Pappochroma (Asteraceae: Astereae).

Phytologia 85: 276-279.

Nicolson, D.H. (1996). Proposal to conserve the name

Lagenophora (Compositae) with a conserved

spelling. Taxon 45\ 341-342.

Porteners, M.F. & Brown, E.A. (1992). Lagenifera. In

G.J. Harden (ed.). Flora of New South Wales 3:

154. NSW University Press: Kensington.

Sancho, G., De Lange, P.J., Donato, M., Barkla,

J. & Wagstaff, S.J. (2014). Late Cenozoic

diversification of the austral genus Lagenophora

(Astereae, Asteraceae). Botanical Journal of

the Linnean Society 177: 78-95.

Stanley, T.D. & Ross, E.M. (1986). Lagenifera. In

Flora of South-eastern Queensland 2: 507.

Department of Primary Industries: Brisbane.

Wang, J. & Bean, A.R. (2016). A review of Lagenophora

Cass. (Astereae: Asteraceae) in Queensland,

Australia. Austrobaileya 9: 463-480.

Wheeler, J.R., March ant, N.G. & Lewington, M.

(2002). Lagenophora. In Flora of the South

West 2: 511. University of Western Australia

Press: Perth.

Zhang, J.W., Boufford, D.E. & Sun, H. (2013). Systematic

significance of achene morphology in

Soroseris, Syncalathium and Parasyncalathium

(Asteraceae: Cichorieae). Botanical Journal of

the Linnean Society 173: 476-486.

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

439

Map 1. Distribution of Lagenophora adenosa •, L.fimbriata ■. L. latifolia ▲.

Map 2. Distribution of Lagenophora brachyglossa ■, L. gunniana •.

440

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

Map 3. Distribution of Lagenophora gracilis.

Map 4. Distribution of Lagenophora huegelii.

Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in Australia

441

Map 5. Distribution of Lagenophora montana in Australia.

Map 6. Distribution of Lagenophora platysperma.

Map 7. Distribution of Lagenophora queenslandica.

442

Austrobaileya 10(3): 405-442 (2019)

Map 8. Distribution of Lagenophora stipitata in Australia.

140°E 145°E 150°E

_I_I_I_

Map 9. Distribution of Lagenophora sublyrata in Australia.

Brachychiton guymeri J.A.Bever., Fensham & P.I.Forst.

(Sterculiaceae), a new species from north Queensland

Rod J. Fensham 1,2 , Jamie A. Beveridge 2 & Paul I. Forster 1

Summary

Fensham, R.J., Beveridge, J.A. & Forster, PI. (2019). Brachychiton guymeri J.A.Bever., R.J.Fensham

& P.I.Forst. (Sterculiaceae), a new species from north Queensland. Austrobaileya 10(3): 443-457.

The new species Brachychiton guymeri is described and illustrated from north Queensland and is

thought to be related to B. bidwillii F.Muell. Brachychiton guymeri is known from two populations

in dry rainforest or amongst rainforest elements in grassy savanna with high rock cover and has a

current conservation status of Endangered. Fifty three dry rainforest patches were searched within

50 km of the original two locations but no new populations were located. The species is represented

by a broad spectrum of size-classes in dry rainforest but in savanna, fire can ‘top-kill’ larger plants

resulting in a high density of small stems emanating from coppice. A revised conservation status of

Vulnerable is recommended.

Key Words: Sterculiaceae, Brachychiton , Brachychiton bidwillii , Brachychiton guymeri, Brachychiton

sp. (Blackwall Range R.J.Fensham 971), Australia flora, Queensland flora, new species, taxonomy,

conservation status

'Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt

Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia; 2 School of Biological Sciences, University

of Queensland, St Lucia, 4072, Queensland. Email for corresponding author: rod.fensham@des.qld.

gov.au

Introduction

Brachychiton Schott & Endl. is a genus of

some 36 species in the family Sterculiaceae,

consisting of predominantly dry season

deciduous trees and shrubs found across

northern and eastern Australia, and New

Guinea (Guymer 1988). Brachychiton includes

the iconic ‘bottle-trees’ with swollen trunks

and are commonly cultivated ornamental

plants with attractive bell-shaped flowers.

Additionally, the trunks and leaves of several

species are also utilised to provide fodder for

livestock in dry periods.

This paper provides a taxonomic

description of the new species Brachychiton

guymeri J.A.Bever., Fensham & P.I.Forst.

(previously B. sp. (Blackwall Range

R.J.Fensham 971), and identifies characters

that distinguish it from previously described

species. Brachychiton guymeri is known from

two populations south-east of Collinsville. The

larger population (Blackwall Range) occurs

in fragmented dry rainforest on a boulder

Accepted for publication 22 February 2019

field and the smaller population (Aureole) was

located where elements of dry rainforest occur

within savanna on an unnamed geological

feature forming an aureole with an inner

diameter of approximately 3 km. These two

populations are 10 km apart. The association

of this new species to dry rainforest patches

is significant in relation to the speciation

hypothesis that we present in this paper,

so a short overview of the ecology of this

vegetation type is given to provide context.

In broad terms the vegetation of northern

Australia can be separated into savanna,

which is fire-prone and adapted to recover

after fire, and fire-sensitive rainforest, which

excludes fire (Bowman et al. 2010; Fensham

2012; Murphy & Bowman 2012; Ondei et al.

2016). The undescribed Brachychiton species

was first discovered in December 1992

during an extensive survey of dry rainforest

(Fensham 1995). Dry rainforest describes

vegetation found in seasonally dry areas

which share structural, floristic and ecological

affinities with mesic rainforest (Fensham

1995). In northern Australia, dry rainforest

is widely distributed, though generally as

444

small, highly fragmented patches, occurring

predominantly in Queensland and the

Northern Territory, but also extending into

Western Australia and New South Wales. Dry

rainforest can occur in areas with as little as

500 mm annual precipitation (Russell-Smith

1991; Fensham 1995); however, as rainfall is

reduced, so too is frequency of occurrence,

patch size and tree species diversity (Fensham

1995). As for mesic rainforest, dry rainforest

is characterised by a closed canopy of

mixed species, lack of ground fuels and the

prevalence of vines and epiphytes (Fensham

1995). Dry rainforest communities have a

much higher proportion of deciduous and

semi-deciduous species (Gillison 1987) but

are ecologically similar to mesic rainforest

in relation to fire sensitivity and suppression

(Fensham 1995), achieved by shading out

potential ground fuel and the creation of a

cool, moist microclimate (Russell-Smith &

Setterfield 2006; Ondei et al. 2016).

In a flammable landscape dominated

by savanna, dry rainforest predominantly

occurs in areas which are topographically

fire protected or where a rocky substrate

prevents fuel load accumulation (Russell-

Smith 1991; Fensham 1995). This sensitivity

however, does not mean they are unable to

survive individual fires, with basal and aerial

resprouting observed in some species (Ondei

et al. 2016), nor does it preclude expansion

into savanna ecosystems with fire protection

(Fensham & Butler 2004).

The paper aims to develop an

understanding of the distribution and ecology

of the newly described species, in order to

review the threat status of the species using

IUCN (2017) Red List criteria.

Taxonomy of the genus Brachychiton

Brachychiton is characterised by woody

dehiscent cymbiform follicles and can be

separated from the related genus Sterculia

L. by its hirsute exotestas which remain

in the follicle after the seeds are dispersed

(Guymer 1988). Distinguishing characters

at the subgeneric and species level include

flower colour and size, perianth shape,

androgynophore dimensions, inflorescence

Austrobaileya 10(3): 443-457 (2019)

characteristics, follicle shape and size,

indumentum characteristics, nectary

characteristics, and leaf blade shape and size.

Most species in the genus exhibit variation

in leaf shapes at different life and seasonal

stages.

Brachychiton comprises five sections

(Guymer 1988), consisting of B. section

Oxystele Guymer (two species), B. section

Poecilodermis Endl. (three species), B. section

Delabechea (Mitchell ex Lindley) Guymer

(two species), B. section Trichosiphon (Schott

& Endl.) Endl. (four species) and B. section

Brachychiton (25 species). This tally includes

the recently described B. chrysocarpus

Cowie & Guymer (Cowie & Guymer 2014),

the new species described here and another

three undescribed species known by informal

names.

Materials and methods

Morphological description

The undescribed Brachychiton species was

described using previously defined characters

(Guymer 1988) based on specimens from the

Queensland Herbarium, and supplemented

by field collection and observation. The

most morphologically similar species were

identified and distinguishing characteristics

established.

Survey for extent of occurrence

This was achieved by mapping the

distribution of potential suitable habitat,

searching for populations, assessing the size

and demographics of the known populations,

identifying distribution and structural

variation between habitats, and evaluating

possible threats.

In order to search for further populations

all patches of dry rainforest were mapped

within 50 km of the original site, excluding

areas with greater than 900 mm of annual

precipitation, using 2.5 m SPOT imagery

available through World Imagery (http://

www. arcgis. com/home/item. html?id=10df

2279f9684e4a9f6a7f08febac2a9) at a scale

of 1:100 000 with a minimum patch size of

0.1 ha. Dry rainforest is characterised by a

diverse tree layer and low grass cover and

Fensham el alBrachychiton guymeri

can be identified from satellite imagery using

combinations of closed canopy, heterogeneous

canopy texture and exposed rock. The patches

of rainforest with greater than 900 mm

rainfall were excluded because it has been

established that the floristic composition of

rainforest is strongly related to mean annual

rainfall (Webb etal. 1984; Fensham 1995). On

this basis it was assumed that search effort for

a dry season deciduous tree is best expended

in rainforest of relatively low rainfall areas.

Within the search area, 53 patches were

surveyed to search for the target species with

25 surveys conducted in 1993 and 28 in 2017.

Population surveys

The sites where the target species was located

were mapped at 1:4000 to differentiate dry

rainforest habitat (devoid of grass), boulder

fields devoid of vegetation and savanna

(grassy) (Fig. 1).

In March 2017, 6 m wide plots with

variable length were randomly distributed

within the dry rainforest and savanna (greater

than 1% grass cover) within the populations.

Grass cover was determined by counting

intercepts of grass (assessed as minimum

convex polygons around tussocks) at 1 m

intervals along the centre of the plot. In each

plot individuals of B. guymeri were also

counted and assigned to size categories: <0.5

m tall; 0.5-2 m tall; > 2 m tall, < 5 cm DBH;

> 2 m tall, > 5cm DBH.

Mean and standard error densities were

determined for each size category within

the dry rainforest and savanna types at both

sites. The mean values were multiplied by the

habitat area to estimate the total number of

individuals at each site.

The fire history of the two sites was

obtained from the landholders. There was no

record of any fire recently at the Blackwall

Range site, with fire breaks established on

either side of the hill on which it is located.

The Aureole population was subject to a fire

in 2015, 2-3 years before the survey was

conducted.

The potential impact of fire was assessed

by evaluating the differences in the sized-

445

class structure of the stands between dry

rainforest (fire protected) and savanna (not

fire protected).

Extent of occurrence (EOO) and Area of

occupancy (AOO) were calculated according

to the IUCN recommendations (IUCN

Standards and Petitions Subcommittee 2017).

Germination

Seeds collected from the target species in

the field were germinated at the Queensland

Herbarium in Brisbane, Australia. Sterilised

5 cm deep seed trays were filled with perlite,

with a small amount of peat moss added.

Seeds were evenly dispersed, and gently

depressed to a depth of c. 0.5 cm and the trays

lightly topped with vermiculite.

Results

Morphological description

Among the 32 previously described species

of Brachychiton , six species from the section

Brachychiton with morphological similarities

to the undescribed Brachychiton species (< 5

m tall; Fig. 2A) were selected for comparison

(Table 1). B. guymeri shares a multi-stemmed

habit (Fig. 2A) with three other species

(Table 1). All six of the shrub-form species

have a 1:1 ratio between length and width

of leaves, whereas B. guymeri has leaves on

average 1.5 times longer than they are wide

(Fig. 3). B. guymeri tends to have singular

flowers, or occasionally small inflorescences

of two or three flowers (Fig. 2B), compared to

related species with inflorescences containing

at least three, but usually 7-30 flowers. B.

guymeri has smooth, glabrous follicles (Fig.

2C) compared to B. chrysocarpus, B. bidwillii

Hook., B. megaphyllus Guymer and B.

multicaulis Guymer with dense hair covering

the outer surface, and B. multicaulis and B.

tuberculatus (W.Fitzg.) Guymer having a

tuberculate surface. Brachychiton vitifolius

(F.M.Bailey) Guymer can be distinguished

by its distinctly impressed adaxial veins and

sparse indumentum, compared to the raised

veins and dense indumentum of B. guymeri.

Of the shrub species only B. bidwillii , B.

guymeri and B. vitifolius occur in Queensland.

446

Austrobaileya 10(3): 443^157 (2019)

Fig. 1. The three types of habitat that were mapped at the sites where Brachychiton guymeri occurs. A dry rainforest

habitat, B boulder field devoid of vegetation, C grassy vegetation.

Taxonomy

Brachychiton guymeri J.A.Bever.,

Fensham & P.I.Forst. sp. nov. Similar to B.

bidwillii, but differing in the follicle exterior

being near glabrous with a dark brown

surface (versus khaki stellate-scabridulous

outside), singular flowers (versus ramal

inflorescences, mostly botryoids, ultimate

branches usually triads, 7-12(-35) flowered),

non-protruding androgynophores (versus

androgynophores protruding above tubular

opening), white to cream stigmas (versus

pink) and floral tube interior densely stellate-

hirsute (versus glabrous or occasionally with

scattered stellate hairs). Typus: Queensland.

South Kennedy District: Exmoor, 6 June

1996, P.I. Forster PIF19190 & M.C. Tucker

(holo: BRI [AQ0603172 comprising 3 sheets,

carpological and spirit samples]; iso: CNS, K,

L, MEL, NSW distribuendi).

Brachychiton sp. (Blackwall Range R.J.

Fensham 971); Guymer (2017).

Shrub or tree to 6 m, single or multi-stemmed

(especially regrowth), deciduous. Fissured

bark, dark to light grey. Branchlets 1.2-2.2

mm diameter, dense stellate-puberulent.

Leaves ovate, entire or 3 lobed, 2.2-8.4 cm

long, 0.8-6 cm wide, lobes 1-4 cm long;

apices obtuse, occasionally retuse, acute,

bases shallowly cordate to rounded; mid-

dense stellate-hirtellous above and below,

with glandular hairs between veins, adaxial

veins dense stellate-hirtellous, abaxial veins

dense pubescent. Stipules c. 3.5 mm long,

dense stellate-puberulent. Inflorescences

unknown, flowers only observed singularly.

Bracts caducous ( n.vf pedicels c. 1 mm

long. Perianth tubular-campanulate, 2.4-

3.3 mm long, 2.3-3 mm diameter, shortly

5-lobed for c. 1/5 of its length, dark pink to

Fensham et ah, Brachychiton guymeri

447

3 5

2 I

3 n.

3' O

CL on

3- CD

O =

3 P

o o™

a a* p

3 <t> cr

2 » a

3 rn Q

S' a

£L p

C/5

cro^ tr 55. ^

p J p

2* £L P* on

*3 era w

&gl

2 a “

rri CO ^

dTlcf

3 g 2;

2 a. P

2- c S’

S 3 §

CD ^ 3

S. pa

3- $ 3

CD 5 K

~ 3 CL

2 co *c

2 o

? 2

“3

3 “ o' a

S SL O g

P CD

a e

<E 3

3 £

3“ 3

3' 0>

3 3

CL £

o' a,

3 5»

cr p ,, _ _

2 S £• S *

O CD 3* H- 3

E8» n gft

P CD c/5 CD

CD 3

a =0

a- CTQ

CD O

s £

CD CD

^ s

>3 o

3 a

S' 3

o £

S-

Table 1. Some characters used to distinguish Brachychiton guymeri from other closely related Brachychiton species, limited to

those which form shrub habits. Summarised from Guymer (1988) and Cowie & Guymer (2014).

448

red, occasionally with white, green at base

of exterior, white to green interior base,

induplicate areas pink; mid-dense to dense

at base puberulent exterior, stellate hirsute

interior; lobes semi-elliptic to elliptic, obtuse

mucronate, recurved. Nectaries distinct,

10, 2 opposite each perianth lobe. Male

flowers', androgynophore white, c. 1.8 mm

long, obclavate, singular hairs along upper

to densely stellate-hirsute base, fertile zone

c. 4 mm long, 20 stamens, anthers c. 2 mm

long. Female flowers', apparently of similar

dimensions. Follicles ellipsoid, stipitate,

rostrate, 6-9 cm long, 2-4 cm wide, dark

brown, glabrous exterior, interior densely

stellate-hirsute; pericarp 1.5-3 mm thick;

stipes twisted, 15-26(-30) mm long, 4-7.5

mm diameter; apices triangular, arcuate,

acute, erect or incurved, occasionally

slightly recurved 6—11(—15) mm long. Seeds

c. 14 per follicle, oblong-ovoid, 8.6-12 mm

length, 4-9.5 mm diameter. Seedlings with

cryptocotylar germination. Figs. 1A-F.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. South

Kennedy District: SE of Mount Leslie, Dec 1992,

Fensham 444 (BRI); Blackwall Range, Exmoor, Aug

1993, Fensham 971 (AD, BISH, BRI, CANB, DNA, K,

L, MEL, NSW); Exmoor, Jun 1996, Forster PIF19192

& Tucker (BRI). Blackwall Ranges, Exmoor, Sep 2003,

Dennis 104 (BRI); Exmoor, S of Collinsville, Mar

2017, Fensham 6592 (BRI); ibid. Mar 2017, Fensham

6606 (BRI). Cultivated. Moreton District: Cooroy ex

‘Exmoor’, Dec 2014, Tucker s.n. (BRI [AQ0839498]).

Distribution and habitat : Brachychiton

guymeri is known from two locations about

10 km apart, approximately 60 km southeast

of Collinsville in the South Kennedy district.

The main known population (Blackwall

Range) of B. guymeri occurs in fragmented

dry rainforest (semi-evergreen vine-thicket)

on a granodiorite boulder field with little to no

surface soil. It also extends into the adjoining

grassy woodland habitat that is less rocky.

The second population (Aureole) occurs on a

mixture of granodiorite and sandstone that is

also grassy. Both sites receive about 680 mm

mean annual rainfall.

Brachychiton guymeri occurs as a

locally common tree with other species of

dry rainforest including B. australis (Schott

& Endl.) A.Ter race. Unlike B. australis the

Austrobaileya 10(3): 443-457 (2019)

species also occurs in adjacent eucalypt

woodland. Other co-occurring dry rainforest

species include Abutilon auritum (Wall,

ex Link) Sweet, A. micropetalum Benth.,

Alyxia ruscifolia R.Br., Lysiphyllum hookeri

(F.Muell.) Pedley, Gyrocarpus americanus

Jacq., and Terminalia aridicola Domin.

The woodland includes Eucalyptus crebra

F.Muell., Corymbia erythropholia (Blakely)

K.D.Hill & L.A.S. Johnson, Eucalyptus

melanophloia F.Muell. and a mixture of

grasses including introduced buffel grass

(Cenchrus ciliaris L.).

Phenology : Flowering period June to

December (?); Fruiting December to March.

Deciduous during dry season (-August to

December).

Notes : We posit that Brachychiton guymeri is

morphologically most similar to B. bidwillii

as diagnosed above. The species can also be

clearly separated from B. vitifolius by raised

adaxial veins (versus distinctly impressed),

significantly smaller leaves 2.2-8.4 cm long,

0.8-6 cm wide (versus 12-19 cm long, 14-

21 cm wide), singular flowers (versus 8-20

flowers per inflorescence), perianth interior

stellate-hirsute (versus sparsely glandular-

puberulent) and larger follicles 6-9 cm long,

2-4 cm wide (versus 3-6 cm long, 2-3 cm

wide).

In the limited molecular analyses for

this species presented by Carter (2011),

Brachychiton guymeri showed no difference

from B. bidwillii based on chloroplast data

from four regions. Unfortunately Carter

(2011) was unsuccessful in sequencing the

nuclear G3 pdh region for the species. While

molecular support for B. guymeri remains

equivocal at this point, the morphological

differences are distinct. Our speciation

hypothesis is that B. guymeri represents an

allopatric speciation event with B. bidwillii

as the sister species or as part of an ancestral

lineage.

Three main scenarios can be applied to

this speciation hypothesis for Brachychition

guymeri. These scenarios are strongly

influenced by the extant occurrence of both

species and how they relate to proposed

Fig. 2. Brachychiton guymeri. A. species habit. B. infloresence composed of single axillary flower. C. woody

dehiscent cymbiform follicle with intact exotesta. D. male flower. E. female flower. F. variations in indumentum on

interior and exterior (bottom centre) of perianth. All from the Blackwall Range population ( Fensham 6592 , BRI)

450

Austrobaileya 10(3): 443^157 (2019)

Fig. 3. Leaf shapes of Brachychiton guymeri. The most typical form is on the left. The top leaf represents the

maximum leaf length with appropriate dimensions; the left leaf is the mean dimensions; and the right leaf is the median

dimensions. All from the Blackwall Range population (Fensham 6606 , BRI).

biogeographic gaps in eastern Queensland

(Bryant & Krosch 2016). While B. guymeri

has a very small and defined extant area of

occurrence, the situation with B. bidwillii

is more complex. Brachychiton bidwillii

occurs in two population centres, a northern

population centre that is very small and

restricted entirely to Magnetic Island offshore

from Townsville (north of the Burdekin Gap),

and a southern population centre comprising

numerous subpopulations south of the St

Lawrence Gap from Shoalwater Bay south

to Boonah. In terms of the Bryant & Krosch

(2016) biogeographic barriers, B. guymeri is

quite unusual as it is in the area south of the

Burdekin Gap and north of the St Lawrence

Gap, well separated from B. bidwillii by over

200 km to the north and over 250 km to the

south.

(Scenario 1) Model I of Levin (2000),

viz. vicariant speciation, requiring local

adaption to the unique habitat formed by

the granodiorite outcrop. This scenario

would require populations of B. bidwillii to

be not markedly disjunct.

(Scenario 2) Model II of Levin (2000),

viz. peripatic speciation, would require

locally dispersed populations diverging

from relatively nearby populations of B.

bidwillii.

(Scenario 3) Model III of Levin (2000),

viz. disjunct speciation, divergence

following long range dispersal or from

remnant populations of a once more

widely distributed B. bidwillii that has now

retreated beyond the above biogeographic

barriers.

Given the considerable distance between

populations of B. guymeri and B. bidwillii ,

the third scenario of disjunct speciation is

putatively the most likely.

The observed rarity of Brachychiton

guymeri , yet abundance of potentially suitable

habitat (see discussion below), indicates a

number of possibilities for this species in

terms of its existence in space and time

(Levin 2000). Either this is a species near to

the start of its existence that has only recently

managed to disperse to a second population,

or a species near the end that is now restricted

to refugia. The broad availability of habitat

in the local area tends to favour the first

possibility.

Fensham et alBrachychiton guymeri

451

Fig. 4. Brachychiton guymeri germination and development of lignotuber. Germinating seed without release of

cotyledons (left); lignotuber formed prior to leaf development (centre); stem and leaves emanating from lignotuber

(right).

Conservation status: Brachychiton guymeri

(as B. sp. (Blackwall Range R.J. Fensham

971) is currently listed as Endangered under

the Queensland Nature Conservation Act

1992 , but we recommend amending the status

to Vulnerable (see below).

Survey for extent of occurrence

Within the surveyed area of approximately

548,000 ha, 3111 ha or 0.57% was mapped

as dry rainforest (Fig. 5A; Table 2). The dry

rainforest consisted of 764 patches, 82.2% of

which were smaller than 5 ha, although 58.8%

of the total area of dry rainforest was made up

of patches larger than 5 ha (Table 2).

Fifty-three dry rainforest patches were

surveyed for the presence of Brachychiton

guymeri but no additional populations were

located (Fig. 5B). The total area searched

was 770 ha or 24.7% of the total mapped area

of dry rainforest in the survey area (Table

2). The majority of patches surveyed in the

current research were less than 10 km away

from either one of the known populations

(Fig. 5B).

Population survey

The total habitat area was 34.3 ha, with 10.6

ha of dry rainforest habitat at the Blackwall

Range site, 21.8 ha in the surrounding grass

dominated area, and the remaining 1.9 ha

at the Aureole site (Fig. 6). The extent of

occurrence was 23 km 2 and the area of

occupancy based on habitat maps (Fig. 6)

was 39 ha, therefore 4 km 2 grid cells or a total

of 1200 ha using IUCN guidelines (IUCN

Standards and Petitions Subcommittee 2017).

The total population of the target species

was estimated to be 11000±1900. Of this, 56%

were located in the dry rainforest habitat at

the original site. The savanna of the primary

site contained 11%, while the Aureole savanna

population comprised the remaining 33%.

The population size structure was fairly

evenly distributed in the dry rainforest at

Blackwall Range (Fig. 7), and the low density

of large trees (> 5 cm dbh) is indicative of the

generally shrub-sized stature of B. guymeri.

In the savanna surrounding the dry rainforest,

no individuals under 50 cm were recorded,

and other sized classes were at much lower

densities than within the dry rainforest. The

Aureole savanna population had very high

densities of individual less than 2 m high, and

low densities of larger individuals (Fig. 7).

Discussion

The analysis of the stand structure for

Brachychiton guymeri revealed a relatively

high density of smaller individuals within

the dry rainforest population at Blackwall

Range. This suggests a stable, self-sustaining

452

population. The presence of medium-sized

individuals indicates that B. guymeri can

establish in relatively fire-prone savanna

environments while the absence of small

sized-class individuals indicates there has

been no recent recruitment or perhaps

indicates a long absence of fire, such that

young shoots regenerating from coppice after

‘top-kill’ by fire are absent. The long-term

absence of fire at this site is consistent with

the recollections of the landholders who have

no memory of fire in this area for at least 20

years (E. Comerford pers. comm.).

The Aureole population by contrast

has very few mature trees, but a prolific

number of smaller individuals. This pulse of

vegetative regeneration is likely a result of a

basal resprouting after a fire that occurred in

2015. Brachychiton guymeri can occupy both

fire-protected dry rainforest and fire-prone

savanna. B. guymeri can regenerate from

lignotubers after fire and is much more fire

tolerant than its congener B. australis that is

extremely fire sensitive (Fensham et al. 2003).

Brachychiton guymeri appears to have

a very limited geographic distribution with

two known populations c. 10 km apart. While

only a small proportion of the dry rainforest

within the region where B. guymeri occurs

has been surveyed (Fig. 5; Table 2), it was

found to be absent from 51 nearby patches.

Dry rainforest generally exhibits a high

Austrobaileya 10(3): 443-457 (2019)

degree of floristic homogeneity, with 87%

of species found in inland dry rainforest

also occurring within 1 km of the coast

(Fensham 1995). These communities are

predominantly made up of generalists with

broad geographic ranges and species with

restricted distributions are unusual amongst

the dry rainforest flora. This homogeneity

of the flora is consistent with species that are

readily dispersed, predominantly by birds

and bats (Russell-Smith & Lee 1992). The co¬

occurring congener Brachychiton australis is

a widespread tree so the rarity of B. guymeri

is puzzling as it is clearly more fire tolerant

than B. australis.

Threat status

The criteria for assessing the conservation

status of species is strongly dependant on

assessing or predicting a decline in population

such that it is at risk of extinction, and the

influence of threatening processes that may

cause such a decline (IUCN 2001).

There are no immediate threats to

Brachychiton guymeri. By virtue of its

location on rocky slopes, it faces little threat

of disturbance by domestic and feral species,

and the habitat is not suitable for clearing for

agricultural purposes (Fensham 1996). The

encroachment of introduced grass species

into the margins of dry rainforest habitat at

these sites is limited by the lack of exposed

soil.

Table 2. Summary data on dry rainforest within 50 km of the known populations of

Brachychiton guymeri in areas with less than 900 mm mean annual rainfall

Number of patches

Area

Proportion of

total study area

Proportion of total

dry rainforest area

Total dry

rainforest area

764

3111 ha

0.57 %

patches > 5 ha

136

2140 ha

0.39 %

68.8%

Surveyed

770 ha

0.14%

24.8 %

Fensham et al., Brachychiton guymeri

453

Fig. 5. The location of dry rainforest patches within 50 km of the largest population in areas with less than 900 mm

rainfall, a) according to their area; b) with surveyed sites (black sqaures) and unsurveyed sites (grey triangles). The

location of the Blackwall Range population (north arrow) and Aureole population (south arrow) is indicated on b).

454

Austrobaileya 10(3): 443^157 (2019)

Fig. 6. Maps of population extent at the a) Blackwall Range population; and b) the Aureole population. Skeletal

boulderfield devoid of vegetation (black), dry rainforest (dark grey), grassy vegetation (light grey). The position and

length of the surveyed transects are shown as white lines

Density (individuals/100 m )

Fensham et al., Brachychiton guymeri

455

Fig. 7. Mean density (with standard error bars) of each size category of Brachychiton guymeri in dry rainforest (dark

grey) and savanna (medium grey) at the Blackwall Range and Aureole (light grey) sites.

456

According to the most recent IUCN

guidelines (IUCN Standards and Petitions

Subcommittee 2017) ‘It must be emphasized

that the restricted area of occupancy

under criterion D2 is defined such that the

population is prone to the effects of human

activities or stochastic events in an uncertain

future, and is thus capable of becoming

Critically Endangered or even Extinct in a

very short time period (e.g., within one or

two generations after the threatening event

occurs).’ It is conceivable that either of the

populations could be subject to extirpation by

a development project such as a mine. Gold

deposits are associated with the granodiorite

(Hecate Granite on 1:250 000 Geological

Series Map) and the sediments include coal

deposits (Paine & Cameron 1972).

The species’ known habitat is regulated

vegetation and protected from clearing under

the Queensland Vegetation Management

Act 1999 and its essential habitat provisions

(https ://researchd at a. ands. org.au/

vegetation-management-essential-version-

418/562955?source=suggested_datasets).

In addition, known individual plants are

protected under Queensland’s Protected Flora

Survey Trigger map (https://environment.des.

qld.gov.au/licences-permits/plants-animals/

protected-plants/map-request.php.)

On the basis of such a threat in the

future we recommend a revised listing of

Brachychiton guymeri as Vulnerable under

Criterion D: ‘Population with a very restricted

area of occupancy (typically less than 20

km 2 ) or number of locations (typically five or

fewer) such that it is prone to the effects of

human activities or stochastic events within a

very short time period in an uncertain future,

and is thus capable of becoming Critically

Endangered or even Extinct in a very short

time period.’

Etymology : Named for Dr Gordon Paul

Guymer, author of the seminal work on

the genus and Director of the Queensland

Herbarium since 1991.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 443^157 (2019)

Acknowledgements

We thank Boris Laffineur for his assistance in

spatial matters and logistics, Esther Haskell,

Patrick Fahey, Gabrielle Lebbink and Gary

Reed for their feedback and field assistance,

Rosie Matters and Gordon Guymer for

assistance and advice with regards to growing

the focus species, and the Comerford family

for generously hosting us during field work.

References

Bowman, D.M.J.S., Brown, G.K., Braby, M.F., Brown,

J.R., Cook, L.G., Crisp, M.D., Ford, F.,

Haberle, S., Hughes, J., Isagi, Y, Joseph, L.,

Mcbride, J., Nelson, G. & Ladiges, P.Y. (2010).

Biogeography of the Australian monsoon

tropics. Journal of Biogeography 37: 201-216.

Bryant, L.M. & Krosch, M.N. (2016). Lines in the land:

a review of evidence for eastern Australia’s

major biogeographical barriers to closed forest

taxa. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society

119: 238-264.

Carter, R.J. (2011). Diversification of the Malvales,

Sterculioideae and Brachychiton. PhD Thesis.

Australian National University.

Cowie, l.D. & Guymer, G.R (2014). A new, rare species

of Brachychiton from Fish River Station,

Northern Territory. Australian Systematic

Botany 27: 462-468.

Fensham, R.J. (1995). Floristics and environmental

relations of inland dry rainforest in

north Queensland, Australia. Journal of

Biogeography 22: 1047-1063.

-(1996). Land clearance and conservation of inland

dry rainforest in north Queensland, Australia.

Biological Conservation 75: 289-298.

-(2012). Fire regimes in Australian tropical savanna:

perspectives, paradigms and perspectives.

In R.A. Bradstock et al. (eds.). Flammable

Australia: fire regimes, biodiversity and

ecosystems in a changing world, pp. 173-193.

CSIRO: Melbourne.

Fensham, R.J. & Butler, D.W. (2004). Spatial pattern of

dry rainforest colonizing unburnt Eucalyptus

savanna. Austral Ecology 29: 121-128.

Fensham, R.J., Fairfax, R.J., Bowman, D.M.J.S. &

Butler, D.W. (2003). Effects of fire and drought

in a tropical eucalypt savanna colonised by rain

forest. Journal of Biogeography 30: 1405-1414.

Gillison, A.N. (1987). The ‘dry’ rainforests of Terra

Australis. In G.L. Werren & A.P. Kershaw

(eds.). The rainforest legacy, pp. 305-321.

Australian Government Publishing Service:

Canberra.

Fensham et al ., Brachychiton guymeri 457

Guymer, G.P. (1988). A taxonomic revision of

Brachychiton (Sterculiaceae). Australian

Systematic Botany 1: 199-323.

-(2017). In P.D. Bostock & A.E. Holland

(eds.). Census of the Queensland Flora

2017. Queensland Department of Science,

Information Technology and Innovation:

Brisbane. https://data.qld.gov.au/dataset/

census-of-the-queensland-flora-2017, accessed

1 May 2018.

Iucn (2001). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria

Version 3.1. IUCN: Gland, Switzerland.

Iucn Standards And Petitions Subcommittee (2017).

Guidelines for using the IUCN Red List

categories and criteria. Version 13. http://www.

iucnredlist.org/documents/RedListGuidelines.

pdf.

Levin, D.A. (2000). The origin, expansion, and demise

of plant species. Oxford University Press: New

York/Oxford.

Murphy, B.P. & Bowman, D.M.J.S. (2012). What controls

the distribution of tropical forest and savanna?

Ecology Letters 15: 748-758.

Ondei, S., Prior, L.D., Vigilante, T. & Bowman,

D.M.J.S. (2016). Post-fire resprouting strategies

of rainforest and savanna saplings along the

rainforest-savanna boundary in the Australian

monsoon tropics. Plant Ecology 217: 711-724.

Paine, A.G.L. & Cameron, R.L. (1972). Bowen,

Queensland-1: 250,000 geological series,

explanatory notes. Australian Bureau of

Geology: Canberra.

Russell-Smith, J. (1991). Classification, species richness,

and environmental relations of monsoon

rain-forest in northern Australia. Journal of

Vegetation Science 2: 259-278.

Russell-Smith, J. & Lee, A.H. (1992). Plant-populations

and monsoon rain forest in the Northern

Territory, Australia. Biotropica 24: 471-487.

Russell-Smith, J. & Setterfield, S.A. (2006). Monsoon

rain forest seedling dynamics, northern

Australia: contrasts with regeneration in

eucalypt-dominated savannas. Journal of

Biogeography 33: 1597-1614.

Webb, L.J., Tracey, J.G. & Williams, W.T. (1984). A

floristic framework of Australian rainforests.

Australian Journal of Ecology 9: 169-198.

Three new species of Corchorus L. and Grewia L.

(Sparmanniaceae / Malvaceae subfamily Grewioideae)

from northern Australia, an earlier name in Grewia, and

recircumscription of Triumfetta kenneallyi Halford

Russell L. Barrett

Summary

Barrett, R.L. (2019). Three new species of Corchorus L. and Grewia L. (Sparmanniaceae / Malvaceae

subfamily Grewioideae ) from northern Australia, an earlier name in Grewia , and recircumscription

of Triumfetta kenneallyi Halford. Austrobaileya 10(3): 458-472. Corchorus drysdalensis R.L .Barrett

is described as a new species from the Drysdale River National Park. Grewiapindanica R.L.Barrett

is described as a new species from the Dampier Peninsula. Grewia savannicola R.L.Barrett is

described as a new species; it was previously confused with the Asian G. retusifolia Kurz. Grewia

guazumifolia Juss. is an earlier name for G. glabra Blume, and considered distinct from G. multiflora

Juss. The circumscription of Triumfetta kenneallyi Halford is reassessed based on recent collections

and a new description is presented. The five species are all illustrated.

Key Words: Malvaceae; Grewioideae; Sparmanniaceae; Corchorus ; Grewia ; Triumfetta ; Corchorus

drysdalensis ; Grewia pindanica ; Grewia savannicola ; Grewia retusifolia ; Grewia guazumifolia ;

Grewia multiflora ; Triumfetta kenneallyi ; Australia flora; Western Australia flora; Northern Territory

flora; Queensland flora; new species; morphology

R.L. Barrett, National Herbarium of New South Wales, Royal Botanic Gardens and Domain Trust,

Sydney, Mrs Macquaries Road, Sydney, New South Wales 2000, Australia. Email: russell.barrett@

rbgsyd.nsw.gov.au

Introduction

This paper formally names a new species of

Corchorus L. from the Kimberley region of

Western Australia. Taxonomy of the stellate¬

haired species of Corchorus in north-west

Australia is generally quite complex, with

considerable variation in a number of taxa

(see Halford 2004). The species named here

is sufficiently distinct from all previously

named taxa to warrant description at specific

rank. Corchorus drysdalensis R.L.Barrett is

only known from the type collection from

Drysdale River National Park (NP) in the

north Kimberley and is of conservation

priority. Corchorus drysdalensis is unusual

for its sparsely hairy (glabrescent) leaves and

decumbent habit. Examination of specimens

of C. pumilio R.Br. ex Benth. and C. sidoides

F.Muell. held at PERTH found no additional

collections, despite previous flora surveys in

Drysdale River NP (Kabay & Burbidge 1977).

Accepted for publication 3 May 2019

A new species of Grewia L. is described from

pindan vegetation on the Dampier Peninsula

as G. pindanica R.L.Barrett. First recognised

as distinct from G. retusifolia Kurz s. lat.

during surveys in the vicinity of James Price

Point north of Broome in 2011, it is now known

for a number of relatively localised areas on

the Dampier Peninsula. Specimens of this

taxon were included under G. retusifolia by

both Rye (1992) and Kenneally et al. (1996).

While studying G. retusifolia s. lat., it was

determined that this name applies to an Asian

shrub or small tree, distinct from the small

lignotuberous shrub common across northern

Australia and extending to southern Papua

New Guinea. No name at species rank has

been located for the Australian taxon, so it is

here described as G. savannicola R.L.Barrett.

David Halford (pers. comm.) suggested

that Grewia guazumifolia Juss. may be

an earlier name for G. glabra Blume.

Examination of images of type specimens,

and study of relevant literature on Asian

Barrett, Grewioideae from northern Australia

459

Grewia has confirmed that this is correct, and

the earlier name is taken up here.

Collections of a small Triumfetta L. located

under rock overhangs on Doongan Station in

2009 and 2012 were initially considered to be

a potential new species. Further examination

of collections of T. kenneallyi Halford resulted

in the conclusion that the new collections

from Doongan Station represented a small

form of that species with many measurements

outside the ranges presented in the available

description of that species (Halford 1997).

Accordingly, a revised description of T.

kenneallyi is presented here.

Materials and methods

Descriptions are based on dried herbarium

specimens following the formats of Halford

(1993, 1997, 2004). All taxa have been

examined in the field by the author in

Western Australia, with G. savannicola

also observed in the Northern Territory and

Queensland. Specimens have been examined

at CANB, MEL, NSW and PERTH. Images

of non-Australian type specimens have been

examined on JSTOR Plants (https://plants.

jstor.org), Naturalis (www.bioportal.naturalis.

nl) and Museum national d’Histoire naturelle

(https://science.mnhn.fr) [all accessed Aug.

2018],

Conservation assessments follow

Conservation Codes for Western Australian

Flora based on information reflecting the

number, distribution and size of known

populations.

To produce Scanning Electron Microscope

(SEM) images, dry material was mounted on

stubs using double-sided or carbon tape with

conductive carbon paint, coated with gold

using an EMITECH K550X Sputter Coater

and imaged at high vacuum and high voltage

(15 KVa) using a Jeol JCM 6000 NeoScope

bench-top SEM at Kings Park and Botanic

Garden.

Taxonomy

1. Corchorus drysdalensis R.L. Barrett sp.

nov. with affinity to C. sidoides , but differing

by being a decumbent to spreading shrub to

20(-40) cm high and 80 cm across, mature

indumentum sparse; leaf lamina strongly

discolorous, surface distinctly visible

above, dark green; sepals with stellate hairs

0.05-0.2 mm long; fruit 2 or 3-valved; apex

scarsely attenuate, not orientated downward,

indumentum sparse. Typus: Western

Australia. Kimberley District: Drysdale

River National Park [precise locality withheld

for conservation reasons], 9 March 2014, R.L.

Barrett RLB 8878 (holo: PERTH; iso: BRI,

CANB).

Subshrub to 0.2(-0.4) m high, to 0.8 m

across; stems much branched, procumbent

to spreading, reddish in colour; young shoots

with very sparse translucent-white or pale

ferruginous indumentum. Indumentum

on branchlets, leaves, stipules, peduncles,

pedicels and bracts translucent-white or

pale ferruginous, very sparse to moderately

dense, comprised of stellate hairs. Stellate

hairs sessile or shortly stipitate, 0.1-0.2(-0.4)

mm across; stipes straight, to 0.1 mm long,

white or ferruginous; rays firm to pliable, to

0.1(-0.2) mm long, translucent-white or pale

ferruginous. Stipules subulate-linear, 1.5-2.6

mm long. Leaves with petioles 1.4-3.6 mm

long; lamina narrowly oblong to oblong-

elliptic, 5-31 mm long, 2.6-7.9 mm wide,

l:w ratio 2-3.5:1, strongly discolorous, bright

green above, sparsely hairy on both surfaces;

base obtuse or rounded; margin often

sinuose, shallowly serrate to serrulate; apex

acute to rounded. Inflorescences umbellate,

2-5-flowered, leaf-opposed, solitary at upper

nodes; peduncles 0.5-1.6 mm long; pedicels

1.1-2.3 mm long, spreading to erect in flower,

erect to recurved in fruit; bracts subulate-

linear to filiform-linear, 1.1-2.4 mm long.

Flower buds obovoid, 1-1.4 mm across,

not longitudinally ridged; apex acuminate-

caudate with 5 erect caudae to 0.6 mm

long. Sepals 5, not persistent, very narrowly

obovate to almost lanceolate, 2.6-4.2 mm

long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide; abaxial surface with

a sparse to moderately dense indumentum

of stellate hairs 0.05-0.2 mm long; adaxial

surface glabrous or with scattered stellate

hairs proximally; apex acute or acuminate-

caudate, to 1.1 mm long. Petals 5; lamina

narrowly obovate to obovate, 2.6-2.8 mm

long, 1-1.2 mm wide, glabrous; claw 0.5-0.6

460

mm long, stellate-pubescent on margins.

Androgynophore 0.1-0.2 mm long; annulus

entire, 0.1-0.2 mm long, glabrous. Stamens

23-26, filaments 2.4-3.1 mm long, anthers

0.2-0.4 mm long. Ovary cylindrical, 0.3-0.4

mm across, densely stellate-villose, 2- or

3-locular, with 10-16 ovules in each locule;

style 2.1-2.3 mm long. Fruits subcylindrical

15-34 mm long, 1-1.6 mm across, mostly

erect, straight, curved or slightly twisted,

circular in transverse section, slightly or

markedly constricted between seeds, 2 or

3-valved; apex obtuse or attenuate, to 3.7 mm

long, not orientated downward; indumentum

sparse, stellate hairs to 0.1 mm long. Seeds

compressed obovoid, 1.2-1.6 mm long. Fig. 1.

Distribution and habitat: Corchorus

drysdalensis is known only from the type

location in the Drysdale River NP in the

north Kimberley region of Western Australia

where it was locally common, but specific

to an interzone habitat along a low laterite

breakaway parallel to a large creek. Plants

grow in open savanna woodland on shallow

sand over a lateritic hardpan, growing with

Acacia dunnii (Maiden) Turrill, A. nuperrima

Baker fi, Afrohybanthus aurantiacus (F.Muell.

ex Benth.) Flicker, Cajanus sp., Corymbia

latifolia (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S. Johnson,

Eucalyptus tetrodonta F.Muell., Euphorbia

sp., Glycine sp., GoodeniacraveniiR.L.BanQit

& M.D.Barrett, G. redacta Carolin, Grevillea

microcarpa Olde & Marriott, Haemodorum

sp. aff. flaviflorum W.Fitzg., Murdannia sp.

aff. graminea (R.Br.) G.Bruckn., Polycarpaea

sp., Solanum tudununggae Symon, Sorghum

plumosum (R.Br.) PBeauv., Spermacoce

sp., Tephrosia spp., Triodia sp. aff. bynoei

(C.E.Hubb.) Lazarides, T. claytonii Lazarides

and Triumfetta sp.

Phenology: Flowering and fruiting known for

March.

Affinities: Using the key from Halford (2004),

this taxon would key to Corchorus sublatus

Halford on the basis of the fruit apex not

usually oriented downward, and very short

peduncles, but that species is an erect shrub

to 1.5 m with a denser indumentum and has

the fruit held erect. If the alternate fruit apex

Austrobaileya 10(3): 458-472 (2019)

character is followed, then it keys best to C.

sidoides, but not in all characters of lead 23 as

the leaf epidermis is clearly visible.

Corchorus drysdalensis is similar in

general appearance to C. sidoides with a low,

spreading habit and somewhat sinuose fruit

that are usually 2-valved (Halford 2004) and

the two species are probably closely related.

C. drysdalensis appears to be distinct from

all subspecies of C. sidoides in the very

sparse indumentum of shorter stellate hairs

0.1-0.2(-0.4) (versus to 0.5 or 2) mm across;

leaves strongly discolorous, dark green

above with the epidermis clearly visible; and

sparsely hairy fruit that do not appear to have

an attenuate apex that often points downward.

While Corchorus sidoides is a very

morphologically variable species, with three

subspecies recognised, C. drysdalesnsis can

not readily be included within that variation.

A large number of populations of C. sidoides

subsp. sidoides and subsp. vermicularis have

been examined in the field by the author

across the Kimberley and Pilbara regions of

Western Australia, including within Drysdale

River NP. Corchorus drysdalensis differs

from C. sidoides subsp. sidoides by the much

sparser, finer indumentum, especially on the

leaves and fruit.

Corchorus drysdalensis is more similar

to C. sidoides subsp. vermicularis (F.Muell.)

Halford in terms of the smaller fruit and sparse

indumentum; however, the indumentum

cover is even sparser than that subspecies.

C. drysdalensis has young shoots with very

sparse translucent-white or pale ferruginous

(versus grey-white) indumentum. The leaf

margins of C. sidoides subsp. vermicularis

are also distinctive, commonly with well¬

spaced, tooth-like lobes or serrations.

The third subspecies, Corchorus sidoides

subsp. rostrisepalus (Domin) Halford is

usually an erect shrub. It does have smaller

stellate hairs that the other subspecies, to 0.3

mm across, but at least those on young growth

are distinctly ferruginous. It also has much

larger leaves, 35-90 mm long, (5-)15-30 mm

wide.

Barrett, Grewioideae from northern Australia

461

Fig. 1. Corchorus drysdalensis. A. habit. B. leafy branch with buds. C. leaf and fruit. D. flower. E. flower and buds.

F. fruit. G. SEM of upper surface of mature leaf. H. SEM of upper surface of young leaf. I. SEM of indumentum on

young leaf - note occasional cellular simple hairs among stellate hairs. J. SEM of stem indumentum. K. SEM of sparse

indumentum on fruit. L. SEM of seed. Scale bars = 1 mm (G, H); 100 pm (I); 200 pm (J); 500 pm (K, L). Images from

Barrett RLB 8878 (PERTH). Photos: R.L. Barrett.

462

There is some superficial similarity of

C. drysdalensis to C. sp. Fitzroy Crossing

(A.J. Ewart s.n. PERTH 01526790), a larger,

more openly branched subshrub endemic to

the Fitzroy River basin which grows under

riverine vegetation on sedimentary loam and

can be distinguished by its pale grey-green

(versus dark green) leaves with coarsely

serrate (versus sinuose) margins and cuneate

(versus obtuse or rounded) base; and sepals

2-2.6 (versus 2.6-4.2) mm long (S. Dillon

pers. comm.).

Conservation status : Corchorus drysdalensis

is to be listed as Priority Two under

Department of Biodiversity, Conservation and

Attractions Conservation Codes for Western

Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). It is

known to occur within Drysdale River NP.

Etymology : The specific epithet refers to the

Drysdale River NP where this species was

found. The vernacular name of ‘Drysdale

River Corchorus’ is suggested.

2. Grewia guazumifolia Juss., Ann. Mus.

Natl. d’Hist. Nat. 4: 89, pi. 48, fig. 3 (1804),

[as ‘ guazumaefolia > \ Type: Indonesia. ‘Inde’

[Java], in 1799, Lahaie s.n. [herb. A. de Jussieu

12555 ] (holo: P-JU, image!).

Grewia glabra Blume, Bijdr. FI. Ned. Ind. 3:

115 (1825), non Mast. (1874). Type: Indonesia.

Java, s.dat., C.L. Blume 68 (lecto: L 0397620/

Herb. Lugd. Bat. 908.253-1458 image!), fide

Chung (2006: 17). Probable isolectotypes:

Indonesia. Java, C.L. Blume s.n. (?isolecto:

L 0064757/Herb. Lugd. Bat. 908.253-1301;

L 0064758/ Herb. Lugd. Bat. 908.253-1490;

L 0064760/ Herb. Lugd. Bat. 944.56-6; NY

00415417, U 0111074 [images seen for all]).

Grewia oblongifolia Blume, Bijdr. FI. Ned.

Ind. 3: 114 (1825). Type: Indonesia. [Java],

s.dat., C.L. Blume s.n. (lecto: L 0397618/Herb.

Lugd. Bat. 951.341-895; isolecto: L 0397619/

Herb. Lugd. Bat. 951.341-896, fide Chung

2006: 17). Syntypes: Indonesia. Java, s.dat.,

C.L. Blume 59 (syn: L 0064812/ Herb. Lugd.

Bat. 944.56-15); Java, s.dat., C.L. Blume 407

(syn: L 0064810/Herb. Lugd. Bat. 944.56-10);

Java, s.dat., C.L. Blume s.n. (syn: L 0064806/

Herb. Lugd. Bat. 908.253-175); L 0064811/

Herb. Lugd. Bat. 944.56-11); Java, s.dat..

Austrobaileya 10(3): 458-472 (2019)

C. G.C. Reinwardt s.n. (syn: L 0064805/Herb.

Lugd. Bat. 908.253-147); Java, s.dat., H. Kuhl

& J.C. van Hasselt s.n. (L 0064809/ Herb.

Lugd. Bat. 951.341-893); [images seen for all],

Grewia osmoxylon Ridl., J. Straits Branch

Roy. Asiat. Soc. 45: 180 (1906). Syntypes:

Australia. Christmas Island: North East

Point, October 1904, H.N. Ridley 59 (syn: K

000686798); Rocky Point, 14 October 1904,

H.N. Ridley 61 (syn: K 000686797); Kagu

Wangu, s.dat., C.W. Andrews 106 (syn: BM

000631000); [images seen for all]).

[Grewia multiflora auct. non Juss.: B.L. Rye

in J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. Kimberley Region

167, fig. 45b (1992); J. Puruntatameri et al.,

Tiwi PI. & Animals 56, pi. (2001). R.C.K.

Chung, Edinburgh J. Bot. 62: 15, fig. 7 (2006),

p.p. as to synonyms from Java],

[Grewia laevigata auct. non Vahl: C.W.

Andrews, Monogr. Christmas Is. 174 (1900);

D. Brandis, Indian Trees 97, fig. 47 (1906)].

Illustration : Du Puy & Telford (1993: fig. 14),

as G. glabra.

Notes : Chung (2006) clarified the distinction

of Grewia laevigata Vahl (confused by

Phengklai 1993 and many earlier authors),

but included G. glabra Blume under a broad

concept of G. multiflora Juss. This was

followed by Ya Tang et al. (2007). Daniel &

Chandrabose (1993) included G. glabra under

G. serrulata DC. Following study of type

specimen images available on JSTOR Plants

and through L and P, I agree with Halford

(1993, pers. comm.) that while closely related,

northern Australian and at least southern

East Asian collections are distinct from G.

multiflora, and the earliest name available

for the taxon appears to be G. guazumifolia

Juss. which is adopted here. Excellent images

of G. multiflora s. str. can be found in Co’s

Digital Flora of the Philippines (www.

philippineplants.org). The name Grewia

didyma Roxb. ex G.Don from India has

not been critically evaluated here and it is

tentatively included under G. multiflora as

designated by Chung (2006), but it may also

belong under G. guazumifolia.

Barrett, Grewioideae from northern Australia

463

Grewia multiflora has more glossy leaves

with more acute serrations, a courser stellate

indumentum on the leaves, petioles and

peduncles, a finer inflorescence with more

slender peduncles, yellowish rather than

white petals, and shorter staminal filaments

relative to G. guazumifolia. Australian plants

are illustrated in Fig. 2.

3. Grewia pindanica R.L.Barrett sp. nov.

with affinity to G. savannicola , but differing

by the following combination of characters:

large shrub to 2 m high; juvenile leaves c.

orbicular; flowers functionally unisexual male

or bisexual; stigma lobes with small, blunt

apical projections (obscure when dry). Typus:

Western Australia. Kimberley District:

north of Broome [precise locality withheld

for conservation reasons], 1 May 2011, R.L.

Barrett, M. Henson, R. Graham & M. Stone

RLB 7065 (holo: PERTH; iso: BRI, CANB,

DNA, K, NSW).

[Grewia retusifolia auct. non Kurz; K.F.

Kenneally et al ., Broome & Beyond: PI. &

People Dampier Peninsula, Kimberley, West.

Austral. 193, pi. (1996)].

Erect to spreading shrub to 2 m high, with few

to many stems arising from perennial woody

rootstock, main stems to 8 mm diam. Young

branchlets stellate-tomentulose with hairs of

two size classes; older branchlets retaining

short stellate hairs. Leaves obovate to elliptic-

obovate, 6.5-9.5 cm long, 3-5.5 cm wide,

sparsely stellate-puberulous above, densely

greyish white stellate-tomentulose below,

3-nerved from the base; margin irregularly

serrate; apex acute, sometimes shallowly

3-lobed; base obtuse; petioles 6-12 mm long,

densely stellate-tomentulose. Juvenile leaves

broader and shorter, c. orbicular, 20-40 mm

long, 24-53 mm wide. Stipules linear, 2.2-3.2

mm long, stellate-tomentulose. Inflorescences

axillary umbellate cymes; peduncles 3.5-7.2

mm long, 1-3 flowered, 1-3 cymes per axil;

pedicels 2.1-9.2 mm long; bracts linear, 2-3

mm long, all parts stellate-tomentulose. Buds

obloid, 3-4 mm long. Flowers functionally

unisexual male, or bisexual. Sepals 4 or 5,

narrowly elliptic-ovate, 4.3-5.6 mm long, 1.5-

2 mm wide, white, densely stellate-pubescent

outside, glabrous inside; apex acute. Petals 4

or 5, oblong, 2-3.2 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide;

white, mostly glabrous but with an arch of

dense villous hairs spreading from the base,

across the centre of the inside of each petal

around the basal nectariferous gland which is

0.8-1.2 mm diameter, not or slightly wider than

the base of the lamina; outside face of gland

with dense, small papillae. Androgynophore

angular, c. 2 mm long, glabrous in lower half,

densely hairy in apical half, elongated above

the node. Male flowers: stamens 16-40;

filaments white, 3.5-5.4 mm long; ovary and

style rudimentary. Bisexual flowers: stamens

20-32, remaining white and possibly non¬

functional, though some dehiscence has been

observed; filaments white, 1.3-3.2 mm long;

ovary globose, 1.5-2 mm diameter, strigose,

2-locular, 4 ovules per loculus; style stout,

2.3-4.1 mm long, glabrous; stigma with 3 or

4 broad lobes; lobes with small, blunt apical

projections (obscure when dry). Fruit of 2

bilobed parts, 6.1-6.2 mm long, 10-11 mm

wide, conspicuously 4-lobed or commonly

2- or 3-lobed by abortion, sparsely white

stellate-pubescent. Fig. 3.

Additional specimens examined : Western Australia.

Kimberley District: [localities withheld for conservation

reasons] Sep 20\\, Barrett RLB 7460 (PERTH); Sep 2011,

Barrett RLB 7465 (PERTH); Jul 1988, Blaxell 88/051 &

Wrigley (NSW); Nov 2004, Byrne 1295 (AD, PERTH);

Jan 2005, Byrne 1295-1 (PERTH); Jul 1978, Carr 4408

& Beanglehole 48186 (PERTH); May 2010, Dauncey

H 420 (PERTH); Feb 1985, Foulkes 107 (PERTH); Apr

1985, Foulkes 139 (PERTH); Jun 1984, Kenneally 9024

(PERTH); Feb 1992, Mitchell 2014 (PERTH); Jun 2007,

Reiffer SR 020 (PERTH); Jul 1988, Sands 5146 (K,

PERTH); Apr 1985, Smith MS 85-18 (PERTH); Jun 2006,

Sweedman 6789 (KPBG, PERTH); Oct 1984, Willing

141 (PERTH); Jun 1988, Wilson 12828 (PERTH); Nov

1986, Wilson 12565 (PERTH); Nov 1986, Wilson 12570

(PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: Grewia pindanica

has a scattered occurrence from Broome,

Pender Bay and James Price Point to Marion

Downs Station and the Oscar Range in the

south-west Kimberley region of Western

Australia. The plant grows in pindan

woodland on sandplains, commonly with

Acacia eriopoda Maiden & Blakely, Aristida

latifolia Domin, Bridelia tomentosa Blume,

Eriachne pindanica R.L.Barrett, Ficus

aculeata A.Cunn. ex. Miq., Flueggea virosa

subsp. melanthesoides (F.MuqW.) G.L.Webster,

464

Austrobaileya 10(3): 458-472 (2019)

Fig. 2. Grewia guazumifolia. A, B. leafy branchlet. C. leaf surfaces and margins. D. flowering branchlet. E, F. buds

and bisexual flowers. G. Fruiting branchlet. H, I. fruit. A-C. Berthier Island (RPS - BBG consultants 460, PERTH).

D, F-I. South Maret Island (RPS - BBG consultants 461, PERTH). E. North Maret Island (no voucher). Photos: R.L.

Barrett.

Gardenia pyriformis subsp. keartlandii

(Tate) Puttock, Grewia breviflora Benth.,

Gyrocarpus americamis subsp. pachyphyllns

Kubitzki, Pterocaulon intermedium (DC.)

A.R.Bean and Spermacoce occidentalis

Harwood.

Phenology : Flowering from January to July.

Fruiting from February to September.

Affinities : Grewia pindanica is similar

in general appearance to G. savannicola

and probably closely related, differing in

the compact few- or multi-stemmed habit

(versus many spreading clonal stems); broad

juvenile leaves 20-40 mm long, 24-53 mm

wide (versus 28-45 mm long and 17-25

mm wide); flowers functionally unisexual

male or bisexual (versus flowers functionally

unisexual male or functionally unisexual

Barrett, Grewioideae from northern Australia

465

Fig. 3. Grewia pindanica. A. plants resprouting following fire. B. juvenile leaves post-fire. C. fruit. D. inflorescence

with buds, fresh functionally male flower and old flower. E, F. bisexual flower. G. SEM of upper surface of leaf. H.

SEM of lower surface of leaf. I. SEM of stem indumentum. Scale bars = 1 mm (G, H); 200 pm (I). All from Barrett et

al. RLB 7065 (PERTH). Photos: R.L. Barrett.

female with few staminodes); stigma lobes

with small, blunt apical projections (versus

many, and long-filiform). Grewia pindanica

is possibly also related to G. eriocarpa Juss.

which differs in being a small tree to 8 m with

large stipules 5-10 (versus 2.2-3.2) mm long

and papery (versus coriaceous) leaves (see Ya

Tang et al. 2007).

Notes : Grewia pindanica is an important

species for indigenous people on the

Dampier Peninsula, where it is known as

womb any ilinyli (Kenneally et al. 1996).

This species has been successfully

cultivated from seed and grown in the Kings

Park Botanic Garden in Perth, Western

Australia.

466

Conservation status : Grewia pindanica is to

be listed as Priority Three under Department

of Biodiversity, Conservation and Attractions

Conservation Codes for Western Australian

Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.).

Etymology : The epithet refers to the pindan

habitat in which this species is found. The

vernacular name of ‘pindan dogs-balls’ is

suggested.

4. Grewia savannicola R.L.Barrett sp. nov.

with affinity to G. pindanica , but differing by

the following combination of characters: small

shrub usually < 0.8 m high; stipules 5-6 mm

long; bisexual flowers with 10—15 stamens;

fertile stigma laciniate, with many fine ±

filiform lobes. Differs from G. retusifolia in

being a small, lignotuberous shrub, usually <

0.8 m high, rather than a large shrub or small

tree to 5 m. The fertile stigma of G. retusifolia

is ± 4-lobed, rather than laciniate. Typus:

Queensland. South Kennedy District: Black

Wattle Creek crossing, 21.6 km N of Belyando

Crossing on Gregory Development Road,

22 April 2006, D.A. Halford Q8999 & G.N.

Batianoff (holo: BRI [AQ0783407], image!;

iso: DNA n.v., MEL 2327666, NSW 840845).

Grewia polygama var. elliptica Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 930 (1927). Type:

Queensland. Cook District: in xerodrymio

ad pedem montis Metall Mts. apud opp.

Chillagoe, February 1910, K. Domin 6450

(holo: PR 529054, n.v).

[Grewia retusifolia auct. non Kurz: K.A.W.

Williams, Native PI. QueenslandY. 139(1979);

J. Brock, Top End Native PI. 210, pi. (1988);

T. Low, Wild Food PI. Aust. 117, pi. (1991);

B.L. Rye in J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. Kimberley

Region 168, fig. 45d (1992), p.p .; P. Bindon,

Bush Foods 152, pi. (1996); J. Puruntatameri

et al ., Tiwi PI. & Animals 56, pi. (2001); W.

Cooper & W.T. Cooper, Fruits Aust. Trop.

Rainfor. 544, (2004); P. Wiynjorrotj et al .,

Jawoyn PI. & Animals 80, pi. (2005)].

[Grewia latifolia auct. non F.Muell. ex Benth.:

E. Anderson, PI. Centr. Queensl. 365, pi.

(2016), p.p. as to BL & TR photos],

[Grewia polygama auct. non Roxb.: G.

Bentham, FI. Austral. 1: 271 (1863); I.M.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 458-472 (2019)

Crawford, Trad. Aboriginal PI. Res.

Kalumburu 57 (1982); K. Menkhorst & I.D.

Cowie, Survey Wildl. Veg. Purnululu Nat. Pk

46 (1992)].

Erect to spreading shrub to 0.8 (rarely to 1.5)

m high, usually with many stems arising from

perennial woody rootstock, main stems to

4 mm diameter. Young branchlets stellate-

tomentulose with hairs of three size classes;

older branchlets retaining short stellate

hairs. Leaves broadly to narrowly elliptic or

narrow ovate-elliptic, (4—)5—10.5(—13) cm

long, (1.5-)1.8-3.8(-4.5) cm wide, sparsely

stellate-puberulous above, densely whitish

stellate-tomentulose below, 3-nerved from

the base; apex acute or attenuate; base obtuse,

sometimes oblique; margin irregularly

serrate; petioles 3-8 mm long, densely

stellate-tomentulose. Juvenile leaves elliptic

to ovate-elliptic, 20-55 mm long, 15-30

mm wide. Stipules linear, 5-6 mm long,

stellate-tomentulose. Inflorescences axillary

umbellate cymes; peduncles 2.5-9 mm long,

2-4 flowered, l(-3) cymes per axil; pedicels

2-6(-10) mm long; bracts linear, 2-4 mm

long, all parts stellate-tomentulose. Buds

obloid, 3-4 mm long. Flowers functionally

unisexual male, or functionally unisexual

female. Sepals (4)5(6), linear to narrowly

elliptic, 5-7.1 mm long, 0.8-2.1 mm wide,

white, densely stellate-pubescent outside,

glabrous inside; apex acute. Petals (4)5(6),

oblong, 1.5-2.3 mm long, 0.7-0.9 mm wide,

white; with scattered papillae outside, mostly

in the lower half, and an arch of dense villous

hairs spreading from the base, across the

centre of the inside of each petal around the

basal nectariferous gland which is 0.5-0.6

mm diameter, not wider than the base of

the lamina; outside face of gland ± smooth.

Androgynophore angular, 0.5-0.8 mm long,

glabrous in lower half, densely hairy in

apical half, elongated above the node. Male

flowers: stamens 18-36; filaments white,

2-4.5 mm long; ovary and style rudimentary.

Functionally female flowers: stamens 10-28;

filaments 1.5-2.1 mm long, white, anthers

remaining white to pale brown, small and

probably always non-functional; ovary ±

globose, 1.1-1.5 mm diameter, densely long-

strigose, 2-locular, 4 ovules per loculus; style

Barrett, Grewioideae from northern Australia

467

stout, 2.2-2.6 mm long, glabrous; stigma

broadly capitate, laciniate, with many fine ±

filiform lobes. Fruit of 2 bilobed parts, 57-7.5

mm long, 6.5-13 mm wide, conspicuously

4-lobed or commonly 2- or 3-lobed by

abortion, sparsely white stellate-pubescent,

sometimes glabrescent reddish-brown,

glossy. Fig. 4.

Additional selected specimens examined : Papua New

Guinea. Morobe Province: Sumsum, Mar 1960, Henty

NGF11974 (CANB); Buzi Village, S coast of mainland

PNG, c. 1 km E of the mouth of the Maikusa River

and N of Boigu Island, Jun 1999, Mitchell 5836 & Gei

(CANB); S coast near Kwikila, Abau Sub-district,

Jun 1969, Paijmans 777 (CANB). Australia. Western

Australia. Kimberley District: Wulwuldji, near

Saming Mining Camp at crossing of Swamp Creek,

May 1984, Forbes 2021 (CANB, DNA, MEL, PERTH);

Surveyors vine thicket, Mitchell Plateau, Feb 1979,

Kenneally 7097 (MEL, PERTH); Mornington Wildlife

Sanctuary, Clean Skin Pocket, Apr 2005, Legge MULE

459 (MEL, PERTH). Northern Territory. Victoria

River District: Gregory NP, Depot Creek, c. 27 km

ENE Limbunya, Apr 1996, Cowie 6305 & Jones (DNA,

MEL); Macadam Range, Oct 1855, Mueller s.n. (MEL

1599193); near Flapper Hills, c. 4 miles [6 km] NW of

Leguna Station, Jul 1949, Perry 2604 (CANB, DNA,

MEL). Arnhem District: ‘Island of N. Coast’, 1818,

Cunningham 186 (CANB, NSW); Gulf of Carpentaria,

Maria Island, Jul 1972, Dunlop 2866 (CANB, DNA,

PERTH); c. 12 km S of Larrimah on Stuart Highway,

May 1985, Fryxell, Craven & McD. Stewart 4434 (AD,

CANB, DNA); Hemple [Hempel] Bay, Groote Eylandt,

in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Apr 1948, Specht 290 (AD,

CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH). Queensland. Cook

District: New Holland [near Endeavour River], in 1770,

Banks & Solander s.n. (NSW 133441); Kamerunga, Jun

1892, Bailey s.n. (NSW 263445); 5.2 km E of Davies

Creek Road from Kennedy Highway, Feb 1992, Neldner

3668 (BRI, CNS, DNA, NSW); 2 km (by road), SE of

Rookwood Homestead, on Burke Developmental Road,

c. 6 km NW of Mungana, Jun 1983, Conn & de Campo

1345 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); O’Briens Creek

gemfields via Mount Surprise, Jul 1994, Coveny 16757

et al. (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); 28 miles [46.6 km] N

of Conjuboy Station, Feb 1954, Lazarides 4206 (BRI,

CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW). Burke District: Sweers

Island, South Wellesley Group, Gulf of Carpentaria, Nov

2002, Thomas SWI113 & Pedley (BRI, DNA, NSW);

104 km W of Wollogorang, on road to Doomadgee,

Apr 1992, Halford Q1033 (AD, BRI, DNA, L, NSW).

North Kennedy District: Strathdickie North, Feb 1937,

Macpherson 4420 (NSW). Leichhardt District: Comet

River, Mar 1844, Leichhardt 444 (NSW 263448). Port

Curtis District: Bay of Inlets, May 1770, Banks &

Solander s.n. (BRI [AQ0268445], MEL 1599071); ‘East

coast’ [Keppel Bay], Aug 1802, Brown s.n. (CANB

278649, NSW 263460); ‘North and east coast’, [1802],

Brown s.n. (MEL 1599074); Rockhampton, 1864-66,

Deitrich 2340 (HBG n.v.\ MEL, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Grewia

savannicola occurs in Australia and New

Guinea. It is widespread from north of Derby

in the West Kimberley, east to Gladstone

in Queensland, north to the Torres Strait

and southern parts of Papua New Guinea.

Plants grow in open woodlands, forests and

grasslands, often on basalt soils or black,

cracking clays. They commonly grow

with Corymbia spp., Eucalyptus spp., and

Planchonia careya (F.Muell.) R.Knuth with

an understorey dominated by Chrysopogon

spp., Cymbopogon spp., Heteropogon

contortus (L.) PBeauv. ex. Roem. & Schult.

and Sarga spp.

Phenology: Flowering mostly from November

to April, but also sporadic in later months.

Fruiting from December to July.

Affinities: Grewia savannicola is similar

in general appearance to G. pindanica and

G. retusifolia, differing from both by its

smaller, many-stemmed habit and the shape

of the stigma as described above. This

species in Australia has continuously been

associated with names based on Asian type

specimens. With improved access to digital

images of type specimens held in European

herbaria, it has been possible to reevaluate the

circumscription of names previously applied

to the Australian taxon. I conclude that none

of the names previously applied at specific

rank apply, hence the Australian taxon is here

described as a distinct species.

There has been considerable confusion of

names in the literature, with most regional

treatments failing to consider all applicable

names, or assuming the taxon present in one

country covers a great range of variation in

other regions. This has led to suggestions

that names such as G. helicterifolia Wallich

ex G.Don might apply in Australia (Daniel

& Chandrabose 1993), but that taxon is more

closely allied to G. hirsuta Vahl. Grewia

polygama Roxb. is not covered by Daniel &

Chandrabose (1993), despite having been

named from ‘Bengal’. Ya Tang et al. (2007)

use the name ‘ Grewia retusifolia Pierre’, a

later homonym of G. retusifolia Kurz, which

was described from Pegu (Bago) in southern

Myanmar (Kurz 1872). It is therefore of

468

Austrobaileya 10(3): 458-472 (2019)

Fig. 4. Grewia savannicola. A. flowering branch. B, C. fruiting branch. D. fresh functionally male flower. E. bisexual

flower. F. fruit. Images from A, E. Bachsten Creek. B, D. Theda Station (Barrett RLB 8826, PERTH). C. Middle

Osborne Island. F. Doongan Station {Barrett RLB 7189, PERTH) (all Western Australia). Photos: R.L. Barrett.

interest that G. retusifolia is not considered in

the neighboring Flora of Thailand (Phengklai

1993).

Grewia retusifolia is consistently

described as a large shrub or small tree to 5

m. The leaves are often asymmetric at the

base, and the margins very finely serrate.

Inflorescences are usually 3-flowered. A

fragment at P appears to be original material

and is a probable isotype (P 05429303, image!).

Specimens matching the type have been

examined at NSW: (Myanmar. Manhkring,

near Myitkyana, Burma, Jul 1958, McKee

6262\ Plangyn, Sep 1902, Mokin 94, Sillotia

roadside, Oct 1902, Mokin 292 ; Ruby mines,

Burma, Sep 1909, Rodger D.O. 843).

Notes: Grewia savannicola is an important

food and medicinal plant for indigenous

groups across northern Australia, with sweet,

edible fruit; leaves are used as a tobacco

substitute; or leaves and roots are crushed and

boiled as an effective treatment for diarrhoea,

and to create a poultice for boils and skin

irritations, a use still in practice (Low 1990;

Aboriginal Communities of the Northern

Territory et al. 1993; Blake et al. 1998; Clark

2007; Cowie etal 2011; Karadada et al. 2011;

Leach etal. 2017).

It is noteworthy that this species was

collected by Banks & Solander, Brown, and

Mueller, but not recognised as distinct by any

of these botanists. This reflects the challenges

involved in reconciling the taxonomy of

species or genera shared between Asia and

northern Australia.

While the host of Uredopeltis chevalieri

J.Walker & Shivas is listed as G. breviflora

Benth. (Walker & Shivas 2004), it was actually

G. savannicola, the original collection having

been observed by the author.

Barrett, Grewioideae from northern Australia

469

Conservation status : Grewia savannicola is

widespread and not threatened.

Etymology : The epithet refers to the

distribution of this species coinciding with

that of the savanna of northern Australia and

southern Papua New Guinea. Known as ‘dog’s

balls’, ‘emu berry’, ‘dogs nuts’, ‘dysentery

bush’, ‘dysentery plant’ or ‘turkey bush’.

5. Triumfetta kenneallyi Halford,

Austrobaileya 4: 531, fig. 5d (1997). Type:

Western Australia. Kimberley District:

Mitchell Plateau [precise locality withheld

for conservation reasons], 30 April 1982, K.F.

Kenneally 8186 (holo: PERTH 01547445; iso:

BRI [AQ0717038], CANB 0498833, DNA

[D0148649]).

[Triumfetta rhomboidea auct. non Jacq.: B.L.

Rye in J.R. Wheeler (ed.), FI. Kimberley Reg.

174, fig. 46f (1992)].

Perennial shrub, 0.2-1 (-3) m high, to 0.7(-1.5)

m across, much branched from the base; main

stem usually procumbent, occasionally erect,

branches erect to spreading. Indumentum

on branchlets, petioles, peduncles and

pedicels moderately dense to dense; hairs

stellate, 0.2-1 mm diameter, with stiff

rarely pliable, spreading to appressed rays.

Leaves lanceolate to ovate, 10-95 mm long,

4.5-55 mm wide; discolorous; apex acute to

slightly acuminate; base rounded or obtuse to

slightly cordate; margin crenulate-serrulate;

indumentum adaxially sparse to moderately

dense, abaxially sparse to dense; hairs stellate,

0.4-1 mm diameter, with stiff, spreading rays.

Petioles 2-20 mm long. Stipules filiform,

0.8-3 mm long, hirsutellous. Flowers 2-9,

in axillary cymules; cymules 1-4 per node,

occasionally arising well above node, often

forming axillary paniculate inflorescences by

reduction of subtending leaves; peduncles 2.2-

7 mm long; pedicels 0.7-14 mm long; bracts ±

linear to narrowly triangular, 0.6-2 mm long,

hirsutellous. Sepals linear to narrowly ovate,

1.3-5 mm long, 0.3-1 mm wide; indumentum

on abaxial surface dense, with stellate hairs

0.2-0.5 mm diameter, the adaxial surface

glabrous to densely stellate villous near base;

appendages subapical, erect, subulate, ovate

or depressed obovate, 0.3-0.5 mm long,

entire, glabrous or stellate hairy, hairs c. 0.2

mm diameter. Petals linear-oblong, narrowly

obovate to almost spathulate, 1.4-3 mm

long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide; claw 0.6-1 mm long,

ciliolate to pubescent. Androgynophore 0.2-

0.3 mm long; glands ovate; annulus 0.2-0.5

mm long, a few cilia on margin. Stamens 4-6

(usually 5); filaments 1-3 mm long, glabrous;

anthers subglobular to oblong, 0.05-0.5 mm

long. Ovary subglobose, 0.6-1 mm diameter,

2- or 3-locular, with thick, recurved setae;

style 0.7-2.5 mm long, glabrous; stigma 2

or 3-lobed. Fruit ellipsoid to subglobose or

globose, round in cross section, 2-9 mm long,

1.6-7.2 mm wide, sparsely to densely covered

with slender stellate hairs 0.2-0.5 mm

diameter, sparsely to densely setose; prickles

subterete to terete, tapering towards the

apex, 0.8-3 mm long, erect, pliable, arranged

randomly, c. evenly spread, almost glabrous

with just a few simple hairs to 0.05 mm long,

or with a sparse covering of stellate hairs c.

0.5 mm diameter near the base, terminated by

a single hooked seta 0.3-0.5 mm long. Fig. 5.

Additional specimens examined : Western Australia.

Kimberley Region: [localities withheld for conservation

reasons]: Feb 2006, Barrett & Barrett RLB 3265A (BRI,

DNA, PERTH); Jun 2012, Barrett RLB 7690 (PERTH);

Jun 2012, Barrett RLB 7716 (CANB, PERTH); Mar

1989, Keighery 10693 (PERTH); Jun 1987, Kenneally

& Hyland KFK 10494 (CANB, PERTH); Jun 1987,

Kenneally & Hyland KFK 10269 (CANB, PERTH); May

1996, Mitchell 4375 (BRI, n.v., PERTH); Jul 1949, Perry

2650 (CANB, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat : Triumfetta

kenneallyi is known from just nine locations

in the vicinity of Mitchell Plateau, Doongan

Station, Kalumburu and Carlton Hill Station.

Found on broken sandstone ridges where it

often grows under rock overhangs in small

rock fissures with Ficus brachypoda (Miq.)

Miq., Panicum minutum R.Br., Plectranthus

scutellarioides (L.) R.Br. and Stylidium

notabile A.R.Bean.

Phenology : Flowering and fruiting recorded

for May to July.

Affinities : Triumfetta kenneallyi is

distinguished from all other Australian

species by the following combination of

characters: Leaves discolorous, base obtuse

470

Austrobaileya 10(3): 458^172 (2019)

Fig. 5. Triumfetta kenneallyi. A. habitat. B. habit under rock overhang. C. leaves on flowering branchlet. D. fruiting

and flowering branchlet. E. flower. F. fruit (partly eaten). A from Barrett RLB 7716 (PERTH); B-F from Barrett RLB

7690 (PERTH). Photos: R.L. Barrett.

to slightly cordate, 10-95 mm long, 4.5-55

mm wide. Petioles 2-20 mm long. Stipules

filiform, 0.8-3 mm long. Flowers to 9, in

axillary cymules; pedicels 0.7-14 mm long.

Sepals 1.3-5 mm long, 0.3-1 mm wide. Petals

linear-oblong, narrowly obovate to almost

spathulate, 1.4-3 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide.

Anthers subglobular to oblong, 0.05-0.5 mm

long. Fruit 1.6-7.2 mm wide, bristles 0.8-3

mm long, c. evenly spread, almost glabrous

with just a few simple hairs, or with a sparse

covering of stellate hairs, terminated by a

single hooked seta.

Small plants are superficially similar in

appearance to Triumfetta coronata Halford

and T. triandra F.Muell., differing in the

much smaller floral parts, discolorous leaves

to 26 mm wide and fruit with setae evenly

spread, not oriented in lines (as in T. triandra)

nor clustered at the apex (as in T. coronata).

Notes : Most of the available collections have

very few if any flowers and half have few

or no fruit, so the collection of additional

fertile collections is highly desirable. There is

variability in the size of many organs between

plants from open areas and those growing

under rock overhangs and it is possible

that further collections will warrant a re¬

examination of variation in this species.

Conservation status: Triumfetta kenneallyi

is to be listed as Priority Three under

Department of Biodiversity, Conservation and

Attractions Conservation Codes for Western

Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). It

is only known from nine populations over a

range of about 320 km.

Etymology: The epithet recognises the work

of Kevin F. Kenneally in documenting the

flora of the Kimberley region. The vernacular

name of‘Kenneally’s Triumfetta’ is suggested

here.

471

Barrett, Grewioideae from northern Australia

Acknowledgements

Preparation of this paper was partly funded

by the Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority

as part of the 50 th anniversary celebrations

of the Kings Park Botanic Garden. As part

of these celebrations, the Botanic Gardens

and Parks Authority partly funded fieldwork

in March 2014 in conjunction with the

Australian Biological Resources Study for

targeted collection of Cleome species. Further

work was supported by an ABRS Bush Blitz

Grant. Cecelia Myers and Dunkeld Pastoral

supported fieldwork near Theda Station

in 2012 and 2014. Aspects of this research

were conducted during surveys in the

vicinity of James Price Point on the Dampier

Peninsula, and the Osbourne Islands in the

Bonaparte Archipelago. Assistance in the

field from Kevin Kenneally, Tim Willing,

Matt Barrett, Butch Maher, Martin Henson,

Melinda Trudgen, Prue Anderson, Rebecca

Graham, Megan Stone, Keran McCann and

Conrad Slee is gratefully acknowledged. The

traditional owners of Goolarabooloo Jabirr

Jabirr land are thanked for permission to

access their traditional lands. David Halford,

Richard Chung and Steve Dillon are thanked

for comments on an earlier draft of this paper.

Paul Forster is thanked for providing images

of the holotype of Grewia savamicola at BRI.

References

Aboriginal Communities of the Northern Territory,

Barr, A., Chapman, J., Smith, N., Wightman,

G.M., Knight, T., Mills, L., Andrews, M. &

Alexander, V. (1993). Traditional Aboriginal

Medicines in the Northern Territory of

Australia. Conservation Commission of the

Northern Territory of Australia: Darwin.

Blake, N.M., Wightman, G.M. & Williams, L. (1998).

Iwaidja ethnobotany, Aboriginal plant

knowledge from Gurig National Park, Northern

Australia. Northern Territory Botanical Bulletin

No. 23. Parks and Wildlife Commission of the

Northern Territory: Darwin.

Chung, R.C.K. (2006). Revision of Grewia (Malvaceae-

Grewioideae) in Peninsular Malaysia and

Borneo. Edinburgh Journal of Botany 62: 1-27.

Clark, PA. (2007). Aboriginal people and their plants.

Rosenberg Publishers: Dural, NSW.

Cowie, I.D., Dixon, D.J. & Kerrigan, R.A. (2011).

Tiliaceae. In PS. Short & I D. Cowie (eds.),

Flora of the Darwin region 1: 1-19. Northern

Territory Herbarium, Department of Natural

Resources, Environment, the Arts and Sport:

Darwin.

Daniel, P. & Chandrabose, M. (1993). Tiliaceae. InB.D.

Sharma & M. Sanjappa (eds.). Flora of India 3:

476-524. Botanical Survey of India: Calcutta.

Du Puy, D. & Telford, I. (1993). Tiliaceae. In A S.

George (ed.). Flora of Australia 50: 135-140.

Australian Government Publishing Service:

Canberra.

Halford, D.A. (1993). Notes on Tiliaceae in Australia, 1.

Austrobaileya 4: 75-85.

-(1997). Notes on Tiliaceae in Australia, 3: A revision

of the genus Triumfetta L. Austrobaileya 4:

495-587.

-(2004). Notes on Tiliaceae in Australia, 4. A

revision of the stellate-haired species of the

genus Corchorus L. Austrobaileya 6: 581-629.

Kabay, E.D. & Burbidge, A.A. (1977). Biological survey

of Drysdale River National Park. Wildlife

Research Bulletin of Western Australia 6:

1-133.

Karadada, J., Karadada, L., Goonack, W.,

Mangolomara, G., Bunjack, W., Karadada, L.,

Djanghara, B., Mangolomara, S., Oobagooma,

J., Charles, A., Williams, D., Karadada, R.,

Saunders, T. & Wightman, G.M. (2011). Uunguu

plants and animals. Aboriginal biological

knowledge from Wunambul Gaambera Country

in the north-west Kimberley, Australia.

Northern Territory Botanical Bulletin No. 35.

Wunambal Gaambera Aboriginal Corporation:

Wyndham.

Kenneally, K.F., Edinger, D.C. & Willing, T. (1996).

Broome and beyond: Plants and people of

the Dampier Peninsula, Kimberley, Western

Australia. Conservation and Land Management:

Perth.

Kurz, W.S. (1872). New Burmese plants (Part first).

Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Part 2.

Natural History 41: 291-318.

Leach, G.J., Ganambarr-Stubbs, M., Wightman, G.M.

& Wirrpanda, M. (2017). Dharpa malany

The plants. In W. Stubbs & J. Wolseley

(eds.), Midawarr \ Harvest: the art of Mulkun

Wirrpanda and John Wolseley, pp. 31-177.

National Museum of Australia Press: Canberra.

Low, T. (1990). Bush medicine. A pharmacopoeia of

natural remedies. Angus & Robertson: Sydney.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 458^172 (2019)

472

Phengklai, C. (1993). Tiliaceae. Flora of Thailand.

Volume 6. Part 1. Taccaceae, Tiliaceae. 6:

10-80. The Forest Herbarium, Royal Forest

Department: Bangkok.

Rye, B.L. (1992). Tiliaceae. In J.R. Wheeler (ed).

Flora of the Kimberley Region, pp. 160-182.

Conservation and Land Management: Perth.

Tang, Y., Gilbert, M.G. & Dorr, L.J. (2007). Tiliaceae.

In Z. Wu et al. (eds.). Flora of China 12:

240-263. Science Press & Missouri Botanical

Garden Press: Beijing & St. Louis.

Walker, J. & Shivas, R.G. (2004). Uredopeltis chevalieri

sp. nov., the rust of Grewia (Tiliaceae) formerly

known as Phakopsora (or Dasturella) grewiae,

its first record in Australia and a summary of

the known rusts of Grewia. Australasian Plant

Pathology 33: 41-47.

Reinstatement of Ptilotusparviflorus

(Lindl.) F.Muell. (Amaranthaceae)

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2019). Reinstatement of Ptilotus parviflorus (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Amaranthaceae).

Austrobaileya 10(3): 473-479. Ptilotus parviflorus (Lindl.) F.Muell., a species allied to P. obovatus

(Gaudich.) F.Muell., is lectotypified and reinstated. The distinguishing morphological features of the

two species are listed. Distribution maps and illustrations are provided for both species.

Key Words: Amaranthaceae, Ptilotus obovatus , Ptilotus parviflorus , taxonomy, Australia flora,

distribution map

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic

Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: tony.bean@des.qld.gov.

Introduction

Ptilotus obovatus (Gaudich.) F.Muell. was

described from the west coast of Western

Australia, but is known from all mainland

states of Australia (AVH 2019), and is quite

variable, with a number of recognised

morphotypes. Some of these morphotypes

may be associated with polyploidy, which

has been demonstrated for P. obovatus

(Stewart & Barlow 1976). These authors also

noted gynodioecy (male sterility in some

populations) for P. obovatus.

Taxonomic treatments of recent decades

have relegated Ptilotus parviflorus (Lindl.)

F.Muell. to varietal rank under P. obovatus

(Beni 1959) or to synonymy with it (Bean

2008).

During a recent reappraisal of specimens

at the Queensland Herbarium identified as

Ptilotus obovatus (Gaudich.) F.Muell., it was

realised that numerous specimens from the

eastern edge of the range of P. obovatus were

distinctly different in morphology. These

taxa were initially separated by the features

of the hairs on the outer surface of the tepals,

and because this correlated well with other

characters, it was decided that the two taxa

should be recognised at species rank. The

Accepted for publication 17 April 2019

more widespread taxon is Ptilotus obovatus

s. lat., while the other includes the type of P.

parviflorus (Lindl.) F.Muell. and is reinstated

here.

Materials and methods

This study is based on a morphological

examination of herbarium specimens at

BRI (205 of Ptilotus obovatus s. lat., 80 of

P. parviflorus ), originating from Western

Australia, Northern Territory, South

Australia, Queensland and New South Wales.

Specimen images from CANB, CGE, K,

MEL and NSW have also been examined. All

measurements are based on dried herbarium

specimens.

Taxonomy

Ptilotus parviflorus (Lindl.) F.Muell, Syst.

Census Austral. PI. 1: 28 (1883); Trichinium

parviflorum Lindl, Three Exped. Australia

[Mitchell] 2: 12 (1838); Ptilotus obovatus

var. parviflorus (Lindl) Beni, Mitt. Bot.

Staatssamml. Miinchen 3: 512 (1959). Type:

New South Wales. Interior of New Holland

[Byrne’s Creek, E of Forbes, 33° 27’S 148°

19’E], 24 March 1836, T.L. Mitchell (lecto:

CGE [here chosen, digital image at BRI!];

isolecto: K 000356788; K 000356789).

Trichinium virgatum A.Cunn. ex Miq., Prodr.

[A. P. de Candolle] 13(2): 286 (1849). Type:

New South Wales. Swampy plains near

474

Lachlan River, July 1817, A. Cunningham

17/1817 (syn: K 000196975).

Trichinium subviride Domin, Biblioth. Bot.

89: 81 (1921). Type: Queensland. Burke

District: Near Cloncurry, January 1910, K.

Domin s.n. (holo: ?PR, n.v .).

Ptilotus obovatus var. lancifolius Beni, Mitt.

Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 4: 279 (1961).

Type: Queensland. Burke District: 13 miles

[21 km] SSE of Kajabbi township, 29 August

1953, M. Lazarides 4006 (holo: CANB; iso:

BRI, MEL).

Sparsely branched woody shrub 30-50 cm

high. Branchlets with dense to very dense

verticillate hairs 0.1-0.2(-0.4) mm long; older

stems sparsely to densely hairy, terete. Leaves

alternate, sessile or sub-sessile; lamina

narrowly elliptic to spathulate, 23-57 mm

long, 5.3-15 mm wide, 3.4-5 times longer

than broad, pale green, surface smooth,

apex acute; upper surface with hairs sparse

to moderately dense, persistent, stellate to

rarely verticillate; midrib visible, but no

other venation apparent; lower surface with

hairs sparse to dense, persistent, verticillate

or sometimes stellate; midrib visible, and a

few lateral veins often visible. Inflorescence

terminal, spicate, spikes ovoid to cylindrical,

1.2-3.7 cm long, many-flowered. Rachis

10-35 mm long with very dense spreading

verticillate hairs to 0.4 mm long. Bract broadly

ovate, cymbiform, translucent, brittle, 2.6-

3.5 mm long, apex mucronate, inner surface

glabrous, outer surface densely covered with

verticillate hairs. Bracteoles broadly ovate,

cymbiform, translucent, brittle, 2.5-37 mm

long, apex mucronate, inner surface glabrous,

outer surface with dense verticillate hairs

along midrib, otherwise ± glabrous. Perianth

5.6-7 mm long, grey with pink tip. Tepals

linear, hairs spreading verticillate to nodose,

1-1.5 mm long in distal half, 0.3-0.6 mm

long at base, apex glabrous. Outer tepals 2,

4.9-6.8 mm long, glabrous on inner surface;

inner tepals 3, 4-6.3 mm long, glabrous

on inner surface, except for sparse hairs

at base of innermost tepal. Fertile stamens

3, filaments of varying length, 1.5-3 mm

long, anthers 0.4-0.65 mm long, dorsifixed,

versatile; staminodes 2, comprising flattened

Austrobaileya 10(3): 473-479 (2019)

filaments 2-3 mm long. Ovary glabrous; style

conspicuously eccentric, straight, 2.5-2.8 mm

long, glabrous; stigma slightly broader than

style. Figs. 1-3.

Additional selected specimens examined : Northern

Territory. Near Rockhampton Downs, May 1947, Blake

17847 (BRI, DNA). Queensland. Burke District:

Cloncurry, Nov 1935, Blake 10118 (BRI, DNA); NW of

Hughenden,Nov 1935 , Blake 10078 (BRI, DNA, PERTH);

S of Julia Creek - Burketown Road on the access road to

Alcala station. Mar 2005, Fox IDF3613 & Wilson (BRI,

PE). North Kennedy District: Muntalunga Range,

SE of Townsville, Apr 1996, Camming 14515 (BRI);

Tomato Pocket, Great Basalt Wall, Jun 1992, Fensham 4

(BRI). South Kennedy District: 9.5 km W of St Anns

Homestead, Jun 1992, Thompson BUC469 & Sharpe

(AD, BRI, K, PR, US); ‘Weetalabah’, Jan 1993, Fensham

511 (BRI). Mitchell District: Manningham Station,

2 km E of homestead, 45 km W Longreach, Oct 1989,

White NE51636A (AD, BRI, NE); Merrick paddock,

‘Vergemonf, W of Longreach, May 2004, Bean 22324

(BRI, NSW); Capricorn Highway, 19.8 km W of

Barcaldine, May 2010, Bean 29718 (BRI, NT); ‘Spring

Plains’, 100 km WSW of Longreach, Apr 1989, Emmott

276 (BRI). 44.9 km from Blackall towards Adavale, Oct

1983, Canning 6190 & Rimes (BRI, CANB, M, NSW);

Enniskillen, Dec 1941, White 11661 (BRI); Gregory

North District: Elderslie, W of Winton, on upper parts

of Mt Booka Booka, Oct 1935, Blake 10054 (BRI, DNA);

Bladensburg NP, S of Winton, Middle Creek, Mar 1998,

Forster PIF22292 & Booth (AD, BRI, MEL); Winton

- Jundah road, 19.4 km N of ‘Elvo’ Homestead, May

2004, Bean 22557 (BRI, NSW); 143 km by road SE of

Boulia, 15 km past ‘Springvale’ Homestead on road to

Diamantina Lakes, Mar 2001, Thomas 2191 & Fechner

(BRI). Warrego District: Morven, Dec 1890, Bailey

s.n. (BRI [AQ178727]). New South Wales. 4.6 km E of

Peisley junction, c. 50 km SSW of Nyngan, Mar 2008,

Bean 27684 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Ptilotusparviflorus

is widespread in central-western Queensland,

and extends to the coast near Townsville; also

in New South Wales, as far south as Forbes,

and in central Northern Territory (Map 1).

It grows in a variety of habitats, including

clay plains with Acacia cambagei R.T.Baker,

stony hills with red soil dominated by Acacia

aneura F.Muell. ex Benth., and on mesa slopes

with Eucalyptus leucophloia Brooker and

Triodia sp. In New South Wales, it can occur

with E. populnea F.Muell. and E. woollsiana

R.T.Baker.

Phenology : Flowers are recorded for every

month of the year.

Bean, Ptilotus parviflorus

Fig. 1. Flowering branchlet of Ptilotus parviflorus (Bean 22557, BRI).

476

Austrobaileya 10(3): 473^179 (2019)

Typification: A specimen at K (K 000356788),

collected from Lachlan River by T.L. Mitchell

is so similar to the lectotype of Ptilotus

parviflorus that it is here considered an

isolectotype, despite the field label saying

“Mitchell 23”; the label of the lectotype

includes a number “24”, but this is not in

Mitchell’s hand. K 000356789 is also very

similar to the lectotype, and is likewise

considered to be an isolectotype. Someone

has written the year of collection as “1838”,

but this must be a mistake as Mitchell was not

involved with any exploration in that year.

The type of Trichinium subviride has not

been seen, and its placement as a synonym

of P. parviflorus is based on the description

given in the protologue.

Affinities : In Ptilotus parviflorus , the hairs

on the outer surface of the tepals are 1-1.5

mm long (midway along or towards apex of

tepal), and 0.3-0.6 mm long at the base of the

tepal; the inflorescences are up to 3.7 cm long;

the bracteoles are very densely hairy almost

throughout and creamy-yellow in colour; and

Fig. 3. Lateral view of Ptilotus parviflorus flower (bract

and bracteoles removed) (Bean 22557 , BRI).

the ovary is glabrous. In Ptilotus obovatus ,

the tepal hairs are 2-3.8 mm long for most

of the tepal length, and 1.2-2.5 mm long at

the tepal base (Fig. 4); the inflorescences are

up to 2.4 cm long; the bracteoles are sparsely

hairy throughout in most variants, or at times

glabrous, and often dark brown in colour (one

variant can have densely hairy bracteoles);

and the ovary always has a cluster of erect

hairs (0.25-0.5 mm long) adjacent to the style.

Notes : The geographical ranges of Ptilotus

obovatus and P. parviflorus overlap

considerably (Map 2), but the author has been

unable to detect any evidence of hybridisation

or intergradation, and it is postulated that they

are reproductively isolated. No evidence of

gynodioecy has been observed in herbarium

specimens of P. parviflorus , providing

another potential difference from P. obovatus

(Stewart & Barlow 1976).

Bean, Ptilotus parviflorus

477

Conservation status : Least concern (IUCN

2012 ).

Acknowledgements

I thank Chris Appelman (BRI) for providing

the unusual Ptilotus specimen (P. parviflorus)

that led to this paper. Will Smith (BRI)

provided the illustrations and distribution

maps.

References

Avh (2019). The Australasian Virtual Herbarium.

Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria.

http://avh.chah.org.au, accessed 17 January

2019.

Bean, A.R. (2008). A synopsis of Ptilotus

(Amaranthaceae) in eastern Australia. Telopea

12: 227-250.

Benl, G. (1959). Beitrag zu einer revision der Gattung

Ptilotus R.Br. (Amaranthaceae) 2. Teil.

Mitteilungen der Botanischen Staatssammlung

Munchen 3: 510-518.

Iucn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria.

Version 3.1, 2 nd ed. http://portals.iucn.org/

library/efiles/documents/RL-2001-001-2nd.pdf,

Fig. 4. Lateral view of Ptilotus obovatus flower (bract accessed 6 July 2018.

and bracteoles removed) (Cowan 21 & Bushed, BRI). „ _ * „ „ „ . T ^

v Stewart, D.A. & Barlow, B.A. (1976). Infraspecific

polyploidy and gynodioecism in Ptilotus

obovatus (Amaranthaceae). Australian Journal

of Botany 24: 237-248.

478 Austrobaileya 10(3): 473^179 (2019)

Map 1. Distribution of Ptilotusparviflorus based on BRI records.

Bean, Ptilotus parviflorus

479

Map 2. Distribution of Ptilotus obovatus s. lat. based on BRI records.

A re-evaluation of the taxonomic status of the

Australian species of Arthraxon Beauv. and Thelepogon

Roth (Poaceae: Panicoideae: Andropogoneae)

E. J. Thompson

Summary

Thompson, E.J (2019). A re-evaluation of the taxonomic status of the Australian species of

Arthraxon Beauv. and Thelepogon Roth (Poaceae: Panicoideae. Andropogoneae). Austrobaileya

10(3): 480-505. The new combination Arthraxon australiensis (B.K.Simon) E.J.Thomps. is made

based on Thelepogon australiensis B.K.Simon following detailed comparison of A. castratus

(Griff.) Narayanaswami ex Bor and T. elegans Roth ex Roem. & Schult. using gross morphology,

micromorphology and anatomy.

Key Words: Poaceae; Panicoideae ; Andropogoneae ; Arthraxoninae ; Arthraxon ; Arthraxon

australiensis ; Arthraxon castratus ; Thelepogon australiensis , Thelepogon elegans ; Australia flora;

Queensland flora; anatomy; micromorphology; new combination

E.J. Thompson, c/o Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: john.thompson@

des.qld.gov.au

Introduction

Arthraxon Beauv. and Thelepogon Roth

comprise mostly tropical to subtropical

grasses belonging to the tribe Andropogoneae

Dumort. in the subfamily Panicoideae Link.

The tribe is distinguished by paired spikelets,

sessile and pedicellate (the latter sometimes

reduced or absent), with the sessile ones

bearing the upper lemma (fertile) typically

with a geniculate awn comprising a spiralled

column with a bristle (Bentham 1881;

Clayton 1973; Clayton & Renvoize 1986;

Watson & Dallwitz 1992; Kellogg 2015).

However, the placement of Arthraxon and

Thelepogon at subtribal level has vacillated.

Bentham (1881) distinguished four subtribes

and placed Arthraxon in Arthraxeae Benth.

and Thelepogon in Andropogoneae Benth.

(as Euandropogoneae Benth.). He defined

Arthraxeae by the pedicellate spikelet

absent and sometimes the pedicel lacking

and Andropogoneae by the heterogamous

spikelet-pair. Bentham (1881) remarked

that the spikelets of Thelepogon , although

having similarities to Ischaemum L.

Accepted for publication 13 June 2019

(.Andropogoneae ), are “remarkable for the

rigid tuberculate .... glumes”. Clayton (1972)

used numerical analysis of morphological

data to define seven subtribes and placed

Arthraxon in subtribe Arthraxoninae Benth.

and Thelepogon in subtribe Ischaeminae

J.Presl. Clayton & Renvoize (1986) used

a “pragmatic” morphological approach to

distinguish eleven subtribes of which seven

comprise the awned genera that mostly

overlap with the classification by Clayton

(1972) although Arthraxon was placed in

subtribe Andropogoninae but Thelepogon

remained in Ischaeminae. Andropogoneae and

Ischaeminae were considered by Clayton &

Renvoize (1986) to be closely related and often

difficult to separate, primarly differing by the

latter having a 2-keeled lower glume. Watson

& Dallwitz (1992) recognised three subtribes

and placed both genera in Andropogoninae.

From molecular phylogenetic studies, Soreng

et al. (2015) and Soreng et al. (2017) classified

nine subtribes with Arthraxon in its own

subtribe Arthraxoninae and Thelepogon in

incertae sedis.

The various types of trichomes present on

the leaves of species of Andropogoneae have

been considered to be of taxonomic value in

studies such as Khan et al. (2017), Nazir et al.

Thompson, Arthraxon and Thelepogon

(2013) and Ullah et al. (2011). The distinctive

combination of ciliate margin and heart-

shaped leaf base shared by Arthraxon and

Thelepogon (Figs. 1 & 2), is very uncommon

in Andropogoneae (Prain 1917; Hutchinson

& Dalziel 1936; van Welzen 1981; Watson &

Dallwitz 1992; Simon 1993; Davidse 1994).

However, some species in other genera have

one or the other of these characters, for

example Clausospicula Lazarides has just

481

ciliate margins (Lazarides et al. 1991). On the

other hand, several genera in tribe Paniceae

R.Br. have stem-clasping leaves but few, such

as Panicnm L., have this combination with

ciliate margins (Watson & Dallwitz 1992).

Simon (1993) considered that the difference

in type of trichomes on the leaf margins to be

one of the distinguishing characters between

Thelepogon elegans Roth ex Roem. & Schult.

and T. australiensis B.K.Simon.

Fig. 1. Cultivated plant of Arthraxon australiensis showing amplexicaule leaves with cilia on margins (Thompson

MOR803 , BRI). Image: E.J. Thompson.

Fig. 2. Thelepogon elegans from Hutchison & Dalziel (1936). Drawings show subdigitate inflorescences, caudate

leaves and prop roots.

Thompson, Arthraxon and Thelepogon

Prior to this paper, Arthraxon consisted of

seven species and Thelepogon , two species.

Arthraxon species are distributed across

Africa, Asia, America and Australia (van

Welzen 1981). Two species of Arthraxon have

been recorded as indigenous for Australia, viz.

A. castratus (Griff.) Narayanaswami ex Bor

and A. hispidus (Thub.) Makino var. hispidus

(Bostock & Holland 2017). The three records

of A. castratus are from northern Queensland,

although this species is otherwise known

from India, Java, Sri Lanka and southern

Vietnam. A. hispidus var. hispidus has been

recorded for the temperate, mid eastern coast

of Australia but it has the widest worldwide

distribution in terms of both latitude and

longitude of all the species of Arthraxon (van

Welzen 1981). Thelepogon australiensis was

known from only the type (Fig. 3) collected

from northern Australia (Map 1). Thelepogon

elegans has been recorded across Africa and

Asia (Watson & Dallwitz 1992).

Recent curation of specimens of the

Australian species of Arthraxon and

Thelepogon held at the Queensland Herbarium

(BRI) revealed some taxonomic anomalies.

It was found that the three specimens (one

sterile), of what has been previously identified

as A. castratus and the holotype specimen of

T. australiensis match each other. The three

fertile specimens key to Arthraxon using

the key to genera of grasses by Clayton &

Renvoize (1986) and they key to A. castratus

using the key to the species of Arthraxon by

van Welzen (1981). However, the spikelets

differ from the drawings provided by van

Welzen and the type specimen of A. castratus

(Fig. 4). Following a comprehensive study

of gross morphological, micromorphological

and anatomical characters (Table 1), it was

concluded that Thelepogon australiensis

should be transferred to Arthraxon and

consequently the new combination A.

australiensis (B.K.Simon) E.J.Thomps. is

made below.

It was found in the process of this study that

the usage of terminology in the literature for

some of the characters applied to Arthraxon ,

Thelepogon and allies is ambiguous.

Consequently, some of the terminology

483

was re-appraised in order to enable more

consistent and accurate usage (Appendix

1). Defining characters and their states more

precisely has potential to resolve ambiguity,

aid assessment of plasticity and reliability,

benefit investigations of homology and

homoplasy, and provide better discrimination

of taxa in alpha and beta taxonomy (Hillis

1987; Wagner 1989; Smith 1990; Lipscomb

1992; Scotland etal. 2003; Wiens 2004; Smith

& Turner 2005).

Materials and methods

Taxon sampling

Herbarium specimens of Arthraxon spp. and

Thelopogon elegans held at BRI and on loan

from K, including types for Arthraxon , were

examined. Because A. castratus has putatively

the closest affinity to A. australiensis it was

included in the detailed set of character

differences presented in Table 1.

Plants of Arthraxon australiensis were

cultivated in pots to study phenotypic

plasticity, breeding system and to produce

caryopses for future studies. The initial

source of caryopses of A. australiensis was

collected from Hammond Island in May

2016. Caryopses were scarified by scraping

off a small portion of pericarp just above

the scutellum. Germination was at ambient

temperature on damp tissue paper in a covered

transparent container in October 2016. Six

plants were successfully cultivated in pots

under nursery conditions in a well-drained

potting medium in Brisbane, Australia (Lat.

27° 26’ 37”). Plants were watered daily and

occasionally fertilised with a commercial

pelletised chicken manure. Plants were

examined in detail at flowering and fruiting

during June 2017. Plants that self-propagated

in pots in November 2017 and 2018 were also

studied.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 480-505 (2019)

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Brisbane Australia

AQ 570010

5U«.+ t .f a.

484

PART OF TYPE COLLECTION

if'.IOsTwO

Herb. BRI

SI.He north of the Srcher River crossing on the Coen to Neipa

road. Napping site FEl 24.

Pilioatigia ulabaricai Ion open MDodland with a dense grass

dominated ground layer.

Fawll, | H-bla-H t|H>|Ft|FN| «*| H«P-|W8| C^j

B. (T. S', Msp.

Pe ZUetr/

det lo (3 I ms Herb. BRI

IS Apr

FLORA OF QUEENSLAND

13* «4 S 142* ■' 'E°n-

Fig. 3. Holotype of Thelepogon australiensis B.K.Simon (=Arthraxon australiensis (B.K.Simon) E.J.Thomps ),

( 1 Clarkson 8981 & Neldner, BRI). Image: E. J. Thompson.

Thompson, Arthraxon and Thelepogon

485

Holotype of A ndropogon castratus Griff. (= Arthraxon castratus (Griff) Narayanaswami ex Bor.)

(Griffith 292 , K). Image: JStor Global Plants.

Lateral view of spikelet from isotype of

Andropogort rudis Nees ex Steud.

(= A. castratus) (Siva 8837 , K).

Image: E.J.Thompson.

Fig. 4. Images of Arthraxon castratus.

Table 1. Morphological differences between Arthraxon australiensis, A. castratus and Thelepogon elegans and those considered significant in the context of

subtribes of Andropogoneae. Data shown as {bold} are from Simon (1993); all other data in plain text was gathered by the author from herbarium specimens held at BRI.

Characters and states in red are considered taxonomically significant at subtribal level.

486

Austrobaileya 10(3): 480-505 (2019)

Table 1. continued

Thompson, Arthraxon and Thelepogon

487

Table 1. continued

488

Austrobaileya 10(3): 480-505 (2019)

Table 1. continued

Thompson, Arthraxon and Thelepogon

489

490

Gross morphology

The gross morphological characters and states

listed in Table 1 were obtained by observation

of herbarium specimens and online images of

specimens, and from descriptions, drawings

and keys in the literature (Hooker 1897;

Hutchinson & Dalziel 1936; Prain 1917;

Clayton 1972; van Welzen 1981; Clayton &

Renvoize 1986; Watson & Dallwitz 1992;

Davidse 1994; Simon 1993; Simon & Alfonso

2011; Watson et al. 2018). Clayton (1972)

listed 41 characters and states for species with

an awned upper lemma in Andropogoneae ,

including Arthraxon and Thelepogon , that he

used in numerical analyses but did not provide

a scored matrix for character states.

Data provided in Table 1 were gathered

by observation of herbarium specimens. A

range of herbarium material was examined

particularly with respect to maturity of

spikelets. For example, spikelets with

caryopses were used for assessment of glume

texture and immature material was used to

observe anthers prior to anthesis. Because

the veins on the upper and lower glumes were

obscured by the nature of the surface texture,

vein number was counted by viewing from

the inside.

Micromorph ology

Images of leaves and spikelets were obtained

using a Nikon SMZ25 binocular microscope

with a Nikon DS-Ril camera and images

viewed using NIS-Elements BR 4.30.00 64-

bit. Scanning electron microscope (SEM)

images were obtained using a Phenom G2

5kev SEM with backscatter detector, and

samples were prepared without sputter

coating.

Leaf anatomy

Leaf transverse sections were prepared

following Thompson (2017) using freehand

sectioning modified from the method

described by Frohlich (1984). Several sections

from different BRI herbarium specimens

were made for each species although only

one specimen of Arthraxon castratus was

available. Samples were rehydrated by initial

immersion in hot water and soaked from a

Austrobaileya 10(3): 480-505 (2019)

few hours to several days. Fresh material for

A. australiensis was also sectioned. Mature

leaves were chosen and sections taken from

near the middle of each leaf. Leaf samples

were placed on a glass slide covered with

a cover slip that served as a cutting guide.

Sections were cut using a razor blade while

viewing under a binocular microscope at x40

magnification.

Images were obtained using a Leica

DMLB compound binocular microscope

with an industrial digital camera and images

viewed using ToupView.

The descriptions of leaf anatomy for

Arthraxon and Thelepogon by Renvoize

(1982) and Watson & Dallwitz (1992) were

reviewed and used as a model guide for those

here.

Terminology and Nomenclature

Botanical terminology follows Harris &

Harris (1994), McCusker (1999) and Beentje

(2010) for general usage. Some terms for

trichomes on the epidermis of grass leaves as

described by Ellis (1979) are used including

micro-hairs, macro-hairs, prickle hairs,

angular prickle hairs and hooks. Classification

of epicuticular wax follows Barthlott et al.

(1998).

Taxonomic nomenclature is consistent

with Bostock & Holland (2018) and Soreng et

al. (2017).

Results and discussion

This study revealed differences in the

following characters for the two species of

Arthraxon and Thelepogon. growth habit,

types of trichomes on the leaf margins,

anatomy of leaf transverse sections,

inflorescence type, glume compression,

internode and pedicel shape and size,

types of trichomes on the lower glume and

surface pattern, margin of the upper glume,

composition of the lower floret, position of

the awn on the upper lemma, caryopsis shape

and breeding system. The differences in the

states of these characters for the two species

of Arthraxon and T. elegans and their context

in Andropogoneae (Table 1) are discussed

below.

Thompson, Arthraxon and Thelepogon

Growth habit

Plants of Arthraxon and Thelepogon elegans

have distinctive differences in growth habit.

Arthraxon species are slender, trailing to

decumbent annuals or perennials usually

rooting at the nodes while T. elegans is an

annual with erect stout stems frequently

with prop roots (Hooker 1897; Prain 1917;

van Welzen 1981; Cope 1982; Davidse

1994). However, Watson & Dallwitz (1992)

described Arthraxon as decumbent and T.

elegans as erect or decumbent. A decumbent

growth habit for T. elegans was difficult to

confirm from herbarium specimens because

of incompleteness of material, especially

absence of lower portions of culms and bases,

and insufficient label information.

Trichomes on the leaves

The various types of trichomes on the leaf

margins of Arthraxon australiensis, A.

castratus and Thelepogon elegans are shown

in Fig. 5. Although both genera have ciliate

margins with erect macro-hairs that consist

of a transparent hair and an enlarged opaque

base, they have distinctive differences.

Arthraxon species have tuberculate-based

hairs comprising a simple hair of varying

length that is disjunct, at least when dry,

from a somewhat donut-shaped base. T.

elegans has trichomes with a spine-like hair

confluent with an enlarged asymmetric base

that is longitudinally flattened. Simon (1993)

referred to these trichomes as “tuberculate-

based spines”. They resemble a very enlarged

type of angular prickle hair as described

by Ellis (1979) and are very unusual in

Andropogoneae. They are 0.5-07 mm long

whereas the typical angular prickle hairs found

on most Andropogoneae are less than about

0.05 mm long. These spines have similarities

to the trichomes on the leaf margins of

some other species in Andropogoneae such

as Chrysopogon Trin. (subtribe incertae

sedis). Chrysopogon sylvanticus C.E.Hubb.

has appressed trichomes about 0.3 mm long

that also resemble very large angular prickle

hairs. The homology of these apparently

similar types of trichomes on the leaf margins

requires further investigation ( cf. Snow 1998).

491

Both genera have micro-hairs on the leaf

margins. Thelepogon elegans has a dense

covering of hooks and occasional angular

prickle hairs. The Arthraxon species have

angular prickle hairs and infrequent hooks.

On the abaxial leaf surface, the two

species of Arthraxon and Thelepogon elegans

have similar tuberculate-based simple hairs.

All three species differ by the diameter of the

tubercle and length and diameter of the hairs.

Leaf anatomy and micromorphology

Species of Arthraxon and Thelepogon elegans

share the C4 photosynthetic pathway with a

single bundle sheath (XyMS-) (Watson &

Dallwitz 1992) as shown in transverse leaf

sections of A. australiensis , A. castratus and

T. elegans (Fig. 6). Differences in bulliform

cells, adaxial and abaxial sclerenchyma, and

adaxial epidermal cells are listed in Table 1.

Some of these anatomical findings

differ from the descriptions by Watson &

Dallwitz (1992). This study found that the

primary vascular bundles for Arthraxon

australiensis and A. castratus have combined

sclerenchyma girders, whereas Watson &

Dallwitz (1992) considered this arrangement

absent. Thelepogon elegans has adaxial

strands and abaxial girders whereas Watson

& Dallwitz (1992) described the sclerenchyma

as combined girders.

Comparison of fresh and rehydrated

sections of Arthraxon australiensis show

overall strong similarities in anatomical

characters except for radiate chlorenchyma

that failed to rehydrate adequately enough for

the cell pattern to be recognisable.

Examination of bicellular micro-hairs,

stomata and silica cells from SEM for this

study revealed overlapping variability across

Arthraxon and Thelepogon elegans.

Inflorescences

Arthraxon australiensis, A. castratus and

Thelepogon elegans have spatheolate

inflorescences but differ by the arrangement

of the racemes, the longest length of racemes,

the imbrication of the spikelets and the

indumentum on the peduncles. Arthraxon

492

Austrobaileya 10(3): 480-505 (2019)

Arthraxon australiensis (both images from Waterhouse BMW8217, BRI)

Scale bar for

photos: 1 mm

Scale bar for

SEM images

50pm

A. castratus (both images from Simon 4231, BRI)

Thelepogon elegans (both images from Bunt 5679, BRI)

Fig. 5. Types of trichomes on the proximal margin of leaf blade using light microscopy and SEM. tp (tuberculate-

based simple hair), ts (tuberculate-based spicule), s (spicule), p (prickle), h (hook). Images: E. J. Thompson.

Thompson, Arthraxon and Thelepogon

493

Arthraxon australiensis — from rehydrated herbarium material (Waterhouse BMW8217, BRI)

Thelepogon elegans — from rehydrated herbarium material {Gbile FH172986, BRI)

Fig. 6. Transverse sections of leaves. All species have single vascular bundle sheaths. Arthraxon and Thelepogon

differ by the bulliform cells (be), shape of the girder (gs) and strand (ss) sclerenchyma at the mid vein (MV), and

epidermal cells (ec). cp (clear parenchyma), rc (radiate chlorenchyma), TVB (tertiary vascular bundle). Scale bars on

photos are 100 pm long. All images have adaxial surface upper most. Images: E. J. Thompson.

494

species have digitate racemes while for T.

elegans they are mostly subdigitate and the

racemes are longer. Arthraxon differs from T.

elegans by the spikelets overlapping along the

racemes, and the peduncles pilose with simple

hairs and the latter scabrid with prickle hairs.

Sessile and pedicellate spikelets, pedicel and

internode (diaspores)

Various differences occur in the composition

and compression of the sessile spikelets, the

relative shape and size of the rachis inter node,

the shape and length of the pedicel and

indumentum, the presence or absence of a

pedicellate spikelet, and the callus shape and

size (Fig. 7). The lower floret of species of

Arthraxon comprises only the lemma and is

neuter. All species of Arthraxon lack a lower

palea while A. anstraliensis and A. castratus

are two of the three species that have an upper

palea. Thelepogon elegans has both paleas

and the lower floret male. Male lower florets

are relatively uncommon in Andropogoneae

although this character is shared by genera

including Sehima Forssk., also placed in

incertae sedis by Soreng et al. (2017), and

some genera in subtribe Rottboelliinae

Kunth. Thelepogon elegans, like some other

Andropogoneae with the lower floret male,

has both lower lemma and palea with 2-keeled

margins.

Arthraxon species have internodes and

pedicels with relatively similar structure,

both more or less strap-shaped (internode

slightly clavate) and c. half the length and

much narrower than the lower glume. These

structural features of the diaspore are

relatively common in Andropogoneae while

the characteristics for Thelepogon elegans

are very uncommon. The internodes and

pedicels of T. elegans are dissimilar with the

internode conspicuously clavate and c. half

the width and longer than the lower glume,

and the pedicel longer than the internode and

lanceolate in outline.

Arthraxon australiensis has incomplete

pedicellate spikelets differentiated from the

sessile spikelets and when present occur

in upper parts of the racemes. Pedicellate

Austrobaileya 10(3): 480-505 (2019)

spikelets are absent in A. castratus and

Thelepogon elegans.

The pedicel indumentum for both species

of Arthraxon and Thelepogon elegans differ

in the same way as for the peduncles.

Arthraxon and Thelepogon differ in shape

and size of the spikelet callus, the former

being circular and elliptical respectively, and

the latter longer.

Glumes

The lower and upper glumes of Arthraxon and

Thelepogon elegans differ by the compression,

surface texture, types of trichomes, nature of

the margins, presence of epicuticular wax,

and relative length. The relative compression

of the lower and upper glumes differs for both

genera. The glumes of Arthraxon are laterally

compressed but strongly differentiated in

transverse view, the lower glume rounded

on the back and the upper glume v-shaped.

Conversely, Thelepogon has both glumes

distinctly dorsi-ventrally compressed. These

two combinations of compression of the

glumes for Arthraxon and T. elegans are

relatively common amongst other variations

in combinations of compression that can be

found in Andropogoneae.

Arthraxon and Thelepogon elegans have

a similar relative difference in the texture

of the body of the lower and upper glumes.

Both genera have the lower glumes indurated

and brittle, and the upper glumes leathery

to slightly hardened but pliable. Assessment

of the texture of the parts of spikelets has

tended to vary according to the author. The

terminology used to describe the texture of

the lower glume of Arthraxon has differed,

taking into account variation between species

(Prain 1917; van Welzen 1981; Clayton

1972; Clayton & Renvoize 1986; Watson &

Dallwitz 1992; Simon 1993; Davidse 1994).

Combinations of glumes with differentiated

or similar texture occur across the genera of

the subtribes of Andropogoneae.

Differences in the trichomes and surface

pattern on the lower glumes of Arthraxon

australiensis, A. castratus and Thelepogon

elegans are shown in Figs. 8-10. All

Thompson, Arthraxon and Thelepogon

495

PS present

in upper

parts of

Arthraxon australiensis (all three images from Thompson MOR803, BRI)

Arthraxon castratus (all three images from Simon 4231, BRI)

Thelepogon elegans (all three images from Chile FH172986, BRI)

Fig. 7. Perspective views of the spikelets. Differences between Arthraxon and Thelepogon include: compression of

lower and upper glumes of sessile spikelet (lg & ug), shape, size and indumentum of the rachis internode (r) and pedicel

(p). Scale bars on photos are 5 mm long. Views: A (lateral), B (lateral), C (dorsal), D (ventral), PS (pedicellate spikelet).

Images: E.J. Thompson.

496

Austrobaileya 10(3): 480-505 (2019)

Art hr axon australiensis

(Thompson MOR805, BRI)

Upper glume margin narrowly

membranous and ciliate

Arthraxon castratus

(Simon 4231 BRI)

Upper- glume margin narrowly

membr anous and ciliate

Arthraxon Uinceolatus subsp.

Uinceolatus

(Mitchell 7275, BRI)

Upper- glume margin broadly

hyaline and glabrous

Thelepogon elegans

(Gbile FHI72S96, BRI)

Upper- glume margin narrowly

membranous and glabrous wilh

2-keeled margins

Fig. 8. Lateral view of the lower and upper glumes. Scale bars on images are 5 mm long. Images: E. J. Thompson.

Thompson, Arthraxon and Thelepogon

497

Thelepogon elegans (both images from Mitchell 5218 & Pane, BR1)

Fig. 9. SEM images at two magnifications of the surface of lower glumes showing types of trichomes and their density.

Arthraxon spp. differ by the hooks (h) having elongated points and the bicellular microhairs (bm) mostly with the two

cells more or less equal length and Thelepogon with the cells unequal, p (prickle). Images captured at c. x 500, LHS;

x 2000, RHS. Images: E.J. Thompson.

498

Austrobaileya 10(3): 480-505 (2019)

Lateral view of A rthraxon australiensis showing tubercle base of spicules adorned

with hooks (both images from Thompson MOR803, BRI)

Lateral view of A. castratus showing tubercle base of spicules adorned with hooks

(both images from Simon 4231, BRI)

Dorsal view of Thelepogon elegans showing trichomes on transverse ridges with

hooks and prickles (both images from Gbile FHI72896 , BRI)

Fig. 10. Types of trichomes at the apex of lower glumes using light microscopy and SEM images captured at c. x 500.

bm (bicellular microhair), h (hook), p (prickle), s (spicule). Images: E. J. Thompson.

Thompson, Arthraxon and Thelepogon

three species have variously sized spicules

increasing in length towards the glume

apex. Both species of Arthraxon have

spicules in numerous longitudinal rows and

transverse ridges are absent. Thelepogon

elegans has small spicules arising from

variously discontinuous transverse ridges

that occur as tubercles towards the glume

apex. Arthraxon species have hooks with

elongated arched apices and T. elegans has

hooks with short apices as well as prickles.

The characteristics of surface texture of the

lower glumes of Arthraxon and T. elegans are

not only dissimilar but are also distinctive

in Andropogoneae. However, there are some

broad similarities with Jardinia Steud.

(subtribe Rottboelliinae).

Authors have variously applied

terminology used to differentiate the surface

texture of the lower glumes of genera

in Andropogoneae (Appendix 1). The

terminology has tended to be a mixture of

categories used to describe one or the other

of the two components of surface texture

being the trichomes and surface patterns. It

is contended here that surface texture can be

assessed more consistently and definitively

using separate categories for trichomes and

surface patterns (Appendix 1).

The lower glumes of Arthraxon

australiensis, A. ca stratus and Thelepogon

elegans also differ by the presence of

epicuticular wax. Film type epicuticular wax

was observed on only A. australiensis. The

lower glumes of both genera have similar

bicellular micro-hairs with proximal cells

shorter than the distal.

The surface texture and the margins of

the upper glume of Thelepogon elegans have

distinctive differences from Arthraxon. The

upper glume of genera in Andropogoneae

has usually been given little attention in

descriptions although some authors used

a single character such as awned, rugosity

(Thelepogon) or number of nerves (Clayton

1972; Clayton & Renvoize 1986; Watson &

Dallwitz 1992). Thelepogon elegans has the

upper glume transversely rugose and the

margins 2-keeled. Two-keeled margins on the

upper glume are very rare in Andropogoneae

499

but 2-keeled margins on the lower glume

occur in several genera including Ischaemum

(subtribe Ischaeminae ), Sehima (subtribe

incertae sedis) and Thaumastochloa

C.E.Hubb. (subtribe Rottboelliinae).

Arthraxon and many other genera in

Andropogoneae have the upper glume with

smooth surface pattern and flat margins.

However, both genera share surfaces that are

spiculate apically and muriculate with hooks

although Arthraxon has long-pointed curved

apices on the hooks and T. elegans has short

points.

Arthraxon and Thelepogon elegans differ

by the relative length of the lower glume to

the upper glume with lower glume shorter and

subequal, respectively.

Upper lemma awn and lobes

The position of the awn, presence of lobes

and compression of the upper lemma for A.

australiensis, A. ca stratus and Thelepogon

elegans is shown in Fig. 11. In Arthraxon the

lobes are fused for most of their length with the

awn arising near the base whereas T. elegans

has lobes about half the length of the lemma

with the awn arising at the junction. The

proximal dorsal awn on the upper lemma in

Arthraxon is unique in Panicoideae although

it can be found in other subfamilies such as

Pooideae Benth. (Clayton 1972; Watson &

Dallwitz 1992; Watson etal. 2018).

Caryopsis

Caryopses of Arthraxon australiensis ,

A. castratus and Thelepogon elegans are

shown in Fig. 11. The major differences in

the caryopses relate to shape, the relative

size of the scutellum and surface texture.

Both species of Arthraxon have laterally

compressed caryopses with scutellum c.

half its length and surface smooth while the

caryopsis of T. elegans is dorsally compressed

with a larger scutellum and the surface

is finely longitudinally striate. Laterally

compressed and terete caryopses are very rare

in Andropogoneae but lateral compression can

also be found in Chrysopogon. Dorsi-ventral

compression is common in the subtribes of

Andropogoneae. Striate surface of caryopses

is very rare in the tribe.

500

Austrobaileya 10(3): 480-505 (2019)

Arihraxon australiensis (all three images from Thompson MOR803, BRI)

finely striated surface

Thelepogon elegans (all three images from Gbile FH172986, BRI)

Fig. 11. Lateral and dorsal views of the upper lemma and caryopsis. Top row left and middle, scale = 5 mm; right,

scale = 2 mm. Middle and bottom rows, scale bar = 2 mm. Images: E. J. Thompson.

Thompson, Arthraxon and Thelepogon

From examination of herbarium

specimens and information published in

the literature, caryopsis morphology for the

species of Arthraxon can be divided into two

groups, viz. terete or laterally compressed

with elliptical outline in side view. In his

circumscription of Arthraxon , van Welzen

(1981) described the caryopses as “slightly

ovoid-ellipsoid to cylindrical, somewhat

laterally compressed” but he did not provide

a description of the shape for each species.

Davidse (1994) described the caryopses of

A. castratus as “elliptic in outline, laterally

slightly flattened”. On the other hand,

Jin et al. (2006) described Arthraxon as

having terete caryopses. Arthraxon hispidus

(Thunb.) Makino, A. lanceolatus (Roxb.)

Hochst., A. lancifolius (Trin.) Hochst. and A.

microphyUus (Trin.) Hochst. have fusiform

to more or less terete caryopses with smooth

surface. Caryopses of A. depressus Stapf ex

C.E.C.Fisch. and A. jubatus Hack, were not

seen by van Welzen (1981) nor for this study.

Breeding system

The breeding systems of Arthraxon and

Thelepogon elegans differ with regard to

completeness of the florets of the sessile

spikelets. Both genera have hermaphrodite

upper florets but Arthraxon has the lower

floret sterile while for T. elegans it is male.

All species of Arthraxon can have sessile

spikelets with cleistogamous upper florets,

i.e. self-fertilized within a closed flower (van

Welzen 1981), but no cleistogamy has been

observed for Thelepogon elegans. However,

Arthraxon was not included in the respective

classifications of cleistogamy in grasses

by Campbell et al. (1983) and Culley &

Klooster (2007). From herbarium specimens

examined for this study, some species of

Arthraxon had cleistogamous spikelets

present. From cultivated plants, presence and

abundance of cleistogamy in A. australiensis

was found to vary within racemes and

from raceme to raceme, sometimes without

cleistogamous spikelets or present with low

frequency. Applying the criteria presented

by Thompson (2017), the type of cleistogamy

found in Arthraxon is classified as having

monomorphic anthers on the same plants.

501

Pedicellate spikelets in Arthraxon when

present are usually sterile but in three species

they are male (van Welzen 1981).

Taxonomy

Arthraxon australiensis (B.K. Simon)

E.J.Thomps., comb, nov.; Thelepogon

australiensis B.K.Simon, Austrobaileya 4:

105 (1993). Type: Queensland. Cook District:

62 km N of Archer River on Coen to Weipa

road, 19 April 1991, J.R. Clarkson 8981 & V.J.

Neldner (holo: BRI [AQ570010, 2 sheets]; iso:

CNS [ex MBA], K, NSW).

Illustration: Simon {loc. cit. Fig. 1).

Additional specimens examined (all BRI):

Queensland. Cook District: Horn Island, Torres Strait,

Jul 1975, Cameron 2088\ Keriri (Hammond Island),

Torres Strait, Residence in Sabatino Village, Jun 2009,

McKenna & Waterhouse SGM 562\ Keriri (Hammond

Island), Torres Strait, Sabatino Village, May 2016,

Waterhouse BMW8217. Cultivated. Ashgrove (ex Keriri

(Hammond Island), Torres Strait, Sabatino Village), Jun

2017, Thompson MOR805 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Arthraxon

australiensis is endemic to Queensland

and known from Horn and Keriri Islands in

Torres Strait and Cape York Peninsula (Map

1). Plants have been recorded from the dense

grass dominated ground layer of Piliostigma

malabaricum (Roxb.) Benth. dominated low

open woodland at the type locality, or from

the banks of granite boulder strewn streams

in Torres Strait islands.

Phenology: Flowering and fruiting April-

August.

Affinities: Arthraxon australiensis is allied

to A. castratus differing by the presence

of pedicellate spikelets at least in the upper

parts of racemes, spikelet-pairs with similar

appearance of pedicel and rachis internode,

and the longer lemma awn.

Conservation status: The species is listed

as Vulnerable under the Queensland Nature

Conservation Act 1992.

Common name: Cape York carpet grass.

The following key to the species of Arthraxon

and Thelepogon was adapted from van

Welzen (1981).

502

Austrobaileya 10(3): 480-505 (2019)

Key to the species of Arthraxon and Thelepogon

1 Upper lemma with the awn emanating from between two lateral lobes

about equal in length to the lemma body; lower floret of sessile spikelet

male with a palea; lower glume crustaceous, transversely rugose, ridges

muricate with spicules; upper glume dorsi-ventrally compressed,

transversely rugose, margins 2-keeled; caryopsis dorsi-ventrally

compressed, finely striate.T. elegans

1. Upper lemma with a proximal dorsal awn, i.e. lobes fused except at apex;

lower floret barren, reduced to a lemma; lower glume crustaceous or

cartilaginous, longitudinally pectinate with spicules; upper glume

laterally compressed, not ridged, margins flat; caryopsis terete to

laterally compressed, smooth.2

2 Awn < 2.3 cm long, column smooth.3

2. Awn > 7.5 cm long, column scabridulous.A. jubatus

3 Glumes of sessile spikelet chartaceous on back; upper glume with broad

membranous to hyaline margins c. half total width (Fig. 8); margins of

lower glume inflexed to slightly incurved, wing-like; upper glume and

lemmas with glabrous margins; upper palea absent; caryopsis slightly

laterally compressed to terete, length/width ratio c. 2:1; pedicellate

spikelet absent or developed; anthers 2 or 3.4

3. Glumes of sessile spikelet crustaceous on back; upper glume with narrow

membranous margins; margins of lower glume flat; upper glume and

lemmas with ciliate margins; upper palea present; caryopsis distinctly

laterally compressed, width much greater than thickness, length/width

ratio > c. 5:1 (not seen for A. depressus ); pedicellate spikelet absent or

reduced; anthers 3.7

4 Pedicellate spikelet well developed.5

4. Pedicellate spikelet absent, at least in lower parts of inflorescence.6

5 Spikelets < 4 mm long; anthers 3.A. lanceolatus

5. Spikelets > 4 mm long; anthers 2.A. microphyllus

6 Pedicellate spikelets absent.A. hispidus

6. Pedicellate spikelets present at least in upper part of inflorescence.A. lancifolius

7 Spikelets with a rectangular base, crustaceous; lower glume spiculate.8

7. Spikelets with a more or less cuneate base, chartaceous; lower glume

smooth; India.A. depressus

8 Pedicellate spikelet present in at least upper parts of racemes; pedicel

c. 2/3 length of rachis internode and width c. equal to internode; awn

14-23 mm long; Australia.A. australiensis

8. Pedicellate spikelet absent; pedicel much shorter and narrower than rachis

internode; awn 7-11 mm long; Asia.A. castratus

503

Thompson, Arthraxon and Thelepogon

Acknowledgements

I am very thankful to Barbara Waterhouse,

Danny Mossy and Stephen Amber for

herbarium specimens of Arthraxon

australiensis and Stephen for supplying

caryopses. Melody Fabillo and Gordon

Guymer provided very helpful feedback on a

draft of the manuscript. I greatly appreciate

the helpful peer-review comments on versions

of this paper by an anonymous referee and

Neville Walsh.

References

Barthlott, W., Neinhuis, C., Cutler, D., Ditsch, F.,

Meusel, I. & Wilhelmi, H. (1998). Classification

and terminology of plant epicuticular waxes.

Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 126:

237-260.

Beentje, H. (2010). The Kew Plant Glossary: an

illustrated dictionary of plant terms. Kew

Publishing: Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Bentham, G. (1881). Notes on Gramineae. Journal of the

Linnean Society of London 19: 14-135.

Bostock, P.D. & Holland, A.E. (2018). Census of the

Queensland Flora 2018. http://data.qld.gov.au/

dataset/census-of-the-queensland-flora-2016/,

accessed 01 November 2018.

Campbell, C.S., Quinn, J.A., Cheplick, G.P. & Bell, T.J.

(1983). Cleistogamy in grasses. Annual Review

of Ecology and Systematics 14: 411-441.

Clayton, W.D. (1972). The awned genera of

Andropogoneae studies in Gramineae: XXXI.

Kew Bulletin IT. 457-474.

-(1973). The awnless genera of Andropogoneae

studies in the Gramineae: XXXIII. Kew

Bulletin 28: 49-57.

Clayton, W.D. & Renvoize, S.A. (1986). Genera

Graminum. Grasses of the World. Her Majesty’s

Stationery Office: London.

Cope, T.A. (1982). Flora of Pakistan No. 143 Poaceae.

Department of Botany, University of Karachi:

Karachi.

Culley, T.M. & Klooster, M.R. (2007). The

cleistogamous breeding system: a review

of its frequency, evolution, and ecology in

angiosperms. The Botanical Review 73: 1-30.

Davidse, G. (1994). Arthraxon. In M.D. Dassanayake et

al. (eds.), A Revised Handbook of the Flora of

Ceylon 8: 44-49. A.A. Balkema: Rotterdam.

Ellis, R.P. (1979). A procedure for standardizing

comparative leaf anatomy in the Poaceae: 2.

The epidermis as seen in surface view. Bothalia

12: 641-671.

Frohlich, M.W. (1984). Freehand sectioning with

parafilm. Stain Technology 59: 61-62.

Harris, J.G. & Harris, M.W. (1994). Plant Identification

Terminology: an illustrated glossary. Spring

Lake Publishing: Spring Lake, Utah.

Hillis, D.M. (1987). Molecular versus morphological

approaches to systematics. Annual Reveiw of

Ecology and Systematics 18: 23-42.

Hooker, J.D. (1897). Flora of British India. L. Reeve &

Co.: London.

Hutchinson, J. & Dalziel, J.M. (1936). Flora of West

Tropical Africa 2: 597. The Crown Agents for

the Colonies: London.

Jin, C.S., Chen, S. & Phillips, S.M. (2006). Arthraxon.

In W. Zhengyi, P.H. Raven & H. Deyuan

(eds.). Flora of China 22: 616-621. Missouri

Botanical Gardens Press: St Louis.

Kellogg, E.A. (2015). The Families and Genera of

Vascular Plants. Flowering Plants: Monocots:

Poaceae. Springer International Publishing

AG: Cham, Switzerland.

Khan, R., Ahmad, M., Zafar, M. & Ullah, A. (2017).

Scanning electron and light microscopy of

foliar epidermal characters: a tool for plant

taxonomists in the identification of grasses.

Microscopy Research and Technique 80: 1123—

1140.

Lazarides, M., Lenz, J. & Watson, L. (1991).

Clausospicula , a new genus of grasses (Poaceae,

Andropogoneae). Australian Systematic Botany

4: 391-405.

Lipscomb, D.L. (1992). Parsimony, homology and the

analysis of multistate characters. Cladistics 8:

45-65.

Mccusker, A. (1999). Glossary. In A.E. Orchard &

H.S. Thompson (ed ), Flora of Australia:

Introduction , 2 nd edition, 1: 585-636. ABRS/

CSIRO Australia: Melbourne.

Nazir, A., Khan, M.A. & Shah, A. (2013). Foliar

epidermal studies as an aid to the identification

of grasses of tribe Andropogoneae (Poaceae)

from Potohar region of Pakistan. Pakistan

Journal of Botany 45: 235-241.

Prain, D. (1917). Flora of Tropical Africa. L. Reeve:

London.

Renvoize, S.A. (1982). A survey of leaf-blade anatomy

in grasses. I. Andropogoneae. Kew Bulletin 37:

315-321.

504

Scotland, R.W., Olmstead, R.G. & Bennett, J.R.

(2003). Phylogenetic reconstruction: the role of

morphology. Systematic Biology 52: 539-548.

Sharp, D. & Simon, B.K. (2002). AusGrass: Grasses of

Australia (Version 1.0, June 2002). Australian

Biological Resources Study: Canberra.

Simon, B.K. (1993). Studies in Australian grasses 8. A

new species of Thelepogon (Andropogoneae:

Ischaeminae) for Australia. Austrobaileya 4:

105-108.

Simon, B.K. & Alfonso, Y. (2011). Ausgrass2. http://

ausgrass2.myspecies.info./, accessed 21

September 2019.

Smith, G.R. (1990). Homology in morphometries

and phylogenetics. In F.J. Rohlf & F.L.

Bookstein (eds.). Proceedings of the Michigan

Morphometries Workshop , pp. 325-338. The

University of Michigan Museum of Zoology:

Michigan.

Smith, N.D. & Turner, A.H. (2005). Morphology’s role

in phylogenetic reconstruction: persperctive

from paleontology. Systematic Biology 54:

166-173.

Snow, N. (1998). The use of hairs for phylogenetic

inference in grasses (Poaceae). In Monocots II:

second International Conference Comput. Biol.

Monocotyl. Third Intern. Symp. Grass Syst.

Evol. Abstracts, 51. Royal Botanic Gardens:

Sydney.

Soreng, R.J., Peterson, P.M., Romaschenko, K.,

Davidse, G., Teisher, J.K., Clark, L.G.,

Barbera, P, Gillespie, L.J. & Zuloaga, F.O.

(2017). A worldwide phylogenetic classification

of the Poaceae (Gramineae) II: and update and

a comparison of the two 2015 classifications.

Journal of Systematics and Evolution 55: 259-

290.

Soreng, R. J., Peterson, P.M., Romaschenko, K., Davidse,

G., Zuloaga, F.O., Judziewicz, E.J., Filgueiras,

T.S., Davis, J.I. & Morrone, O. (2015). A

worldwide phylogenetic classification of the

Poaceae (Gramineae). Journal of Systematics

and'Evolution 53: 117-137.

Thompson, E.J. (2017). Elionurus purpureus

( Panicoideae: Andropogoneae: Rottboelliinae ),

a new species for Queensland: circumscription

and breeding system Austrobaileya 10: 139—

162.

Ullah, Z., Khan, M.A., Ahmad, M., Zafar, M. &

Ullah, K. (2011). Systematic implications of

foliar epidermis in Andropogoneae (Poaceae)

from Hindukush-himalayas Pakistan. Journal

of Medicinal Plants Research 5: 949-957.

Van Welzen, PC. (1981). A taxonomic revision of the

genus Arthraxon Beauv. (Gramineae). Blumea

27: 255-300.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 480-505 (2019)

Wagner, G.P (1989). The origin of morphological

characters and the biological basis of homology.

Evolution 43: 1157-1171.

Watson, L. & Dallwitz, M.J. (1992). The Grass Genera

of the World. CAB International: Wallingford.

Watson, L., Macfarlane, T.D. & Dallwitz, M.J.

(2018). The Grass Genera of the World, http://

delta-intkey.com/grass/ident.htm, accessed 10

January 2019.

Wiens, J.J. (2004). The role of morphological data

in phylogenetic reconstruction. Systematic

Biology 53: 653-661.

Map 1. Distribution of Arthraxon australiensis based

on BRI specimen point data.

Appendix 1 . Terminology used by various authors to describe surface texture on the lower glume in genera in subtribes of Andropogoneae. Nomenclature follows Soreng et al. ( 2017 )

Thompson, Arthraxon and Thelepogon

505

O M

'§-S'*

2 |P

g e

s g

<D X

s §

txD g

13 13

2 >

<L>

g g

2 *

uh i S ^3

o w) ^ 3

g 2 a> '5h

bp o 5

^2 1-2 js

"3 s?

£ 2

2 £ ~ S >,

■g fl I) MS

’> £2 o 2 =3

"5b J

cj b

•5 O TJ >

■o tn S S

3 3 « g

8 x <d

- d) ^

<D > d

6D 52 -zj

2 £ g 2

i +* *3 -d

3 ■a 2 u

.§ 'Sb fe

.ti n C X)

2 05

CD xfi

M I

"53 -

|-§-

2 :

£ 2.2

2 2 <»

§’g) S)

£ § S3

' 5 b

’g

’d

-3

2 ;

S 3

§2

E S

>x O

S <D

_b ■§ .1

„ 3 go

2 Oj" =3

§ O 8

E |>_g

>> -5

^1 §

^ CD w

> <d

2 c S

2 'u s .S

§ M t" c3

i 2 O E

2 E

5 3

W> u,

2 ° -

1 ) .§

o °

§>a" ®

S..§l

2) s g?

! 2 _g

ts o 2

3 -e

„ 3

£ s

8 3 g

g ^ ^

d X jd

3 -S o

3 c3 -2

g o O-

B a

£ 2 M

2 > 3

2 |

® ® o.S

o a

§> ° £ m

C w <D O

fill

■=

a, §3 o

s i r

S a> o .

o g ^

W) o g

jsU

M 3

2 S

3 ^ £ «

l’»111?

^■§ 3 ^«a

O e B 2 V I"

3 |l! S •|

'S 2 « 8 o 3

3 +j « M -g <u

E & 3 2 qS

2 ^

^ w

.2 ■«

j= s

H Gff

The botanical collections of William Hann’s Northern

Expedition of 1872 to Cape York Peninsula, Queensland

John Leslie Dowe 1 & Peter Illingworth Taylor 2

Summary

Dowe, J.L. & Taylor, PI. (2019). The botanical collections of William Hann’s Northern Expedition of

1872 to Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538. William Hann’s Northern

Expedition, 26 June-12 November 1872, was primarily undertaken to explore for gold, minerals and

pastoral lands, and to ascertain suitability for settlement in the southern Cape York Peninsula area.

In addition to the primary objectives, both botanical and palaeontological specimens were collected.

The official botanical collector for the expedition was Thomas Tate who collected on behalf of the

Queensland Government under the direction of William Hann. A total of 81 specimens collected

by Tate during the expedition have been located. In contrast, an ‘unofficial’ collection of plants was

gathered by Norman Taylor, geologist for the expedition. A total of 68 specimens collected by Taylor

have been located. Ten new taxa were established on specimens collected during the expedition.

Largely, the expedition remains more of historical interest rather than a significant contribution to the

advancement of botany in Queensland.

Key Words: Queensland flora; botanical specimens; early exploration; Ferdinand Mueller; Norman

Taylor; Thomas Tate; William Hann

1 John Leslie Dowe, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Smithfield, Queensland

4878, Australia. Email: john.dowe@jcu.edu.au

2 Peter Illingworth Taylor, 49 Hawker St., Torrens, Australian Capital Territory 2607, Australia.

Email: tayloripeter@gmail.com [Peter is the great-grandson of Norman Taylor, geologist of the Hann

Expedition]

Introduction

The settlement of Queensland by colonists

in the mid-late 1800s was preceded by

exploration parties that mainly reported

on the suitability for pastoral activities,

available resources and potential settlement.

Many exploration parties included botanists

and geologists amongst their members, as

scientific exploration was seen as a way

to further understand the capabilities of

the country and to legitimise activities

with regard to colonial and government

expectations. William Hann’s Northern

Expedition of 1872 to Cape York Peninsula

had the object of ‘ascertaining, as far north

as the 14th parallel of latitude, the character

of the country and its mineral resources, with

the view to future settlement and occupation’

(Hann 1872). The expedition was authorised

and partly funded by the Queensland

Government, with Hann providing the horses

and sheep, and significant personal funds 1 .

The party consisted of seven men: William

Hann (1837-1889), leader; Dr Thomas Tate

(1842-1934), botanist and naturalist; Norman

Taylor (1834-1894), geologist; Frederick

Horatio Warner (1842-1906), surveyor;

William Robert Stewart (known as Peak

Downs Stewart), an ex-squatter, Justice of

the Peace and magistrate 2 ; William Nation

(1818-1874), friend of Hann, pastoralist and

bushman; and Jerry, an Aboriginal (Ellwood

2014, 2018). They took 25 horses, 20 sheep

and provisions for five months (Hann 1873,

1874; Clarke 1982).

This paper examines the botanical

significance of the expedition with

documentation of the material collected

with respect to its distribution to various

Accepted for publication 29 May 2019

507

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

herbaria and identification of species. Themes

covering collection attribution, taxonomy,

eponomy and the personal relationships of the

expedition members are also examined.

Materials and methods

Documents related to Hann’s Northern

Expedition were located in a number of

libraries. Materials in James Cook University

and John Oxley libraries were personally

examined, whilst items from other libraries

were received as digital scans or hard¬

copy reproductions. Herbarium specimens

related to the expedition were located on the

available online resources: the primary web

sites visited were the Australasian Virtual

Herbarium (AVH 2019), JSTOR Global Plants

(JSTOR 2019) and Kew Herbarium Catalogue

(2019). The databases MELISR [MEL] and

HERBRECS [BRI] were examined: the

specimens at BRI were personally examined

whilst others were received as digitised scans.

Trove’s digitised newspapers were searched

for relevant items (Trove 2019). Herbarium

acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (2019).

Summary of the Expedition Route

Hann’s Northern Expedition commenced at

Fossilbrook (Fig. 1), an outstation of Ezra

Firth’s Mt Surprise Station which was the

most northerly extent of settlement (Black

1931), on 26 June 1872, following Fossilbrook

Creek until its junction with the Lynd

River. The expedition headed north through

Kirchner Range before reaching the Tate

River. Upon leaving the Tate River heading

north, the headwaters of Nonda Creek were

met and it was tracked downstream to the

Walsh River which was followed meeting

the junctions with it of Elizabeth and Louisa

Creeks. Heading north, the Mitchell River

was met with, and it was explored both

upstream and downstream for considerable

distances, before the expedition headed north

to Garnet Creek and Palmer River. Here

members extensively prospected for gold

discovering alluvial gold at many locations.

From the Palmer, the expedition headed

north-west to reach Coleman River and then

Stewart River and Princess Charlotte Bay, the

most northern extent of the expedition. From

here the expedition headed south crossing

the floodplains of Kennedy River. Moving

to the south-east, the expedition met with

the Normanby River which was followed

upstream to its headwaters in Normanby

Range. The first fall of eastern streams was

located in Cunninghams Range, the stream

named as Oaky Creek by Hann, a tributary

of the Annan River. The Annan River, which

Hann mistakenly thought was the Endeavour

River, was followed downstream to Walker

Bay. Heading south in an attempt to get to

Cardwell by a coastal route, the expedition

encountered the Bloomfield River and

mountains covered in dense, ‘impenetrable’

rainforest. Thwarted by such a barrier to

a southern track, the expedition retraced

its route to the north and duly headed west

toward drier and open forests. The Laura

River (named as the Hearn River by Hann)

was met and followed downstream, before a

turn to the south-west took the expedition to

Palmer River, and more or less tracking on

their original route terminated the expedition

at Junction Creek Telegraph Station on 12

November 1872 3 .

Botanical collections of the Northern

Expedition

Surviving documents and notes associated

with the specimens indicate that at least three

of the expedition party, Hann, Tate and Taylor

were involved with collecting botanical

specimens (Fig. 2). For the expedition, general

geology was a primary consideration, in

particular prospecting for gold, whilst botany

was a secondary consideration. Although the

expedition did not find what they considered

was payable gold, it is credited with the

discovery of gold at Palmer River which,

after more thorough exploration (Mulligan

1875), soon after was the subject of a ‘rush’ 4

and proved to be amongst the largest and

most valuable gold deposits in Queensland

(Kirkman 1980; Comber 1995).

There appears to have been no formal

instructions provided by the Queensland

Government with regards to how botanical

specimens were to be collected during

508

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

Fig. 1. Map of the approximate route of Harm’s Northern Expedition, 1872.

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

509

Fig. 2. Four members of Hann’s Northern Expedition, c. 1872. William Hann (seated left), Frederick Warner (standing

left), Thomas Tate (standing right), Norman Taylor (seated right).

510

the expedition, with the activity under the

command of Hann who delegated specifically

to Tate as he was nominally responsible for

collecting, numbering, labelling, transporting

and managing the botanical collections. The

specimens collected by Taylor were his sole

responsibility seemingly independent of the

expedition plan and collected on behalf of

Ferdinand Mueller, Victorian Government

Botanist. The collections are herein named

as the ‘Tate specimens’ or the ‘Taylor

specimens’, as both sets remained separate

and had different outcomes and destinations.

Unless specifically recorded as being

collected by Hann, specimens with the broad

designation of ‘Hann’s Expedition’ or similar

are considered here to have been collected by

Tate.

The total number of known specimens

that were collected by both Tate and Taylor

during the expedition is 149. These are housed

in the Natural History Museum, London (BM

- 1), Queensland Herbarium (BRI -16), Royal

Botanic Gardens Kew Herbarium (K - 65) and

National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL - 67).

Single photos of specimens in K are held in

the Department of Environment and Natural

Resources Herbarium, Darwin (DNA) and

Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH).

The taxonomists who predominantly worked

on the specimens or cited them in their works

were Mueller (1872-1874, 1875, 1876-1877,

1878-1881), Bentham (1873, 1878), Bailey

(1879, 1886, 1899-1902), Baker (1893) and

Domin (1914-1915, 1921-1930).

During the expedition, diaries recording

their day to day progress and activities

were maintained by Hann, Tate and Taylor;

however that of Taylor was reported lost

soon after the termination of the expedition

and has not been located. Information about

the expedition is therefore sourced from the

records of only Hann and Tate. Annotated

extracts, regarding botanical observations,

place name etymology and important events,

are presented below. From an historical

perspective, the botanical collections proved

to be overall limited, but some noteworthy

additions to the taxonomy of the Cape

York flora resulted (Table 1). Only minor

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

biographical details are included in this paper,

but for extended accounts of William Hann

see Black (1931), George (2009) and Bolton

(2019); for Thomas Tate see Pearn (2000,

2001) and George (2009); for Norman Taylor

see Darragh (1992) and George (2009); and

for Frederick Warner see Gray-Wood (2009).

Thomas Tate was the cousin of botanist and

geologist Ralph Tate (1840-1901), Professor

of Natural Science at the University of

Adelaide 1875-1901 (Kidman 2013) 5 .

The Thomas Tate botanical specimens

Following his departure from England

in 1865 6 , Thomas Tate spent a number of

years in New Zealand before arriving in

Melbourne prior to 1870 7 . Previously he had

undertaken three years of medical training at

the University of Edinburgh and had adopted

the title ‘Doctor’. He was employed in a

number of medical positions, such as ship-

surgeon and dispenser, as well as trying his

luck at gold prospecting 8 . This latter activity

led him to join the ‘New Guinea Prospecting

Expedition’ on the Brig Maria , where he was

to act as doctor 9 . The Maria departed Sydney

on 25 January 1872. The intention was to sail

to New Guinea to establish a settlement to

prospect for gold (Cumbrae-Stewart 1917).

However, the Maria was wrecked on Bramble

Reef to the east of Hinchinbrook Island on

26 February, 1872. Tate was one of about 40

survivors from a complement of about 75

men (Forster 1872; Tate 1903; Rhodes 1980) 10 .

Remaining in Cardwell after this event, he

came to the attention of William Hann who

was then organising the Northern Expedition

and Tate was appointed as naturalist and

botanical collector for the expedition (Hann

1872; Bailey 1891; Anon. 1918; Ross 2003).

There is no evidence to indicate that Tate

had engaged in any botanical collecting in

Australia prior to the expedition, and that

this was his first experience of such activities

in this country. Documents associated with

the planning of the expedition do not reveal

how or why a dedicated botanical collector

was included in the expedition party. It can

be deduced that the decision was made by

William Hann based on contact with Walter

Hill, Queensland’s Colonial Botanist. An

511

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

Table 1. New taxa described from specimens collected by Thomas Tate and Norman

Taylor during Hann’s Northern Expedition of 1872. Currently used names are in bold

type.

Abutilon hannii Baker f., J. Bot. 31: 268 (1893). Type: ‘Hab. Queensland. Cape York

Peninsula Exp., W.Hann, No. 76!’ [= T. Tate 76\ (holo: K 000659610),_

Acacia hanniana Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 807 (1926). (= Acacia victoriae Benth.).

Type: ‘Nord-Queensland: Cape York, W.Hann, Cape York Peninsular Expedition No. 59’

[= T. Tate 59] (holo: K 000791808),_

Agapetes queenslandica Domin, Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 12: 132 (1913) (= Paphia

meiniana (F.Muell.) Schltr.). Type: ‘North-Eastern Queensland: Cape York Peninsular

Expedition, coll. W.Hann sub, no, 315’ [= T. Tate 315 ] (holo: K 000780935),_

Bulbophyllum taylori F.Muell., Fragm. 8(65): 150 (1874), as ‘ Bolbophyllum taylorf [=

Cadetia taylori (F.Muell.) Schltr.]. Type: ‘Ad flumen Blomfield’s River in silvis densis;

Norman Taylor, cui species dicata’ (holo: MEL 1540845).

DistichostemonmalvaceusT)om[n,Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 913 (1927) [=Dodonaeamalvacea

(Domin) M.G.Harr.]. Type: ‘Nordost-Queensland: Cape York, W.Hann, Cape York

Peninsular Expedition No. 60, No. 207’ [= T. Tate 207 ] (syn: K 000701401, K 000701402),

Lagerstroemia subsessilifolia Koehne, Pflanzenr. 17: 267 (1903) [= Lagerstroemia

archeriana F.M.Bailey], Type: ‘Australien: Kap York-Halbinsel (oberer Teil von Mitchell

Seed in bag, in bergigem Gebiet, W.Hann n. 47)’ [= T. Tate 47 ]’ (holo: K 000729689).

Owenia capitis-yorkii Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 854 [= Owenia vernicosa F.Muell.].

Type: ‘Nord-Queensland: Cape York, W.Hann, Cape York Peninsular Expedition No. 115’

[= T. Tate 115 ] (holo: K 000657892),_

Pongamia pinnata var. hannii Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 787 (1926) [= Pongamia

pinnata var. minor (Benth.) Domin], Type: ‘Cape York Penin. Expedition. Comm.

Queensland Government, Dec. 1873, W.Hann 274’ [= T. Tate 274\ (lecto: K 000618771, fide

Cooper etal. 2019).

Psoralea spicigera Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 740 (1926) [= Cullen spicigerum (Domin)

A.E.Holland], Type: ‘Nordost-Queensland: Cape York, W.Hann, Cape York Peninsular

Expedition No. 40’ [= T. Tate 40] (lecto: PR; isolecto: K 000217498,^ Holland 2013: 140),

Stravadium denticulatum Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2 l(2a): 88 (1875) [=

Barringtonia acutangula (L.) Gaertn.]. Type: ‘In Australia: v.s. in hb. Hook. Cape York

(Hann 195)’ [= T. Tate 195 ] (syn: K 000761580, BM 001015973).

entry in one of Hann’s diaries indicates that

he met with Hill in Brisbane in February

1872 11 . The Queensland Government may

have anticipated that scientific results would

be beneficial, but no documentation to this

effect has been located.

Despite Tate’s lack of experience, the

quality of his specimens (at least of those

which survived and have been located) was

adequate with most including either flowers or

fruit and well-prepared vegetative parts (Fig.

3). However, the low number of surviving

specimens suggests that drying, packing and

transport were not approached with adequate

care. Tate’s interests during the expedition,

as expressed in his own words in his diary,

were mostly to do with gold prospecting,

Hann’s strictness regarding food rationing

and natural history rather than botany (Tate

1872). As suggested by Sanderson (2005),

Tate ‘displayed little scientific enthusiasm’.

Examination of his diary reveals only passing

references to botanical descriptions or

identifications, and he expressed no apparent

512

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

01234567

%£y» ROYAL

BOTAMC

g 10 gardens

Type Number.

HERB. KEW.

Bearbeitet fur das „Pflamenreieti“.

I&ti.■

*> * '

det . fg'-y&eA*.

... ^ ^?-

A-

'$Lt,4 4

^4-.^

Fig. 3. Type specimen of Lagerstroemia subsessilifolia, Mitchell River, 21 July 1872, Tate 47 (K 000729689). Field

label reads: ‘A large tree with bark of leaden colour similar to swamp Gum with a dull sheen. Wood white & soft Tree

50 ft high from upper part of Mitchell seed in bag 4 mountainous country 21st’. Reproduced with permission from

Herbarium, Library, Art & Archives, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

513

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

interest in, or knowledge of the botany of the

areas through which the expedition travelled.

A scrutiny of the Hann’s expedition diaries

and subsequent correspondence suggests

that the party was a somewhat dysfunctional

group of expeditioners, harbouring wilful

disagreements and ongoing animosities.

Hann clashed with most of the expeditioners

at various times 12 , and he was noted as having

a brash and dominant personality. Both Tate

and Taylor (see below) were reported as

‘difficult’ by Hann during the expedition 13 .

Tate was accused of being selfish and self-

centred. With regard to food rations, Hann

(16 Aug.) wrote, ‘... both he [Taylor] and

the Doctor [Tate] were complaining of not

getting enough flour ...’ (Clarke 1982). He

furthermore wrote of Tate’s selfishness: ‘...

I spoke rather sharply to him and told him

about his always taking more than his share

of everything ...’. Tate (1872) reported on

this situation and noted that ‘we had been on

half rations, and during the last six or seven

weeks of the trip we were glad to eat snakes,

lizards, white ants, &c.’. Although Hann was

not forthcoming about his opinion of his

fellow expeditioners in his official expedition

reports, there was little doubt of his opinions

of them in his note books and diary. Hann

(1872) alluded to them diplomatically:

there were one or two members of my party

who considered exploring monotonous;

they ate their suppers and went to bed

dreaming of their breakfasts - they rose in

the morning, ate their breakfasts, and then

passed the day thinking of their suppers! Is

comment on such men necessary?

Upon termination of the expedition,

Tate spent time at Hann’s Maryvale Station

arranging the specimens 14 before they were

sent to William Henry Walsh, the Secretary for

Public Works in the Queensland Government,

as accompanying items for Hann’s final report

and diaries (Hann 1872). There is no mention

in Walter Hill’s Brisbane Botanic Gardens

Annual Report (Hill 1873) of him receiving

or having seen the expedition specimens

in any official capacity and it appears that

the specimens were most likely held by the

Department of Public Works in Brisbane

until they were despatched in early-mid 1873

to Queensland’s Agent-General in London,

Richard Daintree, who then sent them on to

George Bentham at Kew Herbarium. Daintree,

a renowned geologist and photographer,

had arrived in England in 1871 to curate an

exhibition of geological specimens on behalf

of the Queensland Government in the London

International Exhibition and the following

year was appointed Agent-General, a position

he held until 1876 (Mozley 1965).

Documentation related to the specimens,

held in the Kew archives, includes two letters

and three lists of species’ identifications. The

letters were written by Daintree to Bentham

and the lists of identifications were prepared

by Bentham and fellow Kew botanist John

Gilbert Baker. The specimens were received

by Kew in early December 1873 as reported in

one of the letters from Daintree to Bentham:

(9 Dec. 1873) I am instructed by the

Minister for Works, to forward these to

you, for the purpose of furthering your

great work on Australian botany. If after

completing your investigation of them, you

can make a duplicate set to return to the

colony, the remainder could be retained

in your herbarium., if there should be

sufficient new and interesting forms

among the plants now forwarded to you,

perhaps you might make them the subject

of a short paper, to the Linnean or other

Society, so that all the scientific results

of the expedition might be known and

disseminated through the Colony ... the

botany of the higher peaks of the Coast

Range could not fail to be interesting. 15

In a response to a letter (not located),

presumably from Bentham about the

specimens, Daintree replied:

(16 Dec. 1873) I regret to learn that the

collection is on the whole so unsatisfactory

that I believe there is no duplicate retained

in the Colony, neither do I think this or

a duplicate series has been submitted

to Baron von Mueller. Under the

circumstances I should prefer leaving the

matter entirely in your hands. It was made

514

in the interest of botanical science, and is

at your service. I would suggest however

that your proposal to have a list of the

specimens made out should be carried out

in order that I may send it on to the Colony

as I feel sure that Baron Mueller has not

anticipated this favour. 16

The identification lists provided by

Bentham and Baker included specimens

intermittently numbered 9 through to 379 17 .

Because of unaccounted specimens, the

total number actually identified by Bentham

and Baker, according to their lists, was only

c. 250 specimens. Of these, about 235 were

identified by Bentham and an additional short

list prepared by Baker included the names of

14 ferns and monocots only 18 . The discrepancy

between collection numbers and actual

specimens can most likely be accounted for

by damage to, or loss of, individual specimens

either in the field or in storage upon return of

the specimens to Brisbane. Only 65 specimens

are accounted for in the Kew Herbarium

Catalogue. Whether this is an indication of

the total number of surviving specimens

or if the others are not recorded is not able

to be determined. It has to be assumed that

specimens were discarded, deteriorated or

otherwise misplaced over time.

The specimens at Kew all have a printed

label ‘Coll. W. Hann. Cape York Penins.

Expedition. Comm. Queensland Government,

Dec. 1873’ (Fig. 4), but do not include the

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

actual collector’s name. The specimens with

this label can be unequivocally attributed

to Tate as it was his primary responsibility

to collect botanical specimens during the

expedition. His other responsibilities included

naturalist, medical officer and logistics duties.

However, some of the specimens have field

labels in the hand-writing of both Tate and/

or Hann. There is some evidence in Hann’s

diaries that he also collected plant specimens

for Tate but the specimen numbers appear to be

solely in Tate’s hand-writing and observations

and descriptions only occasionally in Hann’s

hand-writing. It has not been possible to

determine who prepared the specimens for

despatch from Brisbane to London apart from

the ‘Department of Public Works’. It is most

likely that the printed labels were prepared in

London by Daintree as specimens held in BRI

do not have this label. This is also supported

by the date on the labels, ‘Dec. 1873’, which

is when the specimens arrived in London and

does not represent the actual field collection

dates (some of which are known) or despatch

date (which is unknown) from Brisbane.

Many of these printed labels have the species

names added in Bentham’s hand-writing

(Fig. 4). These invariably match with the

names in Bentham’s and Baker’s hand-written

species lists, both in name and in citing

Tate’s field collection numbers. Although

Daintree requested that copies of Bentham’s

identification lists be sent to Australia, either

to Brisbane or to Mueller in Melbourne, there

is no evidence of these having been received.

Coll. W. HANN. CAPE YORK PENINS. EXPEDITION,

Comm. QUEENSLAND GOVERNMENT, Dec. 1873 .

Fig. 4. Example of the labels on the specimens at K, with species identification in the hand of George Bentham.

Indigofera pratensis. Palmer River, 12 August 1872, Tate 66 (K 000217340). Reproduced with permission from

Herbarium, Library, Art & Archives, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

515

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

Independent to these activities was the

communication between Ferdinand Mueller

and Joseph Hooker, Director of Kew Gardens,

and which related to the Hann Expedition

specimens. In correspondence of 25 March

1873, Mueller wrote to Hooker:

the hon. W. H. Walsh, the Minister of the

Lands Department of Queensland, would

have sent me a set of Dr Tate’s plants

from Mr Hann’s recent expedition in

the extremest N.E. of Australia, had my

wish become timely known to the hon.

Gentleman. 19

This suggests that Mueller may have requested

from Walsh the specimens, or duplicates of

them, for the Melbourne Herbarium. However,

he was now making a request to Hooker for a

set of duplicates on the assumption that the

specimens had been sent to Kew:

You can easily understand that I am

anxious to keep the Australian material for

working here as complete as circumstances

ever will permit; and I venture therefore to

ask you, whether with your usual liberality

you will let me have a set of any of the

duplicates.

Hooker annotated this letter with the

words ‘not arrived’, thus indicating that the

specimens had yet to arrive at Kew but may

have still been in transit. Hooker appears to

have responded to Mueller (though no letter

located) indicating that when available, he

will organise a set of duplicates as noted in

a subsequent responding letter from Mueller

to Hooker of 8 September 1873 in which he

wrote:

It is very kind of you, dear Dr Hooker, that

you will send me a set of Dr Tate’s plants.

It is of course important for me, that I

should have here the Australian material

for working as complete as possible. 20

Despite this, there is no evidence that

duplicates were sent to Mueller, nor was a

list of the species as identified by Bentham

and Baker received by him. Pearn (2000)

suggested that some of the specimens were

returned to Joseph Maiden at NSW in the

1890s, but there is no documentary evidence

to support this and no known specimens from

this source are presently held in NSW (pers.

comm., Shelley James, Collections Manager,

NSW).

A small number of specimens ( c . 16) are

presently held in BRI. Most of the labels

have the collection number in Tate’s hand¬

writing and label variations such as ‘Hann’s

Expedition’, ‘Hanns Exped’ or ‘Hanns

Northern Expedition’ in what appears to be

Hann’s hand-writing (Fig. 5). At least two of

the BRI specimens have ‘Brisbane. Museum

Herbarium. Queensland’ labels (Fig. 6). The

hand-writing on these is as yet not identified

but it appears not to be in the hand of F.M.

Bailey. Bailey became officially involved in

Queensland botany when the Queensland

Museum appointed him as Keeper of the

Herbarium in 1874 (Mather 1986). The BRI

specimens lack any original field collection

labels in contrast to the well-labelled

specimens that were sent to Kew.

In 1874, Tate was appointed by the

Queensland Education Department as a

teacher and took up positions in Oakey,

Jondaryan, Rocklea, Pialba, Normanton,

Thursday Island and St. Lawrence, before

retiring in 1913 to Rockhampton (Viator

1934) 21 . He continued to occasionally collect

botanical specimens that are now held in

BRI and NSW (AVH 2019). The Tate River

(see Fig. 1) was named for him by Hann in

his report of the expedition (Hann 1872). New

species described on specimens collected by

Tate are presented in Table 1.

The Norman Taylor botanical specimens

Norman Taylor arrived in Melbourne from

England in February 1855 22 . He established

himself as a respected and diligent geologist

in Victoria and New South Wales (Newberry

1867, 1868; Taylor & Thomson 1871; Darragh

1992) and in April 1872 was appointed as

geologist for Hann’s Northern Expedition 23 .

Prior to the expedition, Taylor had some

experience as a botanical collector and had

provided specimens for Ferdinand Mueller as

early as 1867 from the Coliban River/Bendigo

area; from the Whittlesea/Mt Disappointment

516

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

Fig. 5. Example of the labels on specimens at BRI, with species identification in an unknown hand. Melaleuca viminalis ,

[Lynd River], s.dat., Tate 8 (BRI [AQ0418968]). Reproduced with permission from the Queensland Herbarium.

ffl

MUSEUM HERBARIUM.

Order

Genus

Species_ ^

Habitat 4 SO*

Collector--

Flora Australiensis, vol.

page

F. M. BAILEY, C.M.R.S.T., Ac., Keeper of Herbarium.

521

'ft'

Fig. 6. One of two Tate specimens with a Museum Herbarium label. Pothos longipes Schott, [Annan River], s.dat.,

Tate s.n. (BRI [AQ0431166]). Reproduced with permission from the Queensland Herbarium.

area in 1868; and from the Mudgee area

during 1871-72. He made further collections

in the Riverina area in 1885. His pre-

1872 collections were cited by Mueller in

Fragmenta phytographiae Australiae and in

Bentharrf s Flora Australiensis. The known

specimens collected by Taylor during the

Northern Expedition amount to 68 exsiccatae

(67 in MEL, one in K). These consist mostly

of ferns (Fig. 7) whilst the angiosperms are

mainly specimens of fruit and/or seeds (Fig.

8), of which most were supplied in folded

paper bags annotated with ‘For Herbarium,

Norman Taylor’ or similar. It is most likely

that these were the retained samples of seeds

of which the others were possibly used for

propagation purposes at Melbourne Botanic

Gardens. Taylor’s specimens have no original

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

517

VICTORIA (MEL), AUSTRALIA

Fig. 7. Typical fern collection by Norman Taylor from Hann’s Northern Expedition of 1872. Tectaria confluens, ‘York

Peninsula Q.L.’, s.ciat., Taylor s.n. (MEL 2155618). Reproduced with permission from the Royal Botanic Gardens

Victoria.

518

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

Fig. 8. Seeds collected by Norman Taylor. Parinari nonda, ‘York’s penins’, s.dat., Taylor s.n. (MEL 2226009).

Reproduced with permission from the Royal Botanic Gardens Victoria.

519

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

labels apart from minor packet labelling, and

many of the extant labels are in Mueller’s

hand-writing on his printed ‘Phytologic

Museum of Melbourne’ labels (Fig. 9).

Fig. 9. Typical ‘Phytologic Museum of Melbourne’

specimen label. Lygodiumjaponicum , ‘York’s peninsul’

s.dal., Taylor, s.n. (MEL 2145232).

Upon termination of the Northern

Expedition, Taylor travelled to Brisbane

arriving on the S.S. James Patterson on 14

December 1872 24 . It is not known where

Taylor joined the voyage, but the vessel called

at Cardwell, Townsville, Bowen, Mackay

and Rockhampton before terminating in

Brisbane. Taylor worked on his geological

report whilst in Brisbane, completing it on

31 March 1873 (Taylor 1873). It appears he

returned to Melbourne soon after, taking up a

position in the Crown-Lands Office (Darragh

1992) 25 . The first published report on Taylor’s

botanical specimens was published in March

1874 (Mueller 1874a), which included the

description of the orchid Cadetia taylori

(F.Muell.) Schltr. [as Bulbophyllum taylori

F.Muell.], collected from Bloomfield River,

and which was named to honour Taylor. In

the same issue, Mueller (1874b) provided a

brief account of Taylor’s fern collections,

which he commenced with ‘ Amicus Norman

Taylor a flumine Endeavour-River vel a

regionibus vicinis filices, quae sequuntur,

attulif [A friend Norman Taylor collected

the following ferns from the Endeavour

River and its vicinities]. This note implies

that they were established friends or at least

close acquaintances prior to the expedition.

Unusually, a summary of Taylor’s collections

was provided in an article in the Sydney

Morning Herald: 26

in the colony of New South Wales the

Baron added several new plants to

botanical science ... to those interesting

facts, he [Mueller] adds, the discovery of a

new orchid ( Bolbophyllum Taylori ) by Mr.

Norman Taylor; ... Mr. Norman Taylor

has recently sent specimens of ferns from

the Endeavour River. They are not new to

botanists, but the collection of them is very

interesting as illustrating the geographical

distribution of those graceful plants.

Amongst the most remarkable of those

not found in the neighbourhood of Port

Jackson are three species of the climbing

Lygodium ; and the curious and variable fern

Ceratopteris thalictrioides, which grows

in pools, salt water not far from the sea,

and marshy places. Sir William Hooker,

in his Species Filicum, has a long account

of this strange plant, and he shows that the

different forms of it, as existing in Asia,

Africa, and America, are really one and

the same species. In addition to those, Mr.

Taylor collected two species of Gleichenia,

one of Davallia, one of Adiantum , three

of Polypodium, one of Doodia, two of

Asplenium , two of Aspidium, and one of

Acrostichum. Several of these will prove

interesting to cultivators of ferns.

Bentham (1878), in his work on the

Australian Filices, referenced at least 16 of

Taylor’s fern specimens from the expedition.

Bentham’s modus operandi was most often to

reference specimens that he had personally

examined, so it is possible that the specimens

in question were examined by him at Kew

prior to publication in 1878. None of the

Taylor specimens presently held in MEL or

K have any annotations in Bentham’s hand¬

writing. Bentham may have been quoting the

species listed by Mueller in his Fragmenta.

Despite this, there is a single specimen in K,

identified as Lindsaea brachypoda (Baker)

Solomon, labelled as a Taylor specimen ‘York

Peninsula N. Australia Coll. Norman Taylor

520

ex Herb. Mueller 9/77’, but whether it was

examined by Bentham is not known. A search

of correspondence has not revealed any

despatches or receipts between Mueller and

Kew concerning Taylor’s fern specimens and

it remains unresolved if Bentham personally

examined any Taylor specimens.

Taylor’s geological and palaeontological

collections from the expedition are the subject

of current research by other authors and will

not be addressed here in detail. However,

of interest are the reports on the geological

results that were prepared by Clarke (1873),

Taylor (1873) and Jack (1921). There were no

references to botanical collections in those

reports although Taylor noted his disapproval

of Hann who later took ‘possession’ of both

his geological collections as well as Tate’s

botanical specimens 27 . In addition, Taylor’s

contribution to surveying and geological

collections was not attributed to him by Hann

in a number of accounts 28 . Taylor (1873) wrote:

I may mention here, in connection with

this subject, that these fossils were taken

from my possession in Brisbane, unpacked

and repacked several times by Mr. Hann,

thereby adding to the damage they had

already received by travelling several

hundred miles on pack-horses, and were

sent to Sydney with a letter stating that

they had been collected by Mr. Hann. I

myself had collected fully one half [of

the geological specimens], the rest being

obtained by the other members of the

party, and, as Geologist to the Expedition,

I considered that all the fossils were

mine, fully as much as that the botanical

specimens collected by myself and others

belonged to Dr. Tate as Botanist.

As noted above, there was considerable

disharmony amongst some members of the

expedition, but in particular between Hann,

Taylor and Tate 29 . Hann accused Taylor of

being inattentive and grossly careless and

wrote in his diary following the straying of

horses and later the sheep under Taylor’s

watch: 10 Aug ‘In the evening I remonstrated

with Taylor showing him the folly of letting

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

the horse go in the manner he did and the

trouble it had given me to get him’. Hann

continued: 16 Aug ‘warnings appear to have

little effect on him; I was compelled on a

former occasion to speak sharply with respect

to fire ...’ and ‘ both losses [horses and

sheep] had occurred through carelessness’.

Hann received criticism about his handling

of the expedition. Taylor wrote a somewhat

diplomatic letter of support, noting that

Hann conducted himself ‘in every way as a

careful explorer, and thorough Bushman’ and

noted ‘the able assistance you afforded me

in my descriptions of Geological specimens

obtained by you on your various divergent

expeditions’ 30 . Later, Taylor expressed an

extremely negative opinion of Hann in a letter

of a more private deliberation to Rev. W.B.

Clarke on 18 Sep 1873 (Moyal 2003: 973):

What I object to in your address is the

way in which Hann is spoken of. You

speak of him as a gentleman! of reasoning

capabilities. Do you know that this so

called gentleman was some years ago

nothing more than an uneducated bullock

driver ...Hann’s marriage 31 ... gave him a

rise in social status ... now a Queensland

squatter & J.P. - the latter qualification

he is eminently unfit for ... the geological

remarks in his diary were all obtained from

myself ...this ignoramus contradicted

me on all occasions & the result was

endless quarrelling. I could not stand his

impertinence, especially coming from a

man who cannot write & barely read.

Taylor later wrote that the geological results

from the expedition were rendered worthless

because of the loss of his diary. He wrote

to Rev. W.B. Clarke on 26 Feb 1874 (Moyal

2003: 1017):

Staiger [Karl Theodore Staiger, Custodian

of Queensland Museum] tells me that my

diary of the Expedition has been lost -

another sample of their treatment. As it

contains the references to all the rocks etc.

brought down with numbers corresponding

with those on the specimens, of course

the specimens are now valueless, unless I

521

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

were to go over my original journal & send

them particulars, which I certainly don’t

feel inclined to do. I am heartily sick of the

name of the Expedition & all to do with it.

Although only one new species was

described from Taylor’s fern specimens

(Table 1), they nevertheless represent an

exemplary collection, especially of the

Pteridophyte flora of the area between the

Annan and Bloomfield rivers. Mount Taylor

(Fig. 1) was named for him by Hann, the

name appearing in the text as ‘Taylor’s Peak’

but on the map accompanying Hann’s report

of the expedition as the former (Hann 1872).

Botanical observations made during

Hann’s Northern Expedition

The extracts presented here were taken

from first-hand accounts of the expedition

provided by William Hann and Thomas Tate.

It is of interest to note that some passages are

identical in some of the texts, which indicates

that Hann and Tate viewed each other’s reports

but who ‘borrowed’ from whom cannot be

ascertained. Consulted works include the

following:

[HI] - Hann, W. (1872). Report from Mr. W.

Hann, leader of the Northern Expedition

party. James C. Beal: Brisbane.

[H2] - Hann, W. (1873). Copy of the diary of

the Northern Expedition under the leadership

of Mr. William Hann. James C. Beal: Brisbane.

[H3] - Hann, W. (1874). Hann’s Expedition

in northern Queensland. Proceedings of the

Royal Geographical Society of London 18(1):

87-107.

[H4]: Handwritten notebook held in James

Cook Library, Townsville.

[H5]: Handwritten notebook held in James

Cook Library, Townsville.

[H6]: Handwritten notebook held in James

Cook Library, Townsville.

[Tl]: Diary of Thomas Tate 26 June - 10

November, 1872. Mitchell Library reference

number: C 723. Transcribed by Margaret

Ross (Ross 1989).

The texts from the Hann’s note books

have been transcribed by Clarke (1982). With

regards to the hand-written diary and the

published Copy of the diary of the Northern

Expedition , there are significant differences

between them. The designation of the

published Copy of the diary as a true copy

of his diary is misleading. One of the note

books contains rough hand-drawn maps of

the route of the expedition with some minor

notes on most pages. Tate’s sole account

is a handwritten report held in the Mitchell

Library, and this has been transcribed by Ross

(1989).

The botanical observations are mostly

broad descriptions of vegetation types,

and with an occasional brief description

of individual plants that were of interest to

either Hann or Tate. Descriptors for forest

types included terms as simple as forests of

stringybark, ironbark, bloodwood, box, tea-

tree, etc., with no attempts to distinguish

individual species or to provide names.

The species collected for each section were

determined by specimen number sequences

or the location written on the specimen

labels. It is accepted that Tate’s specimens

were numbered sequentially throughout the

expedition. For unnumbered specimens this

cannot be ascertained with any certainly but

are placed within the section where the habitat

for the individual species was most likely

for it to occur. However, caution is required

in this interpretation. Notes and references

concerning place name etymology are also

provided. Specimens known to be types are

dealt with in Table 1 and indicated as # in the

lists of species collected from each locality.

Annotated extracts

June 26-July, 1872

Fossilbrook Creek to Lynd River [Camps

1-6]: ... on the 26th June, all being in

readiness, the final start was made from

Fossilbrook, the party consisting of - Mr.

William Hann, leader; Mr. Taylor, geologist;

Dr. Tate, botanist, &c.; Mr. Warner, surveyor;

Mr. Stewart and Mr. Nation, members of

the party; Jerry, blackboy, with twenty-five

pack and saddle horses, twenty sheep, and

522

five months’ supply of flour, tea, sugar, and

other necessaries [HI, H3] ...[Fossilbrook]

is wrongly named, for it possesses no fossils;

but running over a limestone bed, some

might take it for small fossil remains of the

coral species [H2] ... [along Fossilbrook Ck]

basaltic forest country, timbered with ironbark

and bloodwood, and the latter four miles, of

sandy stony ridges with tea-tree [H2] ... over

a flat country covered with reeds and rushes

intermixed with grass [HI, H3] ... this creek

has been named Hacketts [Fulford Ck], after

the leader of a prospecting party who explored

this part in their search for gold about 2 years

ago 32 [Tl] ... the timber and grass change in

character, the ironbark and bloodwood of the

former is replaced by the tea-tree and other

trees common to a sandy soil [HI, H3] ... of

plants today I saw no great variety - two or

three Owenias, a gossypium and a beautiful

Lauranthus were the most notable [Tl] ... the

[Lynd] river here is a wide, sandy, and stony

bed, 33 cut up into numerous channels, the

ground between them being overgrown with

tea-tree and shrubs of various descriptions,

forming excellent cover for troublesome

natives [H2] ... banks of [the Lynd River]

which were covered with tea-trees and shrubs

[H3] ... this morning we ascended the highest

peak of the Kirchner Range 34 [Tl] ... on our

return I procured several peculiar plants

[Tl] ... a most notable feature on the river

[Lynd R], and which I have named Gregory’s

Bluff 35 [H2] ... followed up a creek [Pinnacle

Ck ?] in a gap of the Kirchner Range, on a

northerly course over quartz ridges with open

forest and good-looking country for gold, the

timber - iron-bark, bloodwood, and apple-

gum, with patches of stringy-bark [H2] ...

tomahawks had to be brought into requisition

to clear a way through the scrubby timber

growing on these ridges [H3] ... undulating

country covered with box, bloodwood and

occasionally stringy bark [Tl],

Species collected: Adenanthera abrosperma

F.Muell. (Mimosaceae) (Tate 10, s.dat., ‘R.

Lynd’, K 000756981); Melaleuca viminalis

(Sol. ex Gaertn.) Byrnes (Myrtaceae)

(Tate 8, s.dat., BRI [AQ0418968]); Pavetta

australiensis Bremek. (Rubiaceae) (Tate 16,

s.dat., BRI [AQ0200062]); Streptoglossa

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

adscendens (Benth.) Dunlop (Asteraceae)

(Tate 9, 27 Jun 1872, ‘R. Lynd’, K 000974730).

July 6-7

Tate River [Camps 7-8]: ... struck a large

sandy river coming from the south-east,

which I have named the Tate 36 [H2, H3]

... struck the head of a creek, which was

followed - it having high sandstone ridges, on

the left bank, which were covered with small

stringy-bark timber [H2] ... I lost my pint pot.

Called this creek Pint Pot 37 [H6] ... traced the

creek - named Pint Pot Creek - to its junction

with a river of considerable size running to

the westward. This river - named the Tate

after the botanist of the Expedition- [Tl] ...

view to the north, shewing level country, as

also some peaks in the same direction, which

I have named Warner’s Peaks 38 [H2] ... [at

Tate River] found a new tree of the Myrtaceae

order. The general appearance of the tree

is very handsome, with dense fresh green

foliage and affording beautiful shade. The

leaves which grow in pairs are 6 to 7 inches

long by 4 wide. A vein runs round each leaf

near the margin giving it a double appearance.

There is also a small flange on either side of

the base of the leaf stalk. The tree is deciduous

with a bark like box [possibly Planchonia

careya (F.Muell.) R.Knuth - correctly in

Lecythidaceae] [Tl],

There are no known specimens from this

location.

July 8-20

Nonda Creek to Walsh River [Camps

9-13]: ... following the course of the Nonda

Creek, 39 so named from having met with this

fruit for some time: and often mentioned

by Leichhardt; also met with ‘fan palm’

[ Livistona muelleri F.M.Bailey] [near Nolan

Creek] and yellow ‘ grevillea\ in flower. After

six miles of easy travelling over a light sandy

soil, on sandstone formation, timbered with

stringy-bark, bloodwood, gum, and nonda

tree [Parinari nonda F.Muell. ex Benth.] [H2]

... a great variety of shrubs and trees occurred

which we had not seen before. One a kind of

plum 20 ft high was loaded with a yellow fruit

the size and shape of the yellow English plum.

The fruit was seemingly eatable, but had

523

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

that acrid taste so common to the Australian

fruits. As this tree answered the description

of the Nonda parinariwn [ Parinari nonda]

so highly spoken of by Jardine, we looked

upon it with great interest. The creek has

been named in consequence Nonda Creek. I

procured some leguminous shrubs with most

ornamental foliage, also a deciduous tree with

large leaves. The yellow Grevillea was here

in full bloom, the first time we have had it

so [Tl] ... on a sandy rise near an anabranch

of the con-joined creeks [Nonda Creek and

Walsh River], Apple gum and pear trees

[ Xylomelum scottianum (F.Muell.) F.Muell.]

[Tl] ... I have named this stream the Walsh 40

[H2]... so named after the Minister of Works,

to whose patronage and countenance the

Expedition owes its existence [H3] ... light

soil on the level ground on the top of the banks

[of the Walsh River], which was also lightly

timbered, but this only proceeded for a short

distance, after which it became more scrubby

and thick as it receded from the edges of the

banks [H2] ... first three miles being over

poor stringy-bark country [H2] ... Mimosa,

flooded gum, bloodwood with of course the

endless melaleuca consisted the bulk of the

timbers [Tl] ... came to the creek of the

13th instant, which I have named Elizabeth

Creek, 41 after my youngest child [H2] ...

went two miles north of west; came to a large

creek which I called Louisa Creek after my

older daughter 42 [H4] ... the formation was

limestone with deep rich soil, lightly timbered

with mimosa and bauhinia [ Lysiphyllum

hookeri (F.Muell.) Pedley] and carrying many

of the grasses of the Barcoo [H2, H3] ... from

a mile near Louisa Creek, which I take to be

a portion of Kennedy’s Pebbly Range. I saw

the Walsh bearing away to the westward [H2]

... sandy country, timbered with stringy bark

and bloodwood with very little grass which

was of a wiry, poor description [H4],

Species collected : Albizia canescens

Benth. (Mimosaceae) ( Tate 19, s.dat., BRI

[AQ0230828]); Basilicum polystachyon (L.)

Moench (Lamiaceae) ( Tate 41, 16 Jul 1872,

K 000674645); Cochlospermum gillivraei

Benth. (Cochlospermaceae) ( Tate 31, 13 Jul

1872, ‘R. Palmer Walsh’, K 000675858);

Cullen spicigerum (Domin) A.E.Holland (as

Psoralea spicigera Domin) (Lamiaceae) (Tate

40, 16 Jul 1872, K 000217498 # ); Diospyros

humilis (R.Br.) F.Muell. (Ebenaceae) ( Tate

35, s.dat., BRI [AQ695385]); Livistona

sp., (Arecaceae) (Tate s.n., s.dat., BRI

[AQ0520869]); Lygodium japonicum (Thunb).

Sw. (Lygodiaceae) (Taylor s.n., s.dat., ‘York

Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2145231); Parinari

nonda (Chrysobalanaceae) (Taylor s.n., s.dat.,

‘Yorks Penins’, MEL 2226009).

July 21-31

Mitchell River [Camps 14-16]: ... I had

fixed my temporary camp on the Mitchell 43

[H2] ... The country between the junction of

the Mitchell and the Walsh and the Lynd is

composed of conglomerate and sand coming

onto the river, carrying stringy-bark and

other timber common to this formation [H2]

... The country was very lightly timbered

with the mimosa, and belts of bloodwood

and stunted gums [H2] ... came upon a

different formation of country, consisting of

low sandstone ridges and conglomerate with

stringy-bark on the latter [H2] ... the timber

was mimosa, bloodwood and box but very

little of the latter [H4] ... the broadleaf ti-

tree and stringybark appeared again on the

sandy ridges. The remaining 15 miles of the

journey was intersected with belts of very

good country which appeared to be swampy

covered with blue bush and swamp grasses

[H4] ... the country was good, covered with

thick rich grasses and timbered with mimosa,

bloodwood and box [H4] ... we passed and

examined a range which Mr. Taylor said was of

carboniferous formation, and to which I gave

the name, “Taylor’s Carboniferous Range” 44

[H2] ... the timber today was iron bark,

bloodwood and ti-tree [H4] ... a remarkable

range on the south I named Warner’s Range

[H3] ...these were the peaks seen on the 7th

inst., and then named “Warner’s Peaks’ [The

Pinnacles] [H2] ... Dr. Tate unwell from a

slight attack of fever; one of the horses also

ill, which was attributed to poison plant [H2]

... at the distance of about twenty miles south¬

east, a very conspicuous mountain came into

view which I have named Mount Lilley 45 [Mt

Mulligan] [H2],

524

Species collected : Cymbidium canaliculatum

R.Br. (Orchidaceae) ( Taylor s.n., s.dat.,

‘York Peninsula Q.L.’, " MEL 2150912);

Dendrolobium umbellatum (L.) Benth.

(Fabaceae) ( Tate 51, 28 Jul 1872, ‘north of

Mitchell’, K 000279004); Lagerstroemia

archeriana F.M.Bailey (Lythraceae) ( Tate 47,

21 Jul 1872, ‘from upper part of Mitchell’, K

000729689Q; Tephrosia astragaloides R.Br.

ex Benth. (Fabaceae) {Tate 44, 21 Jul 1872, K

000217062).

August 1-20

Garnet Creek to Palmer River [Camps

17-20]: ... a remarkable mountain, which I

have named Mount Mulgrave 46 ; it forms the

most conspicuous feature in this part of the

country [HI, H3] ... it [Mt Mulgrave] forms

the termination of a range running north

and south, bearing the same name [H2] ...

the timber we passed through was ironbark,

bloodwood and box [H4] ... a large running

creek, which I have named Garnet Creek 47 ,

owing to the large quantity of these valueless

gems being found in the sand [HI] ... the

country, after the mica schist formation,

was very poor and sandy, timbered with

stringy-bark and broad-leaf tea-tree, both

useless for any purpose [H2] ... intending

to-morrow to visit a remarkable mountain in

sight of the camp, bearing N.E., and which

I have named Mount Daintree 48 . This camp

was fixed in lat. 15° 51’ 59” [H2] ... from its

summit [Mt Daintree] could see another large

water-course to the north [H2] ... the hill was

timbered with stunted broad leaf ti-tree and

silver leaf iron bark [Eucalyptus melanophloia

F.Muell.] [H5] ... the country got more sandy

and the timber altered to ti-tree, stringy bark

and bloodwood [H4] ... arrived at the above

river, which I have named the Palmer, after

the Chief Secretary of Queensland 49 [H2]

... which I believe to be Kennedy’s Ninety-

Yards-Wide Creek [HI, H3] ... the country on

either side, which is timbered with ironbark,

and other trees generally found on a light

sandy soil [H2] ... Taylor and I went on to Mt

Jessie 50 , distance 3 miles [H5] ... gold was

found in a gully names named Warner’s Gully

[HI].

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

Species collected : Abutilon hannii Baker f.

(Malvaceae) {Tate 76, s.dat., K 000659610Q;

Acacia victoriae Benth. (as A. hanniana

Domin) (Mimosaceae) {Tate 59, s.dat., ‘R.

Palmer’, K 000791808 # ); Ampelopteris

prolifera (Retz.) Copel. (Thelypteridaceae)

{Taylor s.n., s.dat., MEL 1502557); Blumea

benthamiana Domin (Asteraceae) {Tate 69,

s.dat., K 000978543); Dodonaea lanceolata

F.Muell. (Sapindaceae) {Tate s.n., s.dat.,

BRI [AQ0033458]); D. malvacea (Domin)

M.G.Harr. (Sapindaceae) {Tate 60, 10 Aug

1872, ‘R. Palmer’, K 000701401Q; Drosera

serpens Planch. (Droseraceae) {Tate 80,

s.dat., BRI [AQ03228748]); Hypoestes

floribunda var. yorkensis R.M.Barker

(Acanthaceae) {Tate 52, 4 Aug 1872, ‘north of

Mitchell’, K 000884493); Indigofera pratensis

F.Muell. (Fabaceae) {Tate 66, 12 Aug 1872,

‘R. Palmer’, K 000217340); Selaginella sp.

(Selaginellaceae) {Taylors.n., ‘York Peninsula

Q.L.’, s.dat., MEL 2145340).

August 21-September 1

Palmer River to Coleman River [Camps

21-29]: ... [on leaving the Palmer River] we

then got into a forest country of some miles

in extent, with the best timber I have seen

in North Queensland, consisting of stringy-

bark, bloodwood, and many other forest

trees. The country was rising the whole

distance, and consisted of sand on the surface

- the grass was very dry [H2] ... we struck

a creek [Annie Creek?], when the country

altered its appearance and timber, tea-tree

appearing now [H2] ... we now came upon

a very different class of country, the timber

changes from ironbark to stringybark [H6] ...

over a level tableland of sandy soil possessing

the finest stringy bark and bloodwood trees.

The Nonda [Parinari nonda ] was here in

abundance. The fruit is rather palatable when

ripe and slightly nutritious [Tl] ... great

quantities of nondas seen to-day, when quite

ripe, their fruit is not to be despised [H2] ...

travelling was very good over undulating low

ridges, timbered with bloodwood, ironbark

with thick belts of broad leaf ti-tree [H4] ...

vegetation and soil which in many cases was

swampy underwent a great change as we

proceeded. A great quantity of small plants

525

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

we had not met with before were procured

here [Tl] ... I believe I was now on the Coast

Range [Hann called it Main Range in HI]

which is here low. The timber was of the

finest description, consisting of stringy-bark,

bloodwood, and large nonda trees [Parinari

nonda] [H2] ... the Doctor collected many

supposed new varieties of plants on the top

of the range [H2] ... passed over a great deal

of burnt country, all showing signs of being

impassable during the rainy season, which

is made evident by the ever present tea-tree

[H2] ... I was busy weighing and sorting

my packs and the Doctor was arranging and

examining his plants [H4] ... proceeded with

Mr. Taylor to a high table-land, about three

miles to the eastward of the camp, which I

have named Jessie’s Tableland 51 [HI, H2]

... over poor sandy country, timbered with

the broad leaf tea-tree and banksia [Banksia

dentata L.fi], after which we came upon a

large creek running south-west, and near

its junction coming from the north, which I

have named the Coleman 52 [H2] ... camped

on a creek which I think will be the Kendall

[of Jardine] [King River 53 ] [HI, H3] ... the

Doctor found several new plants in the creek

[H4] ... The hill ascended by Mr. Taylor I

have named Mount Newberry 54 , after a friend

of his in Melbourne [H2] ... the Doctor got

several new plants, small annuals which are

to be found in abundance [H6] ... we then

crossed sandy ground, heavily timbered with

stringy-bark and bloodwood, with poor grass,

and after travelling ten miles arrived at a

springy flat with abundance of water; it had

banksias [_Banksia dentata] and mimosas, and

numerous small wild flowers growing all over

it, all of which were collected by Dr. Tate [H2]

... have procured a large collection of plants.

Lat 14° 13’ [Tl].

Species collected: Adenanthera pavonina L.

(Fabaceae) (Taylor s.n., s.dat ., ‘For Herbar

Yorks Penins’, MEL 0594740); Cheilanthes

pumilio (R.Br.) F.Muell. (Pteridaceae)

(Taylor s.n., s.dat., ‘York Peninsula Q.L.’,

MEL 2164868); Gomphrena flaccida R.Br.

(Amaranthaceae) (Tate 95, 96, 22 Aug 1872,

‘Ck north of Palmer’, K 000357324); Owenia

vernicosa F.Muell. (as Owenia capitis-yorkii

Domin) (Meliaceae) (Tate 115, s.dat., K

000657892Q; Phyllanthus carpentariae Mull.

Arg. (Phyllanthaceae) (Tate 106, 24 Aug 1872,

K 001056795); Platyzoma microphyllum

R. Br. (Pteridaceae), (Taylor s.n., s.dat.,

‘Yorke Peninsula, W. side’, MEL 2143039);

P. microphyllum (Pteridaceae) (Taylor s.n.,

s.dat., ‘York Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2143046);

Psychotria loniceroides var. angustifolia

Benth. (Rubiaceae) (Tate 129, 31 Aug 1872,

‘from watershed flowing into P. Charlottes

Bay’, K 000777507); Spermacoce baileyana

Domin (Rubiaceae) (Tate 105, 24 Aug 1872, K

000265492 # ); Stylidium adenophorum Lowrie

& Kenneally (Stylidaceae) (Tate 112, 24 Aug

1872, K 000060179); S. alsinoides R.Br.

(Stylidaceae) (Tate 90, 22 Aug 1872, ‘Ck north

pf Palmer’, K 000355236); S. leptorrhizum

F.Muell. (Stylidaceae) (Tate 82, 22 Aug

1872, ‘Ck north of Palmer’, K 000355327);

S. schizanthum F.Muell. (Stylidaceae) (Tate

86, 22 Aug 1872, ‘Ck north of Palmer’, K

000355241); S. schizanthum (Stylidaceae)

(Tate 88, 22 Aug 1872, ‘Ck north of Palmer’,

K 000355240); Terminaliaplatyptera F.Muell.

(Combretaceae) (Taylor s.n., s.dat., ‘York

Peninsula’, MEL 2149481).

September 2-11

Stewart River to Kennedy River [Camps

30-37]: ... at the head of the river, which

I have named the Stewart, 55 and which is

Kennedy’s River, 100 yards wide, many

varieties of plants were seen - not met

with before - and offered to an enthusiastic

botanist a wide field for research [HI, H3]

... it is timbered with ironbark on the ridges

towards the Main Range, and with tea-tree

lower down, which is again scrubby but open

on to the coast [HI, H3] ... after camping we

all went botanising and found some beautiful

plants quite new to me. [near Stewart River]

One large magnificent creeper like the passion

plant, the leaves were over 12 inches with a

beautiful green [H4] ... we followed the river

[Stewart River] on which we were camped,

and here met with many varieties of plants

and trees to which we were strangers. Dr.

Tate says he collected over twenty varieties,

many of which were strange in appearance,

while others were exceedingly pretty [H2]

... on my way to the camp I got several fine

526

flowers quite new to me [H6] ... first part of

the journey was over sandy country heavily

timbered with stringy-bark and bloodwood

[H2] ... we camped on a reedy lagoon

running into the river, which I have named the

Stewart, after one of the members of my party

[H2] ... I got some plants for the Doctor. I

spoke rather sharply to him today. In getting a

fine specimen of a new plant I saw a few green

ants on it. He at once threw it away on that

account [H5] ... the river [Stewart R] which is

lined at its mouth with thick mangroves scrub

[H5] ... returned to camp with several new

plants - the collection of which is now getting

large [H2] .. .we turn south and endeavour to

reach Cardwell by the coast [Tl] ... started on

a south-east course for the Kennedy; the first

five miles was over sandy tea-tree country,

then two miles of a light loamy soil with long

grass, which was terminated by a belt of vine

scrub of no great width, when we emerged on

a flat with the most beautiful varieties of trees

yet seen, the foliage of which was so dense

that no sun could penetrate beneath [H2]

... poor old Ball knocked up and I left him

at a creek, 7 miles from camp, which I have

called Balclutha after the old horse 56 [H6]...

undergrowth equally rich in appearance, and

the two combined made it a beautifully cool

and fresh-looking spot. There were also many

miles of open forest land, with splendid timber

of the stringybark species, magnificently

adapted for telegraph poles [HI, H3] ... after

this, crossed onto a sandy ridge with stringy¬

bark of great height and straight [H2] ...

passed over barren flats destitute of grass

and timber and with belts of tea trees [Tl]

... ridges with stringy bark [Tl] ... we again

entered the stringy-bark forest [H2] ... four

miles more came upon some open country

with broad leaf tea-tree, subject to floods [H2]

... passed over large open plains with belts

of pandanus [Pandanus cookii Martelli] and

box [Tl] ...we were in a low moist flat, with

a forest of tea-trees [H2] ... passing some fair

grazing country with belts of Xanthorrhoea

[Xanthorrhoeajohnsonii A.T.Lee] etc. [Tl] ...

so we were on the Kennedy [H2] ... close to

our camp were clumps of fan palms [ Corypha

utan Lam.] of immense size and beauty -

nothing had been seen like them before; the

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

banks of the river were free from thick scrub

[H2],

Species collected: Adiantum aethiopicum

L. (Pteridaceae) {Tate 143, s.dat., BRI

[AQ0741990]); Dendrobium bigibbum Lindl.

(Orchidaceae) {Tate 151 , s.dat., K 000881551);

D. canaliculatum R.Br. (Orchidaceae) {Tate

161, s.dat., K 001085443); Indigoferapratensis

(Fabaceae) {Tate 160, s.dat., K 000217341);

Ixora timorensis Decne. (Rubiaceae) {Tate

172, s.dat., K 000763338); Mallotus nesophilus

Miill.Arg (Euphorbiaceae) {Tate 169,

s.dat., K 0001067355); Phyllanthus novae-

hollandiae Miill.Arg (Phyllanthaceae) {Tate

138, 2 September 1872, ‘Eastern watershed

30 miles from Coast’, K 001056821); P.

novae-hollandiae (Phyllanthaceae) {Tate 139,

2 September 1872, ‘Eastern watershed 30

miles from Coast’, K 001056820); Tephrosia

simplicifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. (Fabaceae)

{Tate 158, s.dat., K 000216983).

September 12-16

Normanby River [Camps 38-41]: ...

I changed my course to the south-east,

and passed over seven miles of a burnt

and wretched country to a long lagoon of

permanent water [H2] ... came on the banks

of a fine river [Normanby R], with steep banks

clear of scrub [H2] ... as this is a large and

remarkable river, and one discovered by this

expedition, I have named it the Normanby, 57

after Lord Normanby, the present Governor of

Queensland [H2] ... entered a fine green plain

the largest we found during this trip [Tl] ...

short distance back from the river we found

the ridges to be of sandstone timbered with

stringy-bark, but all of a wretched description

[H2]... going in an easterly direction, which I

found coming round to the north-east through

a thick forest of stringy-bark and tea-tree [H2]

... the Doctor gathered 15 fresh plants coming

through the scrub today [H5] ... entered a

scrub of stringy-bark, tea-tree, and other small

timber growing on sandy soil [H2] ... over a

dry sandy desert throughout without a vestige

of grass and producing nothing but tea tree

[Tl] ... a long picturesque plain was crossed

covered with seedling gums, the deposits of

floods [HI, H3] ... all the best country is of a

sandy nature timbered with stringy bark with

527

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

lots of grass trees [ Xanthorrhoea johnsonii\

[H5] ... came upon open box forest [Tl]... the

river here had steep banks on either side with

a strong stream, and was thickly timbered

[H2],

Species collected (all s.dat .): Alternanthera

nodiflora R.Br. (Amaranthaceae) (Tate

202, K 000357351); Alyxia spicata R.Br.

(Apocynaceae) ( Tate 212, K 000894161);

Asteromyrtus symphyocarpa (F.Muell.)

Craven (Myrtaceae) (Taylor s.n., MEL

1587816); Dodonaea malvacea (Sapindaceae)

(Tate 207., K 000701402 # ); Hovea longifolia

var. lanceolata (Sims) Benth. (Fabaceae) (Tate

213, K 000278775); Indigofera viscosa Lam.

(Fabaceae) (Tate 229, K 000217309); Luffa

aegyptiaca Mill. (Cucurbitaceae) (Taylor

s.n., MEL 0593089); Millettia pinnata (L.)

Panigrahi (Fabaceae) (Tate 186, K 000618772);

Persoonia falcata R.Br. (Proteaceae) (Tate

221, K 000736891); Barringtonia acutangula

(L.) Gaertn. [as Stravidium denticulatum

Miers] (Lecythidaceae) (Tate 195, BM

001015973 # , K 000761580*); Strychnos lucida

R.Br. (Loganiaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘Yorks

Penins for Herbarium’, MEL 2191383);

Stylidium adenophorum (Stylidaceae) (Tate

193, K 000060180); Tephrosia simplicifolia

(Fabaceae) (Tate 192, K 000216983); Urena

armitiana F.Muell. (Malvaceae) (Tate 203, K

000659714); Vigna lanceolata var. filiformis

Benth. (Fabaceae) (Tate 215, K 000279299).

September 17-27

Normanby Range, Cunningham Range,

Oaky Creek and Annan River (misidentified

as the Endeavour River by Hann) [Camps

42-50]: ... descended a steep hill into the

valley of the Normanby [H2] ... for the first

time, we here met with the Moreton Bay

chestnut [ Castanospermum australe A.Cunn.

ex Mudie] and banana trees (Musa banksii

F.Muell.] [H2] ... we had to wind ourway

down among sandstones [H6] ... I have called

this Gripe Camp on account of most of the

party being griped all night from the effects of

their eating the Cluster Fig [Ficus racemosa

L.] Morton Bay Chestnut [Castanospermum

australe\ [H5] ... this range was the divide

between the waters of the Normanby and the

Endeavour [H2] ... camped on a poplar gum

[Eucalyptus platyphylla F.Muell.] flat at foot

of a very high conspicuous range [H5] ...

through a poor country, with stringy-bark and

bloodwood, and in the creek we saw the old

familiar oaks [Casuarina cunninghamiana

Miq.] - the first since leaving Fossilbrook,

owing to which circumstance I have named

it “Oaky Creek” 58 [H2] ... the range I have

called “Cunningham’s Range” 59 [H2] ...

poplar gums [ Eucalyptus platyphylla ] seen in

this flat [H2] ... followed the course of Oaky

Creek in an easterly direction [H2] ... the first

two and a-half miles was over tea-tree country

[H2] ... found ourselves on the banks of a

large river [Annan R] just above its junction

with Oaky Creek, the river running north and

south and was salt. This river was, of course,

no other than the Endeavour [correctly the

Annan River] 60 [H2] ... followed its windings

for ten miles, when we came to saltwater tea-

tree and mangroves [H2] ... we crossed a low

greenstone range, when the country changed

to a miserably poor soil with tea-tree and

poplar gum [Eucalyptusplatyphylla ] [H2] ... I

noticed the nonda trees [Parinari nonda] here

[H6] ... Mt. Thomas has been in sight since

yesterday 61 [Tl] ... on recently burnt ground

some poisonous herb makes its appearance

in these parts, which is eaten by the horses,

and from which many of them die [HI] ...

we crossed the river [Annan R], owing to a

spur from Mount Cook 62 coming right on to

its banks [H2] .. .went on the beach [Walker

Bay] and tried to get to the mouth of the river

[Annan River] but could not on account of

a mangrove creek [H5] ... saw the stinging

nettle [Dendrocnide moroides (Wedd.) Chew]

for the first time [H2] .... occasional vine

scrub to cut through [Tl] ... the mountains

are all covered with a dense scrub [H6],

Species collected (nearly all s.dat.):

Abrus precatorius L. (Fabaceae) (Taylor

s.n., ‘Herbarium Yorke’s Peninsula’, MEL

0726485); Acrostichum speciosum Willd.

(Pteridaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula

Q.L.’, MEL 2152110); Amorphospermum

antilogum F.Muell. (Sapotaceae) (Taylor

s.n., ‘Herbar, Yorks Peninsula’, MEL

2186951); A. antilogum (Sapotaceae)

(Taylor s.n., ‘Herbar Probably from Norm

Taylors Cape York collect’, MEL 2192383);

528

Amphineuron terminans (Hook.) Holttum

(Thelypteridaceae) ( Taylor s.n., ‘York

Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2163496); Arthropteris

palisotii (Desv.) Alston (Davalliaceae)

(Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL

0239704); Calytrix leptophylla Benth.

(Myrtaceae) {Tate s.n., BRI [AQ0695483]);

Castanospermum australe (Fabaceae) {Tate

232, ‘Hann Exp’, BRI [AQ00017915]);

Ceratopteris sp., (Pteridaceae) {Taylor

s.n., ‘York Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2146922);

Cochlospermum gillivraei Benth. (Bixaceae)

{Taylor s.n., ‘Herbarium Yorke Peninsula’,

MEL 0081470); Coronidium rupicola (DC.)

Paul G.Wilson (Asteraceae) {Tate 295, K

000899130); Crepidomanes bipunctatum

(Poir.) Copel. (Hymenophyllaceae) {Taylor

s.n., ‘York Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 0019306);

Dalbergia densa Benth. (Fabaceae) {Tate

280, Sep 1872, ‘Endeavour River Coll Hann

Expedition’, BRI [AQ0019377]); Dendrobium

canaliculatum (Orchidaceae) {Tate 278,

K 001085445); Drynaria quercifolia (L.)

J.Sm. (Polypodiaceae) {Taylor s.n., ‘York

Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2158813); Eugenia

reinwardtiana (Blume) DC. (Myrtaceae)

{Tate 275, 276, K 000821556); Glycine

microphylla (Benth.) Tindale (Fabaceae)

{Tate 282, BRI [AQ0695427], K 000665485);

G. tabacina (Labill.) Benth. (Fabaceae) {Tate

267, K000119063); Goodenia paniculata Sm.

(Goodeniaceae) {Tate 277, K 000215970);

Lindsaea brachypoda (Lindsaeaceae)

{Tate 292, K 000665485); L. obtusa J.Sm.

(Lindsaeaceae) {Taylor s.n., ‘Endeavour

River Bloomfield River’, MEL 2164082);

L. sp., (Lindsaeaceae) {Taylor s.n., ‘York

Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2164051); L. sp.

(Lindsaeaceae) {Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula

Q.L.’, MEL 2164069); Lygodium flexuosum

(L.) Sw. (Lygodiaceae) {Taylor s.n.,

‘York Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2164700); L.

japonicum (Lygodiaceae) {Taylor s.n., ‘York’s

Peninsula’, MEL 2145232); Melastoma

malabathricum L. (Melastomataceae) {Tate

273, BRI [AQ0717267]); Millettia pinnata

(Fabaceae) {Tate 274, K 000618771); Pothos

brownii Domin), (Araceae) {Tate s.n., BRI

[AQ0431166]); Ptisana oreades (Domin)

Murdock (Marattiaceae) {Taylor s.n., ‘Yorke’s

Peninsula’, MEL 2162878); Pyrrosia longifolia

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

(Burm.f.) C.V.Morton (Polypodiaceae) {Taylor

s.n., ‘York Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2147112);

Schizaea dichotoma (L.) Sm. (Schizaeaceae)

{Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL

0571819); Selaginella ciliaris (Retz.) Spring

(Selaginellaceae) {Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula

Queensland’, MEL 2143426); S. longipinna

Warb. (Selaginellaceae) {Tate s.n., BRI

[AQ0418967]); Solanum magnifolium F.Muell.

(Solanaceae) {Tate s.n., BRI [AQ0332186]);

Stylidium alsinoides (Stylidiaceae) {Tate 271,

K 000355237); Tectaria confluens (Hook. &

Baker) Pic.Serm. (Dryopteridaceae) {Taylor

s.n., ‘York Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2155618);

Velleia spathulata R.Br. (Goodeniaceae) {Tate

263, 264, K 000215436).

September 28-October 15

Annan River to Bloomfield River [Camps

51-64]: . . . I sent out a prospecting party to

follow a native path from this camp into the

scrub [HI] ... open space surrounded with

dense scrub [Tl] ... surrounded on all sides

with dense scrub [Tl] ... to the south huge

ranges rose up tier upon tier, the highest and

most conspicuous being Peter Botte 63 [Tl]

... Jerry came across a strange animal, with

the likeness of a kangaroo and the habits of

a ‘possum [Dendrolagus lumholtzi Collett,

1884], In New Guinea there is a veritable tree

kangaroo but I was not aware that it was to be

found in Australia. The native name he says

is ‘brangeri’ [bongarry] 64 [Tl] ... the thorns

and lawya [Calamus spp.] scrubs irritate

both men and beasts; at times it was difficult

to get away from the close embrace of these

latter; their long arms were drawn across the

face, the hands, the clothes - they would not

suffer to be shaken off; they required gentle

and civil treatment, otherwise they kept their

hold, and very much reminded me of other

lawyers not found in scrubs [HI, H3] ...

stopped by a broad stream - the Bloomfield

of the chart 65 [H2] ... the Bloomfield finds its

outlet in Weary Bay 66 - an uninteresting spot,

with a sandy beach bordered by light scrub

[H2] ... made out our position to be due west

of Cape Tribulation 67 , then only a few miles

distant from us [H2] ... hill which has been

named Consultation Peak 68 [Tl] ... we had

dense scrub to contend with, not the ordinary

529

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

scrub but a mass of foliage interlaced with loir

[Calamus sp.], supplejack [Flagellaria indica

L.] and all kinds of prickly abominations

[Tl] .. .we drew near the summit of the ridge,

which was crowned with scrub [H2],.. at our

feet lay miles of thick and impenetrable scrub,

covering ridges and gullies alike [H2]... Cape

Tribulation and the country for miles around

its base was a sea of scrub, which extended as

far as our vision in a southerly direction [H2]

...at the point where I left the Bloomfield,

it was seen taking its course into the Main

Range; the Endeavour [Annan River] was left

taking its course into the scrubby, mountains

of the coast, a few miles from the sea, near

Mount Thomas [HI, H3] ...Schnapper Island

[Snapper Island] 69 was due east from us and

the southern portion of the bay was south 40

east [H6],

Species collected (all s.dat .): Abrodictyum

brassii (Croxall) Ebihara & K.Iwats.

(Hymenophyllaceae) ( Taylor s.n., ‘York

Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 0019380); A.

obscurum (Blume) Ebihara & K.Iwats.

(Hymenophyllaceae) ( Taylor s.n., ‘York

Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 0019455); Adiantum

aethiopicum L. (Pteridaceae) ( Taylor s.n.,

MEL 1558622); A. aethiopicum (Pteridaceae)

(Taylor s.n., MEL 1558623); Aleurites

moluccanus (L.) Willd. (Euphorbiaceae)

(Taylors.n., ‘HerbariumN.A.’, MEL 0232479);

Asplenium nidus L. (Aspleniaceae) (Taylor

s.n., MEL 0114909); A. paleaceum R.Br.

(Aspleniaceae) (Taylor s.n., MEL 0114956); A.

simplicifrons F.Muell. (Aspleniaceae) (Taylor

s.n., MEL 0114977); Blechnum cartilagineum

Sw. (Blechnaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘York

Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 0053967); Bolbitis

taylori (F.M.Bailey) Ching (Dryopteridiaceae)

(Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL

2168714); Cadetia taylori (F.Muell.) Schltr.

(as Bolbophylum [= Bulbophyllum ] taylori

F.Muell.) (Orchidaceae) (Taylor s.n., MEL

1540845 # ); Cheilanthes tenuifolia (Burm.f.)

Sw. (Pteridaceae) (Taylors.n., ‘YorkPeninsula

Q.L.’, MEL 2154573); Cyathea cooperi

(Hook, ex F.Muell.) Domin (Cyatheaceae)

(Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL

2148762); C. rebeccae (F.Muell.) Domin

(Cyatheaceae) (Tate 348, K 000061762);

Humata Cyclosorus interruptus (Willd.)

H.Ito (Thelypteridaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘York

Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2163720); Davallia sp.

(Davalliaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula

Q.L.’, MEL 2164592); Doodia media R.Br.

(Blechnaceae) (Taylor s.n., MEL 1010090);

Elaeocarpus sp. (Elaeocarpaceae) (Taylor s.n.,

‘Herbarium Yorks Peninsula’, MEL 2227702);

Eupomatia laurina R.Br. (Eupomatiaceae)

(Tate 324, K 000574914); Humata repens

(L.f.) Small ex Diels (Davalliaceae) (Taylor

s.n., ‘York Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2170750);

Lastreopsis poecilophlebia (Hook.) Labiak,

Sundue & R.C.Moran (Dryopteridaceae)

(Taylor s.n., MEL 1502583); Lindsaea

brachypoda (Lindsaeaceae) (Taylor s.n.,

‘York Peninsula, N Australia, coll Norman

Taylor ex herb. Mueller 9/77’, K 000665483);

L. sp. (Lindsaeaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘York

Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2164059); L. obtusa

J.Sm. (Lindsaeaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘York

Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2164081); Linospadix

minor (W.Hill) Burret (Arecaceae) (Tate

302, K 000209488); Lygodium reticulatum

Schkuhr (Lygodiaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘York

Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2145162); Myristica

insipida R.Br. (Myristicaceae) (Taylor 5,

‘Yorke’s Peninsula’, MEL 2204828); Paphia

meiniana (F.Muell.) Schltr. (as Agapetes

queenslandica Domin) (Ericaceae) (Tate

315, K 000780935Q; Pronephrium asperum

(C.Presl) Holttum (Thelypteridaceae)

(Taylor s.n., MEL 1502759); Pteridophyte

indet. (Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula Q.L.’,

MEL 2129589); Pteris ensiformis Burm.f.

(Pteridaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula

Q.L.’, MEL 2152565); P. pacifica Hieron.

(Pteridaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula

Q.L.’, MEL 2152586); P. tremula R.Br.

(Pteridaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘York’s Peninsula’,

MEL 2153137); Siphonodon australis Benth.

(Celastraceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘Yorke Peninsula’,

MEL 2271952); Sticherus flabellatus (R.Br.)

H.St.John (Gleicheniaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘York

Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL 2144553); Tectaria

confluens (Hook. & Baker) Pic.Serm.

(Tectariaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula

Q.L.’, MEL 2155019).

530

October 16-29

Bloomfield River to Palmer River via

Laura River (named as the Hearn River

by Hann) [Camps 65-75]: . . . we got back

to Cancellation Peak [also Consultation Peak]

[H5] ... on a general course of west 25° north,

I reached the first of the numerous branches of

the Normanby [HI, H3] ... to the west of our

camp is a high and conspicuous as well as a

strong and scrubby range, which I have named

Andrew’s Range at the request of the Doctor,

who had a friend of that name in the ill-fated

“Maria,” bound to New Guinea, and who was

drowned after the wreck of that vessel 70 H2]

... the green and fresh-looking scrubs have

also disappeared, to be replaced by dry and

hard looking ridges. This was our first new

camp towards the west [H2] ... descended

into another branch of the Normanby [Laura

River, named as the Hearn River by Hann] 71

[H2] ... I believe this to be the headwaters

of the Kennedy [H2] ... went on ahead with

Mr. Taylor to take bearings from a remarkable

saddle hill, which I have named Mount Aplin, 72

after a friend in Townsville [H2] ... I have no

doubt now as this stream being the Kennedy

[H2] ... the Normanby. I now believe that we

have been the whole time on the watersheds

of the latter river [Normanby R] [H2] ...

we have not yet seen the Kennedy [H2]...

poorest description, being nothing but sand,

and timbered with stringy-bark, bloodwood,

and numerous other trees found on sandy

soil [H2] ... this sandstone range continues

to Jane’s Tableland, 73 at the south end of

Princess Charlotte’s Bay 74 [H3] ... Taylor

and I went up the east branch of the creek

[tributary of Palmer River], He found ferns in

the limestone. He got three varieties of ferns

and one glyphospermum. I wish he could find

more as I believe these are the first which have

been found in northern Queensland [H4],

Species collected (all s.dat .): Angiopteris

evecta (G.Forst.) Hoffm. (Marattiaceae)

(Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula Q.L.’, MEL

2142979); Cajanus marmoratus (Benth.)

F.Muell (Fabaceae) (Tate 379 , K 000279410);

Crotalaria trifoliastrum Willd. (Fabaceae)

(Tate 368 , K 000217233); Marsdenia

microlepis Benth. (Asclepidaceae) (Tate

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

365, K 000873033); Polycarpaea spirostylis

F.Muell. (Caryopyllaceae) (Taylor s.n., K

000723257); Selaginella longipinna Warb.

(Selaginellaceae) (Taylor s.n., ‘York Peninsula

Q.L.’, MEL 2142965).

October 30-November 12

Palmer River to Junction Creek [Camps

76-88]: ... went a south course with Mount

Mulgrave as our signboard [H2] ... we passed

Taylor’s Peak 75 on our right hand [H4] ...this

brought us to the divide between the Palmer

and the Mitchell Rivers [H2] ... a bold, high

and remarkable range stretches across from

the bank of the Palmer to that of the Mitchell

- I have named it “Thompson Range” after

the Minister for Lands 76 [H3]... bade farewell

to Mount Mulgrave [H2] ... here [south of

Palmer River] we also procured a vegetable

called “Jack’s grass,” which makes a tolerable

edible when boiled: it makes its appearance

after rain, and bears a small blue flower

[possibly Commelina ensifolia R.Br.] [H2] ...

struck Elizabeth Creek at the spot crossed by

us on our outward track [H2] ... on the 1st

November, I reached the Walsh [HI, H3] ...

followed the windings of a tributary of the

Tate [H2] ... we struck the Tate where there

was an abundance of water but no grass [H4]

... the first hill I named Mount MacDevitt,

after the member for Kennedy 77 , and the other

Mount St. George, after the Commissioner at

the Etheridge 78 [H2] ... on the 9th November

I reached the Lynd, and on the evening of the

same day I made my camp on Fossilbrook

Creek [HI, H3] ... on the road for Mount

Surprise, which we reached by one o’clock

[HI] ... on to Junction Creek to telegraph the

arrival of the party [H2] ... accompanying

this letter is: Diary of Expedition, Map of

Expedition, Botanical Specimens collected

by Dr. Tate, Fossils and “pannings off” by

myself [HI],

There are no known specimens from these

locations.

Taxonomic results of the expedition and

conclusion

A total of 149 specimens from the expedition

have been located. Overall, the botanical

results of the expedition were meagre

531

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

considering the potential to encounter and

collect new species in the habitats travelled

through, such as the diverse and species-

rich rainforest areas between the Annan and

Bloomfield rivers. In the expedition reports

and diaries, this habitat was described as

‘dense scrub’ and was mostly referenced

in respect to the difficulties that it posed to

travel, how it represented a ‘barrier’ and was

to be dreaded and avoided, and from which

they were ultimately forced to retreat to open

forests (Sanderson 2004). Tate’s engagement

with the flora of these habitats was minimal,

whereas Taylor made a collection of ferns that

proved of considerable interest to botanists

(Mueller 1874b; Bentham 1878; Bailey 1879,

1886).

Some notable species were reported in

both Hann’s and Tate’s diaries mostly related

to edible plants, such as the fruit of the Nonda

(Parinari nonda) and the edible leaves of

Jack’s grass (possibly Commelina ensifolia).

Tate (1872) wrote of the Nonda:

a kind of plum 20 ft high was loaded

with a yellow fruit the size and shape of

the yellow English plum. The fruit was

seemingly eatable, but had that acrid taste

so common to the Australian fruits. As this

tree answered the description of the Nonda

parinarium so highly spoken of by Jardine,

we looked upon it with great interest.

Table 2. Plant names commemorating William Hann, Thomas Tate or Norman Taylor,

associated with Hann’s Northern Expedition of 1872. Currently used names are in bold

type. Names indicated * * are based on collections not made on the expedition.

Abutilon hannii Baker fi, J. Bot. 31: 268 (1893). ‘Hab. Queensland. Cape York Peninsula

Exp., W.Hann No. 76’ [= T. Tate 76]. _

Acacia hanniana Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 807 (1926). [= Acacia victoriae Benth.].

‘Nord-Queensland: Cape York, W.Hann, Cape York Peninsular Expedition No. 59’ [= T. Tate

m _

*Bolbitis taylori (F.M.Bailey) Ching, Index Filicum Edn. Suppl. 3: 50 (1934); Acrostichum

taylori F.M.Bailey, Report Acclimat. Soc. Queensland 1883\ 11 (1884). ‘I have named this

fern after Dr. Norman Taylor, thinking it probable that the small fertile specimens in that

gentleman’s York Peninsula specimens referred by Mr. Bentham in Flora Australiensis, vol.

vii, p. 779, to Blume’s A. repandum , were in all probability belonging to the present species’.

Cadetia taylori (F.Muell.) Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 1: 424 (1912); Bulbophyllum

taylori F.Muell., Fragm. 8(65): 150 (1874). ‘ Norman Taylor, cui species dicatal

Pongamiapinnata var. hannii Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 787 (1926) [= Pongamia pinnata

var. minor (Benth.) Domin], Type: ‘Cape York Penin. Expedition. Comm. Queensland

Government, Dec. 1873, W.Hann 274’ [= T. Tate 274 ] (lecto: K 000618771, fide Cooper etal.

2019),_

*Premna tateana F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric., Queensland 4: 15 (1891) [= Premna

serratifolia L.]. ‘After T. Tate, botanic collector of Hann’s Expedition’. Later Bailey noted

in his Presidential Address, July 1891: ‘Thos. Tate, the botanic collector of Hann’s Northern

Expedition in 1872, collected a number of specimens which were forwarded to the Kew

Herbarium, that Mr. Bentham might examine them for his work on the Flora then in progress.

Finding no plant named after this collector, I have given a lately-received plant of that district

his name, Premna tateana'.

532

In recognition of this plant, Hann named

Nonda Creek, a tributary of Walsh River.

Hann also reported on the vegetation in his

diaries and noted that Jack’s grass ‘makes

a tolerable edible when boiled: it makes its

appearance after rain, and bears a small blue

flower’ (Hann 1873). The names of plant

species commemorating the members of the

expedition are presented in Table 2.

This paper has revealed the problem with

attribution as to who collected specimens

and was responsible for their future

dispersal and study. On termination of the

expedition, Hann commandeered both Tate’s

botanical collections and all the geological

and palaeontological specimens mainly

collected by Taylor, but failed to provide clear

acknowledgement of the actual collector. This

paper has demonstrated that Tate was the

official collector of the botanical specimens

and that future reference to them should

reflect this fact.

The history and fate of botanical

collections is only occasionally considered

by taxonomists in their day-to-day work.

Aspects of collection methods, numbering,

the personalities involved, and subsequent

difficulties are rarely recorded in taxonomic

accounts. Many of these aspects admittedly

have only limited bearing on taxonomic

outcomes which are mostly concerned with

taxon descriptions, typification, specimen

locations and adherence to the rules of

nomenclature. The botanical collections made

during the Hann Northern Expedition are

identifiable as discrete collections of a defined

and well-documented route and provide some

indication of the composition of the vegetation

at that time. Although not attempted in this

paper, comparison with existing vegetation is

possible.

Acknowledgments

We thank the directors and staff of a number

of herbaria, for locating, documenting and

imaging specimens. These include Nimal

Karunajeera, Cathy Trinca and Pina Milne at

MEL; Gillian Brown and Paul Forster at BRI;

Juliet Wege and Cheryl Parker at PERTH;

and Donna Lewis at DNA. For library and

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

archival assistance we thank Bronwyn

McBurnie and Louise Cottrell, James Cook

University Library, Townsville; Cecelia

Carroll, Library, Department of Environment

and Science, Brisbane; Sally Stewart, Royal

Botanic Gardens Victoria, Library; Shannon

Robinson, Queensland Museum Library; Kat

Harrington and Jess Conway, Kew Archives

& Library; Staff at John Oxley Library,

Brisbane. Claire Burton, Cairns Regional

Council, is thanked for preparing the map

and David Warmington, Cairns Botanic

Gardens, is thanked for logistical support.

A special thanks is given to Jim McJannett

of the Cooktown and District Historical

Society, for support and information. We also

acknowledge the constructive comments and

suggestions for improvement provided by an

anonymous referee.

References

Anon. (1918). Notes and corrections. The Historical

Society of Queensland. Journal 1(5): 318-321.

Avh (2019). The Australasian Virtual Herbarium.

Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria.

http://avh.chah.org.au, accessed March 2019.

Bailey, F.M. (1879). On the ferns of Queensland.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New

South Wales 3: 118-122.

-(1886). A Synopsis of the Queensland Flora:

Containing Both the Phanerogamous and

Cryptogamous Plants. First Supplement. J.C.

Beal: Brisbane.

-(1891). Concise history of Australian botany.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

8(2): xvii-xli.

-(1899-1902). The Flora of Queensland, 6 vols. H. J.

Diddams & Co.: Brisbane.

Baker, E.G. (1893). Synopsis of genera and species

of Malveae. Journal of Botany, British and

Foreign 31(369): 267-273.

Beaglehole, J.C. (1955). The Voyage of the Endeavour

1768-1771. Hakluyt Society, University Press:

Cambridge.

Bentham, G. (1873). Flora Australiensis, vol. 6. L. Reeve

and Co.: London.

-(1878). Flora Australiensis , vol. 7. L. Reeve and

Co.: London.

Black, J. (1931). North Queensland Pioneers. Country

Women’s Association: Charters Towers.

Dowe & Taylor, Hann Northern Expedition

Bolton, G.C. (2019). ‘Hann, William (1837-1889)’,

A ustralian Dictionary of Biography. National

Centre of Biography, Australian National

Un ive r s ity, http: //adb. anu. edu. au/ biography/

hann-william-3708/text5817, accessed online

28 February 2019.

Clarke, H. (1982). Expedition of Exploration to the

Endeavour River, Cape York Peninsula, 1872

/ William Hann; Reconstructed from his Diary

and Two Notebooks. H. Clarke: Queensland.

Clarke, W.R. (1873). Recent explorations in northern

Australia and Queensland. Journal &

Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South

Wales 7: 6-20.

Comber, J. (1995). The Palmer goldfield. Australasian

Historical Archaeology 13: 41-48.

Cooper, W.E., Crayn, D.M., Zich, F.A., Miller, R.E.,

Harrison, M. &Nauheimer, L. (2019). A review

of Callerya and Pongamia (Leguminosae

subfamily Papilionoideae) in Australia, and the

description of a new monotypic genus, Ibatiria.

Australian Systematic Botany in press.

Cum brae-Stewart, F.W.S. (1917). First attempts at

settlement in New Guinea. The Historical

Society of Queensland. Journal 1: 155-184.

Darragh, T. A. (1992). Taylor, Norman. In J. Kerr (ed.).

The Dictionary of Australian Artists, Painters,

Sketchers, Photographers and Engravers

to 1870 , p. 781. Oxford University Press:

Melbourne.

Domin, K. (1914-1915). Beitrage zur Flora und

Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca

Botanica 20(85): 9-551.

-(1921-1930). Beitrage zur Flora und

Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca

Botanica 22(89). 555-1317.

Ellwood, G. (2014). Aboriginal prospectors and miners

of tropical Queensland, from pre-contact times

to ca. 1950. Journal of Australasian Mining

History 12: 59-80.

-(2018). The Aboriginal miners and prospectors of

Cape York Peninsula 1870 to ca. 1950s. Journal

of Australasian Mining History 16: 75-92.

Forster, W.T. (1872). The Wreck of the "Maria” or

Adventures of the New Guinea Prospecting

Association. J.Reading & Co.: Sydney.

George, A.S. (2009). Australian Botanist’s Companion.

Four Gables Press: Kardinya, Western

Australia.

Gill, J.C.H. (1978-1979). Lieutenant Charles Jeffreys

RN: the last buccaneer. Journal of the Royal

Historical Society of Queensland 10: 98-122.

-(1988). The Missing Coast. Queensland Museum:

Brisbane.

533

Gray-Wood, D. (2009). With Compass, Chain and

Courage. Boolarong Press: Salisbury, Qld.

Hann, W. (1872). Report from Mr. W. Hann, Leader

of the Northern Expedition Party. J.C. Beal:

Brisbane.

-(1873). Copy of the Diary of the Northern

Expedition Under the Leadership of Mr.

William Hann. J.C. Beal: Brisbane.

-(1874). Hann’s Expedition in Northern Queensland.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society

of London 18: 87-107.

Hill, W. (1873). Report on the Brisbane Botanic Garden.

J.C. Beal: Brisbane.

Holland, A.E. (2013). Cullen spicigerum (Domin)

A.E.Holland (Fabaceae), a new combination

and reinstatement of a north Queensland

species. Austrobaileya 9: 140-145.

Index Herbariorum (2019). Index Herbariorum. New

York Botanical Garden, sweetgum.nybg.org/

science/ih/

Jack, R.L. (1921). Northmost Australia: Three Centuries

of Exploration, Discovery, and Adventure in and

Around the Cape York Peninsula, Queensland.

Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent & Co. Ltd.:

London.

Jardine, J. (1867). Exploration of Annan and Esk Rivers,

near Cape York, Australia. Proceedings of the

Royal Geographical Society of London 11:

151-152.

Jstor (2019). JSTOR Global Plants. http://plants.jstor.

org, accessed March 2019.

Kew Herbarium Catalogue (2019). The Herbarium

Catalogue, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Published on the Internet, http://www.kew.org/

herbcat, accessed March 2019.

Kidman, B.P. (2013). Ralph Tate (1840-1901), naturalist

par excellence : life and work before emigration

to Australia. Historical Records of Australian

Science 24: 207-224.

King, P.P (1826). Narrative of a Survey of the

Intertropical and Western Coasts of Australia

1818-1822. Vol.l. J. Murray: London.

Kirkman, N. (1980). The Palmer Goldfield. In K.H.

Kennedy (ed.). Readings in North Queensland

Mining History 1:113-144. History Department,

James Cook University of North Queensland:

Townsville.

Leichhardt, L. (1847). Journal of an Overland

Expedition from Moreton Bay to Port Essington.

T. & W. Boone: London.

534

Mather, P. (1986). Loyal and zealous service. In

P. Mather (ed.), A Time for a Museum: the

History of the Queensland Museum 1862-1986.

Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 24: 35-65.

Queensland Museum: Brisbane.

Moyal, A. (2003). The Web of Science. The Scientific

Correspondence of the Rev. W.B. Clarke,

Australia’s Pioneer Geologist, Volume II,

1864-78. Australian Scholarly Publishing:

Melbourne.

Mozley, A. (1965). Richard Daintree: first Government

Geologist of northern Queensland. Queensland

Heritage 1(2): 11-16.

Mueller, F.M. (1872-1874). Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae , vol. 8. J. Ferres: Melbourne.

-(1874a). Orchidaceae. Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae 8: 150-151. J. Ferres: Melbourne.

-(1874b). Filices. Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae 8: 157-158. J. Ferres: Melbourne.

-(1875). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae, vol.

9. J. Ferres: Melbourne.

-(1876-1877). Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae, vol. 10. J. Ferres: Melbourne.

-(1878-1881). Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae, vol. 11. J. Ferres: Melbourne.

Mulligan, J.V. (1875). Guide to the Palmer River and

Normanby Gold Fields, North Queensland. G.

Slater & Co.: Brisbane.

Newberry, J.C. (1867). The mineral waters of Victoria.

Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Victoria 8: 278-283.

-(1868). On the ornamental stones of the colony.

Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Victoria 9: 79-85.

Pearn, J.H. (2000). Thomas Tate (1842-1934): doctor,

adventurer and teacher. Journal of the Royal

Historical Society of Queensland 17: 354-360.

-(2001). A Doctor in the Garden. Amphion Press:

Brisbane.

Rhodes, F.C. (1980). The wreck of the Maria. John Oxley

Journal 1(2): 12-14.

Ross, M. (1989). Diary of Thomas Tate 26 June -

10 November, 1872. Unpublished typed

transcription of the original handwritten work.

Mitchell Library: Sydney.

-(2003). The Hann Expedition to explore Cape York

Peninsula 1872. Journal of the Royal Historical

Society of Queensland 18: 273-286.

Sanderson, R. (2004). William Hann and George

Elphinstone Dalrymple: visions of progress in

the north Queensland rainforest. Limina 10:

98-116.

Austrobaileya 10(3): 506-538 (2019)

Sanderson, R.L. (2005). Tangled Visions: Changing

Scientific Understandings of the North

Queensland Rainforests, 1770-1990. PhD

Thesis, James Cook University. http://eprints.

jcu.edu.au/2092.

Stanley, O. (1852). Narrative of the Voyage of H.M.S.

Rattlesnake. T. & W. Boone: London.

Tate, T. (1872). Diary 26 June -10 November, 1872 of

Thomas Tate, botanist with the government

expedition under the leadership of William

Hann which explored the North Queensland

hinterland in 1872, transcribed by Margaret

Ross. Mitchell Library: Sydney.

-(1903). Wreck of the “Maria”: A New Guinea

Expedition. Thomas Tate: Normanton.

Taylor, N. (1873). Mr. N. Taylor’s Report as Geologist

to Mr. Wm. Hann’s Expedition. J.C. Beal:

Brisbane.

Taylor, N. & Thomson, A.M. (1871). On the occurrence

of the diamond near Mudgee. In The industrial

progress of New South Wales: being a report of

the Intercolonial Exhibition of1870, at Sydney;

together with a variety of papers illustrative of

the industrial resources of the colony, pp. 567-

578. T. Richards: Sydney.

Trove (2019). Digitised newspapers and more, https://

trove, nla .gov. au/newspaper/search, accessed

March 2019.

Viator (1934). Dr. Thomas Tate northern adventures.

Cummins & Campbell Ltd. Monthly Magazine

5(83), March: 49-51.